Elm Lib

DIANA
Finite Element Analysis
User’s Manual
Element Library
Release 9.4.3
TNO DIANA BV
ii
DIANA – Finite Element Analysis

User’s Manual release 9.4.3
Element Library
Edited by: Jonna Manie and Wijtze Pieter Kikstra
Published by:
TNO DIANA bv
Delftechpark 19a, 2628 XJ Delft, The Netherlands.
Phone: +31 88 34262 00
Fax: +31 88 34262 99
E-mail: info@tnodiana.com
Web page: tnodiana.com
Trademarks.
Diana is a registered trademark of TNO DIANA bv. FemGV, FemGen, FemView
are trademarks of Femsys Ltd. CADfix is a registered trademark of Transcen-
Data Europe Limited. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
PostScript, Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Sys-
tems, Inc. AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk Inc. DXF is a trademark
of Autodesk Inc. ACIS is a registered trademark of Spatial Technology Inc. CADDS
and Pro/ENGINEER are registered trademarks of Parametric Technology Corpora-
tion. CATIA is a registered trademark of Dassault Systemes S.A. IGES is a trademark
of IGES Data Analysis, Inc. Parasolid is a registerd trademark of UGS Corporation.
PATRAN is a registered trademark of MSC Software Corporation. The X Window
System is a trademark of M.I.T. unix is a registered trademark of UNIX Systems Lab-
oratories, Inc. Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. SUN and Solaris
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. HP is a registered
trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. All other brand names, product names or
trademarks belong to their respective holders.
First edition, November 8, 2010.

Copyright © 2010 by TNO DIANA bv, all rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced in any form by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
The information in this document is subjected to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by TNO DIANA bv. TNO DIANA bv assumes
no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
The Diana system is the sole property of TNO DIANA bv. Software materials made
available are solely for use at a single site; they are not to be distributed to others
without prior written permission of TNO DIANA bv.
This document was prepared with the LATEX Document Preparation System.
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

Contents at a Glance
Preface xxi
Glossary of Symbols xxiii
1 Elements Input 1
I Structural Elements 11
2 Loading Input 15
3 Truss Elements 23
4 Beam Elements 43
5 Plane Stress Elements 101
6 Plane Strain Elements 139
7 Axisymmetric Elements 183
8 Plate Bending Elements 219
9 Flat Shell Elements 245
10 Curved Shell Elements 285
11 Solid Elements 333
12 Interface Elements 375
13 Other Elements for Structural Analysis 439
14 Embedded Reinforcements 471
Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

iv
II Flow Elements 539

15 General Data for Flow Elements 543
16 General Flow Elements 555
17 Groundwater Flow Elements 579
18 Lubrication Elements 603
20 Cross-section Elements 617
III Background Theory 621

21 Element Polynomials 623
22 Assumed Strain Concepts 637
23 Orthotropic Geometry 647
24 Geometric Nonlinearities 649
25 Post-tensioned Reinforcement 651
IV Appendix 661
A Available Element Types 663
B Physical Properties Forms 669
Bibliography 679
Index 681

Contents
Preface xxi
Glossary of Symbols xxiii
1 Elements Input 1
1.1 Mesh Topology and Property Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.1 Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.2 Material Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.3 Geometry Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.4 Special Data Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Element Geometry Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3 Special Element Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.4 Element Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.1 Line Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.2 Triangles and Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.3 Pyramids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.4 Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4.5 Bricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
I Structural Elements 11
2 Loading Input 15
2.1 Loading on Specified Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2 Hydrostatic Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3 Pore Fluid Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.3.1 Hydrostatic Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.3.2 Hydraulic Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3 Truss Elements 23
3.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.2 Strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

vi CONTENTS
3.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3 Cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.4 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.4.1 Line Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.2 Temperature and Concentration Load . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.4.3 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.5 Regular Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.5.1 L2TRU, straight, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.6 Enhanced Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.6.1 L4TRU, straight, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.6.2 L6TRU, straight, 2 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.7 Cable Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.7.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.7.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.7.3 Integration Schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.7.4 CL6TR, curved, 3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.6 CL10T, curved, 5 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4 Beam Elements 43
4.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.1.1 Two-dimensional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.1.2 Three-dimensional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.2.2 Stress Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.2.3 Deformation and Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.2.4 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.3 Node Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.3.1 Hinged Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.3.2 Sliding Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.3.3 Eccentric Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.4 Cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.4.1 Predefined Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.4.2 Profile Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.4.3 Arbitrary Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.5 Shape Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.6 Integration Schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.6.1 Class-I beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4.6.2 Class-II and Class-III beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.7.1 Point Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

CONTENTS vii
4.7.2 Line Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

4.7.4 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.7.5 Wind and Water Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.8 Composed Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.8.1 Input of Composed Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.9 Class-I Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.9.1 Mass Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.9.2 L6BEN – straight, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.9.3 L12BE – straight, 2 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.10 Class-II Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.10.1 L7BEN – straight, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.10.2 L13BE – straight, 2 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.11 Class-III Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.11.1 Strains and Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.11.2 CL9BE – curved, 3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.11.3 CL12B – curved, 4 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5 Plane Stress Elements 101

5.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.3 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.4.1 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.4.2 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.5 Assumed Strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.6 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.6.1 Edge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.6.2 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.6.4 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.7.1 T6MEM – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.7.2 Q8MEM – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.7.3 CT12M – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.7.4 CQ16M – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
5.7.5 CQ18M – quadrilateral, 9 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.8 Three–Dimensional Membrane Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

viii CONTENTS
5.8.1 T9GME – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

5.8.2 Q12GME – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5.8.3 CT18GM – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.8.4 CQ24GM – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.9 Elements with Drilling Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.9.1 T9MEM – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.9.2 Q12ME – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.10 Elements with Orthotropic Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.10.1 T6OME – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.10.2 Q8OME – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.10.3 CT12O – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5.10.4 CQ16O – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5.11 Element for Wrinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.11.1 T9WME – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6 Plane Strain Elements 139

6.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.3.1 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.3.2 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.4 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.4.1 Edge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.4.2 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.4.4 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.5 Regular Plane Strain Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6.5.1 T6EPS – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
6.5.2 Q8EPS – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
6.5.3 CT12E – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.5.4 CQ16E – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
6.5.5 CT30E – triangle, 15 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.6 Rubber Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
6.7 Infinite Shells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.7.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.7.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.7.3 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.7.4 Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.7.6 Shear Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

CONTENTS ix
6.7.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

6.7.8 L6PE – straight, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
6.7.9 CL9PE – curved, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.8 Complete Plane Strain Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
6.8.1 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.8.2 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.8.3 CT18GE – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.8.4 CQ24GE – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.8.5 CT27GE – triangle, 9 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.8.6 CQ36GE – quadrilateral, 12 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
7 Axisymmetric Elements 183

7.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
7.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
7.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
7.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
7.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
7.3.1 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
7.3.2 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
7.4 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
7.4.1 Edge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
7.4.2 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
7.4.4 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
7.5 Regular Solid Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
7.5.1 T6AXI – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
7.5.2 Q8AXI – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
7.5.3 CT12A – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
7.5.4 CQ16A – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
7.5.5 CT30A – triangle, 15 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
7.6 Rubber Solid Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
7.7 Shells of Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
7.7.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7.7.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7.7.3 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.7.4 Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.7.6 Shear Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
7.7.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.7.8 L6AXI – straight, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
7.7.9 CL9AX – curved, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

x CONTENTS
8 Plate Bending Elements 219

8.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
8.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
8.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
8.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
8.3 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
8.4.1 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
8.4.2 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
8.5 Shear Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
8.6 Geometry Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
8.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
8.7.1 Point Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
8.7.2 Edge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
8.7.3 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
8.7.5 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
8.8 Discrete Kirchhoff Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
8.8.1 T9PLA – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
8.9 Mindlin Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
8.9.1 Q12PL – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
8.9.2 CT18P – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
8.9.3 CQ24P – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9 Flat Shell Elements 245

9.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
9.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
9.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
9.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
9.3 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9.4.1 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9.4.2 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9.5 Shear Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.6 Geometry Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.7.1 Point Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.7.2 Edge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.7.3 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.7.5 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
9.8.1 T15SF – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

CONTENTS xi
9.8.2 Q20SF – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

9.8.3 CT30F – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
9.8.4 CQ40F – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
9.9 Elements with Drilling Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.9.1 Fictitious Rotational Stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.9.2 T18SF – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
9.9.3 Q24SF – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
9.9.4 CT36F – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
9.9.5 CQ48F – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
9.10 Spline Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
9.10.1 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
9.10.2 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9.10.3 Numerical Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9.10.4 Material Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
9.10.5 Special Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
9.10.6 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
9.10.7 Q48SPL – rectangle, 8 nodes, 3 sections . . . . . . . . . 282
9.10.8 Q56SPL – rectangle, 10 nodes, 4 sections . . . . . . . . 282
10 Curved Shell Elements 285

10.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
10.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
10.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
10.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.3 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.3.1 Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
10.4 Eccentric Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
10.5.1 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
10.5.2 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.6 Shear Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.7.1 Point Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.7.2 Edge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
10.7.3 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
10.7.5 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.8.1 T15SH – triangular, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.8.2 Q20SH – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.8.3 CT30S – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
10.8.4 CQ40S – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.8.6 CQ60S – quadrilateral, 12 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

xii CONTENTS
10.9 Regular Elements with Drilling Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

10.9.1 Fictitious Rotational Stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.9.2 T18SH – triangular, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.9.3 Q24SH – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
10.9.5 CQ48S – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
10.10 Layered Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
10.10.1 Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
10.10.2 CT30L – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
10.10.3 CQ40L – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
10.11 Layered Elements with Drilling Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.11.1 Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.11.2 CT36L – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.11.3 CQ48L – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
11 Solid Elements 333

11.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
11.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11.2.1 Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11.2.2 Strains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
11.2.3 Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
11.3.1 Pyramids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
11.3.2 Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
11.3.3 Bricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
11.4 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
11.4.1 Point Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
11.4.2 Line Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
11.4.3 Face Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
11.4.4 Volume Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
11.4.6 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
11.5.1 TE12L – pyramid, 3 sides, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
11.5.2 TP18L – wedge, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
11.5.3 HX24L – brick, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
11.5.4 CTE30 – pyramid, 3 sides, 10 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 352
11.5.5 CTP45 – wedge, 15 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
11.5.6 CHX60 – brick, 20 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
11.5.7 CTE48 – pyramid, 3 sides, 16 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 358
11.5.8 CTP72 – wedge, 24 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
11.5.9 CHX96 – brick, 32 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
11.6 Rubber Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
11.6.1 HX25L – brick, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
11.6.2 CHX64 – brick, 20 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

CONTENTS xiii
11.7 Composed Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

11.7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
11.7.2 Shape and Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
11.7.3 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
11.7.4 Generalized Moments and Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
11.7.5 T3CMP – triangular base, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
11.7.6 CT6CM – triangular base, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
11.7.7 CT9CM – triangular base, 9 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
11.7.8 Q4CMP – quadrilateral base, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 371
11.7.9 CQ8CM – quadrilateral base, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 372
11.7.10 CQ12C – quadrilateral base, 12 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 372

12.1.1 Line Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
12.1.2 Triangular Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
12.1.3 Quadrilateral Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
12.2 Structural Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
12.2.1 Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
12.2.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
12.2.3 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
12.2.4 N4IF – 1+1 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
12.2.5 N6IF – 1+1 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
12.2.6 TE15IF – point, 1+4 nodes, point–solid connection . . 391
12.2.7 TP21IF – point, 1+6 nodes, point–solid connection . . 392
12.2.8 HX27IF – point, 1+8 nodes, point–solid connection . . 393
12.2.9 CTE33I – point, 1+10 nodes, point–solid connection . . 395
12.2.10 CTP48I – point, 1+15 nodes, point–solid connection . . 396
12.2.11 CHX63I – point, 1+20 nodes, point–solid connection . 397
12.2.12 L8IF – line, 2+2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
12.2.13 CL12I – line, 3+3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
12.2.14 CL20I – line, 5+5 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
12.2.15 L16IF – line, 2+2 nodes, shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
12.2.16 L20IF – line, 3+2 nodes, shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
12.2.17 CL24I – line, 3+3 nodes, shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
12.2.18 CL32I – line, 4+4 nodes, shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
12.2.19 L12IF – line, 2+2 nodes, line–solid connection . . . . . 406
12.2.20 CL18I – line, 3+3 nodes, line–solid connection . . . . . 407
12.2.21 TE18IF – line, 2+4 nodes, line–solid connection . . . . 407
12.2.22 TP24IF – line, 2+6 nodes, line–solid connection . . . . 408
12.2.23 HX30IF – line, 2+8 nodes, line–solid connection . . . . 409
12.2.24 CTE39I – line, 3+10 nodes, line–solid connection . . . 410
12.2.25 CTP54I – line, 3+15 nodes, line–solid connection . . . 411
12.2.26 CHX69I – line, 3+20 nodes, line–solid connection . . . 412
12.2.27 T18IF – plane triangle, 3+3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . 413

xiv CONTENTS
12.2.28 Q24IF – plane quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . 414

12.2.29 CT36I – plane triangle, 6+6 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . 414
12.2.30 CQ48I – plane quadrilateral, 8+8 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . 415
12.3 Contact Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
12.3.1 Contact Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
12.3.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
12.3.3 Contact Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
12.3.4 Contact Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
12.3.5 L4CT – line, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
12.3.6 CL6CT – line, 3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
12.3.7 T9CT – triangle, 3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
12.3.8 Q12CT – quadrilateral, 4 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 423
12.3.9 CT18C – triangle, 6 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
12.3.10 CQ24C – quadrilateral, 8 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 424
12.4 Fluid–Structure Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
12.4.1 Normal Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
12.4.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
12.4.3 Pressure Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
12.4.4 BL4S2 – line, 2+2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
12.4.5 BCL6S3 – line, 3+3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
12.4.6 BCL6S2 – line, 3+2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
12.4.7 BQ12S4 – quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . 432
12.4.10 BT9S3 – triangular, 3+3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 435
12.4.11 BT18S6 – Triangular, 6+6 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . 436
12.4.12 BT18S3 – triangular, 6+3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . 437
13 Other Elements for Structural Analysis 439

13.1 Discrete Spring/Dashpot Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
13.1.1 Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
13.1.2 Initial Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
13.1.3 SP1TR – translation, 1 node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
13.1.4 SP2TR – translation, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
13.1.5 SP1RO – rotation, 1 node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
13.1.6 SP2RO – rotation, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
13.2 Nodal Spring Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
13.2.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
13.2.2 N6SPR – nodal spring, 1 node, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 445
13.3 Base Spring Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
13.3.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
13.3.2 SP6BA – base spring, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . 447
13.3.3 SP12BA – base spring, 2 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 448
13.4 Bounding Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
13.4.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

CONTENTS xv
13.4.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

13.4.3 Spring Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
13.4.4 Dashpot Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
13.4.5 L4TB – straight line, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
13.4.6 CL6TB – curved line, 3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . 453
13.4.7 T9TB – triangle, 3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
13.4.8 Q12TB – quadrilateral, 4 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 454
13.4.9 CT18T – triangle, 6 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
13.4.10 CQ24T – quadrilateral, 8 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . 456
13.4.11 CT27T – triangle, 9 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
13.4.12 CQ36T – quadrilateral, 12 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . 457
13.5 Point Mass/Damping Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
13.5.1 PT3T – translation, point mass/damping, 1 node . . . 458
13.5.2 PT3RO – rotation, point mass/damping, 1 node . . . . 459
13.6 Distributed Translational Mass Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
13.6.1 L4TM – straight line, 2 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
13.6.2 CL6TM – curved line, 3 nodes, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . 461
13.6.3 T9TM – triangle, 3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
13.6.4 Q12TM – quadrilateral, 4 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . 463
13.6.5 CT18TM – triangle, 6 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
13.6.6 CQ24TM – quadrilateral, 8 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . 465
13.7 Crack Tip Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
13.7.1 Crack Propagation Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
13.7.2 Mesh Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
13.7.3 PT1CR – crack tip, 1 node, 2-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
13.7.4 CL3CR – crack tip, 3 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
14 Embedded Reinforcements 471

14.1 Topology and Property Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
14.1.1 Types and Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
14.1.2 Material Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
14.1.3 Geometry Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
14.1.4 Special Data Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
14.2 Bar Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
14.2.1 General Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
14.2.2 Location Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
14.2.3 BAR in Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
14.2.4 BAR in Plane Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
14.2.5 BAR in Plane Strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
14.2.6 BAR in Axisymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
14.2.7 BAR in Curved Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
14.2.8 BAR in Solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
14.3 Grid Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
14.3.1 General Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
14.3.2 Location Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503

xvi CONTENTS
14.3.3 GRID in Plane Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

14.3.4 GRID in Plane Strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
14.3.5 GRID in Axisymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
14.3.6 GRID in Curved Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
14.3.7 GRID in Solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
14.4 Loading Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
14.4.1 Prestress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
14.4.2 Preprocessing of Post-tensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
14.5 Reinforcement in Structural Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
14.5.1 Stiffness Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
14.5.2 Location Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
14.6 Bond–Slip Reinforcements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
14.6.1 BAR in Solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
14.6.2 Material and Geometry Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . 533
14.6.3 Loading Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
14.6.4 Connecting Bond–Slip Reinforcements to Elements . . 535
14.6.5 Tip Stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
14.6.6 Result Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
II Flow Elements 539

15 General Data for Flow Elements 543
15.1 Boundary Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
15.1.1 External Potential for Heat Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
15.1.2 External Potential for Groundwater Flow . . . . . . . . 544
15.2.1 Line Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
15.2.2 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
15.2.3 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
15.2.4 Pyramids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
15.2.5 Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
15.2.6 Bricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
15.3 Two-dimensional Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
15.3.1 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
15.3.2 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
15.3.3 Boundary Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.4 Axisymmetric Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.4.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
15.4.2 Boundary Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
15.5 Three-dimensional Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
15.5.1 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
15.5.2 Boundary Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553

CONTENTS xvii
16 General Flow Elements 555

16.1 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
16.2.1 T3HT – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
16.2.2 Q4HT – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
16.2.3 CT6HT – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
16.2.4 CQ8HT – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
16.2.5 B2HT – straight boundary, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 559
16.2.6 BC3HT – curved boundary, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 560
16.3.1 T3AHT – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
16.3.2 Q4AHT – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
16.3.3 CT6AHT – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
16.3.4 CQ8AHT – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
16.3.5 B2AHT – straight boundary, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 564
16.3.6 BC3AHT – curved boundary, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 564
16.4.1 TE4HT – pyramid, 3 sides, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.4.2 CTE10H – pyramid, 3 sides, 10 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 566
16.4.3 TP6HT – wedge, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
16.4.4 HX8HT – brick, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
16.4.5 CTP15H – wedge, 15 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
16.4.6 CHX20H – brick, 20 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
16.4.7 BT3HT – triangular boundary, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.8 BQ4HT – quadrilateral boundary, 4 nodes . . . . . . . 571
16.4.9 BCT6HT – triangular boundary, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . 572
16.4.10 BCQ8HT – quadrilateral boundary, 8 nodes . . . . . . 573
16.5 Cooling Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
16.5.1 Pipe Perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
16.5.2 L2HT – straight pipe, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
16.5.3 L4HT – straight pipe, nonsymmetric, 4 nodes . . . . . 576
17 Groundwater Flow Elements 579

17.1 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
17.2.1 T3GW – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
17.2.2 Q4GW – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
17.2.3 CT6GW – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
17.2.4 CQ8GW – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
17.2.5 B2GW – straight boundary, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 583
17.2.6 BC3GW – curved boundary, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 584
17.3.1 T3AGW – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
17.3.2 Q4AGW – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
17.3.3 CT6AG – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

xviii CONTENTS
17.3.4 CQ8AG – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

17.3.5 B2AGW – straight boundary, 2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 588
17.3.6 BC3AG – curved boundary, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 589
17.4.1 TE4GW – pyramid, 3 sides, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 590
17.4.2 CTE10G – pyramid, 3 sides, 10 nodes . . . . . . . . . . 591
17.4.3 TP6GW – wedge, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
17.4.4 HX8GW – brick, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
17.4.5 CTP15G – wedge, 15 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
17.4.6 CHX20G – brick, 20 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
17.4.7 BT3GW – triangular boundary, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . 595
17.4.8 BQ4GW – quadrilateral boundary, 4 nodes . . . . . . . 596
17.4.9 BCT6GW – triangular boundary, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . 597
17.4.10 BCQ8GW – quadrilateral boundary, 8 nodes . . . . . . 597
17.5 Aquifer Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
17.5.1 Bottom and Top Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
17.5.2 T3KD – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
17.5.3 Q4KD – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
17.5.4 CT6KD – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
17.5.5 CQ8KD – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
18 Lubrication Elements 603

18.1 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
18.2 Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
18.3.1 T3RE – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
18.3.2 Q4RE – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
18.3.3 CT6RE – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
18.3.4 CQ8RE – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606

19.1 Flow Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
19.1.1 IPT2H – point, 1+1 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
19.1.2 IL4HT – line, 2+2 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
19.1.3 ICL6H – line, 3+3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
19.1.4 IT6HT – triangle, 3+3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
19.1.5 IQ8HT – quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
19.1.6 ICT12H – triangle, 6+6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
19.1.7 ICQ16H – quadrilateral, 8+8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . 614
20 Cross-section Elements 617

20.1 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
20.2.1 T3TO – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
20.2.2 Q4TO – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618

CONTENTS xix
20.2.3 CT6TO – triangle, 6 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619

20.2.4 CQ8TO – quadrilateral, 8 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
III Background Theory 621

21 Element Polynomials 623
21.1 Parametric Coordinate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
21.2 Shape Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
21.3 Element Stiffness Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
21.4 Numerical Solution of Element Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
21.5.1 Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
21.5.2 Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
21.5.3 Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
21.5.4 Pyramids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
21.5.5 Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
21.5.6 Bricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
22 Assumed Strain Concepts 637

22.1 Selective Reduced Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
22.1.1 General (3-D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
22.1.2 Plane Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
22.1.3 Plane Strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
22.1.4 Axisymmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
22.2 Incompatible Modes Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
22.2.1 Shape Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
22.2.2 Mapping from Isoparametric onto Physical Space . . . 644
22.3 Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
23 Orthotropic Geometry 647

23.1 Plane Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
23.2 Plate Bending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
23.3 Flat Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
24 Geometric Nonlinearities 649

24.1 Wrinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
24.2 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
25 Post-tensioned Reinforcement 651

25.1 Loss of Prestress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
25.2 Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
25.3 Penetration of the Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
25.4 European CEB-FIP 1990 Post-tensioning Scheme . . . . . . . . 654
25.5 Korean Post-tensioning Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655

xx CONTENTS
IV Appendix 661
A Available Element Types 663
B Physical Properties Forms 669

B.1 Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
B.1.1 Truss/Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
B.1.2 Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
B.1.3 Plane Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
B.1.4 Infinite Shells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
B.1.5 Shells of Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
B.1.6 Plate Bending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
B.1.7 Flat Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
B.1.8 Curved Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
B.1.9 Wrinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
B.1.10 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
B.1.11 Spring/Dashpot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
B.1.12 Reinforcements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
B.1.13 General Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
B.1.14 Cooling Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
B.1.15 Groundwater Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
B.1.16 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
B.2 Wind and Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
B.3 External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
Bibliography 679
Index 681

Preface
This volume of the Diana User’s Manual describes the available finite elements.
Chapter 1 formally describes the analysis independent input syntax for a finite
element mesh. The remainder of this volume comprises the following parts:
I Structural Elements. A complete and formal description, of input data for
elements for structural analysis.
II Flow Elements. A complete and formal description, of input data for ele-
ments for potential flow analysis.
III Background Theory. A description of the theory on which Diana’s the
element families are based.
IV Appendix. A short overview of all available elements is given in Appendix
A. Appendix B describes the interactive input of physical properties via
iDiana forms.
This volume should be used in combination with Volume Analysis Procedures
and Volume Material Library.
Cautionary note
Throughout this manual, it will be assumed that the reader has a basic
understanding of computational mechanics and the Finite Element
Method.1
1 Veryinformative introductions are the “Guidelines to Finite Element Practice” [7] and
the book “A Finite Element Primer” [8], both published by NAFEMS.

xxii Preface

Glossary of Symbols
2
Scalars H Hardening parameter.
A Area, cross-section [m2 ]. I Moment of inertia [m4 ].

B Bandwidth of matrix [−]. J Creep function [m2 /N].
B Boundary [m2 ]. K Bulk or compression modulus
[N/m2 ].
C Concentration.
K Conduction coefficient
C Damping coefficient.
[W/(m2 · K)].
C Hardening constant.
K Spring stiffness [N/m].
Cc Compression index.
K Stress intensity factor (LEFM)
D Interface stiffness modulus [−].
[N/m3 ].
K0 Lateral pressure ratio [−].
D Linear stiffness modulus [N/m2 ].
KD Drained compression modulus
DII Crack shear stiffness [N/m2 ]. [N/m2 ].
E Young’s modulus [N/m2 ]. Kf Fluid compression modulus
Ehar Hardening modulus [N/m2 ]. [N/m2 ].
Ep Hardening modulus [N/m2 ]. Ks Solid compression modulus
F Concentrated force [N]. [N/m2 ].
F R.m.s. wavefront of matrix [−]. L Area coordinates.

F R Reaction force [N]. M Bending moment (Bernoulli)
[N · m].
F r Residual force [N].
G Shear modulus [N/m2 ]. M Concentrated mass [kg].
G Energy release rate (LEFM). M Concentrated moment [N · m].

Gc Compressive fracture energy M Maturity.
[N/m]. M R Reaction moment [N · m].
Gf Fracture energy [N/m2 ]. M r Residual moment [N · m].
H Enthalpy [J/m3 ]. N Interpolation polynomial [−].
2 SI-units in brackets.

xxiv Glossary of Symbols
N Normal force (Bernoulli) [N]. Z Third global Cartesian coordi-

N Number of nodes [−]. nate [m], or axis.
N Order of matrix [−]. a Damping parameter.
OCR Overconsolidation ratio [−]. a Mode amplitude.
P Perimeter [m]. a Crack length (LEFM) [m].
P Potential. b Damping parameter.
P Profile of matrix. b Width [m].
Pex External potential (LEFM). c Capacitance [J/(m3 · K)].
Q Discharge [m3 /s]. c Cohesion [N/m2 ].
Q Produced heat [J/m3 ]. c Incompressibility penalty factor.
c Wave speed [m/s].
Q Second Biot material parameter
[N/m2 ]. cA Arrhenius constant [K].
Q Shear force (Bernoulli) [N]. ce Elastic storativity.
RH Relative humidity [−]. cp Phreatic storativity [−].
co Reinforcement coverage [m].
Re Reynolds number [−].
d Diameter [m].
S Boundary [−].
e Deviatoric strain [−].
S Degree of saturation [−].
e Element number [−].
S Second Piola–Kirchhoff stress
e Emissivity [−].
[N/m2 ].
e Void ratio [−].
S Shear stress correction factor [−].
f Distributed force [N/m, N/m2 ].
S Surface area [m2 ].
f Natural frequency [1/s].
SA Spectral acceleration [m/s2 ].
f Volume source.
SD Spectral displacement [m].
fc Compressive strength [N/m2 ].
T Period of time [s].
fcc Cube compressive strength
T Temperature [K]. [N/m2 ].
T Transmissivity. fck Characteristic strength [N/m2 ].
V Volume [m3 ] . fcm Mean compressive strength
W Maximum wavefront of matrix [N/m2 ].
[−]. fk Characteristic strength [N/m2 ].
W Moment of rigidity [m3 ] . ft Tensile strength [N/m2 ].
W Section modulus. g Acceleration of gravity [m/s2 ].
W Strain energy function [J]. h Height [m].
Win Elastic energy (LEFM) [J]. h Phreatic level [m].
X First global Cartesian coordinate hcr Crack bandwidth [m].
[m], or axis. i Counter [−].
Y Second global Cartesian coordi- j Counter [−].
nate [m], or axis. k Conductivity [W/(m · K)].

xxv
k Creep factor [−]. s Traction axis.

k Interface stiffness modulus t Thickness [m].
[N/m3 ]. t Time [s].
k Permeability [m2 ]. t Traction axis.
k 0 Modified permeability t Traction [N/m2 ].
[m4 /(N · s)]. teq Equivalent age of concrete [s].
l Length [m]. u Translational displacement [m].
m Distributed moment [N · m/m]. u̇ Velocity [m/s].
m0 Reinforcement moment. ü Acceleration [m/s2 ].
n Degree of nonlinear elasticity [−]. v Speed (wind, water) [m/s].
n Distributed in-plane force [N/m]. v0 Specific volume [−].
vc Convection velocity [m/s2 ].
n Node number [−].
x First local Cartesian coordinate
n Order of system matrix [−].
[m], or axis.
n Porosity [−]. y Second local Cartesian coordi-
n Traction axis, normal. nate [m], or axis.
p Isotropic strain invariant [−]. z Third local Cartesian coordinate
p Polynomial. [m], or axis.
p Pore pressure [N/m2 ]. ∆t Increment of t [s].

p Pressure [N/m2 ] . Γ Boundary (surface).
p0 Effective pressure [N/m2 ]. Γ Euler gamma function.
p0c Preconsolidation stress [N/m2 ]. Ω Domain.
pe Excess pore pressure [N/m2 ]. Ω Excitation frequency [Hz].
Ω Rotation speed [rad/s].
phead Pressure head [m].
Π Energy potential [J].
q Deviatoric strain invariant [−].
Ψ Generalized strain.
q Deviatoric stress [N/m2 ].
α First Biot material parameter
q Distributed shear force [N/m].
[−].
q Flux.
α General diffusivity.
q Specific discharge, distributed α Generalized modal displacement.
source.
α Preconditioning parameter.
r Degree of reaction [−].
α Shape factor.
r Distance from crack tip (LEFM) α Thermal expansion coefficient
[m].
[1/K].
r Maturity variable [−]. α Time integration parameter.
r Radius [m]. β Shear retention factor [−].
s Deviatoric stress [N/m2 ]. γ Compressibility parameter.
s Length along crack front γ Concentration expansion coeffi-
(LEFM) [m]. cient.

xxvi Glossary of Symbols
γ Decaying factor. λ Compression index.

γ Deviator strain [−]. λ Eigenvalue.
γ Green–Lagrange strain [−]. λ Loading parameter.
γ Iteration parameter. λ Plastic multiplier [−].
γ Shape factor. λ Relaxation time [s].
γ Shear deformation [−]. µ Dynamic viscosity [N · s/m2 ].
γ Structural damping factor. µ Friction coefficient (Coulomb).
γ Modal participation factor. µ Shifting factor [−].
µ Spring stiffness [N/m].
γ Volumetric weight [N/m3 ].
ν Kinematic viscosity [m2 /s].
γf Volumetric fluid weight [N/m3 ].
ν Poisson’s ratio [−].
γ p Deviatoric plastic strain.
ξ Damping ratio [−].
δ Extension, elongation [m].
ξ First parametric coordinate [−].
δ Time integration parameter.
ρ Mass density [kg/m3 ].
δij Kronecker delta [−].
ρf Fluid density [kg/m3 ].
δt Change in ∆t [s]. σ Stefan–Boltzmann constant
² Convergence criterion [−]. [J/(m2 · s · K4 )].
² Logarithmic strain [−]. σ Stress (Cauchy) [N/m2 ].
² Tolerance. σ0 Effective stress [N/m2 ].
ε Engineering strain [−]. σ0 In-situ stress [N/m2 ].
ε C
Concentration strain [−]. σ cr Crack stress [N/m2 ].
ε T
Thermal strain [−]. σeq Equivalent stress (Von Mises)
[N/m2 ].
εcr Crack strain [−].
σy Yield stress [N/m2 ].
εc Creep strain [−].
τ Dimensionless time [−].
εe Elastic strain [−].
υ Curvature (Bernoulli).
εp Plastic strain [−].
φ Friction angle.
εsh Shrinkage strain [−].
φ Pore pressure potential [N/m2 ].
ε Emission coefficient [−].
φ Potential.
ζ Third parametric coordinate.
φ Rotational displacement.
η Second parametric coordinate. φhead Hydraulic head [m].
η Viscosity. φp Pressure component of hydraulic
κ Compression modulus. head.
κ Curvature (Bernoulli) [1/m]. ϕ Phase angle.
κ Equivalent plastic strain [−]. ψ Dilatancy angle.
κ Hardening parameter. ω Natural angular frequency.
κ Swelling index. ω Reinforcement percentage.
λ Buckling value. ω Rotational velocity (spin).

xxvii
Vectors, Tensors φ Eigenvector.

φ Pressure potentials vector
a Pseudo-acceleration vector
[N/m2 ].
[m/s2 ].
ϕ Phase angles.
f Distributed forces.
f Equivalent element forces. Matrices
f Load vector.
B Interpolation matrix.
fw Dead weight load.
B Strain–displacement relation.
fφ Discharge vector [m3 /s].
C Capacity matrix.
fu Force vector [N].
C Compliance matrix.
g Body forces per unit volume.
C Coupling matrix.
g Gravity acceleration vector
[m/s2 ].
C Damping matrix.
g Out-of-balance forces. C Right Cauchy–Green stretch
tensor.
i Unity vector.
D Diagonal matrix.
k Conductivity tensor.
D Elasticity matrix.
m Distributed moments.
D Material stiffness matrix.
n Normal vector.
D Rigidity matrix.
n Generalized element forces.
E Green–Lagrange strain tensor.
p Pressure vector.
F Deformation gradient.
q Flux vector [m/s].
H Modified elastic stiffness matrix.
r Internal forces, reactions. I Identity (unity) matrix.
r Residual vector. J Jacobian matrix.
t Traction [N/m2 ]. K Conductivity matrix.
u Displacement vector [m]. K Permeability matrix.
u̇ Velocity vector [m/s]. K Stiffness matrix.
ü Acceleration vector [m/s2 ]. L Differential operator.
x Position vector [m]. L Lower triangular matrix.
y Result of forward substitution. M Mass matrix.
E Strain tensor. N Interpolation matrix.
P Preconditioning matrix.
β Convective velocity field. Q Preconditioning matrix.
γ Green–Lagrange strains. R Rotation matrix.
ε Strain vector. S Second Piola–Kirchhoff stress
σ Stress vector [N/m2 ]. tensor.
τ 2nd Piola–Kirchhoff stresses. S Stress matrix.
φ Buckling modes. S System directions.

xxviii Glossary of Symbols
T Element directions. uXY Z . . . in global orientation.

T Transformation matrix. uxyz . . . in local orientation.
U Upper triangular matrix. u(e) . . . in element orientation.
u(s) . . . in system orientation.
Λ Eigenvalue diagonal matrix.
σn Normal . . .
σt Tangential . . .
Accents, sub- and superscripts
Ke . . . for an element.
ū Average of . . . Sn . . . for a node.
ü Second time derivative of . . . fdy Dynamic . . .
u̇ First time derivative of . . . fext External . . .
û Amplitude of . . . fint Internal . . .
M̃ Added . . . fst Static . . .
KB . . . for the boundary. K∗ Effective . . .
KF . . . for the fluid domain. σ 0 Initial . . . .
KI . . . for the interface. =u Imaginary part of . . .
KS . . . for the structural domain. < u Real part of . . .
σ123 Principal . . . ϕu Phase angle of . . .

Chapter 1
Elements Input
1.1 Mesh Topology and Property Assignment

The elements of the finite element model are input via table ’ELEMEN’. This
table is subdivided in a number of subtables.
syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
element types and nodes

MATERI
1 5 6 12 13 80
material assignment
[ GEOMET
1 5 6 12 13 80
geometry assignment ]
[ DATA
1 5 6 12 13 80
special data assignment ]
CONNEC specifies element types and nodes [§ 1.1.1].

MATERI assigns material properties to elements [§ 1.1.2].
GEOMET assigns geometric properties to elements [§ 1.1.3].
DATA assigns special data to elements [§ 1.1.4].
file .dat

2 Elements Input
’ELEMENTS’
CONNECTIVITY
1 CQ24P 1 2 3 7 11 10 9 6
2 CQ24P 3 4 5 8 13 12 11 7
3 CQ24P 9 10 11 15 19 18 17 14
MATERIAL
/ 1 2 / 1
3 2
GEOMETRY
/ 1-3 / 1
DATA
/ 1-3 / 1
Subtable CONNECTIVITY contains the types and nodal connectivity of all ele-
ments in the model. Elements 1 to 3 are type CQ24P and connected to specified
node numbers. Subtable MATERIAL contains the material numbers of all ele-
ments. Elements 1 and 2 have material number 1. The actual properties are
specified in table ’MATERI’ under number 1 [Vol. Material Library]. Element
3 has material number 2. Subtable GEOMETRY contains the geometry numbers
of elements. Elements 1 to 3 have geometry number 1. The actual geometrical
properties are specified in table ’GEOMET’ under number 1 [§ 1.2 p. 4]. Subtable
DATA contains the numbers of special data for elements. Elements 1 to 3 have
data number 1. The actual data are specified in table ’DATA’ under number 1
[§ 1.3 p. 5].
1.1.1 Connectivity
Subtable CONNEC of table ’ELEMEN’ specifies the type and connectivity for each
element.
syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
elem n elmtyp w nodes n...
elem is the element number.

elmtyp is the element type name. See Appendix A for an overview of all Diana
element types.
nodes are the node numbers, to be specified in a sequence depending on the
element type. Basically the node numbering sequence for elements in
Diana is ‘increasing from one end to the other’ for line elements, ‘turn-
around’ for two-dimensional elements and ‘turn-around’ combined with
the ‘right-hand-rule’ for solids. There are some exceptions on these general

1.1 Mesh Topology and Property Assignment 3
rules, for instance for interface elements. The actual sequence is shown
for each element in this volume. The position of the nodes is defined in
table ’COORDI’ [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
1.1.2 Material Assignment

Subtable MATERI of table ’ELEMEN’ assigns a set of material properties to each
element.
syntax
’ELEMEN’
MATERI
1 5 6 80
elem n matnr n
1 5 6 80
/ elems ng... /
matnr n
elem is a single element number, elems is a series of elements, it must be

specified between slashes and may comprise numbers or groups or both.
matnr assigns the corresponding material properties in table ’MATERI’ [Vol.
Material Library] to the specified element(s).
1.1.3 Geometry Assignment

Subtable GEOMET of table ’ELEMEN’ assigns a set of geometrical properties to
each element.
syntax
’ELEMEN’
GEOMET
1 5 6 80
elem n geonr n
1 5 6 80
/ elems ng... /
geonr n

geonr assigns the corresponding geometry properties in table ’GEOMET’ [§ 1.2
p. 4] to the specified element(s).

4 Elements Input
1.1.4 Special Data Assignment

Subtable DATA of table ’ELEMEN’ assigns a set of special properties to each
element.
syntax
’ELEMEN’
DATA
1 5 6 80
elem n datnr n
1 5 6 80
/ elems ng... /
datnr n

datnr assigns the corresponding data items in table ’DATA’ [§ 1.3 p. 5] to the
specified element(s).
1.2 Element Geometry Properties

Geometrical data is input via table ’GEOMET’. Typical examples of data in this
table are: cross-sections of beams, thickness of plates and user-specified element
axes. Actual input of geometry properties depends on the element type.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
geonr n geonam w geodat ?

[ NAME name s ]
geonr is the geometry number for reference from subtable GEOMET of table
’ELEMEN’ [§ 1.1.3 p. 3].
geonam is the geometry property name.
NAME is an optional property for all geometries. The string name is an
identification name for geometry geonr . Diana does not use this
name internally, its main application is in communication with ex-
ternal pre- and postprocessors.
geodat are one or more geometry property values.

1.3 Special Element Data 5
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 NAME "Uniform thickness for floor 1"
THICK 12.5
2 CROSSE 1.2
INERTI 2.6E2
1.3 Special Element Data

Special element data, not belonging to material or geometrical data, is input via
table ’DATA’. Typical examples of data in this table are: alternative integra-
tion schemes, user-specified options such as ‘incompatible modes’ and ‘constant
shear’. Actual input of special properties depends on the element type.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
datnr n datnam w datdat ?

[ NAME name s ]
datnr is the data number for reference from subtable DATA of table ’ELEMEN’
[§ 1.1.4 p. 4].
datnam is the data property name.
NAME is an optional property for all sets of special element data. The
string name is an identification name for data datnr . Diana does
not use this name internally, its main application is in communication
with external pre- and postprocessors.
datdat are one or more data property values.
file .dat
’DATA’
1 NAME "Three-point integration"
NINTEG 3 3 3
2 NINTEG 2 2
BUBBLE
3 CSHEAR
In this example data number 1 specifies a 3 × 3 × 3 integration scheme, data

number 2 a 2 × 2 scheme with incompatible bubble displacement modes. Data
number 3 only activates a constant shear option, Diana takes the default inte-
gration scheme.

6 Elements Input
1.4 Element Boundaries

In some cases you must specify conditions for element boundaries (edges or
faces), for instance loading for structural elements [Ch. 2] or boundary con-
ditions for flow elements [§ 15.1 p. 543]. In such cases you must indicate the
appropriate boundary by name. The naming convention for element boundaries
depends on the element shape (not on the element family) as described in this
section.
1.4.1 Line Elements

For line elements the end at the first node is called KSI1, the other end is
called KSI2 [Fig. 1.1]. These names are applicable for infinite truss and beam
KSI1
1
KSI2
Figure 1.1: End names of line elements
elements.
1.4.2 Triangles and Quadrilaterals

For triangular elements the edges opposite the first, second and third corner
node are called L1, L2 and L3 respectively [Fig. 1.2a]. For quadrilateral elements
ETA2
η
L2
L1 KSI1 ξ KSI2
1 1
L3 ETA1
(a) triangles (b) quadrilaterals
Figure 1.2: Edge names
the edge names are related to the isoparametric axes [§ 21.5.3.1 p. 631]: KSI1
for −ξ, KSI2 for +ξ, ETA1 for −η and ETA2 for +η [Fig. 1.2b].
1.4.3 Pyramids
For three-side pyramid elements the face names are related to the first node, the
node numbering sequence and the last node as indicated in Figure 1.3 on the
facing page. In this figure, the node numbering sequence is indicated with arrows
and the last node with top . Names L1, L2, L3 and L4 indicate a particular face of
a three-side pyramid element. If a load or boundary condition is non-uniform,
then the values must be specified for each node of the face separately in the
sequence as indicated in Table 1.1 on the next page.

1.4 Element Boundaries 7
top top top top
1 1 1 1
FACE L1 FACE L2 FACE L3 FACE L4
Figure 1.3: Face names for three-side pyramids
Table 1.1: Node sequence for faces of three-side pyramids
face TEN =4 CTEN =10 CTEN =16

L1 2-3-4 3-4-5-9-10-8 4-5-6-7-12-15-16-14-11
L2 1-4-3 1-7-10-9-5-6 1-10-13-16-15-12-7-8-9
L3 1-2-4 1-2-3-8-10-7 1-2-3-4-11-14-16-13-10
L4 1-3-2 1-6-5-4-3-2 1-9-8-7-6-5-4-3-2
1.4.4 Wedges
For wedge elements the face names are related to the first node and the node
numbering sequence as indicated in Figure 1.4. In this figure, the node num-
η ξ
η
ξ η
ξ
1 1 1
FACE L1 FACE L2 FACE L3
1 1
FACE ZETA1 FACE ZETA2
Figure 1.4: Face names and their isoparametric directions for wedges
bering sequence is indicated with arrows. Names ZETA1, ZETA2, L1, L2 and L3
indicate a particular face of a wedge element. Figure 1.4 also shows the two iso-
parametric directions for each quadrilateral face, these may be used to specify
an element direction for the face load: SHRKSI for ξ or SHRETA for η.
If a load or boundary condition is non-uniform, then the values must be
specified for each node of the face separately in the sequence as indicated in

8 Elements Input
Table 1.2.
Table 1.2: Node sequence for faces of wedges
face TPN =8 CTPN =15 CTPN =24

L1 2-3-6-5 3-4-5-9-14-13-12-8 4-5-6-7-12-15-22-21-20-19-14-11
L2 1-4-6-3 1-7-10-15-14-9-5-6 1-10-13-16-24-23-22-15-12-7-8-9
L3 1-2-5-4 1-2-3-8-12-11-10-7 1-2-3-4-11-14-19-18-17-16-13-10
ZETA1 1-3-2 1-6-5-4-3-2 1-9-8-7-6-5-4-3-2
ZETA2 4-5-6 10-11-12-13-14-15 16-17-18-19-20-21-22-23-24
1.4.5 Bricks
For brick elements the face names are related to the first node, the node num-
bering sequence and the last node as indicated in Figure 1.5. In this figure, the
ζ
ζ ζ
η
η
ξ
1 1 1
FACE KSI1 FACE KSI2 FACE ETA1

ζ
η
ξ
ξ
η
1 1 1
ξ
FACE ETA2 FACE ZETA1 FACE ZETA2
Figure 1.5: Face names and their isoparametric directions for bricks
node numbering sequence is indicated with arrows. Names KSI1, KSI2, ETA1,
ETA2, ZETA1 and ZETA2 indicate a particular face of a brick element. Figure 1.5
also shows the two isoparametric directions for each face, these may be used
to specify an element direction for the face load: KSI for ξ, ETA for η or ZETA
for ζ. If the load or boundary condition is non-uniform, then the values must
be specified for each node of the face separately in the sequence as indicated in
Table 1.3 on the next page.
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library ()

1.4 Element Boundaries 9
Table 1.3: Node sequence for faces of bricks
face HXN =8 CHXN =20 CHXN =32

KSI1 1-5-8-4 1-9-13-20-19-12-7-8 1-13-17-21-32-31-30-20-16-10-11-12
KSI2 2-3-7-6 3-4-5-11-17-16-15-10 4-5-6-7-15-19-27-26-25-24-18-14
ETA1 1-2-6-5 1-2-3-10-15-14-13-9 1-2-3-4-14-18-24-23-22-21-17-13
ETA2 3-4-8-7 5-6-7-12-19-18-17-11 7-8-9-10-16-20-30-29-28-27-19-15
ZETA1 1-4-3-2 1-8-7-6-5-4-3-2 1-12-11-10-9-8-7-6-5-4-3-2
ZETA2 5-6-7-8 13-14-15-16-17-18-19-20 21-22-23-24-25-26-27-28-29-30-31-32
Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library () November 8, 2010 – First ed.

10 Elements Input
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library ()

Part I
Structural Elements
Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (I) November 8, 2010 – First ed.
13
This part describes the basic theory and the input of all elements that are
available for structural analysis, and for fluid–structure interaction analysis.
For flow analysis elements see Part II. For a general description of the input
syntax for a finite element model see Chapter 1.
Element families. Generally speaking, each chapter in this part describes a

separate family of elements, characterized by the strain or stress situation, for
instance plane stress or solid. Chapter 14 describes the reinforcements that can
be embedded in the structural elements of the other chapters.
14
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (I)
Chapter 2
Loading Input
Element loads are specified in subtable ELEMEN of table ’LOADS’. For some
loads you must specify the loaded elements explicitly, other element loads may
be specified globally on the finite element model.
2.1 Loading on Specified Elements

There are two forms of input syntax for loading on specific elements: (1) one
element load per line, (2) elements in a series of numbers or groups or both,
with one load specification valid for all the elements in the series.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
elem n lodnam w loddat ?

1 5 6 12 13 80
/ elems ng... /
lodnam w loddat ?

lodnam is the load data name.
loddat is (are) the load data value(s).
The input of element load depends on the element type as described in this
volume.
16 Loading Input
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 2
ELEMEN
3 FACE
FORCE 3.E-2
43 EDGE KSI1
MOMENT 5.E-3
DIRELM NORMAL
25 EDGE ETA2
FORCE 12. 14. 16.
DIRECT 3
/ WALL /
FACE
FORCE 1.6E3
In the above example we see that loading on elements generally requires specifi-
cation of an edge or face by name [§ 1.4 p. 6], a type and value, and a direction.
These data must be assigned to specific elements. There are two types of ele-
ment load which do not require the specification of elements: hydrostatic load
and pore fluid load as described in the next sections.
2.2 Hydrostatic Pressure

For a hydrostatic pressure load you must specify the value of the load in two
points in the finite element model and Diana determines the actual values for
the element load.1 For hydrostatic element load, you must specify the magnitude
of the load in two points in the finite element model.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
location
HYDRO f1 r x1 r y1 r z1 r f2 r x2 r y2 r z2 r
direction
location specifies the location in the element(s) (line, edge, or face) where the
load acts. This specification depends on the type of the element as de-
scribed in the appropriate chapters.
HYDRO specifies a hydrostatic pressure load. Value f1 is the pressure magnitude
in the first point P1 with global XY Z coordinates (x1 ,y1 ,z1 ) [Fig. 2.1].
2.3 Pore Fluid Load 17
FE model
f1
P1 (x1 , y1 , z1 )
n
Y
fn
X Pn
Z
f2
P2 (x2 , y2 , z2 )
Figure 2.1: Hydrostatic pressure load
Value f2 is the pressure magnitude in the second point P2 with global

XY Z coordinates (x2 ,y2 ,z2 ). Diana determines the actual values in the
element nodes, the value fn for a specific node n, by linear interpolation
or extrapolation between the two specified values. Note that Pn never
becomes positive, i.e. Pn is always in compression and tensile loads are
ommitted. See Figure 2.1.
direction specifies the direction of the load. This specification depends on the
type of the element, as described in the appropriate chapters. Typically
this involves the DIRELM and DIRECT input data items.
2.3 Pore Fluid Load

Diana offers several options to model a pore fluid in soil-like material. This
section describes the input of hydrostatic and hydraulic pore pressure distribu-
tions as an element load. Alternatively to this, you could apply reduced mass
density [Vol. Material Library] or perform a fully coupled flow–stress analysis
[Vol. Analysis Procedures].
This section describes the two possibilities to specify a pore fluid load: as
a hydrostatic pressure (neglected flow) or, more generally, as an hydraulic load.
For both methods, you must specify some additional material properties.
2.3.1 Hydrostatic Pressure

You can apply a hydrostatic pore pressure distribution most conveniently by in-
put of the position of a phreatic surface according to the input syntax described
below. For relevant continuum elements (plane strain, axisymmetric and solid),
Diana determines the isotropic load ∆σii at position x from the phreatic surface
1 No load will be applied on interface elements.
18 Loading Input
position xphrea using ∆σii = −S p. For interface elements, Diana determines

the normal traction load ∆tn at position x from the phreatic surface position
using ∆tn = −S p, where S is the degree of saturation and p the pore pressure:
p = γ f (xphrea − x), with γ f the volumetric dead weight vector of the fluid. See
also Volume Material Library for input of material properties.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PHREAT nodes n...

[ NPHREA ln]
[ WEIGHT gamx r gamy r gamz r ]
PHREAT nodes are the numbers of the nodes which describe the phreatic surface.
The multi-linear shape of this surface depends on the element configura-
tion: a single line for a two-dimensional configuration or a two-dimensional
surface for a three-dimensional configuration. It is not necessary that the
nodes do coincide with element nodes, i.e., the phreatic surface may cross
element boundaries.
NPHREA l is the number of lines in one direction from which the phreatic surface
grid is composed. This input is only necessary in a three-dimensional
configuration. In this case the number of specified nodes Ni=1,k must be
a multiple of l and you must specify the nodes in a line-by-line sequence
[Fig. 2.2]. The grid is not necessarily equidistant.
Nk
Nk−1
Nk−2
N3
N2
N1
line: 1 2 3 l
Figure 2.2: Node sequence phreatic surface
WEIGHT gamx , gamy , gamz , are the components in global axis of the volumetric
fluid weight vector γ f = ρf g.
If you do not specify γ f explicitly, Diana will derive the vector from a
gravity vector g in subtable WEIGHT (for the same load case) [Vol. Analysis
Procedures] and a pore fluid density ρf in table ’MATERI’ [Vol. Material

Library].
2.3.2 Hydraulic Pressure

Diana allows direct input of the distributed pore pressure heads or hydraulic
heads according to the input syntax described below. Alternatively, you can
use the results of a preceding potential flow analysis to let Diana generate
a distributed hydraulic pore pressure load [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. Diana
determines the isotropic load ∆σii from the pressure using ∆σii = −S p for
continuum elements, or ∆tn = −S p for interface elements, with S the degree
of saturation and p the pore pressure.
Pressure or hydraulic head syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
p1 r [ . . . pn r ]
PRESSU
POTENT
Both pressure heads and hydraulic heads vary over the element domain accord-
ing to its interpolation order. If you specify a single value p1 then the pressure
is uniform.
PRESSU p1 to pn are the pressure heads φp in the respective element nodes
i = 1, . . . , n. Diana determines the pore pressure p in node i from
p(i) = kγ f k φ(i)
p (2.1)
If you do not specify γ f via one of the WEIGH data items as described
below, Diana assumes kγ f k = 1, i.e., direct input of pressure p.
POTENT p1 to pn are the hydraulic heads φhead in the respective element nodes
i = 1, . . . , n. Diana determines the pore pressure p in node i from
¡ (i) ¢
p(i) = kγ f k φhead + |γ f | · x(i) (2.2)
In this case you must specify γ f via one of the WEIGH data items as de-
scribed below.
Where
γ f is the volumetric dead weight vector of the fluid, specified via one of the
WEIGH input data items.
|γ f | is√the √
unit vector of γ f . For instance if γ f = (1, 1, 0) then |γ f | =
( 0.5, 0.5, 0).
20 Loading Input
kγ f k is
p the length (norm) of γ f . For instance if γ f = (−4, 3, 0) then kγ f k =
(−4)2 + 32 = 5.
x(i) are the global XY Z coordinates of node i.
Volumetric dead weight syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
WEIGHT gamx r gamy r gamz r
WEIGHT gamx , gamy , gamz , are the components in global axis of the volumetric
fluid weight vector γ f = ρf g.
Example. The following example illustrates the input of pore pressure via the
hydraulic head and the pressure head respectively [Fig. 2.3].
Y
X
(0, 0)
5
3
5
(0, −3)
2
1
(0, −5) (2, −5)
Figure 2.3: Pore pressure input
Hydraulic head file .dat

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-5 /
PRESSU -1.0
WEIGHT 0. -100. 0.
According to (2.1) the pore pressure in node 5 is:
p(5) = 100 × −1 = −100
Pressure head file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-5 /
POTENT -1.0
WEIGHT 0. -100. 0.
According to (2.2) the pore pressure in node 5 is:

  T  
 0   0 
p(5) = 100 −1 + −1 · −3  = 100(−1 + 3) = 200
   
0 0
Unless you specify a pressure dependent saturation, i.e., a pressure–saturation

diagram [Vol. Material Library], Diana assumes zero pore pressures in element
5 in both cases.
22 Loading Input
Chapter 3
Truss Elements
Truss elements are bars which must fulfill the condition that the dimensions d
perpendicular to the bar axis are small in relation to the bar’s length l [Fig. 3.1-
a]. The deformation of truss elements can only be the axial elongation ∆l,
l y
∆l 1
2
z x
d
(a) characteristics (b) axes
Figure 3.1: Truss elements
there is neither bending nor shear deformation. Truss elements may be used
to analyze bar structures with hinged connections like space decks, stiffeners
in walls or structural parts connected by hinges. Also in modeling of discrete
reinforcement bars, truss elements may be used. Enhanced truss elements are
available for geometrically nonlinear and dynamic analysis [§ 3.6 p. 31] and there
are curved truss elements which can be used for geometric nonlinear analysis of
cable structures [§ 3.7 p. 33].
3.1 Axes
For all truss elements Diana sets up an element x axis from the first to the
second node [Fig. 3.1b]. For the regular elements this is the only axis. The
elements for geometrically nonlinear analysis and the cable elements may have
additional y or z axes perpendicular to the x axis.
24 Truss Elements
3.2 Variables
The variables for truss elements depend on the element type, the regular ele-
ments have a minimal set of variables, the elements for geometrically nonlinear
analysis and the cable elements have additional variables. This section only
describes the general variables, which are valid for all element types.
dux
ux x
ux
x
(a) displacements (b) deformation
Figure 3.2: Truss elements, basic variables
3.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables of truss elements are the translations ux of the nodes in
element x direction as shown in Figure 3.2a for a two-node element.
ue = {ux } (3.1)
3.2.2 Strain
From the displacements ux in the nodes, Diana derives the deformation dux
of an infinitesimal part dx as shown in Figure 3.2b in its positive direction
(elongation). This deformation yields the axial strain
∂ux
ε = {εxx } = (3.2)
∂x
3.2.3 Stresses
Diana can calculate and output two types of stresses for truss elements: the
normal Cauchy stress σxx and the generalized axial force Nx .
x
+σxx
+
Nx
(a) Cauchy (b) force
Figure 3.3: Truss elements, stresses
3.3 Cross-section 25
3.2.3.1 Cauchy
From the basic strain of Equation (3.2) Diana derives the following Cauchy
stress.
σ = {σxx } (3.3)
Figure 3.3a shows this stress on a unit cube in its positive direction (tension).
3.2.3.2 Force
Diana calculates the normal force in truss elements as shown in Figure 3.3b in
its positive direction (tension).
3.3 Cross-section
For all types of truss elements the cross-section is uniform along the element
axis. It must be input as follows.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
CROSSE area r
CROSSE area is the area of cross-section A. (A > 0)
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNECT
··· connectivity
GEOMET
/ 1-10 / 1
/ 11-40 / 3
’GEOMET’
1 CROSSE 0.25
3 CROSSE 0.32
In this example elements 1 to 10 have a cross-section A = 0.25 and for elements

11 to 40 A = 0.32.
3.4 Loading
Some types of truss elements may be loaded with distributed line load along the
bar axis. All types of truss elements may have a temperature or concentration
load as well as an initial stress situation specified for the element nodes.
26 Truss Elements
3.4.1 Line Load

There are two ways to input a force line load on truss elements: directly with the
actual values of the load in the element nodes, or via a hydrostatic load where
you specify the values in two points somewhere in the finite element model and
Diana determines the actual values for each element.
Direct force syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
FORCE f1 r [ . . . fn r ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed along the bar axis.

FORCE f1 to fn are the values f1 to fn of the distributed load in the respective
nodes of the element. The load varies along the bar axis according to
the ‘order’ of the element: linearly for linear elements, quadratically for
quadratic elements [Fig. 3.4a] etc. If you only specify f1 then the load is
uniform.
DIRELM dirnam indicates a load direction determined from the element shape.
For isoparametric elements there is only one possibility: KSI for the ξ
direction which follows the bar axis [Fig. 3.4a].
DIRECT dirnr indicates a load in the specified direction, referring to table
’DIRECT’ [Fig. 3.4b].
f2 f2 f4
f1 f1 f3
2 f3
3 4
Y 2 3
1 1
(a)
X (b)
Z
Figure 3.4: Line load examples
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 LINE
3.4 Loading 27
FORCE 30. 25. 20.

DIRELM KSI
3 LINE
FORCE 20. 25. 18. 15.
DIRECT 2
/ 4-10 /
LINE
FORCE 20.
DIRELM KSI
In this example element 1 must be a three-node truss element, a load along the
beam axis varies quadratically from 30 in the first node to 25 in the second to
20 in the third [Fig. 3.4a]. Element 3 must be a four-node truss element, a load
in direction 2 of table ’DIRECT’ (which by default is the Y direction) varies
third-order from 20 in the first node to 25 in the second to 18 in the third to
15 in the fourth [Fig. 3.4b]. Elements 4 to 10 may be any truss element capable
of bearing line loads, these elements have a uniform load of magnitude 20 along
the bar axis.
Hydrostatic force syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed along the bar axis.

HYDRO specifies a hydrostatic load. Value f1 is the loading magnitude in the first
point with global XY Z coordinates (x1 ,y1 ,z1 ). Value f2 is the loading
magnitude in the second point with global XY Z coordinates (x2 ,y2 ,z2 ).
Diana determines the actual values in the element nodes by linear inter-
polation between the two specified values [§ 2.2 p. 16].
DIRELM or DIRECT specifies the direction of the force (analogous to direct force).
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
/ 4-10 /
LINE
HYDRO 20. 120. -35. 12.
28 Truss Elements
40. 150. -75. 7.5

DIRECT 1
This example specifies a hydrostatic load varying from 20 in point (120, −35, 12)
to 40 in point (150, −75, 7.5). The load acts in direction 1 and will be applied
on elements 4 to 10.
3.4.2 Temperature and Concentration Load

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [ . . . ten r ]

CONCEN co1 r [ . . . con r ]
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load, te1 to ten are the temperatures
T1 to Tn in the respective element nodes. For linear elements, the tempera-
ture varies linearly along the bar axis, for quadratic elements quadratically
etc. If you only specify te1 then the temperature is uniform.
CONCEN specifies an element concentration load C, input is analogous to tem-

perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 100. 120.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 100.
In this example element 1 must be a two-node (linear) truss element, the tem-
perature varies from 100° in the first node to 120° in the second. Elements 2 to
20 may be of any type, they have a uniform temperature of 100°.
3.4.3 Initial Stress

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r [ . . . sxxn r ]
3.5 Regular Elements 29
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress in the element nodes. Values sxx1
0
to sxxn are the stresses σxx in the respective element nodes. For two-
node (linear elements), the stress is always constant along the bar axis, if
you specify one value for each node (sxx1 and sxx2 ) then Diana takes
0
the average: σxx = (sxx1 + sxx2 )/2. For quadratic elements the stress
varies quadratically etc. If you only specify one value sxx1 then the stress
distribution is uniform for any type of truss element.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 PRESTR 12.4
/ 2-20 /
PRESTR 10.6 15.8 13.4
In this example element 1 may be any truss element, it has a uniformly dis-
0
tributed initial stress of σxx = 12.4. Elements 2 to 20 must be three-node truss
0
elements, these elements have an initial stress in the first node of σxx = 10.6,
0 0
in the second node σxx = 15.8 and in the third node σxx = 13.4.
3.5 Regular Elements

The regular truss element is suitable for linear static and physical nonlinear
analysis. You should use the elements described in § 3.6 on page 31 and § 3.7
on page 33 for geometrically nonlinear and dynamic analysis.
3.5.1 L2TRU, straight, 2 nodes
1
ux ξ
2
ux
x
Figure 3.5: L2TRU
The L2TRU element [Fig. 3.5] is a two-node directly integrated (1-point) truss
element which may be used in one-, two-, and three-dimensional models. The
interpolation polynomial for the displacement ux can be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (3.4)
This polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant along the bar axis.
Caution: the mass distribution of an L2TRU element is complete in the ele-

ment x axis, but incomplete in the model XY Z axes. Therefore this element
must not be used in dynamic analysis, use the enhanced truss elements instead
[§ 3.6 p. 31].
30 Truss Elements
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L2TRU no1 n no2 n
L2TRU is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 3.5].
Other input data

Cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.3 on page 25.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
Temperature & concentration load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.2 on page 28.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.3 on page 28.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 L2TRU 27 48
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
THERMX 0.002
’GEOMET’
1 CROSSE 0.1
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
14 LINE
FORCE 10.
DIRELM KSI
CASE 2
ELEMEN
14 TEMPER 65. 69.
This input data specifies an L2TRU element between nodes 27 and 48. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1·106 and a thermal expansion coefficient
α = 0.002. The area of cross-section A = 0.1. The element is loaded with
a uniform line load (case 1) along the bar axis of magnitude 10 and with a
temperature (case 2) varying linearly from 65° in node 27 to 69° in node 48.
3.6 Enhanced Elements 31
3.6 Enhanced Elements

Compared to the regular truss elements [§ 3.5], the enhanced elements have
additional degrees of freedom perpendicular to the bar axis. Therefore these
elements can be used in geometrically nonlinear and in dynamic analysis. De-
pending on the amount of additional degrees of freedom, these elements are
suited for two- or for three-dimensional analysis.
3.6.1 L4TRU, straight, 2 nodes, 2-D
uy
uy
ux ξ
1
ux
2 x
Figure 3.6: L4TRU
element. Due to the displacements uy perpendicular to the bar axis, this element
can be used in two-dimensional dynamic and geometrically nonlinear analysis.
The interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed
as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (3.5)
This polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant along the bar axis. Ini-
tially there is no stiffness for the displacements uy , stiffness will arise in case of
geometric nonlinearities.
Axes. Diana determines the element axes for an L4TRU element as follows:
first the x axis from the first to the second node, then the y axis ⊥ the Zx plane
2
Z
Z x
y x 2
Y 1 y Y
1 X
(a) regular (b) if x ≡ Z
Figure 3.7: Axes setup for L4TRU
[Fig. 3.7a]. If the x axis coincides with the Z axis then y ⊥ Zx cannot be done
and the y axis is chosen in Y direction [Fig. 3.7b].
32 Truss Elements
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L4TRU no1 n no2 n
and no2 [Fig. 3.6].
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
An example of input data for an L4TRU element is analogous to the example for
the L2TRU element [§ 3.5.1 p. 29].
3.6.2 L6TRU, straight, 2 nodes, 3-D
uy
ux uy
uz 1 ξ
z ux
uz 2 x
Figure 3.8: L6TRU
element. Due to the displacements uy and uz perpendicular to the bar axis
[Fig. 3.8], this element can be used in three-dimensional dynamic and geomet-
rically nonlinear analysis. The interpolation polynomial for the displacements
ux , uy and uz can be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (3.6)
This polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant along the bar axis. Initially
there is no stiffness for the displacements uy and uz , stiffness will arise in case
of geometric nonlinearities.
Axes. Diana determines the element axes for an L6TRU element as follows:
first the x axis from the first to the second node, then the y axis ⊥ the Zx plane
and finally the z axis ⊥ the xy plane [Fig. 3.9a]. If the x axis coincides with
the Z axis then y ⊥ Zx cannot be done and the y axis is chosen in Y direction
[Fig. 3.9b].
3.7 Cable Elements 33
2
Z
z Z x
y 2 z
x
Y 1 y Y
1 X
(a) regular (b) if x ≡ Z
Figure 3.9: Axes setup for L6TRU
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L6TRU no1 n no2 n
and no2 [Fig. 3.8].
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
An example of input data for an L6TRU element is analogous to the example for
the L2TRU element [§ 3.5.1 p. 29].
3.7 Cable Elements

Compared to the regular truss elements [§ 3.5 p. 29], the cable elements are
curved and have additional degrees of freedom. Therefore these elements can be
used in geometrically nonlinear analysis of cables. Another useful application of
cable elements is the discrete modeling of prestress cables (tendons) in nonlinear
analysis of reinforced concrete. Depending on the amount of additional degrees
of freedom, these elements are suited for two- or for three-dimensional analysis.
In general, cable elements do not have initial stiffness in transverse
direction. However, such stiffness can be obtained from surround-
ing elements or may be obtained from an initial stress in geometric
nonlinear analysis.
34 Truss Elements
3.7.1 Axes
Cable elements have x, y and z axes for displacements in the nodes. The deter-
mination of these axes depends on the two- or three-dimensional application.
3.7.1.1 Two-dimensional
Cable elements for two-dimensional application have their local xyz axes set up
as follows [Fig. 3.10a]: first the x axis from the first to the second node, then
y y
x 2
x
1 2
z̄ 1
z z
(a) regular (b) straight element
Figure 3.10: Axes for two-dimensional cables
the z axis ⊥ the plane through the first three nodes, finally the y axis ⊥ the zx
plane. If the element is straight then the z axis cannot be set up as described.
In that case you must specify a z̄ axis as follows.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ZAXIS xr yr zr ]
ZAXIS is a user-specified z̄ axis where x , y and z are vector components in

the model XY Z coordinate system. The specified direction of the z̄ axis
may not point in the direction from the first to the second node. The z̄
axis is only used and necessary if the element is straight. In that case the
element xyz axes are set up as follows [Fig. 3.10b]: x from the first to the
second node, y ⊥ z̄x and z ⊥ xy. If you do not specify the z̄ axis then
[z̄ ≡ Z] Diana takes the model Z direction by default. If the x axis coincides
with the model Z direction then y ⊥ z̄x can not be done and the ȳ axis
is chosen in model Y direction. In that case the element xyz axes are set
up as follows: x from the first to the second node, z ⊥ xȳ and y ⊥ zx.
3.7.1.2 Three-dimensional
Cable elements for three-dimensional application have local xyz axes parallel to
the global XY Z axes [Fig. 3.11].
y
2
Y x
1
z
X
Z
Figure 3.11: Axes for three-dimensional cables
3.7.2 Variables
3.7.2.1 Displacements
The cable truss elements have additional displacement degrees of freedom com-
pared to the regular truss elements [§ 3.2.1 p. 24]. The cables for two-dimension-
uy uy
uy uy
ux uy
uy ux
uz ux ux
ux Y ux uz
uz
(a) two-dimensional X (b) three-dimensional
Z
Figure 3.12: Displacements for cables
al application have translations ux and uy in the local direction at the nodes

[Fig. 3.12a]. For three-dimensional application, a ‘full’ set of displacements in
model XY Z directions is generated in the nodes [Fig. 3.12b].
3.7.2.2 Strain and Stress
x̂
x̂ x̂
x̂
Figure 3.13: Strain/stress axis for cables
The strains εxx and stresses σxx in cable elements are always oriented in a
direction x̂ which is tangential to the bar axis [Fig. 3.13].
3.7.3 Integration Schemes

For cable elements, you may specify an optional integration scheme according to
the following syntax. See also § 21.5.1 on page 627 for enumeration and location
of the integration points.
36 Truss Elements
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n ]
[ NUMINT rule w ]
GAUSS
NEWCOT
LOBATT
NINTEG nxi is the number of integration points in the isoparametric ξ direction

of the element which coincides with the bar axis.
NUMINT mxi is the name of the integration rule: GAUSS for Gauss, NEWCOT for
Newton–Cotes, or LOBATT for Lobatto.
file .dat
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 4
NUMINT LOBATT
3.7.4 CL6TR, curved, 3 nodes, 2-D
ξ
2
3
1
Figure 3.14: CL6TR
The CL6TR element [Fig. 3.14] is a three-node numerically integrated truss el-
ement with two displacements ux and uy in each node [Fig. 3.12a p. 35]. This
element can be used in two-dimensional dynamic and nonlinear analysis of ca-
bles. The interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be
expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (3.7)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies linearly along the bar
axis. Strain and stress are purely axial [§ 3.7.2.2]. By default Diana applies
[nξ = 2] a 2-point Gauss integration scheme. Suitable options are 1 to 7-point Gauss,
2 to 10-point Newton–Cotes, and 2 to 10-point Lobatto. The element axes for
displacements are set up as described in § 3.7.1.1 on page 34, note the input of
the z̄ axis which is obligatory if the element is straight.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL6TR no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL6TR is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 3.14].
Other input data

Element z̄ axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.7.1.1 on page 34.
Integration scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.7.3 on page 35.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CL6TR 27 48 25
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
DATA
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 CROSSE 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3
NUMINT LOBATT
ξ
4
2 3
1
Figure 3.15: CL8TR
38 Truss Elements
The CL8TR element [Fig. 3.15] is a four-node numerically integrated truss ele-
ment with two displacements ux and uy in each node [Fig. 3.12a p. 35]. This
element can be used in two-dimensional dynamic and nonlinear analysis of ca-
bles. The interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be
expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3 (3.8)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies quadratically along the
bar axis. Strain and stress are purely axial [§ 3.7.2.2 p. 35]. By default Diana
[nξ = 3] applies a 3-point Gauss integration scheme. Suitable options are 1 to 7-point
Gauss, 2 to 10-point Newton–Cotes, and 2 to 10-point Lobatto. The element
axes for displacements are set up as described in § 3.7.1.1 on page 34, note the
input of the z̄ axis which is obligatory if the element is straight.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL8TR no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
CL8TR is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 [Fig. 3.15].
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CL8TR 27 48 25 22
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
DATA
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 CROSSE 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 4
NUMINT NEWCOT
3.7.6 CL10T, curved, 5 nodes, 2-D
ξ
5
2 3 4
1
Figure 3.16: CL10T
The CL10T element 3.16 is a five-node numerically integrated truss element

with two displacements ux and uy in each node [Fig. 3.12a p. 35]. This element
can be used in two-dimensional dynamic and nonlinear analysis of cables. The
interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3 + a4 ξ 4 (3.9)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies third-order along the bar
a 4-point Gauss integration scheme. Suitable options are 1 to 7-point Gauss, [nξ = 4]
displacements are set up as described in § 3.7.1.1 on page 34, note the input of
the z̄ axis which is obligatory if the element is straight.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL10T no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
CL10T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the five nodes no1
to no5 [Fig. 3.16].
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
40 Truss Elements
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CL10T 27 48 25 22 17
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
DATA
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 CROSSE 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 5
NUMINT LOBATT
ξ
2
3
1
Figure 3.17: CL9TR
The CL9TR element [Fig. 3.17] is a three-node numerically integrated truss el-
ement with three displacements ux , uy and uz in each node [Fig. 3.12b p. 35].
This element can be used in three-dimensional dynamic and nonlinear analysis
of cables. The interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux , uy and uz can
be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (3.10)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies linearly along the bar axis.
Strain and stress are purely axial [§ 3.7.2.2 p. 35]. By default Diana applies a
[nξ = 2] 2-point Gauss integration scheme. Suitable options are 1 to 7-point Gauss, 2
to 10-point Newton–Cotes, and 2 to 10-point Lobatto. The element axes for
displacements are set up parallel to the XY Z axes [§ 3.7.1.2 p. 34].
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL9TR no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL9TR is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
An example input is analogous to the example for the CL6TR element [§ 3.7.4
p. 36].
ξ
4
2 3
1
Figure 3.18: CL12T
The CL12T element [Fig. 3.18] is a four-node numerically integrated truss element
with three displacements ux , uy and uz in each node [Fig. 3.12b p. 35]. This
element can be used in three-dimensional dynamic and nonlinear analysis of
cables. The interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be
expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3 (3.11)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies quadratically along the
bar axis. Strain and stress are purely axial [§ 3.7.2.2 p. 35]. By default Diana
applies a 3-point Gauss integration scheme. Suitable options are 1 to 7-point [nξ = 3]
Gauss, 2 to 10-point Newton–Cotes, and 2 to 10-point Lobatto. The element
axes for displacements are set up parallel to the XY Z axes [§ 3.7.1.2 p. 34].
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL12T no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
CL12T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 [Fig. 3.18].
42 Truss Elements
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
An example input is analogous to the example for the CL8TR element [§ 3.7.5].
ξ
5
2 3 4
1
Figure 3.19: CL15T
The CL15T element [Fig. 3.19] is a five-node numerically integrated truss element
with three displacements ux , uy and uz in each node [Fig. 3.12b p. 35]. This
element can be used in three-dimensional dynamic and nonlinear analysis of
cables. The interpolation polynomial for the displacements ux , uy and uz can
be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3 + a4 ξ 4 (3.12)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies third-order along the bar
[nξ = 4] a 4-point Gauss integration scheme. Suitable options are 1 to 7-point Gauss,
displacements are set up parallel to the XY Z axes [§ 3.7.1.2 p. 34].
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL15T no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
CL15T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the five nodes no1
to no5 [Fig. 3.19].
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 3.4.1 on page 26.
An example input is analogous to the example for the CL10T element [§ 3.7.6
p. 39].
Chapter 4
Beam Elements
Beam elements are bars which must fulfill the condition that the dimensions d
perpendicular to the bar axis are small in relation to the bar’s length l [Fig. 4.1].
Beam elements may have axial deformation ∆l, shear deformation γ, curvature
l
γ
∆l
κ
d
Figure 4.1: Beam elements, characteristics
κ and torsion, therefore they can describe axial force, shear force and moment.
Beam elements are typically used to analyze two- and three-dimensional frames.
In combination with continuum elements they can also be used to model stiff-
eners in plates or shells etc. Diana offers three classes of beam elements:
Class-I – classical beam elements with directly integrated cross-sections. These
elements may be used in linear and in geometric nonlinear analysis. Physic
nonlinear analysis is limited to generalized stress-strain diagrams.
Class-II – fully numerically integrated classical beam elements. These elements
may be used in linear and in geometric and physic nonlinear analysis.
Class-III – fully numerically integrated Mindlin beam elements. These ele-
ments may be used in linear and in geometric and physic nonlinear anal-
ysis.
All three classes of beam elements are numerically integrated along the beam
axis, therefore the dimensions of the cross-section may vary along the beam
axis.
44 Beam Elements
Table 4.1: Overview of beam elements

Class Class-I Class-II Class-III
Theory Bernoulli Bernoulli Mindlin–Reissner
L6BEN
L7BEN
CL9BE
CL12B
CL15B
CL18B
CL24B
CL30B
L12BE
L13BE
Type
Dimension 2D 3D 2D 3D 2D 2D 2D 3D 3D 3D
Straight or curved str. str. str. str. cur. cur. cur. cur. cur. cur.
Nr. of nodes 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 3 4 5
Nr. of d.o.f. 6 12 7 3 13 3 9 12 15 18 24 30
ux 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 2 3 4
uy 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 2 3 4
Variables 1
uz 3 3 2 3 4
φx × × 2 3 4
φy × × 2 3 4
φz × × × × 2 3 4 2 3 4
∆ux × ×
∆u ∆u ε ε ε ε ε ε ε ε
Primary strains κ ∆φ γ γ γ γ γ γ γ γ
κ
N N σ σ σ σ σ σ σ σ
Primary stresses M M
Q Q
Shear deformation opt. 2 opt. 2 no no yes yes yes yes yes yes
Numerically integra-
no no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
ted cross-section
Numerically integra-
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
ted along beam axis
1 Numbers 1–4 for interpolation order, × for ‘derived’.
2 Optionally, the L6BEN and L12BE elements include the effects of shear deformation
according to the Timoshenko theory.
3 Including an additional variable ∆ux representing the relative elongation of the beam.
Classical beams. The classical beams (class-I and class-II) are two- or three-
node straight elements. The transverse displacement for these elements is a
cubic Hermite shape function expressed in the nodal displacements and rota-
tions. It is assumed that the cross-sections remain plane and perpendicular to
the slope of the beam axis. Therefore these beam elements may be viewed as
based on the Bernoulli theory. For the two-node class-I beams, the incorpora-
tion of shear deformation is an option.
Mindlin beams. For the fully numerically integrated Mindlin beam elements
(class-III), the normal strain εxx varies linearly over the cross-section area and
the transverse shear strains are forced to be constant. Since the actual transverse
shear stress and strain vary quadratically over the cross-section area, the shear
4.1 Axes 45
strain is an equivalent constant strain on a corresponding area.

By default Diana assumes a shear stress correction factor of 1.2 which, for
homogeneous cross-sections, approximates the condition that the constant shear
stress yields the same shear strain energy as the actual shear stress does. You
may input alternative shear stress correction factors via input table ’MATERI
[§ 4.5 p. 64].
Connection of beam elements to continuum elements yields the most

accurate results if the elements are compatible. For instance Mindlin
beams (class-III) connected to Mindlin plates.
Table 4.1 on the preceding page is a quick reference to the beams in the Diana
element library. For details about the three classes of beam elements see the
appropriate sections: § 4.9 on page 84 for class-I, § 4.10 on page 88 for class-II
and § 4.11 on page 91 for class-III.
4.1 Axes
The determination of element axes is different for two- and three-dimensional
beam elements.
4.1.1 Two-dimensional
Two-dimensional beam elements have translational degrees of freedom in one
plane, the element’s xy plane. An element z axis is used to determine the
orientation of this plane in XY Z space [Fig. 4.2].
y y
x x
1 1
Y
z̄
z z z̄
X
Z
(a) default, z̄ ≡ Z (b) user-specified z̄
Figure 4.2: Axes for two-dimensional beams
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ZAXIS xr yr zr ]
46 Beam Elements
ZAXIS is a user-specified z̄ axis where x , y and z are vector components in the

global model XY Z coordinate system [Fig. 4.2b]. The specified direction
of the z̄ axis must not be in the direction of the beam axis (tangent in the
first node). If you do not specify the z̄ axis, then Diana takes the global
[z̄ ≡ Z] Z direction and you must check if this yields the correct element axes
[Fig. 4.2a].
If you specify the z̄ axis, then Diana determines in each node an x axis
tangential to the beam axis. Next the y ⊥ z̄x is set up and finally z ⊥ xy
is set up which is in fact a correction of the z̄ direction [Fig. 4.2a,b].
If the x axis coincides with the model Z direction then y ⊥ z̄x can not
be done and the ȳ axis is chosen in model Y direction. In that case the
element xyz axes are set up as follows: x in the direction of the beam
axis, z ⊥ xȳ and y ⊥ zx.
The xyz axes in the first node of two-dimensional beams serve to describe the
direction of the displacement degrees of freedom in the nodes. To describe the
strains and stresses, the xy directions are locally rotated by z to x̂ŷ in such a
way that the x̂ axis is tangential to the beam axis and that ŷ is perpendicular
to it and ẑ ≡ z. The x̂ŷẑ axes serve also to input element loads in local element
directions. If the beam is straight, then this transformation has no effect. Diana
then checks if all nodes of the element are in the plane perpendicular to the z
axis, a fatal error message “non planar element” occurs if this is not true.
4.1.2 Three-dimensional
For three-dimensional beam elements in general there is no unique element plane
and Diana needs a z̄ direction to set up the element axes [Fig. 4.3].
y y
x x
1 1
Y
z̄
z z z̄
X
Z
Figure 4.3: Axes for three-dimensional beams
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ZAXIS xr yr zr [ xr yr zr ...] ]
4.2 Variables 47

of the z̄ axis may not be in the direction of the beam axis (tangent in the
first node). If you do not specify the z̄ axis then Diana takes the global
Z direction and you must check if this yields the correct element axes. [z̄ ≡ Z]
tangential to the beam axis. Next the y ⊥ z̄x is set up and finally z ⊥ xy
is set up which is in fact a correction of the z̄ direction.
If the x axis coincides with the model Z direction then y ⊥ z̄x can not
be done and the ȳ axis is chosen in model Y direction. In that case the
element xyz axes are set up as follows: x in the direction of the beam
axis, z ⊥ xȳ and y ⊥ zx.
For class-III beams, you may specify a z̄ axis for each node by repeating
the x , y and z components.
The xyz axes of three-dimensional beams serve to describe the direction of

strains and stresses, for class-I beam elements they also describe the directions
of the translations. The xyz directions are transformed locally to x̂ŷẑ in such
a way that the x̂ axis is tangential to the beam axis and that ŷ and ẑ are
perpendicular to it. These transformed axes serve also to input element loads
in local element directions. If the beam is straight, then this transformation has
no effect.
4.2 Variables
4.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables of beam elements are the displacements in the nodes: trans-
lations u and rotations φ. The orientation of the displacements depends on the
beam class and the dimensionality.
4.2.1.1 Class-I and Class-II Beams

Displacements for class-I and class-II beams (4.1), are oriented in the local xyz
directions [Fig. 4.4].
 

 ux 

  
 uy 

 

 ux   
uz
two-dim.: ue = uy three-dim.: ue = (4.1)
  
 φx 

φz 
 φy 


 
 
φz
48 Beam Elements
uy
uy ux
uy ux
uz
uy ux
uz φy
ux φz φy φx
φz
φx
φz
φz
(a) two-dimensional (b) three-dimensional
Figure 4.4: Displacements for class-I and class-II beams
4.2.1.2 Class-III Beams

Displacements for class-III beams (4.2), are oriented in the local xyz directions
for two-dimensional beams [Fig. 4.5a] and in the global XY Z directions for
three-dimensional beams [Fig. 4.5b].
 

 uX 

  
 

 uY 


 ux   
uZ
two-dim.: ue = uy three-dim.: ue = (4.2)
  
 φX 
φz 
 

 φY 


 
φZ
uY
uY
uY
uZ uX uX
uy ux uy ux uX φY uZ
uy uZ φY
ux
φz φY
φz φX
φz φZ φX
Y φX φZ
φZ
X
Z
Figure 4.5: Displacements for class-III beams
4.2 Variables 49
4.2.2 Stress Points

Diana can calculate strains and stresses in so-called ‘stress points’ of beam
elements. For the numerically integrated beam elements (class-II and class-III)
the stress points are equivalent with the integration points. For the directly
integrated beam elements, stress points must be specified explicitly as outlined
below [§ 4.2.2.1]. Figure 4.6a shows the element axes in an infinitesimal part
dx of a beam element. Point P is a stress point in a cross-section. Note that
y y y
ez
ey ey
z P z z
x
dx
(a) part dx (b) two-dimensional (c) three-dimensional
Figure 4.6: Stress points
element nodes are special stress points at y = 0 and that for two-dimensional
beam elements all stress points have z = 0.
4.2.2.1 Specification of Stress Points

For class-I beam elements you may specify the location of stress points with
local yz coordinates in input table ’GEOMET’. The stress points are located in
so-called ‘sections’ [§ 4.2.2.2]. The input syntax of the yz coordinates and shear
factors depends on the dimensionality of the element [Fig. 4.6bc].
syntax
’GEOMET’
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINTS ey r...
[ TAUFAC ty r... ]
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINTS ey r ez r [. . . ]
[ TAUFAC ty r tz r tty r ttz r [. . . ] ]
POINTS specifies one or more stress points where Cauchy stresses σxx , σxy and
σxz may be calculated. Values ey and ez are element yz coordinates of
the points in the cross-sections, where ez only applies for three-dimen-
sional beam elements [Fig. 4.6bc]. The maximum number of stress points
is fifty. (nspt ≤ 50)
50 Beam Elements
TAUFAC specifies factors for determination of the shear distribution in the stress
points if standard analytical solutions do not apply. A set of factors must
be specified for each stress point. The factors for an arbitrary cross-section
may be determined by a cross-section analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
For such analysis, special cross-section elements are available [Ch. 20].
For two-dimensional beam elements ty represents transverse shear due to
a unit force Qy , hence shear stress is σxy = ty Qy . By default, if you do
[ty = 1/A] not specify ty , Diana calculates the average shear stress: σxy = Qy /A
with A the area of the cross-section.
For three-dimensional beam elements the factors represent transverse shear
due to unit forces: σxy = ty Qy + tty Mx and σxz = tz Qz + ttz Mx .
4.2.2.2 Specification of Sections

For beam elements you may specify the location of (cross-)sections for output
of analysis results in input table ’GEOMET’. The maximum number of sections is
(nsec ≤ 21) twenty-one. If you do not specify sections then Diana assumes default sections
at the end nodes of the beam element. There are three possibilities to specify
the location of the sections [Fig. 4.7].
y y y
l l l
x x x
1 1 1
z ∆l ∆l ∆l z xa z xr ×l
(a) nr. of sections nx (b) absolute distance xa (c) relative distance xr

∆l = l/(nx − 1)
Figure 4.7: Input of sections
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
NUMSEC nx n
ABSSEC xa r...
RELSEC xr r...
NUMSEC indicates that there are nx sections, located at intervals ∆l = l/(nx −1)
along the beam axis [Fig. 4.7a].
(0 ≤ xa ≤ l) ABSSEC indicates that sections are located at absolute distances x = xa from
the first node [Fig. 4.7b]. A final xa equals zero indicates the second node.
For instance ABSSEC 0. 1. 2.5 0. yields sections at x = 0, x = 1,
x = 2.5 and x = l.
4.2 Variables 51
(0 ≤ xr ≤ 1) RELSEC indicates that sections are located at relative distances x = xr × l from

the first node [Fig. 4.7c].
4.2.2.3 Planes for Output of Results

For most beam elements, strains and stresses may be output in the so-called
upper, mid and lower plane of the element.
The definition of ‘upper’, ‘mid’ and ‘lower’ for beam elements depends on the
type of the element [Fig. 4.8]. Generally the upper plane refers to the extreme
y upper y upper y
mid
mid
lower
z z z
lower
(a) two-dimensional (b) three-dimensional (c) pipe
Figure 4.8: Planes and output points for beam elements
+y, the mid plane to y = 0 and the lower plane to extreme −y, where y is the
local element y axis. A special definition holds for beam elements with a pipe
cross-section.
For two-dimensional beam elements there is one output point in each plane:
at the center line z = 0 [Fig. 4.8a]. For three-dimensional beam elements there
are three output points in each plane: at the extreme ±z fibers and at the center
line z = 0 [Fig. 4.8b]. For arbitrary cross-sections defined with zones [Fig. 4.20c
p. 61], Diana applies the definition of planes and output points for each zone.
For beam elements with a predefined pipe cross-section [Fig. 4.19c p. 59], the
upper plane refers to the outer surface, the mid plane to the center line of the
casing and the lower plane to the inner surface [Fig. 4.8c].
4.2.3 Deformation and Strains

For the fully numerically integrated beam elements (class-II and class-III), Di-
ana derives the deformations for an infinitesimal part [Fig. 4.6a p. 49] from the
displacements in the nodes [§ 4.2.1 p. 47]. The deformations that can be derived
depend on the dimensionality of the beam element. From these deformations,
Diana derives the primary strains as described for the three classes of beam
elements. The sign convention for strains is that an elongation yields a positive
strain.
Figures 4.9a,b show the deformations of the infinitesimal part [Fig. 4.6a p. 49]
in their positive direction.
52 Beam Elements
y
duy
z x
(a) dux (b) (c) dφz
Figure 4.9: Deformation for two-dimensional beams
Figure 4.10 shows the deformations of the infinitesimal part [Fig. 4.6a p. 49] in
their positive direction. Note that flexural torsional deformation is not included
y
duy
z x
dux duz
dφx dφy dφz
Figure 4.10: Deformation for three-dimensional beams
in three-dimensional beam elements, therefore these elements do not describe

warping of the cross-section.
4.2.4 Stresses
For beam elements, Diana can calculate forces and moments in nodes and cross-
sections and Cauchy stresses in stress points. The set of forces, moments and
stresses depends on the dimensionality of the element.
For two-dimensional beams Diana can calculate the forces, moments and Cauchy
stresses of Equation (4.3).
( ) ( )
Nx © ª σxx
N= M = Mz σ= (4.3)
Qy σxy = σyx
Figure 4.11 shows the primary moments and forces in a cross-section of an

infinitesimal part [Fig. 4.6a p. 49] of a two-dimensional beam element in their
4.2 Variables 53
positive direction. The sign convention for bending is that a positive moment
Qy
y
+
x Mz
z +
+ Nx
moment forces
Figure 4.11: Moments and forces for two-dimensional beams
yields a positive stress (tension) in the positive area (+Mz works in the −z
direction!). The sign convention for forces is that a positive force yields a positive
stress. Figure 4.12 shows the Cauchy stresses resulting from these moments and
y σyx
σxx
+σxy σxy
z x +
+σxx σxx
−
bending shear and normal stress situation
Figure 4.12: Cauchy stresses for two-dimensional beams
forces. The unit cube shows the complete stress situation of a two-dimensional
beam element.
For three-dimensional beams Diana can calculate the forces, moments and
Cauchy stresses of Equation (4.4).
     
 Nx 
   Mx 
   σxx
 

N = Qy M = My σ = σxy = σyx (4.4)

 
 
 
 
 

Qz Mz σzx = σxz
The sign convention depends on the class of the three-dimensional beam element.
Class-I and -II. Figure 4.13 shows the primary moments and forces in a cross-
section of an infinitesimal part [Fig. 4.6a p. 49] of a three-dimensional class-I or
-II beam element in their positive direction. The sign convention for bending is
that a positive bending moment yields a positive stress (tension) in the positive
area (+Mz works in the −z direction!). The sign convention for torsion is that
a positive torsion moment yields +σzx in the +y area. The sign convention for
forces is that a positive force yields a positive stress.
54 Beam Elements
My
Qy
y
+ +
x Mz
z +
+ Qz + + Nx
Mx
moments forces
Figure 4.13: Moments and forces for three-dimensional class-I & -II beams
Class-III. Figure 4.14 shows the primary moments and forces in a cross-
section of an infinitesimal part [Fig. 4.6a p. 49] of a three-dimensional class-III
beam element in their positive direction. The sign convention for bending in the
Qy
y
+
x Mz
z +
+
Qz + + Nx
+ Mx
moments forces
My
Figure 4.14: Moments and forces for three-dimensional class-III beams
z direction is that a positive bending moment yields a positive stress (tension)

in the +y area (+Mz works in the −z direction!). The sign convention for
bending in the y direction is that a positive bending moment yields a negative
stress (compression) in the +z area (+My works in the −y direction!). The sign
convention for torsion is that a positive torsion moment yields −σzx in the +y
area (+Mx works in the −x direction!). The sign convention for forces is that
a positive force yields a positive stress.
Cauchy stresses. Figure 4.15 shows the Cauchy stresses resulting from the
moments and forces. The unit cube shows the complete stress situation of a
three-dimensional beam element.
4.3 Node Conditions

Some beam elements may be connected to their end nodes in a special way:
hinged, sliding, or eccentric. These node conditions can be combined. Node
conditions must be specified in input table ’GEOMET’ as described in the next
sections.
4.3.1 Hinged Connection

syntax
4.3 Node Conditions 55
y
σxx
+σxy
z x −
+ + σxz
++ σxy +σxx
+σxz
−
σyx −−
σxx
σxy
bending and torsion shear and normal
σzx σxz σxx
stress situation
Figure 4.15: Cauchy stresses for three-dimensional beams
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
HINGE names w...
HINGE indicates pin-joint connection (hinge) of one or more end nodes. To

model a hinged connection, appropriate for connection to plate bending
or shell elements, Diana doubles the rotation degree of freedom. The
names specify the node and the direction of the pin.
For all beam elements: PHIZ1 if φz for node 1 is free, PHIZ2 if φz for the
other end node is free [Fig. 4.16].
1 1
(a) PHIZ1 (b) PHIZ2
(c) PHIZ1 PHIZ2
Figure 4.16: Hinged connection
Additional for three-dimensional beam elements: PHIX1 if φx for node 1
56 Beam Elements
is free, PHIX2 if φx for the other end node is free, PHIY1 if φy for node 1
is free, PHIY2 if φy for the other end node is free.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 HINGE PHIZ1
2 HINGE PHIZ2
3 HINGE PHIZ1 PHIZ2
In this example all beam elements with geometry number 1 are connected to
their first node such that φz is free [Fig. 4.16a]. All beam elements with geometry
number 2 are connected to their second end node such that φz is free [Fig. 4.16b].
All beam elements with geometry number 3 are connected to both end nodes
such that φz is free [Fig. 4.16c].
4.3.2 Sliding Connection

syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
SLIDE names w...
SLIDE indicates a sliding-joint connection (slide) of one or more end nodes of

a beam element. To model a sliding connection, appropriate for beam
elements, Diana doubles the translation degree of freedom. The names
specify the node and the direction of the translation.
For all beam elements: UX1 if ux for node 1 is free, UX2 if ux for the other
end node is free. UY1 if uy for node 1 is free, UY2 if uy for the other end
node is free.
Additional for three-dimensional beam elements: UZ1 if uz for node 1 is
free, UZ2 if uz for the other end node is free.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 SLIDE UX1
2 SLIDE UX2
3 SLIDE UY1 UZ2
In this example all beam elements with geometry number 1 are connected to
their first node such that ux is free. All beam elements with geometry number 2
are connected to their second end node such that ux is free. All beam elements
with geometry number 3 are connected to both end nodes such that uy is free
at their first node and such that uz is free at their second end node.
4.3 Node Conditions 57
4.3.3 Eccentric Connection

Class-I and class-III beam elements may be connected eccentrically to their
nodes. Eccentricities e are specified in table ’GEOMET’.
Class-II beam elements cannot be connected eccentrically to their
nodes.
Class-I and class-III beam syntax

’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
ECCENT ex r... ey r... (two-dimensional)

ECCENT ex r... ey r... ez r... (three-dimensional)
The eccentricity must be defined in the local element xyz directions [Fig. 4.17].
ez2
y y
ez1
ey2
ey2 ey1
ex1 ey1 ex2 ex1 ex2
x x
1 2 1 2
z z
(a) two-dimensional element (b) three-dimensional element
Figure 4.17: Eccentric connection class-I beams
ECCENT specifies the eccentricity for the nodes of the beam elements. Values ex
are the eccentricities in x direction ex1 , ex2 for the first and the second
node respectively. Values ey are the same in y direction and ez in z
direction. If only one value is specified for each eccentricity, then the
eccentricities are the same for all element nodes. The eccentricities ez in
z direction are for three-dimensional beam elements only [Fig. 4.17b].
Loading. Diana assumes that element loads on eccentrically connected beams

act on the reference axis [Fig. 4.18]. For instance a specified normal force line
y eccentric beam
reference axis
1 2
qy
Figure 4.18: Normal force load on eccentric beam
load qy (in element y direction) acts perpendicularly to the connection between

the nodes. Such load introduces neither shear forces nor bending moments.
58 Beam Elements
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
12 L6BEN 14 26
42 L12BE 18 22
GEOMET
12 1
42 2
’GEOMET’
1 ECCENT 0.20 0.23 0.14 0.16
2 ECCENT 0.15 0.17 0.35 0.37 0.07 0.09
In this example, element 12 is the two-node class-I beam element L6BEN [Fig. 4.17-
a]. The element is eccentrically connected to node 14 with x eccentricity 0.20
and y eccentricity 0.14, and to node 26 with x eccentricity 0.23 and y eccentric-
ity 0.16. Element 42 is the two-node class-I beam element L12BE [Fig. 4.17b].
The eccentricities for node 18 are 0.15, 0.35 and 0.07 in x, y and z direction
respectively. For node 22 these eccentricities are 0.17, 0.37 and 0.09.
4.4 Cross-section
To describe the cross-sections of beam elements, Diana offers you some prede-
fined shapes. For class-I beam elements you may use the profile library, which
is part of the Diana installation, as an alternative for the predefined shapes.
Arbitrary cross-section shapes may be input for all types of beam elements. All
cross-sections must be specified in table ’GEOMET’.
4.4.1 Predefined Shapes

Diana offers a set of predefined shapes as shown in Figure 4.19 on the next
page. For all these predefined shapes, the beam axis coincides with the elastic
neutral axis.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
shape w
RECTAN h r... b r...
BOX h r... b r... t1 r... t2 r... t3 r... t4 r...
CIRCLE d r...
PIPE d r... t r...
ISHAPE h r... b1 r... b2 r... t1 r... t2 r... t3 r...
TSHAPE h r... b r... t1 r... t2 r...
LSHAPE h r... b r... t1 r... t2 r...
USHAPE h r... b r... t1 r... t2 r... t3 r...
y y
t1 y y
t
h z h z z z
t3 t4
t2
d d
b b
(a) rectangle (b) box (c) circle (d) pipe
b1 b
y y y y
t1 t1
t2 t2 t3
z
h z h h h
t3 t2 z z
t2 t1 t1
b2 b b
(e) I-shape (f) T-shape (g) L-shape (h) U-shape
Figure 4.19: Predefined cross-sections
All dimensions may be specified with one or more values. One value if the
dimension is the same in all element nodes, more values for variable dimension:
one for each respective node, i.e., a tapered cross-section. All dimensions must
be greater than zero. (dim > 0)
RECTAN specifies the dimensions of a filled rectangle [Fig. 4.19a].

BOX specifies the dimensions of a rectangular box [Fig. 4.19b].
CIRCLE specifies the dimension of a solid circular cross-section [Fig. 4.19c].
PIPE specifies the dimensions of a circular pipe [Fig. 4.19d]. (t < 1
2 d)
ISHAPE specifies the dimensions of an I-shape [Fig. 4.19e].

TSHAPE specifies the dimensions of a T-shape [Fig. 4.19f].
LSHAPE specifies the dimensions of an L-shape [Fig. 4.19g].
USHAPE specifies the dimensions of a U-shape [Fig. 4.19h].
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
12 CL9BE 17 18 26
42 L12BE 35 48
GEOMET
12 1
42 2
60 Beam Elements
’GEOMET’
1 RECTAN 12.1 13.5 14.6 6.2 7.4 8.6
2 PIPE 12.4 0.2
In this example element 12 is a three-node CL9BE element. It has a tapered

rectangular cross-section. The height h varies from 12.1 at node 17 via 13.5 at
node 18 to 14.6 at node 26. The width b varies from 6.2 via 7.4 to 8.6 at the
same nodes. Element 42 is a two-node L12BE element with a constant circular
pipe cross-section with diameter d = 12.4 and thickness t = 0.2.
4.4.2 Profile Library

A library of profiles is available on system files in the Diana installation. You
may use this library to specify the cross-section of class-I beam elements. Profile
data, like cross-section area A and moments of inertia I, have been stored in the
library. The system files primarily reside in an installation dependent directory,
Diana provides a ‘search path’ mechanism which enables the use of custom and
user system files, ask your local Diana support.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
PROFIL class w index n
PROFIL specifies a standard profile shape. The profile class is indicated by

class , index specifies the index in the profile class. Diana-9.4.3 provides
the following classes: DIL, HEA, HEAA, HEB, HEC, HEM, HER, HLA, HLAA, HLB,
HLM, HLR, HXA, HXAA, HXB, HXM, HXR, IPE, IPEA, IPEO, IPER, IPEV.
Because Diana converts the profile data from the units used in the system
library files to the units used in the finite element model it is important to
realize the following.
Unless you specify otherwise in input table ’UNITS’, Diana assumes
that the finite element model is input in SI-units.
Therefore it is good practice to specify table ’UNITS’ whenever you use the
profile library [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
file .dat
’UNITS’
LENGTH MM
MASS KG
TIME SEC
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
12 L6BEN 14 26
42 L12BE 18 22
GEOMET
12 1
42 2
’GEOMET’
1 PROFIL IPE 100
2 PROFIL HEA 220
In this example element 12 is an IPE100 profile and element 42 a HEA220.
4.4.3 Arbitrary Shapes

If neither a predefined shape [§ 4.4.1] nor a profile [§ 4.4.2] is appropriate for
a beam element cross-section then you may specify an arbitrary cross-section
shape. The input syntax for such an arbitrary shape depends on the element
class and the dimensionality [Fig. 4.20].
y A y y
A (y2 ,z2 ) (y4 ,z4 ) (y3 ,z3 )
Iy , Iz
Iz Iyz
It (y1 ,z1 ) (y1 ,z1 ) (y2 ,z2 )
z [ Wt ] z z
z
[ Wt ]
two-dimensional three-dimensional two-dimensional three-dimensional

(a) class-I beams only (b) all beam classes (zones)
Figure 4.20: Arbitrary cross-sections
Class-I beam syntax

’GEOMET’
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
CROSSE area r...

INERTI iz r...
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
CROSSE area r...

INERTI iy r... iz r... iyz r... it r...
[ TORSIO wt r... ]
For class-I beams the cross-section properties can be specified explicitly [Fig. 4.20-
a].
62 Beam Elements
CROSSE area is the area A of the cross-section. One value denotes a constant
area of cross-section along the beam axis, more values (one for each ele-
ment node) denote a tapered cross-section with variable A along the beam
axis.
INERTI specifies the moment(s) of inertia around the local element axes: iz is
Iz , iy is Iy , iyz is Iyz , and it is It where Iy , Iyz , and It are for three-
dimensional beam elements only. One value for each I denotes constant
moments of inertia along the beam axis, more values for each I (one for
each element node) denote a tapered cross-section with variable I along
the beam axis. The specified moments of inertia must satisfy the condition
that q
Iy + Iz > (Iy − Iz )2 + 4 Iyz2
The moments of inertia for an arbitrary cross-section may be determined

by a cross-section analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. For such analysis,
special cross-section elements are available [Ch. 20].
TORSIO wt is the torsional rigidity Wt for calculation of the average torsional
shear stress: σt = Mx /Wt . Shear stresses will be calculated as σxy =
Qy /A+ contribution σt and σxz = Qz /A+ contribution σt . Diana needs
the torsional rigidity to calculate Cauchy stresses in user-specified stress
points during post–processing. One value denotes a constant torsional
rigidity along the beam axis, more values (one for each element node)
denote a tapered cross-section with variable Wt along the beam axis.
Class-I, class-II and class-III beams syntax

’GEOMET’
two- or three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
NZONES nzo n
ZONE2D
y1 r... z1 r... y2 r... z2 r... . . .
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
NZONES nzo n
ZONES
y1 r... z1 r... y2 r... z2 r... y3 r... z3 r... y4 r... z4 r... . . .
[ TORSIO wt r... ]
For all beam classes an arbitrary cross-section may be specified with a number
of quadrilateral (not necessarily rectangular!) zones [Fig. 4.20b]. For class-I
beams the zone information is used to compute the moments of inertia Iz , Iy ,
Iyz , and It . Note that average torsional shear stresses for class-I beams can only
be computed during post-processing if the torsional rigidity Wt is specified. For

class-II and class-III beams the zones are numerically integrated.
An arbitrary cross-section specified with zones introduces eccentricity
if the neutral axis does not coincide with the origin of the yz axes.
NZONES nzo is the number of zones. (nzo ≤ 20)
ZONE2D specifies the corner points in local yz coordinates for each zone in the
cross-section. This input is for a symmetric cross-section and hence may
be applied for two- and three-dimensional beam elements. Each zone is
symmetric around the y axis and specified with two pairs of coordinates
(y1 ,z1 ) for the first corner and (y2 ,z2 ) for the second.
ZONES specifies the coordinates of the corner points in local yz coordinates in an
asymmetric cross-section. This input is only applicable for three-dimen-
sional beam elements. Each zone is specified with four pairs of coordinates
(y1 ,z1 ) for the first corner, (y2 ,z2 ) for the second, (y3 ,z3 ) for the third
and (y4 ,z4 ) for the fourth.
For ZONE2D and ZONES input, one value for each coordinate y and z de-
notes that the cross-section is the same in all elements nodes, more values
denotes variable cross-section: one for each respective node.
TORSIO wt is the torsional rigidity Wt for calculation of the average torsional
shear stress of class-I beams: σt = Mx /Wt . Shear stresses will be calcu-
lated as σxy = Qy /A+ contribution σt and σxz = Qz /A+ contribution σt .
Diana needs the torsional rigidity to calculate Cauchy stresses in user-
specified stress points during post–processing for class-I beams. One value
denotes a constant torsional rigidity along the beam axis, more values (one
for each element node) denote a tapered cross-section with variable Wt
along the beam axis.
Material properties. For class-II and class-III beams with zones, you may
specify the material properties for each zone. The input syntax of material
assignment for zoned elements slightly differs from that for elements without
zones [§ 1.1.2 p. 3].
Material assignment for zoned elements syntax
’ELEMEN’
MATERI
1 5 6 12 13 80
elem n ZONES matnrs n...

1 5 6 12 13 80
/ elems ng... /
ZONES matnrs n...
ZONES assigns the material numbers matnrs to the respective zones of element
elem or elements elems .
64 Beam Elements
4.5 Shape Factors

For class-I and class-III beam elements Diana takes shear deformation into
account if you specify shape factors in table ’MATERI’.1
syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHEAR [sfy r [sfz r ] ] ]
(S ≥ 1) SHEAR sfy and sfz respectively are the shape factors Sy and Sz , used to take
shear deformation into account. Application of shear deformation is avail-
able for class-I and class-III beam elements as outlined in the following.
Class-I beams. Only if SHEAR is specified, Diana takes shear defor-

mation into account according to the theory of Timoshenko [17, §11],
assuming a constant shear stress distribution along a cross-section. The
factors Sy and Sz are the so-called ‘shear stress correction’ factors (Sz is
for L12BE only). These factors adapt the shear stiffness in order to find
the deflection that belongs to the real shear stress distribution: G = G/S.
If only the name SHEAR is specified, but not the shape factors
sfy or sfz, these factors will be determined automatically only
if a specific cross-section was specified in table ’GEOMET’, or
otherwise no shear deformation will be taken into account.
Class-III beams. Diana always takes shear deformation into account,

assuming a constant shear stress along the cross-section. Shear stiffness is
always modified, depending on cross-section shape, to find the deflection
that belongs to the real shear stress distribution for a transversal force
load: G = G/S. Specified shape factors overrule the defaults. This is
especially important if torsion is significant, because the default modifica-
tion of the shear stiffness generally is not correct for torsion.
4.6 Integration Schemes

For all beam elements, Diana performs a numerical integration along the bar
axis (in ξ direction). The class-II and class-III beam elements are integrated in
the area of cross-section as well.
1 For an arbitrary cross-section you may determine the shape factors via a Diana cross-
section analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
4.6 Integration Schemes 65
4.6.1 Class-I beams

For class-I beam elements, you may specify an optional integration scheme along
the bar axis according to the following syntax.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n ]
[ NUMINT mxi w ]
NINTEG nxi is the number of integration points in the isoparametric ξ direction

of the element which coincides with the bar axis: 2 to 7 for the Gauss rule
or 3, 5, 7 for the Simpson rule [§ 21.5.1 p. 627]. The default integration
scheme in the ξ direction is 2-point Gauss. [nxi =2]
NUMINT mxi is the name of the integration rule: GAUSS for Gauss or SIMPSO for
Simpson. [GAUSS]
4.6.2 Class-II and Class-III beams

Class-II and class-III beam elements are not only integrated along the bar axis
ξ, but also in the area of the cross-section. The condition for the integration
scheme for these beam elements is that there are no more than 847 integration (nξ ×nη ≤ 847)
points in one beam element. (nξ ×nη ×nζ ≤
847)
The integration in the area of the cross-section depends on its shape [§ 4.4
p. 58]: predefined with one or more rectangular zones or arbitrary with quadri-
lateral zones [§ 4.6.2.1], predefined circle [§ 4.6.2.2], predefined pipe [§ 4.6.2.3].
4.6.2.1 Cross-section with Quadrilateral Zones

If the cross-section is one of the predefined shapes of Figure 4.21, then Diana
y
η1 η1 η1
1 ζ1 1 ζ1 1 ζ1
2-D
η1 η3 η3 η4 η3 η2
ζ1 z ζ3 ζ3 ζ4 ζ3
1 3 3 4 3 ζ2
2
η2 η2
2 ζ2 2 ζ2
(a) rectangle (b) box (c) I-shape (d) T-shape
Figure 4.21: Integration zones for predefined cross-sections
66 Beam Elements
divides it in quadrilateral (rectangular) integration zones as shown. For a ‘box’

in a two-dimensional beam element, Diana combines the two webs (zone 3 and
4) to one zone 3 as indicated by the dashed box in Figure 4.21b.
For an arbitrary cross-section the user-specified quadrilateral zones form the
integration areas [Fig. 4.20b p. 61]. The isoparametric axes of the zones are re-
lated to the sequence of the corner points as indicated in Figure 4.22. The input
η η
2 2 3
ζ
1 1 4
Figure 4.22: Isoparametric axes in zone of arbitrary cross-section
syntax for the integration of quadrilateral zones depends on the dimensionality

of the beam element. For a two-dimensional beam element the zones are in-
tegrated in η direction only, for a three-dimensional beam element in η and ζ
direction.
Quadrilateral zones syntax
’DATA’
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n neta1 n [neta2 n . . . ] ]

[ NUMINT mxi w meta1 w [meta2 w . . . ] ]
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n neta1 n nzeta1 n [neta2 n nzeta2 n . . . ] ]

[ NUMINT mxi w meta1 w mzeta1 w [meta2 w mzeta2 w . . . ] ]
nzeta ζ
1 1
nzeta ζ
4 5 6 7 2 1 2 3 5 7
η 2
3
5 6
η 63 1 2 3
3
4
5 3 1 2 3
5
4
4 5 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 4 1 2 3 4 2 3 4
2 3
3 3 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2
2 5 1 2 3 4 5 2
2 ..
1 2
1 1 1 1
6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 1 .
neta 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 neta 3 5 7 · · · 11
7 12 3 4 5 6 7
(a) Gauss (b) Simpson
Figure 4.23: Integration schemes in quadrilateral zone
NINTEG specifies the number of integration points in the isoparametric direc-

tions.
Value nxi is the number of integration points in ξ direction: 2 to 7 for
the Gauss rule or 3, 5, 7 for the Simpson rule [§ 21.5.1 p. 627]. The default
integration scheme in the ξ direction depends on the element type.
Values neta and nzeta respectively are the number of integration points
in the η and ζ directions of the zones. If you only specify one neta and
one nzeta then the integration scheme is the same for each zone, else you
must specify one neta and one nzeta for each zone. Figure 4.23 shows
the possible schemes depending on the integration rule. The Simpson rule
may have any odd number of integration points between 3 and 11 and
always yields some integration points at the extreme fibers. The default
is 3-point Simpson. [neta =3]
[nzeta =3]
NUMINT specifies the integration rules for the isoparametric directions: mxi for
the ξ direction of the element, meta and mzeta respectively for the η and
ζ directions of the zones. Possible rules are GAUSS for Gauss or SIMPSO [meta =SIMPSO]
for Simpson. [mzeta =SIMPSO]
If you only specify one meta and one mzeta then the integration rules are
the same for each zone, else you must specify one meta and one mzeta for
each zone.
The principle of enumeration of integration points is starting at (−ξ, −η, −ζ)

then to (−ξ, −η, +ζ) etc. as shown in the following examples.
Two-dimensional I-shape file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
13 L7BEN 65 34
DATA
13 1
GEOMET
13 1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 3 3 2
NUMINT GAUSS SIMPSO GAUSS GAUSS
’GEOMET’
1 ISHAPE 3.5 2.8 2.5 0.60 0.70 0.40
Element 13 is an L7BEN element with an I-shape cross-section [Fig. 4.24]. This

element is integrated with a 2-point Gauss scheme along the beam ξ axis. The
cross-section is integrated with a 3-point Simpson scheme for the upper flange
(zone 1), a 3-point Gauss scheme for the lower flange (zone 2) and a 2-point
Gauss scheme for the web (zone 3). This yields the complete integration scheme
of sixteen integration points as shown in Figure 4.24 on the next page.
68 Beam Elements
11
10
η 9
16 34
3
2
1
ξ 15
14
8
13
13 12
7
65
6
5
4
Figure 4.24: Example integration scheme for I-shape L7BEN element
Two-dimensional box file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 L7BEN 88 92
DATA
14 2
GEOMET
14 2
’DATA’
2 NINTEG 3 2 2 4
NUMINT SIMPSO SIMPSO GAUSS GAUSS
’GEOMET’
2 BOX 3.5 2.0 0.30 0.35 0.20 0.20
Element 14 is a L7BEN element with a box-shape cross-section [Fig. 4.25]. This

η 18
17
24
10
9
16 23
2
1
92
15
8 ξ 22
7
14 14 21
20
88 19
6 13
12
11
5
4
3
Figure 4.25: Example integration scheme for box-shape L7BEN element
element is integrated with a 3-point Simpson scheme along the beam ξ axis.
The cross-section is integrated with a 2-point Simpson scheme for the upper
flange (zone 1), a 2-point Gauss scheme for the lower flange (zone 2) and a
4-point Gauss scheme for the combined webs (zone 3). This yields the complete
integration scheme of twenty-four integration points as shown in Figure 4.25.
Three-dimensional arbitrary file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
15 L13BE 54 72
DATA
15 3
GEOMET
15 3
’DATA’
3 NINTEG 4 2 2
NUMINT GAUSS GAUSS GAUSS
’GEOMET’
3 NZONES 1
ZONES -0.5 -0.3 -0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 -0.3
Element 15 is an L13BE element with an ‘arbitrary’ trapezoidal cross-section,
η 15 16 72
11 12 13 14
ξ
2 3 9 10
7 8
ζ
5 6
3 4 1 4 15
54 1 2
Figure 4.26: Example integration scheme for arbitrary L13BE element
specified with one zone [Fig. 4.26]. This element is integrated with a 4-point
Gauss scheme along the beam ξ axis. The cross-section zone is integrated with
a 2×2 Gauss scheme. This yields the complete integration scheme of sixteen
integration points as shown in Figure 4.26.
4.6.2.2 Circular Cross-section

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n neta n nzeta n ]

[ NUMINT mxi n TRAPEZ GAUSS ]

tions.
in the η and ζ directions of the circular cross-section, the η direction is
70 Beam Elements
nzeta = 1
2
3
ζ 4
2 3
η ζ 4 5
5
1 3
4 6
2 6
5
3 4 7
7
2 6
1 5
2 3
4
1 3
1 2
111 2
(a) Gauss
1 1 1 1 241 2 3
7 2 2223 4
6 2 21 5
5 2 20 6
4 2
6 3
... 19
18
7
8
5 3 17 9
4 3 1615 1110
3 4 5 4 141312
neta =4 neta =5 neta =6 neta =7 neta =24

(b) Trapezium rule
Figure 4.27: Integration schemes for beam element with circular cross-section
tangential and the ζ direction is radial. Figure 4.27 shows the possible
schemes depending on the integration rule. Note that the Simpson rule
cannot be applied in the circular cross-section. The default scheme is 4×2
[neta =4] Trapezium/Gauss.
[nzeta =2]
the ξ direction of the element which may be GAUSS for the Gauss rule or
SIMPSO for the Simpson rule. TRAPEZ indicates the mandatory Trapezium
rule integration for the tangential (η) direction [Fig. 4.27b]. GAUSS indi-
cates the mandatory Gauss rule integration for the radial (ζ) direction
[Fig. 4.27a].

then to (−ξ, −η, +ζ) etc. as shown in the following example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
38 L13BE 122 136
DATA
38 1
GEOMET
38 1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 4 2
NUMINT GAUSS TRAPEZ GAUSS
’GEOMET’
1 CIRCLE 80. 10.
Element 38 is an L13BE element with a circular cross-section [Fig. 4.28]. This
10
ζ 136
9
η 16 15 11 12
2
13
ξ
1
8 7 3 4
38 14
5
122
6
Figure 4.28: Example integration scheme for circular-shape L13BE element
element is integrated with a 2-point Gauss scheme along the beam ξ axis. The
cross-section is integrated with a 4-point Trapezium rule in tangential direction
and a 2-point Gauss scheme in the radial direction. This yields the complete
integration scheme of sixteen integration points as shown in Figure 4.28.
4.6.2.3 Pipe-shape Cross-section

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80

[ NUMINT mxi n TRAPEZ mzeta w ]

tions.
in the η and ζ directions of the circular pipe cross-section, the η direction
is tangential and the ζ direction is radial. Figure 4.29 on the following
page shows the possible schemes depending on the integration rule. Note
that the Simpson rule always yields some integration points in the extreme
fibers. The default scheme is 4×3 Trapezium/Simpson. [neta =4]
[nzeta =3]
the ξ direction of the element and mzeta for the ζ direction of the pipe
cross-section. Possible rules are GAUSS for Gauss [Fig. 4.29a] or SIMPSO for
72 Beam Elements
ζ 3 5 7
3
ζ 2 4 5
6
ζ 4 6
η 3 4 5 7 5
y 1
2
6 2 3 4
3 4 5
2 2 3
1 4
z 1 2
3 2
1 3 1 1
1 2 1
nzeta = 1 2 3
1 2 nzeta = 3 5 7
4 5 6
1
(a) Gauss 7 (b) Simpson
1 1 1 1 24 1 2
23 3
7 2 22 4
6 2 21 5
5 2 20 6
4 neta = 4 2 neta = 5 neta = 6 neta = 7 ... 19 neta = 24 7
6 3 18 8
5 3 17 9
16 10
4 3 5 4 15 11
3 4 14 13 12
(c) Trapezium rule
Figure 4.29: Integration schemes for beam element with pipe cross-section
Simpson [Fig. 4.29b]. For integration in the tangential direction (η) the [mzeta =SIMPSO]
Trapezium rule is the only possibility [Fig. 4.29c], to be specified obligatory
with TRAPEZ.

then to (−ξ, −η, +ζ) etc. as shown in the following example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
38 L13BE 122 136
DATA
38 1
GEOMET
38 1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 4 2
NUMINT GAUSS TRAPEZ GAUSS
’GEOMET’
1 PIPE 80. 10.
Element 38 is an L13BE element with a pipe cross-section [Fig. 4.30]. This el-
ement is integrated with a 2-point Gauss scheme along the beam ξ axis. The
cross-section is integrated with a 4-point Trapezium rule in tangential direction
and a 2-point Gauss scheme in the radial direction. This yields the complete
integration scheme of sixteen integration points as shown in Figure 4.30 on the
next page.
4.7 Loading 73
10
9
ζ 136
2 η 16 15 11 12
1 ξ
13
8 7 3 4
38 14
122
5
6
Figure 4.30: Example integration scheme for pipe-shape L13BE element
4.7 Loading
Beam elements may be loaded with a concentrated load or with a line load
distributed along the beam axis. A temperature or concentration load as well
as an initial stress situation may be specified for the element nodes. For certain
beam elements some geometry parameters must be specified if a wind or water
load acts on the finite element model.
4.7.1 Point Load

A concentrated force and moment load may be specified to act in a point of a
beam element.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINT
ISO xi r
NODE nodenr n
COOR xr yr zr
FORCE fr
MOMENT mr
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
POINT indicates a concentrated load that acts in a point of the beam element(s).
There are three ways to specify the position of the point.
ISO xi is the isoparametric ξ coordinate of the loading point where ξ = −1
indicates the first connectivity node, ξ = +1 the last, and ξ = 0 the mid
point. (−1 ≤ ξ ≤ +1)
74 Beam Elements
NODE nodenr is a node number indicating the position of the load. This node
must be situated on the element reference line (axis).
COOR x , y and z are the global XY Z coordinates of the position of the load
which must be situated on the element reference line (axis).
FORCE f is the value of the concentrated force load.
MOMENT m is the value of the concentrated moment load.
DIRELM dirnam indicates a direction for a point load, determined from the
element shape: X in element x direction (the axis), Y in element y direction,
and Z in element z direction. See § 4.1 on page 45 for description of element
directions.
DIRECT dirnr specifies a load direction referring to table ’DIRECT’.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-10 /
POINT
ISO 0.5
FORCE 150.
DIRECT 2
25 POINT
NODE 254
MOMENT -100.
DIRECT 3
36 POINT
COOR 348.35 10.25 -27.56
FORCE 0.25
DIRELM X
4.7.2 Line Load

Force and moment load on beam elements may be specified directly with the
actual values of the load in the element nodes. Force load may alternatively be
input as hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two points somewhere
in the finite element model and Diana determines the actual values for each
element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
4.7 Loading 75
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
FORCE f1 r [. . . fn r ]
MOMENT m1 r [. . . mn r ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed along the beam axis.

FORCE f1 to fn are the values f of the distributed force load per unit length in
the respective nodes of the element. If you only specify f1 then the load
is uniform.
MOMENT m1 to mn are the values m of the distributed moment load per unit
length in the respective nodes of the element. If you only specify m1 then
the load is uniform.
For linear elements the force and moment load vary linearly along the
beam axis [Fig. 4.31b], for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 4.31a]
etc.
DIRELM dirnam indicates a direction for a line load, determined from the el-
ement shape [Fig. 4.31]: X or KSI for the element axis direction, Y in
element y direction, Z in element z direction. The legal directions de-
pend on the dimensionality and the order (number of nodes) of the beam
elements as indicated in Table 4.2. For instance for the CL9BE element
Table 4.2: Element directions for line load on beam elements
Two-dimensional Three-dimensional
Nr. of nodes
Force Moment Force Moment
2 X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z
>2 KSI Y Z KSI Y Z KSI Y Z
(three nodes, two-dimensional): KSI for a force along the beam axis, Y for
a force perpendicular to the beam axis or Z for a moment around the z
axis [Fig. 4.31a].
DIRECT dirnr specifies a load direction referring to table ’DIRECT’. For two-
dimensional elements it is important to note that if a moment load is not
in the element z direction or if a force load is not in the element xy plane
then a part of the load will be lost and Diana will give a warning message.
76 Beam Elements
y y
ξ y
ξ x y
y 2 z 1
axes z 3 ξ axes x
1 z 2
z
z f2 f1 m1
f1
f3 f2 m2
X
KSI f2 f1 m1
f3
f1 f2 m2
Y Y
f1 m1
Z m2 Z
m3
f2 m2
m1
(a) curved, two-dimensional (b) straight, three-dimensional
Figure 4.31: Line load examples
CL9BE file .dat

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
2 LINE
FORCE 150. 125. 120.
DIRELM KSI
3 LINE
FORCE 100. 120. 80.
DIRELM Y
/ 5 6 /
LINE
MOMENT 125.6 145.3 133.7
DIRELM Z
/ 7-20 /
LINE
FORCE 100.
DIRECT 2
This example is for CL9BE elements as shown in Figure 4.31a from top to bottom.
Element 2 has a force load along the beam axis varying quadratically from 150
in the first node via 125 in the second to 120 in the third. Element 3 has a
varying force load perpendicular to the beam axis, i.e., in y direction. Elements
5 and 6 have a varying moment load around the element z direction. Elements
7 to 20 have a constant force load in direction number 2 (not shown in Figure
4.31).
L12BE file .dat
’LOADS’
4.7 Loading 77
ELEMEN
2 LINE
FORCE 150. 125.
DIRELM X
3 LINE
FORCE 100.
DIRELM Y
/ 5 6 /
LINE
DIRELM Z
MOMENT 125.6
This example is for L12BE elements. Figure 4.31b shows all possible loads in
element direction. This example shows three of such loads: element 2 has a
force load along the beam axis varying linearly from 150 in the first node to 125
in the second. Element 3 has a constant force load perpendicular to the beam
axis, i.e., in y direction. Elements 5 and 6 have a constant moment load around
the element z direction.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed along the beam axis.

HYDRO specifies a hydrostatic force load. Value f1 is the loading magnitude
in the first point with global XY Z coordinates (x1 ,y1 ,z1 ). Value f2 is
the loading magnitude in the second point with global XY Z coordinates
(x2 ,y2 ,z2 ). Diana determines the actual values in the element nodes by
linear interpolation between the two specified values [§ 2.2 p. 16].
DIRELM or DIRECT specifies the direction of the force (analogous to direct in-
put).
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
/ 4-10 /
LINE
78 Beam Elements
HYDRO 20. 120. -35. 12.

40. 150. -75. 7.5
DIRECT 1
This example specifies a hydrostatic load varying from 20 in point (120, −35, 12)
to 40 in point (150, −75, 7.5). The load acts in direction 1 and will be applied
on elements 4 to 10.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [. . . ten r ]

dty1 r [. . . dtyn r ]
CONCEN co1 r [. . . con r ]
dcy1 r [. . . dcyn r ]
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80

dty1 r [. . . dtyn r ]
dtz1 r [. . . dtzn r ]
dcy1 r [. . . dcyn r ]
dcz1 r [. . . dczn r ]
TEMPER specifies temperature load on beam elements with an average temper-

ature and, depending on the element type, a temperature gradient or a
temperature difference [Fig. 4.32].
For all types of beam elements, values te1 to ten are the average tem-
peratures T̄ in the respective element nodes.
For class-I beam elements, values dty1 to dtyn are the temperature
gradients ∆Ty in the respective element nodes. For three-dimensional
elements, values dtz1 to dtzn are the gradients ∆Tz in the respective
element nodes. The gradient ∆T is defined as the variation of temperature
per unit length going in the negative axis direction. Figure 4.32 shows
positive gradients.
For class-II and class-III beam elements, values dty1 to dtyn are the
temperature differences ∆Ty between the extreme fibers in the respective
element nodes. For three-dimensional elements, values dtz1 to dtzn are
the differences ∆Tz in the respective element nodes. The difference ∆T
4.7 Loading 79
y
te1 te2
x 2
1
dty1 dty2
(a) two-dimensional
y
te1 te2
dtz1 dtz2
1 x 2
z dty1 dty2
(b) three-dimensional
Figure 4.32: Temperature load examples for two-node beam
is defined as the temperature in the extreme positive fiber (+y and +z)
minus the temperature in the extreme negative fiber (−y and −z). Figure
4.32 shows positive differences.
For linear elements T̄ and ∆T vary linearly along the element axis, for
quadratic elements quadratically etc. If you only specify one value te1
and one value dty1 (and dtz1 for a three-dimensional beam) then the
temperature distribution is uniform.
perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 48. 57. 12. 8.
3 TEMPER 50. 2.
8 TEMPER 23. 4. 6.
In this example element 1 must be a two-dimensional two node beam element,

for instance L6BEN [Fig. 4.32a]. This element is loaded with a linearly varying
temperature load: in the first node T̄ = 48° and ∆Ty = 12°, in the second
node T̄ = 57° and ∆Ty = 8°. Element 3 can by any two-dimensional element,
it is loaded with a temperature T̄ = 50° and a gradient ∆Ty = 2° in each of
its nodes. Element 8 can by any three-dimensional element, it is loaded with a
temperature T̄ = 23° and gradients ∆Ty = 4°, ∆Tz = 6° in each of its nodes.

The input of initial stress load for beam elements depends on the type and
the dimensionality of the element. For class-I beams the initial stress must be
80 Beam Elements
specified in terms of forces and moments, for class-II and class-III beams in
terms of Cauchy stresses.
Class-I beam syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR nx1 r [. . . nxn r ]

mz1 r [. . . mzn r ]
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR nx1 r [. . . nxn r ]

mx1 r [. . . mxn r ]
my1 r [. . . myn r ]
mz1 r [. . . mzn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress in the element nodes. Values nx1
to nxn are the normal forces Nx0 in the respective element nodes. Values
mz1 to mzn are the bending moments Mz0 in the respective element nodes.
Values mx1 to mxn and my1 to myn are the bending moments Mx0 and My0
in the respective element nodes (only for three-dimensional beams).
For two-node (linear) elements, the normal force is always constant along
the bar axis, if you specify two values (nx1 and nx2 ) then Diana takes
the average: Nx0 = (nx1 + nx2 )/2. If you specify only one value for
each stress component (i.e., two values for two-dimensional, four values
for three-dimensional) then the stress distribution is uniform.
Class-II beam syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r [. . . sxxn r ]

sxy1 r [. . . sxyn r ]
three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80

dysxx1 r [. . . dysxxn r ]
dzsxx1 r [. . . dzsxxn r ]
dysxy1 r [. . . dysxyn r ]
4.7 Loading 81
dzsxy1 r [. . . dzsxyn r ]
sxz1 r [. . . sxzn r ]
dysxz1 r [. . . dysxzn r ]
dzsxz1 r [. . . dzsxzn r ]
Class-III beam syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
two-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80

three-dimensional
1 5 6 12 13 80

dzsxx1 r [. . . dzsxxn r ]
dzsxy1 r [. . . dzsxyn r ]
sxz1 r [. . . sxzn r ]
dysxz1 r [. . . dysxzn r ]
dzsxz1 r [. . . dzsxzn r ]
0
to sxxn are the mean values for σxx in the respective element nodes,
0 0
sxy1 to sxyn for σxy and sxz1 to sxzn for σxz . For these three mean
stresses the gradients (stress differences between + and − outer fibers)
must be specified in two directions: from +y to −y and from +z to −z.
0
Values dysxx1 to dysxxn are the gradients ∆y σxx in the y direction in
0
the respective nodes, dzsxx1 to dzsxxn the gradients ∆z σxx in the z
direction etc. etc. The gradient ∆σ is defined as the variation of the stress
per unit length, like for temperature [Fig. 4.32].
For two-node (linear) elements, the stress components σ0 and their gradi-
ents vary linearly along the element axis, for quadratic elements quadrat-
ically etc. If you only specify one values for each stress component and
for each gradient (i.e., two values for two-dimensional class-II, four values
for two-dimensional class-III, nine values for three-dimensional) then the
stress distribution is uniform.
82 Beam Elements
4.7.5 Wind and Water Load

For class-I and class-II beam elements some geometry parameters must be spec-
ified in table ’GEOMET’ if a wind or water load acts on the finite element model.
See also Volume Analysis Procedures.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ AFLOW area r ]
CDRAG cd r
AFLOW area is the cross-sectional area A subjected to wind or water load, the
dimension is [length]. For a PIPE or CIRCLE shape cross-section [§ 4.4.1
[A = d] p. 58], the default value is the outer diameter d. For other cross-section
shapes the input of AFLOW is obligatory.
CDRAG cd is the drag coefficient CD . Typically CD = 1.3 .
4.8 Composed Beams

As described in Volume Analysis Procedures, you may activate or inactivate
certain elements of the model in various analysis phases. An element can only
be active or inactive as a whole, i.e., if a beam element is composed of zones,
then all zones are active (or inactive) at the same time.
However, for all classes of beam elements you may simulate active or inactive
zones by splitting a single beam element with multiple zones in a combination of
beam elements with a single zone each. With the standard selection options for
output of analysis results [Vol. Analysis Procedures], this would have a severe
shortcoming: analysis results like forces and moments can only be output for
the individual beam elements, not for the combination of elements that you
used to model a physical beam. To overcome this difficulty, Diana supports
the feature of composed beams. You may apply composed beams in either one
of two ways:
specified via a special input table ’COMPOS’ [§ 4.8.1].
let Diana generate them automatically via the EVALUA COMPOS command
[Vol. Analysis Procedures]. To see the generated composed beam elements
you may give the REMAKE command for Module input after the element
evaluation. This creates an input data file with a table ’COMPOS’.
To customize the output of analysis results for composed beams, you may spec-
ify a COMPOS sub-command block in the OUTPUT SELECT block of the analysis
commands [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
4.8 Composed Beams 83
4.8.1 Input of Composed Beams

You may specify the composition of composed beams in table ’COMPOS’.
syntax
’COMPOS’
1 5 6 12 13 80
elemc n ELEMEN elmnrs n...
elemc is the number of the beam composition. This number may be used to
select output of analysis results for the composition [Vol. Analysis Proce-
dures].
elmnrs is a series of element numbers, which compose the beam (the preceding
keyword ELEMEN is obligatory). Beam elements may be put in a composi-
tion under the following restrictions.
The beam elements must be of the same type, i.e., they must have
the same element type name.
The beam elements must have the same connectivity, i.e., they must
be connected to the same nodes. These nodes define the axes of the
composed beam in the same way as for the individual beam elements.
The beam elements must have the same integration scheme along the
beam axis, i.e., in element x direction.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
12 CL9BE 102 106 108
16 L7BEN 23 25
17 CL9BE 102 106 108
18 L7BEN 23 25
22 L7BEN 23 25
28 CL9BE 102 106 108
35 CL9BE 102 106 108
’COMPOS’
3 ELEMEN 12 17 28 35
5 ELEMEN 16 18 22
This example defines two composed beams. Number 3 is assigned to the first one
which is composed of four CL9BE elements. Number 5 is assigned to the second
one which is composed of three L7BEN elements. Notice that the elements in a
composition are connected to the same nodes.
84 Beam Elements
4.9 Class-I Beams

The cross-section of the class-I beam elements must be specified with the general
parameters ‘area’ and ‘moment of inertia’. For class-I beam elements, you can
also let Diana determine the area of cross-section and moments of inertia from
specified dimensions of predefined shapes like ‘box’ or ‘T-shape’ or from an
arbitrary cross–section specified with quadrilateral zones. It is even possible to
choose a cross-section shape out of a library of standard profile shapes like ipe
or hea.
Primary variables. The primary strains for class-I beams are the elongation
∆u, the curvatures κ and for the three-dimensional beam the torsion ∆φ. The
primary stresses are the normal force N and the moment(s) M .
Shear deformation. By default, the class-I beam elements are based on the
Bernoulli theory which does not take shear deformation into account and as-
sumes that the cross-sections remain plane and perpendicular to the slope of
the beam axis. Optionally, if you specify a shape factor S [§ 4.5 p. 64], Diana
includes the effects of shear deformation in addition to pure bending and the
rotatory inertia with an assumption based on a static behavior. In that case
the element may be seen as a beam based on the Timoshenko theory [17, §11]
4.9.1 Mass Correction

For the class-I beam elements with (specified) shear deformation, Diana may
include correction terms in the element mass matrix due to combined rotational
inertia and shear deformation. To apply this mass correction you must specify
a special data item in table ’DATA’.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHMAS ]
SHMAS indicates to include correction terms. If this option is used, shear defor-
mation must be taken into account. Normally this requires the input of
shape factors, but in some cases Diana can determine these factors from
the geometry of the beam cross-section S [§ 4.5 p. 64].
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
35 L6BEN 112 148
···
4.9 Class-I Beams 85
43 L6BEN 428 326

44 L12BE 132 136
···
59 L12BE 148 156
MATERI
/ 35-43 / 2
/ 44-59 / 3
DATA
/ 35-59 / 1
’MATERI’
2 YOUNG 2.1E6
DENSIT 4.2
SHEAR 1.3
3 YOUNG 2.1E6
DENSIT 4.2
SHEAR 1.3 1.6
’DATA’
1 SHMAS
Note the single shape factor for the two-dimensional L6BEN elements and the
two shape factors for the three-dimensional L12BE elements.
4.9.2 L6BEN – straight, 2 nodes, 2-D

y
1
x
z ξ
2
Figure 4.33: L6BEN
The L6BEN element [Fig. 4.33] is a two-node, two-dimensional class-I beam ele-
ment. Basic variables are the translations ux and uy and the rotation φz in the
nodes [Eq. (4.1) p. 47]. The interpolation polynomials for the displacements can
be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ
(4.5)
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3
Due to these polynomials the strain εxx is constant and the curvature κz varies
linearly along the center line of the beam. The primary strains of the L6BEN
element are the elongation ∆u and the curvature κ:
½ ¾
∆ux
ε= (4.6)
κz
with
d2 uy
∆ux = u(2) (1)
x − ux κz = − (4.7)
dx2
86 Beam Elements
The primary stresses are the normal force N and the bending moment M :
½ ¾
Nx
σ= (4.8)
Mz
[nξ = 2] By default Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L6BEN no1 n no2 n
L6BEN is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 4.33].
Other input data

Local axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.1.1 on page 45.
Stress points: ey , ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.1 on page 49.
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Hinged connection: φz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.3.1 on page 54.
Sliding connection: ux and uy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.3.2 on page 56.
Eccentric connection: ex and ey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.3.3 on page 57.
Predefined cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.4.1 on page 58.
Profile cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.4.2 on page 60.
Arbitrary cross-section: A and Iz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.4.3 on page 61.
Arbitrary cross-section with zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.4.3 on page 62.
Shear stress correction: S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.5 on page 64.
Point load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.1 on page 73.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
Mass correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.9.1 on page 84.
Wind and water load: A, CD and CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.5 on page 82.
4.9.3 L12BE – straight, 2 nodes, 3-D
1 x
ξ
z
2
Figure 4.34: L12BE
4.9 Class-I Beams 87
The L12BE element [Fig. 4.34] is a two-node, three-dimensional class-I beam

element. Basic variables are the translations ux , uy and uz and the rotations
φx , φy and φz in the nodes [Eq. (4.1) p. 47]. The interpolation polynomials for
the displacements can be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3 (4.9)
2 3
uz (ξ) = c0 + c1 ξ + c2 ξ + c3 ξ
Due to these polynomials the strains are constant along the center line of the
beam. The primary strains of the L12BE element are the elongation ∆u, the
torsion ∆φ and the curvatures κ:
 

 ∆ux 
 
∆φ
ε= (4.10)

 κy 
 
κz
with
∆ux = u(2) (1)

x − ux ∆φ = φ(2) (1)
x − φx
d2 uz d2 uy (4.11)
κy = − κz = −
dx2 dx2
The primary stresses are the normal force N and the moments M :
 

 Nx 
 
Mx
σ= (4.12)

 My 
 
Mz
By default Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. [nξ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L12BE no1 n no2 n
L12BE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data
88 Beam Elements

Stress points: ey , ez , ty , tty , tz , ttz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.1 on page 49.
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Hinged connection: φx , φy and φz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.3.1 on page 54.
Sliding connection: ux , uy and uz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.3.2 on page 56.
Eccentric connection: ex , ey and ez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.3.3 on page 57.
Profile cross-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.4.2 on page 60.
Arbitrary cross-section: A, Iy , Iz , Iyz , It and Wt . . . § 4.4.3 on page 61.
Shear stress correction: S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.5 on page 64.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
Mass correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.9.1 on page 84.
4.10 Class-II Beams

The class-II beam elements in Diana are numerically integrated over their cross-
section and along their axis therefore these elements may be used in geometrical
and physical nonlinear analysis.
Primary variables. Compared to the class-I beams, the class-II beam ele-
ments have an additional variable ∆ux which represents the relative elongation
of the beam. Primary for class-II beams are Green–Lagrange strains and Cauchy
stresses. These strains and stresses are derived directly from the displacements
in the nodes, therefore it is important to note the following.
The distributed load or self weight on a class-II beam element is not
taken into account during the calculation of the primary strains and
stresses.
Shear deformation. The class-II beam elements are based on the Bernoulli
theory which does not take shear deformation into account and assumes that
the cross-sections remain plane and perpendicular to the slope of the beam axis.
4.10.1 L7BEN – straight, 2 nodes, 2-D

The L7BEN element [Fig. 4.35] is a two-node, two-dimensional class-II beam
element. Basic variables are the translations ux and uy and the rotation φz in
the nodes [Eq. (4.1) p. 47]. An additional variable is the elongation ∆ux . The
4.10 Class-II Beams 89
y
η
1
x
z ξ
2
Figure 4.35: L7BEN
interpolation polynomials for the displacements can be expressed as

ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2
(4.13)
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3
Due to these polynomials the strains vary linearly along the center line of the
beam. The primary strain of the L7BEN element is the normal strain εxx . At
an arbitrary off-axis location P this strain is
dux d2 uy © ª
− ε= yP εxx = (4.14)
dx dx2
The primary stress is the normal Cauchy stress
© ª
σ = σxx (4.15)
By default Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. [nξ = 2]
For default schemes in the cross-section see § 4.6 on page 64.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L7BEN no1 n no2 n
L7BEN is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
90 Beam Elements
4.10.2 L13BE – straight, 2 nodes, 3-D
y
η
1 x
ξ
z
ζ 2
Figure 4.36: L13BE
The L13BE element [Fig. 4.36] is a two-node, three-dimensional class-II beam

element. Basic variables are the translations ux , uy and uz and the rotations φx ,
φy and φz in the nodes [Eq. (4.1) p. 47]. An additional variable is the elongation
∆ux . The interpolation polynomials for the displacements can be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3 (4.16)
2 3
uz (ξ) = c0 + c1 ξ + c2 ξ + c3 ξ
beam. The primary strains for the L13BE element are
 
 εxx 
ε = γxy (4.17)
 
γzx
At an arbitrary off-axis location P these strains are
dūx (yP , zP ) dux d2 uy d2 uz

εxx = = − yP − zP
dx dx dx2 dx2
dūx (yP , zP ) duy

γxy = + (4.18)
dy dx
dūx (yP , zP ) duz

γzx = +
dz dx
The primary stresses for the L13BE element are
 
 σxx 
σ = σxy (4.19)
 
σzx
[nξ = 2] By default Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis.
Connectivity syntax
4.11 Class-III Beams 91
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L13BE no1 n no2 n
L13BE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
4.11 Class-III Beams

The class-III beams in Diana comprise a number of curved (higher order) el-
ements which are are numerically integrated over their cross-section and along
their axis.
Shear deformation. The class-III beam elements are based on the so-called
Mindlin–Reissner theory which does take shear deformation into account.
Primary variables. Unlike the classical beam elements of class-I and class-
II, the class-III beam elements are based on an isoparametric formulation which
assumes that the displacements and rotations of the beam axis normals are
independent and are respectively interpolated from the nodal displacements
and rotations.
Because the displacement interpolation of class-III beams is compatible to
the continuum elements they are very suitable for connection to those type of
elements. Another advantage of the class-III beam elements compared to other
classes, is that they may be curved due to the fact that they have more than
two nodes.
92 Beam Elements
4.11.1 Strains and Stresses

Primary for the class-III beam elements are the Green–Lagrange strains ε and
γ and the Cauchy stresses σ.
The primary strains of the two-dimensional class-III elements are the Green–
Lagrange strains ½ ¾
εxx
ε= (4.20)
γxy
with
dux dux duy
εxx = γxy = + (4.21)
dx dy dx
The primary stresses are ½ ¾
σxx
σ= (4.22)
σxy
The primary strains of the three-dimensional class-III elements are the Green–
Lagrange strains  
 εxx 
ε = γxy (4.23)
 
γzx
with
dux dux duy dux duz
εxx = γxy = + γzx = + (4.24)
dx dy dx dz dx
The primary stresses are  
 σxx 
σ = σxy (4.25)
 
σzx
4.11.2 CL9BE – curved, 3 nodes, 2-D
η
ξ
y x 2 3
1
z
Figure 4.37: CL9BE
The CL9BE element [Fig. 4.37] is a three-node, two-dimensional class-III beam

the nodes [Eq. (4.2) p. 48]. The interpolation polynomials for the displacements
can be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 (4.26)
2
φz (ξ) = c0 + c1 ξ + c2 ξ
beam. For primary strain and stress see § 4.11.1.1 on the facing page. By
default Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. [nξ = 2]
Gauss integration with more than two integration points along the bar
axis yields incorrect answers if the deformation is not pure bending!
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL9BE no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL9BE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 in sequence from Figure 4.37.
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
4.11.3 CL12B – curved, 4 nodes, 2-D
η
y 4
x ξ
1 2 3
z
Figure 4.38: CL12B
94 Beam Elements
The CL12B element [Fig. 4.38] is a four-node, two-dimensional class-III beam

can be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3 (4.27)
2 3
φz (ξ) = c0 + c1 ξ + c2 ξ + c3 ξ
Due to these polynomials the strains vary quadratically along the center line
of the beam. For primary strain and stress see § 4.11.1.1 on page 92. By
[nξ = 3] default Diana applies a 3-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis.
The CL12B element needs at least three integration points along the
(nξ ≥ 3) bar axis. Gauss integration with more than three integration points
along the bar axis yields incorrect answers if the deformation is not
pure bending!
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL12B no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
CL12B is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 in sequence from Figure 4.38.
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.

The CL15B element [Fig. 4.39] is a five-node, two-dimensional class-III beam
η
y 5
x ξ
1 2 3 4
z
Figure 4.39: CL15B
can be expressed as
ux (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3 + a4 ξ 4
uy (ξ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3 + b4 ξ 4 (4.28)
2 3 4
φz (ξ) = c0 + c1 ξ + c2 ξ + c3 ξ + c4 ξ
Due to these polynomials the strains vary third-order along the center line of
the beam. For primary strain and stress see § 4.11.1.1 on page 92. By default
Diana applies a 4-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. For [nξ = 4]
default schemes in the cross-section see § 4.6 on page 64.
The CL15B element needs at least four integration points along the
bar axis. Gauss integration with more than four integration points (nξ ≥ 4)
pure bending!
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL15B no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
CL15B is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the five nodes no1
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
96 Beam Elements
η
ξ
y
2 3
ζ
1 x
z
Figure 4.40: CL18B
The CL18B element [Fig. 4.40] is a three-node, three-dimensional class-III beam

)
ui (ξ) = ai0 + ai1 ξ + ai2 ξ 2
i = x, y, z (4.29)
φi (ξ) = bi0 + bi1 ξ + bi2 ξ 2
beam. For primary strain and stress see § 4.11.1.2 on page 92. By default
[nξ = 2] Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. For
Gauss integration with more than two integration points in along

the bar axis yields incorrect answers if the deformation is not pure
bending!
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL18B no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL18B is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
y η
ξ 4
1 2
x 3
ζ
z
Figure 4.41: CL24B
The CL24B element [Fig. 4.41] is a four-node, three-dimensional class-III beam

)
ui (ξ) = ai0 + ai1 ξ + ai2 ξ 2 + ai3 ξ 3
i = x, y, z (4.30)
φi (ξ) = bi0 + bi1 ξ + bi2 ξ 2 + bi3 ξ 3
Due to these polynomials the strains vary quadratically along the center line
of the beam. For primary strain and stress see § 4.11.1.2 on page 92. By
default Diana applies a 3-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. [nξ = 3]
The CL24B element needs at least three integration points along the
bar axis. Gauss integration with more than three integration points (nξ ≥ 3)
pure bending!
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL24B no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
CL24B is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data
98 Beam Elements

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.

η
y
ξ 5
1
x 2 ζ 3 4
z
Figure 4.42: CL30B
The CL30B element [Fig. 4.42] is a five-node, three-dimensional class-III beam

)
ui (ξ) = ai0 + ai1 ξ + ai2 ξ 2 + ai3 ξ 3 + ai4 ξ 4
i = x, y, z (4.31)
φi (ξ) = bi0 + bi1 ξ + bi2 ξ 2 + bi3 ξ 3 + bi4 ξ 4
Due to these polynomials the strains vary third-order along the center line of
the beam. For primary strain and stress see § 4.11.1.2 on page 92. By default
[nξ = 4] Diana applies a 4-point Gauss integration scheme along the bar axis. For
The CL30B element needs at least four integration points along the
(nξ ≥ 4) bar axis. Gauss integration with more than four integration points
pure bending!
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL30B no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
CL30B is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the five nodes no1
Other input data

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.2.2.2 on page 50.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 4.7.2 on page 74.
100 Beam Elements
Chapter 5
Plane Stress Elements
Flat plane stress elements — sometimes called membrane elements — must fulfill
the following conditions with respect to shape and loading [Fig. 5.1]. They must
z
b
F
y
x
t
Figure 5.1: Plane stress elements, characteristics
be plane, i.e., the coordinates of the element nodes must be in one flat plane,
the xy plane of the element. They must be thin, i.e., the thickness t must be
small in relation to the dimensions b in the plane of the element. Loading F
must act in the plane of the element.
Besides the flat plane stress elements Diana offers three-dimensional plane
stress elements — sometimes called three-dimensional membrane elements —
which may be defined in a three-dimensional space and do not need to be flat.
The thickness t of three-dimensional membrane elements must be small in re-
lation to the dimensions of the element. Loading may be defined both in the
plane of the element and perpendicular to the plane of the element, but because
membrane elements, in a geometrical linear formulation, these elements do not
have a stiffness in the transverse direction. Therefore, loads perpendicular to
the element face can only be carried when the three-dimensional membrane el-
ement is connected to other elements with a stiffness in this direction. This can
be three-dimensional membrane elements in a non–flat geometry or e.g. solid
elements.
Plane stress elements are characterized by the fact that the stress compo-
102 Plane Stress Elements
nents perpendicular to the face are zero: σzz = 0. These elements may only
be applied if there is no bending outside the plane of the structure, like in
walls, deep beams and the like. Three–dimensional membrane elements may be
applied for canvas structures or geogrids.
5.1 Axes
For plane stress elements Diana needs no special user input data to setup the
element axes. By default, the local element x axis points from the first to the
z z
1 x̄ 1
x y y
x
2 2
(a) default (b) user-specified
Figure 5.2: Axes for flat membrane elements
second node of the flat membrane element. The z axis is always perpendicular
to the element plane and y ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule [Fig. 5.2a].
ẑ ẑ
z ŷ z
y x̄
x̂
x x̄
x̄ x̂
1 x̄ 2 1 ŷ
x y 2
Figure 5.3: Axes for three-dimensional membrane elements
By default, the x̄ axis points from the first to the second node of the three-di-
mensional membrane element. The z axis is always perpendicular to the element
plane, y is created ⊥ z x̄ and finally x ⊥ yz according to the right-hand-rule
[Fig. 5.3a].
Note that for both the flat membrane element and the three-dimensional
membrane element the y axis only points along an element edge if the two edges
adjacent to the first node are perpendicular. Note also that for both element
types the default element axes are fully independent of the global model XY Z
axes.
5.2 Variables 103
User-specified axes. If you prefer an x axis other than default, for instance
to get the same axes directions for various elements, then you must specify an x̄
axis which Diana uses to set up the real x axis [Fig. 5.2b] and [Fig. 5.3b]. First
the z axis is put perpendicular to the element plane. Then y ⊥ z x̄ is created
and finally x ⊥ yz. The x̄ axis must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to
the following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x̄ axis where x , y and z are vector components in the

model XY Z coordinate system. The specified direction of the x̄ axis may
not coincide with any of the local z axes (perpendicular to the element
plane).
5.2 Variables
5.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables of the regular plane stress elements are the translations of
the nodes: ux and uy in element xy direction [Fig. 5.4a].
φz
φz
ux
ux uy
uy
x
y
φz
φz
ux
uy ux
uy
(a) translations (b) rotations
Figure 5.4: Displacements of flat membrane elements
Diana offers some special plane stress elements [§ 5.9 p. 130] with the rotations
φz , the so-called drilling rotation , as additional variables [Fig. 5.4b].
The basic variables of the three-dimensional membrane elements are the trans-
lations of the nodes: uX , uY , and uZ in the global XY Z directions [Fig. 5.5].
   
½ ¾  ux   uX 
ux
ue = ue = uy ue = uY (5.1)
uy    
φz uZ
uY
uZ 1 uX
2
Y
translations
X
Z
Figure 5.5: Displacements of three-dimensional membrane elements
5.2.2 Strains
The displacement field yield the deformations dux and duy of an infinitesimal
part dx dy of the element [Fig. 5.6]. From these deformations, Diana derives
z
dx dy
y
x duy
(a) axes dux
Figure 5.6: Deformation
the Green–Lagrange strains of Equation (5.2).

 

 εxx 

 
εyy
ε= (5.2)

 εzz 

 
γxy
with for isotropic elements
∂ux ∂uy ν(εxx + εyy ) ∂ux ∂uy

εxx = εyy = εzz = γxy = + (5.3)
∂x ∂y 1−ν ∂y ∂x
For orthotropic elements Diana fills in a ‘dummy’ εzz = 0. The sign convention
for strains is that an elongation yields a positive strain.
5.3 Thickness 105
5.2.3 Stresses
Diana can calculate and output two types of stresses for plane stress elements:
Cauchy stresses and generalized forces [Fig. 5.7].
z
y + + +
σxy σyx σyy x
σxx + nxy nyx nyy
nxx
(a) Cauchy (b) forces
Figure 5.7: Stresses
5.2.3.1 Cauchy
From the basic strains of Equation (5.3) Diana derives the following Cauchy
stresses.  
 σ 
 xx
 

σ 
yy
σ= (5.4)

 σzz = 0  

 

σxy = σyx
Figure 5.7a shows these stresses on a unit cube in their positive direction. Note
that tension stress is positive.
5.2.3.2 Forces
By integration over the thickness, Diana can calculate the normal and shear
forces of Equation (5.5).
 
 nxx
 

n = nyy (5.5)

 

nxy = nyx
Figure 5.7b shows these forces on the infinitesimal part [Fig. 5.6a p. 104] in their
positive direction (tension).
5.3 Thickness
Isotropic thickness, i.e., the thickness in a point is independent of the direction
of the cross-section, of plane stress elements may be uniform or nonuniform.
Orthotropic thickness may be input for some special plane stress elements [§ 5.10
p. 132].
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THICK t1 r [t2 r . . . tn r ]
THICK specifies the element thickness. Values t1 to tn are the thicknesses

(t > 0) t in the respective element nodes [Fig. 5.8]. If you only specify t1 then
t1 t6 t3
t1 t1 t5
t1 5 t7 5
7 6 3 7 6 3
t1 8 4
t4
t1 8 4 t8
1 1 1 1
t1 2 3 2 t1 2 3 2
t1 t1 t1 t3 t1 t2
t1 t2
(a) uniform (b) tapered
Figure 5.8: Thickness
the thickness is uniform. Nonuniform (tapered) thickness varies linearly or

quadratically over the element area depending on the order of the element.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
2 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.25 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.26
3 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.20
In this example, the first thickness is uniform and may be valid for all plane
stress element types, like for instance for the eight-node quadrilateral and the
three-node triangle in Figure 5.8a. The second is nonuniform for eight-node
quadrilateral elements [Fig. 5.8b-left]. The third is nonuniform for three-node
triangles [Fig. 5.8b-right].

For all plane stress elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with an
appropriate default scheme. You may choose an alternative scheme via a special
data input, depending on the shape of the element.
5.4.1 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
5.5 Assumed Strain 107
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points nlc in the triangular area of the
element. See § 21.5.2.1 on page 629 for enumeration and location of the
integration points.
5.4.2 Quadrilaterals
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n neta n ]
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points nξ in
the isoparametric ξ direction, and nη in the isoparametric η direction of
the element. See § 21.5.3.1 on page 631 for enumeration and location of
the integration points.
Stabilization. For 1-point integration of linear quadrilaterals, Diana applies

a stabilization procedure to avoid zero-energy modes. The procedure relies on
the addition of a small least squares contribution to the element energy norm,
see Roddeman [13]. The default value for εs in this procedure is 10−8 . You [εs = 10−8 ]
may overrule this default via the following special input data.
This stabilization procedure can not be used for three-dimensional
membrane elements.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG 11
[ STBFAC eps r ]
STBFAC eps overrules the default value for εs .
5.5 Assumed Strain

To enhance the behavior of linear quadrilaterals in certain situations, assumed
strain options may be applied. For three-dimensional membrane elements only
the constant shear option is available. Application of these options is not pos-
sible for the 1-point integration scheme. See Chapter 22 for background theory.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
CSHEAR
NOCSHE
[ ]
EAS [easnum n ]
BUBBLE
CSHEAR applies a constant shear option by selective reduced integration [§ 22.1.2

[CSHEAR] p. 639]. This option, which is also applied by default, results in improved
bending behavior by modified shear strain. It is specially suited for elastic
analysis. In nonlinear analysis the solution may be unstable.
NOCSHE suppresses all assumed strain options.
EAS applies incompatible enhanced assumed strain modes, where easnum is

the number of incompatible strain modes [§ 22.2.1.1 p. 641]. Possible are
EAS 2, EAS 4, EAS 5, or EAS 7. The EAS options result in improved bend-
ing behavior by modifying the normal and shear strain. They have good
performance in linear elastic analysis but nonlinear analyses may be un-
stable.
If you specify an EAS data item without easnum then Diana applies four
[easnum =4] incompatible strain modes by default.
BUBBLE applies incompatible bubble displacement modes, analogous to EAS 4.
5.6 Loading
Plane stress elements may be loaded with distributed load on one or more edges
or over the entire element face. A temperature or concentration load as well as
an initial stress situation may be specified for the element nodes.
5.6.1 Edge Load

Load on edges of plane stress elements may be specified directly with the actual
values of the load in the element nodes. Alternatively, edge load may be input
as hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two points somewhere in the
finite element model and Diana determines the actual values for each element.
5.6 Loading 109
Direct input syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
FORCE f1 r [ . . . fk r ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
EDGE edgnam is the name of the loaded edge [Fig. 1.2 p. 6].
FORCE f1 to fk are the values f of the distributed load per unit length in the
respective nodes of the edge. For linear elements the load varies linearly
along the edge [Fig. 5.9a], for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 5.9-
b,c]. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform.
NORMAL perpendicular to the edge and in the element plane, a positive f
points outward [Fig. 5.9b]. SHEAR along the edge, a positive f points in
the direction of the node numbering sequence [Fig. 5.9c]. X in element x
direction [Fig. 5.9a] or Y in element y direction.
Note that X and Y can not be used for three-dimensional plane

stress elements.

’DIRECT’. If the direction is not in the element plane then the out-of-
plane part of the load will be lost (Diana gives a warning message).
f3
f2
3 7 6
5 f1 5
y f2 6 4
8 4 f2
x
1 1 1
2 2 3 f3 2 3
f1 f1
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 5.9: Edge load examples
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 EDGE L1
FORCE 100. 150.
DIRELM X
2 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
3 EDGE L2
FORCE 100. 150. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 4-10 /
EDGE ETA1
FORCE 75.
DIRECT 2
In this example element 1 must be a linear triangle, a load in x direction on the

2-3 edge varies from 100 in node 2 to 150 in node 3 [Fig. 5.9a]. Element 2 must
be a quadratic quadrilateral, a load normal to the 3-4-5 edge varies from 100 in
node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120 in node 5 [Fig. 5.9b]. Element 3 must be
a quadratic triangle, a shear load along the 5-6-1 edge varies from 100 in node
5 through 150 in node 6 to 80 in node 1 [Fig. 5.9c].
Elements 4 to 10 may be any quadrilateral element, they bear a uniform load
on the edge from the first to the second node (and to the third for quadratic
elements). The load of magnitude of 75 acts in the second direction of table
’DIRECT’.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
(x2 ,y2 ,z2 ). Diana determines the actual values in the appropriate ele-
ment nodes by linear interpolation between the two specified values [§ 2.2
p. 16].
put).
5.6 Loading 111
5.6.2 Face Load

Load on the face of plane stress elements may be specified directly with the
actual values of the load in the element nodes. Alternatively, edge load may be
element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FACE indicates a load distributed over the entire face of the element.
FORCE f1 to fn are the values f of the distributed load per unit area in the
respective nodes of the element. For linear elements the load varies linearly
along the area [Fig. 5.10a], for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 5.10-
b,c]. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform.
DIRELM dirnam indicates a load direction determined from the element shape:
X or Y for the element x or y direction respectively [Fig. 5.10b,a]. For
quadrilateral elements an isoparametric direction is also possible: KSI or
ETA for the ξ or η direction respectively [Fig. 5.10c].
f3
f5 f6 f5
f7 5
3 5 7 6
f4 η
y 6 y f8 f4
f6 4 8 ξ 4
f1 x
x f2 f1
1 1 1
2 f1 2 3 2 3 f3
f3 f2
f2
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 5.10: Face load examples
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM Y
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 134. 154. 115. 106. 86.
DIRELM X
10 FACE
FORCE 100. 95. 105. 115. 104. 112. 96. 89.
DIRELM KSI
15 FACE
FORCE 100.
DIRECT 4
In this example element 1 must be a three-node (linear) triangle, the distributed

face load in y direction varies linearly from 100 in the first node to 114 in
the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 5.10a]. Element 8 must be a six-node
(quadratic) triangle, the distributed face load in x direction varies quadratically
from 100 in the first node to 134 in the second etc. to 86 in the last node
[Fig. 5.10b]. Element 10 must be an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral, the
distributed face load in ξ direction varies quadratically from 100 in the first
node to 95 in the second etc. to 89 in the last node [Fig. 5.10c]. Element 15 may
be of any type, it is loaded with a uniformly distributed face load in direction
number 4.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
5.6 Loading 113
put).

If the temperature or concentration distribution is of a higher order
than the possible strain distribution, then the calculated strains and
stresses may have a severe oscillating distribution.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [te2 r . . . ten r ]

CONCEN co1 r [co2 r . . . con r ]
T in the respective element nodes. For linear elements, the temperature
varies linearly over the element area, for quadratic elements quadratically.
If you only specify te1 then the temperature is uniform.
perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 100. 120. 130. 150. 145. 135. 128. 112.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 100.
In this example element 1 must be an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral ele-

ment, the temperature varies from 100° in the first node to 120° in the second
etc. to 112° in the last node. Elements 2 to 20 may be of any type, they have a
uniform temperature of 100°.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

syy1 r [ . . . syyn r ]
sxy1 r [ . . . sxyn r ]
0
to sxxn are the stresses σxx in the respective element nodes, syy1 to syyn
0 0
the stresses σyy and sxy1 to sxyn the stresses σxy . For linear elements,
the stress varies linearly over the element area, for quadratic elements
quadratically. If you only specify one value for each stress component
(sxx1 , syy1 and sxy1 ) then the stress distribution is uniform.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 PRESTR 12.4 14.2 18.6
/ 2-20 /
PRESTR 10.6 15.8 13.4
10.2 15.5 13.2
9.7 12.6 11.5
In this example element 1 may be any plane stress element, it has a uniformly
0 0 0
distributed initial stress of σxx = 12.4, σyy = 14.2 and σxy = 18.6. Elements
2 to 20 must be three-node triangles, these elements have an initial stress in
0 0 0
the first node of σxx = 10.6, σyy = 10.2 and σxy = 9.7. In the second node
0 0 0 0 0
σxx = 15.8, σyy = 15.5 and σxy = 12.6. In the third node σxx = 13.4, σyy = 13.2
0
and σxy = 11.5.

The basic variables of regular plane stress elements are the translations ux and
uy . The derived variables are Green–Lagrange strains [Eq. (5.2) p. 104], Cauchy
stresses [Eq. (5.4) p. 105] and generalized forces [Eq. (5.5) p. 105].
5.7.1 T6MEM – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 5.11: T6MEM
The T6MEM element [Fig. 5.11] is a three-node triangular isoparametric plane

stress element. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The
polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (5.6)
Typically, this polynomial yields strains which are constant over the element
area. By default Diana applies 1-point integration, 3- and 4-point are suitable [nlc = 1]
options. Schemes higher than 4-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T6MEM no1 n no2 n no3 n
T6MEM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.3 on page 105.
Local x axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.1 on page 102.
Integration scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.4.1 on page 106.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Temperature & concentration load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.3 on page 113.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.4 on page 113.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T6MEM 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a T6MEM element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and a
uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x axis from
node 27 to 48 and a 1-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 T6MEM 12 9 35
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE L2
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
Element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9 and 35. The element x axis points at 45°
with the global XY axes. The thickness varies from 0.10 in node 12 to 0.15 in
node 9 to 0.12 in node 35. The element has a 3-point integration scheme. The
edge from node 35 to node 12 is loaded with a distributed force perpendicular
to the edge and in the element plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward in
node 35 to 2.4 inward in node 12.
5.7.2 Q8MEM – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 5.12: Q8MEM
The Q8MEM element [Fig. 5.12] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

stress element. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The
polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (5.7)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant in x direction and
varies linearly in y direction and a strain εyy which is constant in y direction and
varies linearly in x direction. For constant shear, which is default, the Q8MEM
element yields a constant shear strain γxy over the element area. By default
Diana applies 2×2 integration, 1×1 is a suitable option for which Diana [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
applies a stabilization procedure to avoid zero-energy modes. Schemes higher
than 2×2 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q8MEM no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q8MEM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Assumed strain. To enhance the behavior of the Q8MEM element in certain

situations, assumed strain options may be applied [§ 5.5 p. 107].
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q8MEM 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a Q8MEM element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18.
The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and
a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x axis from
node 27 to 48 and a 2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 Q8MEM 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12 0.11
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
Element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24. The element x axis points at
45° with the global Y Z axes. The thickness varies from 0.10 to 0.15 to 0.12 to
0.11 in nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24 respectively. The element has a 3×3 integration
scheme. The edge from node 24 to node 12 is loaded with a distributed force
perpendicular to the edge and in the element plane. This force varies from 3.6
outward in node 24 to 2.4 inward in node 12.
5.7.3 CT12M – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 5.13: CT12M
The CT12M element [Fig. 5.13] is a six-node triangular isoparametric plane stress
element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The poly-
nomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 (5.8)
Typically, this polynomial yields an approximately linear strain variation in

x and y direction. By default Diana applies 3-point integration. Optional [nlc = 3]
schemes are available, but these are unsuitable because they may cause an
oscillating strain distribution.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT12M no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT12M is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT12M 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CT12M element between the six nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio
ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element
x axis from node 27 to 48 and a 3-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT12M 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.09
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 4
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
DIRELM X
The x axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The thickness
varies from 0.10 in node 27 to 0.12 in node 48 etc. to 0.09 in node 36. The
element has a 4-point integration scheme. A distributed force works over the
entire element face in the element x direction and has a value of 100 in node 27,
120 in node 48 etc.
5.7.4 CQ16M – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 5.14: CQ16M
The CQ16M element [Fig. 5.14] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

stress element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration.
The polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 (5.9)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which varies linearly in x direction
and quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy varies linearly in y direction
and quadratically in x direction. The shear strain γxy varies quadratically in
both directions. By default Diana applies 2×2 integration which yields optimal [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
stress points, 3×3 is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ16M no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ16M is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
no1 to no8 in sequence from Figure 5.14.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ16M 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ16M element between the eight nodes, starting
with node 27. The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s
ratio ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an
element x axis from node 27 to 48 and a 2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ16M 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.09
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
element has a 3×3 integration scheme. The edge of nodes 15-45-22 is loaded
with a distributed force perpendicular to the edge and in the element plane.
This force works outward and varies from 100 in node 15 to 150 in node 45 to
120 in node 22.
5.7.5 CQ18M – quadrilateral, 9 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
9 ξ
1
2 3
Figure 5.15: CQ18M
The CQ18M element [Fig. 5.15] is a nine-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

stress element. It is based on quadratic Lagrange interpolation and Gauss inte-
gration. The polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 +
(5.10)
a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 + a8 ξ 2 η 2
both directions. By default Diana applies 3×3 integration, 2×2 is a suitable [nξ = 3, nη = 3]
option. Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ18M no1 n no2 n . . . no9 n
CQ18M is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ18M 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16 19
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ18M element between the nine nodes, starting with
x axis from node 27 to 48 and a 3×3 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ18M 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16 19
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 150. 120. 130. 140. 145. 135. 95. 80.
DIRELM X
varies from 0.10 in node 27 to 0.12 in node 48 etc. to 0.08 in node 19 (the mid-
node). The element has a 2×2 integration scheme. A distributed force works
over the entire element face in the element x direction and has a value of 100 in
node 27, 150 in node 48 etc. to 80 in node 19.
5.8 Three–Dimensional Membrane Elements

The basic variables of three-dimensional plane stress elements are the trans-
lations uX , uY , and uZ . The derived variables are Green–Lagrange strains
[Eq. (5.2) p. 104], Cauchy stresses [Eq. (5.4) p. 105] and generalized forces [Eq. (5.5)
p. 105].
5.8.1 T9GME – triangle, 3 nodes

The T9GME element [Fig. 5.16] is a three-node triangular isoparametric three-
dimensional membrane element. It is based on linear interpolation and area
integration. There is no variation of parameters over the thickness of the ele-
ment. The polynomials for the translations u can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (5.11)
5.8 Three–Dimensional Membrane Elements 125
ξ η
1
2
Figure 5.16: T9GME
Typically, these polynomials yield approximately the following strain and stress
distribution. The strain εxx and the membrane force nxx are constant in x
direction and vary linearly in y direction. The strain εyy and the membrane
force nyy are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction. The
default integration scheme over the element area is a 3-point scheme. [nlc = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9GME no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9GME is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T9GME 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a T9GME element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x̄ axis from
node 27 to 48i and a 3–point integration scheme.
5.8.2 Q12GME – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
η
3
1 ξ
Figure 5.17: Q12GME
The Q12GME element [Fig. 5.17] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric three-

dimensional membrane element. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss
integration over the ξη element area. There is no variation of parameters over
the thickness of the element. The polynomials for the translations u can be
expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (5.12)
Typically, for a rectangular element, these polynomials yield approximately the
following strain and stress distribution along the element area. The strain εxx
and the membrane force nxx are constant in x direction and vary linearly in y
direction. The strain εyy and the membrane force nyy are constant in y direction
and vary linearly in x direction. Both a 2×2 and a 3×3 integration scheme over
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] the element area is allowed.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q12GME no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q12GME is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.

Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q12GME 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a Q12GME element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18.
The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and
a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x̄ axis from
node 27 to 48 and a 2×2 integration scheme.
5.8.3 CT18GM – triangle, 6 nodes
5
ξ η
6
4
1 2
3
Figure 5.18: CT18GM
The CT18GM element [Fig. 5.18] is a six-node triangular isoparametric three-

dimensional membrane element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and
area integration. There is no variation of parameters over the thickness of the
element. The polynomials for the translations u can be expressed as
distribution along the element area. The strain εxx and the membrane force
nxx vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy
and the membrane force nyy vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x
direction. A reduced 3–point integration scheme over the area should be used, [nlc = 3]
which Diana applies by default.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT18GM no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT18GM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
to no6 in sequence from Figure 5.18 on the previous page.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT18GM 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CT18GM element between the six nodes, starting with
x̄ axis from node 27 to 48 and a reduced 3–point integration scheme.
5.8.4 CQ24GM – quadrilateral, 8 nodes

The CQ24GM element [Fig. 5.19] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric
three-dimensional membrane element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and
Gauss integration over the ξη element area. The polynomials for the translations
u can be expressed as
7
6
8 η
ξ 5
1 4
2
3
Figure 5.19: CQ24GM

following strain and stress distribution along the element area. The strain εxx
and the membrane force nxx vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y
direction. The strain εyy and the membrane force nyy vary linearly in y direction
and quadratically in x direction. Both a 2×2 and a 3×3 integration scheme over
the element area is allowed. [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ24GM no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ24GM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ24GM 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ24GM element between the eight nodes, starting
element x̄ axis from node 27 to 48 and a 2×2 integration scheme.
5.9 Elements with Drilling Rotation

The basic variables for plane stress elements with drilling rotation are the trans-
lations ux and uy and, of course, the drilling rotation φz . The derived variables
are Green–Lagrange strains [Eq. (5.2) p. 104], Cauchy stresses [Eq. (5.4) p. 105]
and generalized forces [Eq. (5.5) p. 105].
5.9.1 T9MEM – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 5.20: T9MEM
The T9MEM element [Fig. 5.20] is a three-node triangular isoparametric plane

stress element. The geometry is interpolated by a linear function and the dis-
placements by linear and hierarchical quadratic functions. The polynomial for
the translations ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + h3 ξη + h4 ξ 2 + h5 η 2 (5.15)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies linearly over the element
[nlc = 3] area. By default Diana applies 3-point integration, 1- and 4-point are suitable
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9MEM no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9MEM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
5.9 Elements with Drilling Rotation 131
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
5.9.2 Q12ME – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 5.21: Q12ME
The Q12ME element [Fig. 5.21] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

stress element. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The
polynomial for the translations ux and uy can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + h4 ξ 2 + h5 η 2 + h6 ξ 2 η + h7 ξη 2 (5.16)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which varies linearly over the element
area. By default Diana applies 2×2 integration. Optional schemes are avail- [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
able. However, schemes other than 2×2 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q12ME no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q12ME is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
5.10 Elements with Orthotropic Thickness

The basic variables for plane stress elements with orthotropic thickness are
the translations ux and uy . The derived variables are the Green–Lagrange
strains [Eq. (5.2) p. 104] with εzz = 0 and the generalized forces [Eq. (5.5) p. 105].
Cauchy stresses cannot be output for these elements.
Thickness syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
MEMP axx r ayy r anu r axy r

THICK tr
The input of ‘thickness’ for these elements is not as described in § 5.3 on page 105
but as follows.
MEMP specifies the characteristic areas for cross-section (per unit length): axx
(A > 0) is Axx , ayy is Ayy , anu is Aν and axy is Axy .
(t > 0) THICK t is the equivalent thickness t which is used to calculate the element
volume.
See § 23.1 on page 647 for background theory.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 MEMP 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.8
THICK 0.25
5.10.1 T6OME – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 5.22: T6OME
The T6OME element [Fig. 5.22] is a three-node triangular isoparametric plane

stress element with orthotropic thickness. It is based on linear interpolation
and area integration. The polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be
expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (5.17)
5.10 Elements with Orthotropic Thickness 133
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which is constant over the element
area. By default Diana applies 1-point integration, 3- and 4-point are suitable [nlc = 1]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T6OME no1 n no2 n no3 n
T6OME is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Thickness. Input of ‘thickness’ is special for this element [§ 5.10 p. 132].
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
5.10.2 Q8OME – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 5.23: Q8OME
The Q8OME element [Fig. 5.23] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

stress element with orthotropic thickness. It is based on linear interpolation
and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be
expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (5.18)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant in x direction
and varies linearly in y direction. The strain εyy is constant in y direction
and varies linearly in x direction. The shear strain γxy varies linearly in both
directions. By default Diana applies 2×2 integration, 1×1 and 3×3 are suitable [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
options. For the 1×1 scheme, Diana applies a stabilization procedure to avoid
zero-energy modes. Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q8OME no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q8OME is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Assumed strain. To enhance the behavior of the Q8OME element in certain

situations, assumed strain options may be applied [§ 5.5 p. 107].
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
5.10.3 CT12O – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 5.24: CT12O
The CT12O element [Fig. 5.24] is a six-node triangular isoparametric plane stress
element with isotropic thickness. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area
integration. The polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be expressed
as
Typically, this polynomial yields an approximately linear strain variation in x
[nlc = 3] and y direction. By default Diana applies 3-point integration, 4-point is a
suitable option. Schemes higher than 4-point are unsuitable.
5.10 Elements with Orthotropic Thickness 135
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT12O no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT12O is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
5.10.4 CQ16O – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 5.25: CQ16O
The CQ16O element [Fig. 5.25] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

stress element with isotropic thickness. It is based on quadratic interpolation
and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the displacements ux and uy can be
expressed as
both directions. By default Diana applies 2×2 integration which yields optimal [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
stress points, 3×3 is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ16O no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ16O is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.1 on page 108.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 5.6.2 on page 111.
5.11 Element for Wrinkling

A special plane stress element is available for wrinkling analysis of thin struc-
tures, like for instance tents of fabric. The basic variables for this element are
the three translations of the nodes:
 
 ux 
ue = uy (5.21)
 
uz
The wrinkling element delivers the usual Green–Lagrange strains of Equation

(5.2), but its stress tensor is fully three-dimensional:
 

 σxx 


 

 σyy 


 
σzz
σ= (5.22)

 σxy 


 

 σyz 


 
σzx
For more background theory see § 24.1 on page 649.
5.11.1 T9WME – triangle, 3 nodes

Diana offers one wrinkling element, called T9WME. This element [Fig. 5.26] is a
three-node triangular isoparametric plane stress element. It is based on linear
5.11 Element for Wrinkling 137
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 5.26: T9WME
interpolation and 1-point area integration. The polynomial for the displace-
ments ux , uy and uz can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (5.23)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain which is constant over the element area.
Since the element moves in three-dimensional space, a fully three-dimensional
stress tensor shows up.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9WME no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9WME is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Thickness syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THICK tr
THICK t is the uniform thickness t. (t > 0)
Loading syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
FORCE fr
DIRELM Z
FACE indicates a load distributed over the entire element face.

FORCE f is the value of the distribute force per unit of the deformed area.
DIRELM Z indicates a load perpendicular to the element face, in the direction of

the element z axis (which is the only possibility).
Hydrostatic loading syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM Z
FACE indicates a load distributed over the entire element face.

DIRELM Z indicates a load perpendicular to the element face, in the direction of
the element z axis (which is the only possibility).
Other input data

Chapter 6
Plane Strain Elements
Plane strain elements must fulfill the following conditions with respect to po-
sition and loading [Fig. 6.1]. They must be positioned in the model XY -plane,
t=1
F
Y
z
Z
X
Figure 6.1: Plane strain elements, characteristics
i.e., the Z coordinate of the element nodes must be zero. Loading F must act
in the plane of the element.
Plane strain elements are characterized by the fact that their thickness t is
equal to unity and that the strain components perpendicular to the element face
are zero: εzz = 0. A typical application for plane strain elements is the analysis
of cross-sections of (infinitely) long structures like sheet piling and dikes. Diana
offers the following classes of plane strain elements.
Standard plane strain elements with a triangular or quadrilateral cross-
section. This class comprises regular elements [§ 6.5 p. 148], and special
rubber elements suited for nonlinear analysis with hyperelasticity (rubber)
[§ 6.6 p. 159].
Infinite shells which have a thickness which is small compared to the
‘length’ [§ 6.7 p. 161].
Complete plane strain elements which can model pseudo three-dimension-
al problems [§ 6.8 p. 173].
140 Plane Strain Elements
6.1 Axes
For plane strain elements Diana needs no special user input data to set up the
element axes. By default, the local element xyz axes point in the direction of
the global XY Z axes respectively [Fig. 6.2a]. The z axis is always perpendicular
to the element plane and y ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule.
y
y x
Y Y
z x z
Z X Z X
Figure 6.2: Axes
to get strains εxx and the stresses σxx in a particular direction, then you must
specify its direction [Fig. 6.2b]. First Diana creates the z axis in the global Z
direction (always ⊥ the element plane), then y ⊥ zx. The x axis must be input
in table ’GEOMET’ according to the following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr [ zr ] ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x axis where x and y are vector components in the

model XY Z coordinate system, Diana neglects the optional z compo-
nent.
6.2 Variables
6.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables of plane strain elements are the translations of the nodes:
uX and uY in global XY direction [Fig. 6.3].
½ ¾
uX
ue = (6.1)
uY
6.2 Variables 141
uY
uX
Z X
Figure 6.3: Displacements
6.2.2 Strains
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations dux and duy of an
infinitesimal part dx dy of the element [Fig. 6.4]. From these deformations,
y
dx duy
dy
x
z
dux
Diana derives the Green–Lagrange strains in the local xyz directions of (6.2).
 

 εxx 
 
εyy
ε= (6.2)

 εzz 
 
γxy
with
∂ux ∂uy ∂ux ∂uy
εxx = εyy = εzz = 0 γxy = + (6.3)
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
6.2.3 Stresses
From the basic strains of (6.3) Diana derives the Cauchy stresses of (6.4).
 
 σxx 

 

σ 
yy
σ= (6.4)

 σzz 


 

σxy = σyx
Figure 6.5 shows these stresses on a unit cube in their positive direction. Note
σyy
σyx
σxy
σxx
σzz
Figure 6.5: Cauchy stresses

For all plane strain elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with an
6.3.1 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
integration points.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
6.4 Loading 143

[εs = 10−8 ] see Roddeman [13]. The default value for εs in this procedure is 10−8 . You
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG 11
[ STBFAC eps r ]
6.4 Loading
Nodal load. When you input a nodal load on a plane strain model, then
Diana considers it to be the total load along the unit length in Z direction.
Element load. Plane strain elements may be loaded with distributed load
on one or more edges [§ 6.4.1], or over the entire element volume [§ 6.4.2]. A
temperature or concentration load [§ 6.4.3], as well as an initial stress situation
[§ 6.4.4] may be specified for the element nodes.
6.4.1 Edge Load

Load on edges of plane strain elements may be specified directly with the actual
Direct input syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FORCE f1 to fk are the values f of the distributed load per unit area in the
b,c], etc. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform.
NORMAL perpendicular to the edge, a positive f points outward [Fig. 6.6b].
SHEAR along the edge, a positive f points in the direction of the node
numbering sequence [Fig. 6.6c]. X in element x direction [Fig. 6.6a] or Y in
element y direction.
f3
f2
3 7 6
5 f1 5
y f2 6 4
8 4 f2
x
1 1 1
2 2 3 f3 2 3
f1 f1
(a) (b) (c)
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 EDGE L1
FORCE 100. 150.
DIRELM X
2 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
3 EDGE L2
FORCE 100. 150. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 4-10 /
EDGE ETA1
FORCE 75.
DIRECT 2

2–3 edge varies from 100 in node 2 to 150 in node 3 [Fig. 6.6a]. Element 2 must
be a quadratic quadrilateral, a load normal to the 3–4–5 edge varies from 100
6.4 Loading 145
in node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120 in node 5 [Fig. 6.6b]. Element 3 must be
a quadratic triangle, a shear load along the 5–6–1 edge varies from 100 in node
’DIRECT’.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
p. 16].
put).
6.4.2 Face Load

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FACE indicates a load distributed over the entire volume of the element.
FORCE f1 to fn are the values f of the distributed load per unit volume in
the respective nodes of the element. For linear elements the load varies
linearly over the volume [Fig. 6.7a], for quadratic elements quadratically
[Fig. 6.7b,c], etc. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform.
f3
f5 f6 f5
f7 5
3 5 7 6
f4 η
y 6 y f8 f4
f6 4 8 ξ 4
f1 x
x f2 f1
1 1 1
2 f1 2 3 2 3 f3
f3 f2
f2
(a) (b) (c)
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM Y
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 134. 154. 115. 106. 86.
DIRELM X
10 FACE
FORCE 100. 95. 105. 115. 104. 112. 96. 89.
DIRELM KSI
15 FACE
FORCE 100.
DIRECT 4

volume load in y direction varies linearly from 100 in the first node to 114
in the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 6.7a]. Element 8 must be a six-
node (quadratic) triangle, the distributed volume load in x direction varies
6.4 Loading 147
quadratically from 100 in the first node to 134 in the second etc. to 86 in the last
node [Fig. 6.7b]. Element 10 must be an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral,
the distributed volume load in ξ direction varies quadratically from 100 in the
first node to 95 in the second etc. to 89 in the last node [Fig. 6.7c]. Element 15
may be of any type, it is loaded with a uniformly distributed volume load in
direction number 4.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [te2 r . . . ten r ]

CONCEN co1 r [co2 r . . . con r ]
varies linearly over the element area, for quadratic elements quadratically,

perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 100. 120. 130. 150. 145. 135. 128. 112.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 100.

ment, the temperature varies from 100° in the first node to 120° in the second
uniform temperature of 100°.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

syy1 r [ . . . syyn r ]
szz1 r [ . . . szzn r ]
sxy1 r [ . . . sxyn r ]
0
to sxxn are the stresses σxx in the respective element nodes, syy1 to
0 0
syyn the stresses σyy , szz1 to szzn the stresses σzz , and sxy1 to sxyn
0
the stresses σxy . For linear elements, the stress varies linearly over the
element area, for quadratic elements quadratically, etc. If you only specify
one value for each stress component (sxx1 , syy1 , zz1 and sxy1 ) then
the stress distribution is uniform.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 PRESTR 12.4 14.2 11.6 18.6
/ 2-20 /
PRESTR 10.6 15.8 13.4
10.2 15.5 13.2
9.1 10.2 8.4
9.7 12.6 11.5
In this example element 1 may be any plane strain element, it has a uniformly
0 0 0 0
distributed initial stress of σxx = 12.4, σyy = 14.2, σzz = 11.6 and σxy = 18.6.
Elements 2 to 100 must be three-node triangles, these elements have a initial
0
stress which varies linearly over the element area, the first row are the σxx in
0 0
the respective nodes, the second row σyy , the third row σzz and the last row
0
σxy .
6.5 Regular Plane Strain Elements

The basic variables of regular plane strain elements are the translations ux
and uy [§ 6.2.1 p. 140]. The derived variables are the Green–Lagrange strains
[§ 6.2.2 p. 141] and the Cauchy stresses [§ 6.2.3 p. 141]. The regular elements
may be applied in all kinds of structural analysis including nonlinear analysis
with plasticity, cracking etc. Diana also comprises plane strain elements with
an additional degree of freedom which makes them specially suited for nonlinear
analysis with hyperelasticity, for instance rubber-like structures [§ 6.6 p. 159].
6.5 Regular Plane Strain Elements 149
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 6.8: T6EPS
6.5.1 T6EPS – triangle, 3 nodes

The T6EPS element [Fig. 6.8] is a three-node triangular isoparametric plane
strain element. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The
polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (6.5)
area. By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme, 3- and 4-point [nlc = 1]
are suitable options. Schemes higher than 4-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T6EPS no1 n no2 n no3 n
T6EPS is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Pore fluid load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 2.3 on page 17.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T6EPS 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a T6EPS element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2.
By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the global X direction and a
1-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 T6EPS 12 9 35
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE L2
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
with the global XY axes. The element has a 3-point integration scheme. The
6.5.2 Q8EPS – quadrilateral, 4 nodes

The Q8EPS element [Fig. 6.9] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane
strain element. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The
polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (6.6)
For constant shear, which is default, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which is
constant in x direction and varies linearly in y direction and a strain εyy which
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 6.9: Q8EPS
is constant in y direction and varies linearly in x direction. The shear strain γxy
is constant over the element area.
By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme, 1×1 and 3×3 are [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
suitable options. For the 1×1 scheme, Diana applies a stabilization procedure
to avoid zero-energy modes. Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q8EPS no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q8EPS is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Assumed strain syntax

’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
CSHEAR
NOCSHE
[ CDILAT ]
[ ]
EAS [easnum n ]
BUBBLE
To enhance the behavior of the Q8EPS element in certain situations, assumed

strain options may be applied. Application of these options is not possible for
the 1-point integration scheme. See Chapter 22 for background theory.
CSHEAR applies constant shear by selective reduced integration. This option
results in improved bending behavior by modified shear strain. It is spe-
cially suited for elastic analysis. In nonlinear analysis the solution may be
unstable.

CDILAT applies constant dilatation by selective reduced integration. This option
results in improved incompressible behavior by modified volumetric strain.
This improves the incompressible behavior and robustness of elastoplastic
analysis.
Combination of CSHEAR and CDILAT indicates constant shear and dilata-
tion by selective reduced integration. This option results in improved
bending and incompressible behavior by modified shear and volumetric
strain. It is specially suited for elastic analysis.
EAS applies incompatible enhanced assumed strain modes, where easnum is the
number of incompatible strain modes. Possible are EAS 2, EAS 4, EAS 5
or EAS 7.
The EAS 2 option results in improved incompressible behavior by modified
volumetric strain. It improves the robustness of elastoplastic analysis. The
other options result in improved bending and incompressible behavior by
modified shear and volumetric strain. They have good performance in
linear elastic analysis but nonlinear analyses may be unstable.
If you omit the EAS input data item, then Diana applies four incompatible
[EAS 4] strain modes by default. The same occurs if you specify an EAS input data
[easnum =4] item without easnum .
BUBBLE applies incompatible bubble displacement modes, analogous to EAS 4.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q8EPS 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a Q8EPS element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2. By
default Diana assumes an element x axis in the direction of the global X axis
and a 2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 Q8EPS 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
Element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24. The element x axis points in
the global Y direction. The element has a 3×3 integration scheme. The edge
from node 24 to node 12 is loaded with a distributed force perpendicular to the
edge and in the element plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward in node 24
to 2.4 inward in node 12.
6.5.3 CT12E – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 6.10: CT12E
The CT12E element [Fig. 6.10] is a six-node triangular isoparametric plane strain
element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The poly-
nomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed as

[nlc = 3] and y direction. By default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme, 1- and
4-point are suitable options. Schemes higher than 4-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT12E no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT12E is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT12E 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CT12E element between the six nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s
ratio ν = 0.2. By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the global X
direction and a 3-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT12E 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 4
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
DIRELM X
The x axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The element has
a 4-point integration scheme. A distributed force works over the entire element
volume in the element x direction and has a value of 100 in node 27, 120 in
node 48 etc.
6.5.4 CQ16E – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 6.11: CQ16E
The CQ16E element [Fig. 6.11] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

strain element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration.
The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed as
both directions. By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme, which [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
yields optimal stress points, 1×1 and 3×3 are suitable options. Schemes higher
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ16E no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ16E is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Integration scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 21.5.3.1 on page 631.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ16E 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CQ16E element between the eight nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio
ν = 0.2. By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the direction of the
global X axis and a 2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ16E 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
The x axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The element
has a 3×3 integration scheme. The edge of nodes 15–45–22 is loaded with a
distributed force perpendicular to the edge and in the element plane. This force
works outward and varies from 100 in node 15 to 150 in node 45 to 120 in node
22.
6.5.5 CT30E – triangle, 15 nodes
ξ 9
η
10
8
11 15
7
12
13 6
14
1
2 3 4
5
Figure 6.12: CT30E
The CT30E element [Fig. 6.12] is a fifteen-node triangular isoparametric plane

strain element. It is based on fourth-order interpolation and area integration
and particularly useful in nonlinear analysis to determine collapse loads of soil
structures [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. The polynomial for the displacements uX
and uY can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 +
(6.9)
a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 + a8 ξ 3 + a9 η 3 · · · + a13 ξ 4 + a14 η 4
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which varies third-order in x di-
rection and fourth-order in y direction. The strain εyy varies third-order in y
direction and third-order in x direction. The shear strain γxy varies fourth-order
in both directions. By default Diana applies a 12-point integration scheme, [nlc = 12]
7-point is a suitable option.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT30E no1 n no2 n . . . no15 n
CT30E is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the fifteen nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT30E 27 48 15 45 22 36 101 82 64 39
12 102 17 108 61
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CT30E element between the fifteen nodes, starting
with node 27 and ending with node 61. The element has a Young’s modulus
E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2. By default Diana assumes an
element x axis in the global X direction and a 12-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT30E 27 48 15 45 22 36 101 82 64 39
12 102 17 108 61
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
6.6 Rubber Elements 159
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 7
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115. 112. 108. 43.3 45.8
32.8 22.4 10.5 28.6 25.4
DIRELM X
node 48 etc.
6.6 Rubber Elements

The special purpose plane strain ‘rubber’ elements are suited for nonlinear anal-
ysis with hyperelasticity, for instance rubber-like structures. These elements
have four additional pressure degrees of freedom which are fully internal, they
do not show up in the output results. The pressure degrees of freedom make
these elements suitable for nonlinear analysis with hyperelasticity (rubber).
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 6.13: CQ20E
The CQ20E element [Fig. 6.13] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

strain element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration.
The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed as

both directions. The polynomial for the internal pressure p can be expressed as
p(ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη (6.11)
[nξ = 3, nη = 3] By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme, 1×1 and 2×2 are suitable
options. Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ20E is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Examples of input data for a CQ20E are analogous to the example for the CQ16E
element [§ 6.5.4 p. 155].
5
7 6
η
8 4
9 ξ
1
2 3
Figure 6.14: CQ22E
The CQ22E element [Fig. 6.14] is a nine-node quadrilateral isoparametric plane

strain element. It is based on quadratic Lagrange interpolation and Gauss
integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed
as
ui (ξ, η) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 +
(6.12)
a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 + a8 ξ 2 η 2
6.7 Infinite Shells 161
p(ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη (6.13)
By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme, 1×1 and 2×2 are suitable [nξ = 3, nη = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ22E is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the nine nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.1 on page 143.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.4.2 on page 145.
Examples of input data for an CQ22E are analogous to the example for the CQ16E
element [§ 6.5.4 p. 155].
6.7 Infinite Shells

Infinite shells are line shaped elements, i.e., they have a thickness which is small
compared to ‘length’ [Fig. 6.15]. These elements are based on the isoparametric
yl
xl
lamina
ξ
Figure 6.15: Infinite shell
degenerated-solid approach by introducing two shell hypotheses:
Straight-normals — assumes that normals remain straight, but not necessarily

normal to the reference surface. Transverse shear deformation is included
according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory.
Zero-normal-stress — assumes that the normal stress component in the normal
direction of a lamina basis is forced to zero: σyyl(ξ,z) = 0. A lamina basis
corresponds to a local Cartesian coordinate system (xl , yl ) defined at each
point of the shell with xl tangent to the ξ coordinate and yl perpendicular
to xl .
The in-plane lamina strain varies linearly in the thickness direction and the
transverse shear strain is forced to be constant. Since the actual transverse
shearing stress and strain vary parabolical through the thickness, the shearing
strain is an equivalent constant strain on a corresponding area. A shear correc-
tion factor is applied using the condition that the constant shear stress yields
approximately the same shear strain energy as the actual shearing stress.
6.7.1 Axes
The local element axes for infinite shells are setup as follows [Fig. 6.16a]: first
x tangential in the first node toward the second node, next z parallel to the
global Z axis, finally y ⊥ zx. The element displacements are oriented in these
xyz axes. Infinite shells have separate local x̂ŷ axes to describe the strains and
y
ŷ
1 x 1 x̂ ŷ
Y z Y z
z x̂
Z X Z X
(a) displacements (b) strain and stress
Figure 6.16: Axes for infinite shell
stresses [Fig. 6.16b]: x̂ tangential to the element and ŷ ⊥ z x̂. The x̂ŷ axes are
rotated for each point on the element such that x̂ remains tangential to the
element axis.
6.7.2 Variables
Compared to the regular plane strain elements, the infinite shells have displace-
ments in the local xy directions and an extra rotation φz .
 
 ux 
ue = uy (6.14)
 
φz
Figure 6.17 shows these displacements in their positive direction.

uy
ux
φz
Y
Z X
Figure 6.17: Displacements for infinite shell
6.7.2.2 Strains and Stresses

Strains for infinite shell elements are analogous to those for regular solid plane
strain elements [§ 6.2.2 p. 141]. Also the stresses are the same [§ 6.2.3 p. 141],
but for shells the stress component perpendicular to the shell face, σyy , is equal
to zero.  
 σxx 

 
σ =0  
yy
σ= (6.15)
 σzz
 


 

σxy = σyx
From the Cauchy stresses, Diana can derive the following forces and moments
in the nodes and cross-sections of an infinite shell element.
 

 nxx 
 ½ ¾
 
nyy mxx
f= m= (6.16)

 nzz 
 mzz
 
nxy
6.7.3 Thickness
For infinite shells you must specify a thickness perpendicular to the shell face.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80

(t > 0) t in the respective element nodes [Fig. 6.18]. If you only specify t1 then
t1 t1
t2 t1
1 1
2 t3 2 t1
(a) tapered (b) uniform 3
3
Figure 6.18: Thickness for infinite shell

quadratically over the element face depending on the order of the element.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
2 THICK 0.15 0.25 0.35
In this example, the first thickness is uniform and may be valid for all infi-
nite shells [Fig. 6.18b], the second is tapered for a three-node CL9PE element
[Fig. 6.18a].
6.7.4 Shape
For infinite shell elements a specific shape may be input. If you do not specify
[PARAB] the shape, then Diana assumes a parabolic shape.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
FLAT
CYLIN cx r cy r cz r
PARAB
FLAT specifies that the element is flat, the thickness vectors are perpendicular to
the face [Fig. 6.19a]. In this case the element nodes must be on a straight
line, Diana checks it!
(a) flat (c) parabolic
(b) cylindrical
(cx ,cy )
Figure 6.19: Shape for infinite shell
CYLIN the face is assumed to be cylindrical, the thickness vectors are in radial
direction of the cylinder [Fig. 6.19b]. The values cx , cy and cz are the
XY Z coordinates of the center of the cylinder axis where cz must be
equal to zero. In this case the element nodes must be on a circular arc
with center (cx ,cy ), Diana checks it!
PARAB specifies that the element has a parabolic shape [Fig. 6.19c].
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
CYLIN 12.6 -3.45 0.00

For infinite shell elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with an
data input.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points in the
isoparametric ξ and η direction of the element.
Figure 6.20 on the next page shows the enumeration of the integration points
for the various schemes, related to the first node of the element. The principle
of enumeration is starting at (−ξ, −η) then to (−ξ, +η) etc.
Gauss integration. If neta = 2 then Gauss integration over the thickness is

performed, all integration points are located inside the element volume.
η
1 ξ
nxi = 2 nxi = 3
neta
2 4 2 4 6
2
1 3 1 3 5
3 6 3 6 9
3 2 5 2 5 8
1 4 1 4 7
5 10 5 10 15
· · · · ·
5 3 8 3 8 13
· · · · ·
1 6 1 6 11
7 14 7 14 21
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
7 4 11 4 11 18
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
1 8 1 8 15
9 18 9 18 27
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
9 5
· 14
· 5
· 14
· 23
·
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
1
· 10
· 1
· 10
· 19
·
··
11 ··
22 ··
11 ··
22 ··
33
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
11 6 ·· 17 ·· 6 ·· 17 ·· 28 ··
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
1 12 1 12 23
Figure 6.20: Integration schemes for infinite shell
Simpson integration. If neta > 2 then Simpson integration over the thick-
ness is performed, integration points are located in the upper and lower face and
in the mid-plane of the element which may facilitate interpretation of strains
and stresses.
file .dat
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 5
6.7.6 Shear Reduction

Since the actual transverse shear stress and strain vary parabolical over the
thickness, the shear strain is an equivalent constant strain on a corresponding
area. By default Diana applies a shear reduction factor S = 1.2, which means
that the constant shear stress yields approximately the same shear strain energy
as the actual shear stress. You may customize the shear reduction by specifying
the following input data.
syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHEAR sf r ]
SHEAR sf is the shear reduction factor S. (S ≥ 1)

[S = 1.2]
6.7.7 Loading
Infinite shells may be loaded with distributed load on the element face. A
temperature or concentration load as well as an initial stress situation may be
specified for the nodes of infinite shells. Special attention must be paid to the
input of nodal loads on plane strain models [Fig. 6.4 p. 143].
6.7.7.1 Line Load

Load on the face of infinite shell elements, i.e., a line load, may be specified
directly with the actual values of the load in the element nodes. Alternatively,
line load may be input as hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two
points somewhere in the finite element model and Diana determines the actual
values for each element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed over the entire element.

along the area for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 6.21]. If you only
specify f1 then the load is uniform.
X for the x̂ direction which is a shear load in the element face [Fig. 6.21a] or
Y for the ŷ direction which is a pressure load perpendicular to the element
face [Fig. 6.21b].
f1
f2
f1
1 1
2 f2 2
f3
(a) shear 3 f3 (b) pressure 3
Figure 6.21: Face load on infinite shell
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 LINE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM X
8 LINE
FORCE 80. 120. 90.
DIRELM Y
In this example element 1 must be a three-node (quadratic) infinite shell, the

distributed face load in x̂ direction (shear) varies quadratically from 100 in the
first node to 114 in the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 6.21a]. Element 8 has
a distributed face load in ŷ direction (pressure) which varies quadratically from
80 in the first node to 120 in the second to 90 in the last node [Fig. 6.21b].
Hydrostatic load syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed over the entire element.

p. 16].
put).
6.7.7.2 Temperature and Concentration Load

Temperature and concentration load input for infinite shell elements requires
the average value and the gradient in the element nodes.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [ . . . ten r ] dtey1 r [ . . . dteyn r ]

CONCEN co1 r [ . . . con r ] dcoy1 r [ . . . dcoyn r ]
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load, te1 to ten are the average tem-
peratures T̄ in the respective element nodes, dtey1 to dteyn are the tem-
perature gradients in element ŷ direction ∆T in the respective element
nodes, i.e., the difference of the temperatures in the extreme fibers.

perature.
Figure 6.22 illustrates the temperature input for node 1, a positive gradient
dtey1 means that the temperature in the +ŷ fiber is greater than in the −ŷ fiber.
For linear elements, the average and gradient value varies linearly in element x̂
ŷ
t1
1 x̂
dtey1
Figure 6.22: Temperature load for infinite shell
direction, for quadratic elements quadratically. If you only specify two values
(te1 and dtey1 or co1 and dcoy1 ) then the temperature or concentration
distribution is uniform.
6.7.7.3 Initial Stress

Initial stress input for infinite shell elements requires the average value and the
gradient for each stress component in the element nodes.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r [ . . . sxxn r ] dsxx1 r [ . . . dsxxn r ]

syy1 r [ . . . syyn r ] dsyy1 r [ . . . dsyyn r ]
szz1 r [ . . . szzn r ] dszz1 r [ . . . dszzn r ]
sxy1 r [ . . . sxyn r ] dsxy1 r [ . . . dsxyn r ]
0
to sxxn are the average stresses σ̄xx in the respective element nodes, syy1
0 0
to syyn the average stresses σ̄yy , szz1 to szzn the average stresses σ̄zz
0
and sxy1 to sxyn the average stresses σ̄xy . The values ds... are the
corresponding stress gradients, i.e., the difference of the stress values at
the extreme fibers.
Figure 6.23 illustrates the initial stress input for node 1, a positive gradient
ds..1 means that the stress in the +ŷ fiber is greater than in the −ŷ fiber.
For linear elements, the average and gradient stress varies linearly in element x̂
ŷ
s..1
1 x̂
ds..1
Figure 6.23: Initial stress for infinite shell
(s..1 and ds..1 ) for each stress component then the stress distribution is
uniform.
6.7.8 L6PE – straight, 2 nodes

The L6PE element [Fig. 6.24] is a two node numerically integrated infinite shell
element with three displacements ux , uy and φz in each node [§ 6.7.2.1 p. 163].
The interpolation polynomial for the translations u can be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + (b0 + b1 ξ)η (6.17)
η
ξ
1
Figure 6.24: L6PE
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant in ξ direction.

[nξ = 1, nη = 2] By default Diana applies a 1×2 integration scheme. Higher order schemes are
optional, but generally it is not useful to use more than two integration points
in ξ direction.
Two point integration in ξ direction makes the L6PE element sensi-

tive for ‘shear locking’, therefore the 1-point integration in ξ direction
is recommended strongly.
For physical linear analysis a two point Gauss integration through the thickness
is sufficient. For physical nonlinear analysis a Simpson integration rule is recom-
mended, the number of integration points depends on the expected nonlinearity.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L6PE no1 n no2 n
L6PE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.3 on page 163.
Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.4 on page 164.
Shear reduction factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.6 on page 166.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.7.1 on page 167.
Temperature & concentration load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.7.2 on page 169.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.7.3 on the facing page.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
18 L6PE 29 46
MATERI
18 1
GEOMET
14 1
DA8A
18 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 1 2
6.7.9 CL9PE – curved, 3 nodes

η
1 ξ
2
Figure 6.25: CL9PE
The CL9PE element [Fig. 6.25] is a three-node numerically integrated infinite

shell element with three displacements ux , uy and φz in each node [§ 6.7.2.1
p. 163]. The interpolation polynomial for the translations u can be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + (b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 )η (6.18)

Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which varies linearly in ξ direction.
optional, but generally it is not useful to use more than three integration points
in ξ direction.
3-point integration in ξ direction makes the CL9PE element sensitive
for ‘shear locking’, therefore the 2-point integration in ξ direction is
recommended strongly.
For physical linear analysis a 2-point Gauss integration through the thickness is
sufficient. For physical nonlinear analysis a Simpson integration rule is recom-
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL9PE no1 n no2 n no3 n
6.8 Complete Plane Strain Elements 173
CL9PE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.4 on page 164.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.7.1 on page 167.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.7.7.3 on page 170.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CL9PE 27 48 25
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
DATA
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2
6.8 Complete Plane Strain Elements

Standard plane strain assumptions require that every cross-section is a plane of
symmetry for the geometry of the structure, for the applied loads, and for the
initial stresses. This condition results in:
zero out-of-plane displacements (uz = 0),
zero out-of-plane strains (εzz = γyz = γzx = 0), and
zero out-of-plane shear stresses (σyz = σzx = 0).
The complete plane strain assumption is a generalization of the plane strain
assumption to pseudo three-dimensional problems which satisfy the following
requirements:
every cross-section is a plane of symmetry for the geometry of the struc-
ture,
the stresses and strains are independent of the coordinate along the out-
of-plane axis.
The main departure from the standard plane strain case is that the restriction on
the out-of-plane displacements and the out-of-plane shear stresses are removed.
Complete plane strain can admit not only uniform displacements in the out-
of-plane direction, but also warping due to out-of-plane shear loading, material
anisotropy or release of non-aligned initial stresses. The complete plane strain
concept produces therefore full three-dimensional stress and strain tensors.
Application of the concept of complete plane strain is particularly useful for
geotechnical problems in which the principal in situ stresses are known, but are
not aligned parallel to the long axis of the underground structures, e.g. tunnels,
well bores, storage chambers.
The formulation of the complete plane strain elements includes three trans-
lational displacement degrees of freedom per node. These displacements have
the following dependencies:
ux = fx (x, y, t)
uy = fy (x, y, t) (6.19)
uz = ε0 (t) · z + fz (x, y, t)
where ux , uy and uz are the displacements in x, y and z directions respectively,
x and y are in-plane directions and z the out-of-plane direction, t is the pseudo-
time for static models or the real time for transient models, and ε0 is a prescribed
out-of-plane strain.
6.8.1 Variables
The basic variables of complete plane strain elements are the translations of the
nodes: uX , uY and uZ in global XY Z direction [Fig. 6.26].
uY
uX
uZ
Y
Z X

 
 uX 
ue = uY (6.20)
 
uZ
6.8.1.2 Strains
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations dux , duy and duz of an
infinitesimal part dx dy of the element [Fig. 6.27]. From these deformations,
y
dx duy
duz
dy
x
z
dux
Diana derives the full three-dimensional Green–Lagrange strains in the local

xyz directions of (6.21).  
 εxx 

 

 
 εyy 

 

εzz
ε= (6.21)
 γxy 

 

 
 γyz 

 

γzx
with
∂ux ∂uy
εxx = εyy = εzz = ε0
∂x ∂y
(6.22)
∂ux ∂uy ∂uz ∂uz
γxy = + γyz = γzx =
∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
6.8.1.3 Stresses
From the basic strains of (6.22) Diana derives the Cauchy stresses of (6.23).
 
 σxx 

 


 σ 


 yy 


σ 

zz
σ= (6.23)

 σxy = σyx 

 


 σ = σzy  

 yz 

 
σzx = σxz
σzz
σzx σzy
σxz σyz
σyy
σxx σxy σyx
6.8.2 Loading
A temperature or concentration load situation may be specified for the nodes
of complete plane strain elements in a way similar to standard plane strain
elements [§ 6.4.3 p. 147].
6.8.2.1 Edge and Face Loads

Complete plane strain elements may be loaded with distributed load on the
element edge [§ 6.4.1 p. 143] or with a volume load [§ 6.4.2 p. 145]. The input
syntax is identical to standard plane strain elements. However, the direction of
the applied load is not restricted. The DIRELM option accepts the out-of-plane
direction, Z. The DIRECT option accepts three-dimensional vectors with non-zero
out-of-plane components.
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 EDGE L1
FORCE 100. 125. 150. 175.
DIRECT 3
2 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM Z
3 FACE
FORCE 100. 134. 154. 115. 106. 86.
DIRELM Z
In this example element 1 must be a third-order triangle, a load in the direction

3 of table ’DIRECT’ on the 4–7 edge varies from 100 in node 4 to 175 in node 7
[Fig. 6.6a]. Element 2 must be a quadratic quadrilateral. An out-of-plane load
applied to the 3–4–5 edge varies from 100 in node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120
in node 5 [Fig. 6.6b]. Element 3 must be a quadratic triangle. The distributed
volume load in the out-of-plane direction varies quadratically from 100 in the
first node to 134 in the second etc. to 86 in the last node.

A full three-dimensional stress tensor must be specified for the initial stress load.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

syy1 r [ . . . syyn r ]
szz1 r [ . . . szzn r ]
sxy1 r [ . . . sxyn r ]
syz1 r [ . . . syzn r ]
szx1 r [ . . . szxn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress σ 0 . Values sxx1 to sxxn are σxx
0
in the respective element nodes. Analogously syy stands for σyy , szz for
σzz etc.
The initial stresses vary over the element volume according to the interpo-
lation order of the element: linearly, quadratically or higher-order. If you
only specify one value σ 0 for each stress component, then the stress distri-
bution is uniform, else you must specify one σ 0 for each stress component
for each of the element nodes.
6.8.2.3 Prescribed Out-of-plane Strain

An out-of-plane strain value, ε0 , can be specified as an element load.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
STRAOP eps r [. . . eps r ]
STRAOP eps specifies the out-of-plane strain for each of the element nodes. If
you only specify a single eps value, then the strain for all the element
nodes will be alike.
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMENT
/ 1-10 /
STRAOP -0.1
CASE 2
ELEMENT
7 STRAOP -0.10 -0.20 -0.30 -0.30 -0.30 -0.20 -0.10 -0.10
Case 1 applies an out-of-plane strain of −0.10 onto each node of the elements
1 to 10. Case 2 applies a different out-of-plane strain for each of the nodes of
element 7, which must be an eight-node CQ24GE element.
6.8.3 CT18GE – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 6.29: CT18GE
The CT18GE element [Fig. 6.29] is a six-node triangular isoparametric complete

plane strain element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration.
The polynomial for the displacements uX , uY and uZ can be expressed as
Typically, this polynomial yields εxx , εyy , γxy , γyz and γzx strains which vary
linearly in x and y direction. The strain εzz is zero or equal to the prescribed
[nlc = 3] out-of-plane strain ε0 [§ 6.8.2.3]. By default Diana applies a 3-point integration
scheme, 1- and 4-point are suitable options. Schemes higher than 4-point are
unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT18GE no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT18GE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.

Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.
6.8.4 CQ24GE – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 6.30: CQ24GE
The CQ24GE element [Fig. 6.30] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric

complete plane strain element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss
integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed
as
Typically, this polynomial yields εxx and γzx strains which vary linearly in x
direction and quadratically in y direction. The strains εyy and γyz vary linearly
in y direction and quadratically in x direction. The shear strain γxy varies
quadratically in both directions. The strain εzz is zero or equal to the prescribed
out-of-plane strain ε0 [§ 6.8.2.3]. By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
scheme, which yields optimal stress points, 1×1 and 3×3 are suitable options.
Schemes higher than 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ24GE no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ24GE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.

6.8.5 CT27GE – triangle, 9 nodes
7
ξ η
8
6
9
5
1
2
3 4
Figure 6.31: CT27GE
The CT27GE element [Fig. 6.31] is a nine-node triangular isoparametric complete

plane strain element. It is based on cubic interpolation and area integration.
The polynomial for the displacements uX , uY and uZ can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 +a1 ξ+a2 η+a3 ξη+a4 ξ 2 +a5 η 2 +a6 ξ 2 η+a7 ξη 2 +a8 ξ 3 +a9 η 3 (6.26)
with one fixed dependency between a0 to a9 . Typically, this polynomial yields

εxx , εyy , γxy , γyz , and γzx strains which vary quadratically in x and y directions.
The strain εzz is zero or equal to the prescribed out-of-plane strain ε0 [§ 6.8.2.3].
[nlc = 7] By default Diana applies a 7-point integration scheme, 4- and 6-point are
suitable options. Schemes higher than 7-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT27GE no1 n no2 n no3 n . . . no9 n
CT27GE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the nine nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.
6.8.6 CQ36GE – quadrilateral, 12 nodes
10 9
8
11 7
η
12 6
ξ
1 5
2
3 4
Figure 6.32: CQ36GE
The CQ36GE element [Fig. 6.32] is a twelve-node quadrilateral isoparametric

complete plane strain element. It is based on cubic interpolation and Gauss
integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX , uY and uZ can be ex-
pressed as
ui (ξ, η) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 +
(6.27)
a8 ξ 3 + a9 η 3 + a10 ξ 3 η + a11 ηξ 3
Typically, this polynomial yields εxx and γzx strains which vary quadratically in
x direction and cubically in y direction. The εyy and εyz strains vary quadrat-
ically in y direction and cubically in x direction. The shear strain γxy varies
cubically in both directions. The strain εzz is zero or equal to the prescribed
out-of-plane strain ε0 [§ 6.8.2.3]. By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration [nξ = 3, nη = 3]
scheme, which yields optimal stress points, 2×2 and 4×4 are suitable options.
Schemes higher than 4×4 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ36GE no1 n no2 n no3 n . . . no12 n
CQ36GE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twelve nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 6.8.2.1 on page 176.
Chapter 7
Axisymmetric Elements
Axisymmetric elements must fulfill the following conditions with respect to po-
sition and loading [Fig. 7.1]. They must be positioned in the model XY plane,
F
z
Y
Z
X
Figure 7.1: Axisymmetric elements, characteristics
i.e., the Z coordinate of the element nodes must be zero. Diana considers the
Y axis as axis of rotational symmetry, therefore each element models a ring.
Loading F must act in the plane of the element. Typical applications for ax-
isymmetric elements are the analysis of circular storage tanks , cooling towers,
tubes and sockets.
Diana offers two classes of axisymmetric elements. The first class com-
prises the solid rings with a triangular or quadrilateral cross-section. This class
comprises regular elements [§ 7.5 p. 193], and special rubber elements suited for
nonlinear analysis with hyperelasticity (rubber) [§ 7.6 p. 204]. The second class
is for shells of revolution which have a thickness which is small compared to the
‘length’ [§ 7.7 p. 206].
Nodal load. When you input a nodal load on an axisymmetric model, then
Diana considers it to be the total circumferential load. In other words: a
distributed circumferential load of size f per unit length must be multiplied
184 Axisymmetric Elements
by 2πr before input, where the distance r of the node to the axis of rotational
symmetry is equal to the X coordinate of the node.
♥
f
t r
Z
X
Figure 7.2: Nodal load example
Example. Consider a cylindrical storage tank modeled with shells of revolu-

tion and loaded with a distributed load f in axial −Y direction [Fig. 7.2]. The
nodal load to be input is 2πrf . If we assume that t = 1 m, f = 1 N/m1 and
r = 100 m, then an input load of 628.32 N gives an axial stress σxx ≈ − 1 Pa.
7.1 Axes
For axisymmetric solid ring elements Diana needs no special user input data
to set up the element axes. By default, the local element xyz axes point in the
direction of the global model XY Z axes respectively [Fig. 7.3a]. For all types of
axisymmetric elements, the strains and stresses are expressed in the local xyz
axes.
♥ ♥
y
y x
Y Y
z x z
Z X Z X
Figure 7.3: Axes for solid rings
7.2 Variables 185
User-specified axes. If you prefer for solid rings an x axis other than default,
for instance to get stresses σxx in a particular direction, then you must specify
its direction [Fig. 7.3b]. First Diana creates the z axis in the global Z direction
(always ⊥ the element plane), then y ⊥ zx. The x axis must be input in table
’GEOMET’ according to the following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr [ zr ] ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x axis where x and y are vector components in the

model XY Z coordinate system, Diana neglects the optional z compo-
nent.
7.2 Variables
7.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables of axisymmetric elements are the translations of the nodes:
uX and uY in global XY direction [Fig. 7.4a].
uY
uY
♥
uX
uX
uY
Y uY
uX
Z uX
X
Figure 7.4: Displacements for solid rings
½ ¾
uX
ue = (7.1)
uY
7.2.2 Strains
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations dux and duy of an
infinitesimal part dx dy with unit thickness in tangential direction t of the
element [Fig. 7.5]. From these deformations, Diana derives the Green–Lagrange
y
♥
dx duy
r
dy
Y t x
z
Z dux
X
strains in the local element xyz directions of Equation (7.2).

 

 εxx 

 
εyy
ε= (7.2)

 εzz 

 
γxy
with
∂ux ∂uy uX ∂ux ∂uy
εxx = εyy = εzz = γxy = + (7.3)
∂x ∂y r ∂y ∂x
7.2.3 Stresses
From the basic strains of Equation (7.3) Diana derives the Cauchy stresses of
Equation (7.4).
 
 σxx
 


σ 

yy
σ= (7.4)

 σzz 


 

σxy = σyx
σyy
σyx
σxy
σxx
σzz

For axisymmetric solid ring elements, Diana performs a numerical integration
with an appropriate default scheme. You may choose an alternative scheme via
a special data input, depending on the shape of the element.
7.3.1 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
integration points.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80

see Roddeman [13]. The default value for εs in this procedure is 10−8 . You [εs = 10−8 ]
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG 11
[ STBFAC eps r ]
7.4 Loading
Solid ring elements may be loaded with distributed load on one or more edges or
over the entire element volume. A temperature or concentration load as well as
an initial stress situation may be specified for the nodes of solid ring elements.
Special attention must be paid to the input of nodal loads on axisymmetric
models [Fig. 7.2 p. 184].
7.4.1 Edge Load

Load on the edge of a solid ring element may be specified directly with the actual
Direct input syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FORCE f1 to fk are the values f of the distributed load per unit area in the
b,c], etc. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform.
NORMAL perpendicular to the edge, a positive f points outward [Fig. 7.7b].
SHEAR along the edge, a positive f points in the direction of the node
numbering sequence [Fig. 7.7c]. X in element x direction [Fig. 7.7a] or Y in
element y direction.
7.4 Loading 189
f3
f2
3 7 6
5 f1 5
y f2 6 4
8 4 f2
x
1 1 1
2 2 3 f3 2 3
f1 f1
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 7.7: Edge load on solid ring, examples
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 EDGE L1
FORCE 100. 150.
DIRELM X
2 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
3 EDGE L2
FORCE 100. 150. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 4-10 /
EDGE ETA1
FORCE 75.
DIRECT 2

2-3 edge varies from 100 in node 2 to 150 in node 3 [Fig. 7.7a]. Element 2 must
be a quadratic quadrilateral, a load normal to the 3-4-5 edge varies from 100 in
node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120 in node 5 [Fig. 7.7b]. Element 3 must be
a quadratic triangle, a shear load along the 5-6-1 edge varies from 100 in node
’DIRECT’.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n

p. 16].
put).
7.4.2 Face Load

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FACE indicates a load distributed over the entire element.

FORCE f1 to fn are the values f of the distributed load per unit volume in
the respective nodes of the element. For linear elements the load varies
linearly over the volume [Fig. 7.8a], for quadratic elements quadratically
[Fig. 7.8b,c], etc. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform.
7.4 Loading 191
f3
f5 f6 f5
f7 5
3 5 7 6
f4 η
y 6 y f8 f4
f6 4 8 ξ 4
f1 x
x f2 f1
1 1 1
2 f1 2 3 2 3 f3
f3 f2
f2
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 7.8: Face load on solid ring, examples
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM Y
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 134. 154. 115. 106. 86.
DIRELM X
10 FACE
FORCE 100. 95. 105. 115. 104. 112. 96. 89.
DIRELM KSI
15 FACE
FORCE 100.
DIRECT 4

volume load in y direction varies linearly from 100 in the first node to 114
in the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 7.8a]. Element 8 must be a six-
node (quadratic) triangle, the distributed volume load in x direction varies
quadratically from 100 in the first node to 134 in the second etc. to 86 in the last
node [Fig. 7.8b]. Element 10 must be an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral,
the distributed volume load in ξ direction varies quadratically from 100 in the
first node to 95 in the second etc. to 89 in the last node [Fig. 7.8c]. Element 15
may be of any type, it is loaded with a uniformly distributed volume load in
direction number 4.

Temperature and concentration load input for solid rings requires one value in
the element node.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [ . . . ten r ]

CONCEN co1 r [ . . . con r ]
varies linearly over the element area, for quadratic elements quadratically,

perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 100. 120. 130.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 100.
In this example element 1 must be a three-node (quadratic) element, the tem-

perature varies from 100° in the first node to 120° in the second to 130° in the last
node. Elements 2 to 20 may be of any type, they have a uniform temperature
of 100°.

Initial stress input for solid rings requires one value for each stress component in
the element node, for shells of revolution the gradient of each component from
the inner to the outer side of the shell must also be input.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

syy1 r [ . . . syyn r ]
szz1 r [ . . . szzn r ]
sxy1 r [ . . . sxyn r ]
7.5 Regular Solid Rings 193
0
to sxxn are the stresses σxx in the respective element nodes, syy1 to
0 0
syyn the stresses σyy , szz1 to szzn the stresses σzz , and sxy1 to sxyn
0
the stresses σxy . For linear elements, the stress varies linearly over the
element area, for quadratic elements quadratically, etc. If you only specify
one value for each stress component (sxx1 , syy1 , zz1 and sxy1 ) then
the stress distribution is uniform.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 PRESTR 12.4 14.2 11.6 18.6
/ 2-20 /
PRESTR 10.6 15.8 13.4
10.2 15.5 13.2
9.1 10.2 8.4
9.7 12.6 11.5
In this example element 1 may be any axisymmetric solid ring element, it has
0 0 0
a uniformly distributed initial stress of σxx = 12.4, σyy = 14.2, σzz = 11.6 and
0
σxy = 18.6. Elements 2 to 100 must be three-node triangles, these elements
have a initial stress which varies linearly over the element area, the first row are
0 0 0
the σxx in the respective nodes, the second row σyy , the third row σzz and the
0
last row σxy .
7.5 Regular Solid Rings

Solid rings are axisymmetric elements with a two-dimensional cross-section. The
degrees of freedom for these elements are the two displacements uX and uY in
the nodes [§ 7.2.1 p. 185]. Like for all axisymmetric elements, the coordinates of
the nodes for solid rings must be in the XY plane (Z = 0).
7.5.1 T6AXI – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
♥
Y
1
2
X
Z
Figure 7.9: T6AXI
The T6AXI element [Fig. 7.9] is a three-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a triangular cross-section. It is based on linear interpolation
and area integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can be
expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (7.5)
[nlc = 1] area. By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme, 3- and 4-point
are suitable options. Schemes higher than 4-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T6AXI no1 n no2 n no3 n
T6AXI is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 in sequence from Figure 7.9 on the previous page.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T6AXI 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a T6AXI element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2.
By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the global X direction and a
1-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 T6AXI 12 9 35
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE L2
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
with the global XY axes. The element has a 3-point integration scheme. The
7.5.2 Q8AXI – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
♥
ξ
Y
1
2
X
Z
Figure 7.10: Q8AXI
The Q8AXI element [Fig. 7.10] is a four-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a quadrilateral cross-section. It is based on linear interpolation
and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY can
be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (7.6)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant in x direction
and varies linearly in y direction and a strain εyy which is constant in y direction
and varies linearly in x direction. For the default ‘constant shear’ option, the
shear strain γxy is constant over the element area. By default Diana applies a
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] 2×2 integration scheme. The 1×1 scheme is a suitable option for which Diana
applies a stabilization procedure to avoid zero-energy modes. Schemes higher
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q8AXI no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q8AXI is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1

’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
CSHEAR
NOCSHE
[ CDILAT ]
[ ]
EAS [easnum n ]
BUBBLE
To enhance the behavior of the Q8AXI element in certain situations, assumed

strain options may be applied. Application of these options is not possible for
the 1-point integration scheme. See Chapter 22 for background theory.
CSHEAR applies constant shear by selective reduced integration. This option re-
sults in improved bending behavior by modified shear strain. It is specially
suited for elastic analysis.
CDILAT applies constant dilatation by selective reduced integration. This option
results in improved incompressible behavior by modified volumetric strain.
It is specially suited for plastic analysis.
Combination of CSHEAR and CDILAT indicates constant shear and dilata-

tion by selective reduced integration. This option has modified shear and
volumetric strain, improved bending and incompressible behavior. It is
specially suited for elastic analysis.
EAS applies incompatible enhanced assumed strain modes, where easnum is the
number of incompatible strain modes. Possible are EAS 3 or EAS 5. The
EAS 3 option results in improved incompressible behavior by modified vol-
umetric strain. It is specially suited for plastic analysis. The EAS 5 option
result in improved bending and incompressible behavior by modified shear
and volumetric strain. It is specially suited for elastic analysis.
If you omit the EAS input data item, then Diana applies five incompatible
strain modes by default. The same occurs if you specify an EAS input data [EAS 5]
item without easnum . [easnum =5]
BUBBLE applies incompatible bubble displacement modes. This option results

in improved bending and incompressible behavior by modified shear and
volumetric strain. It is specially suited for elastic analysis.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q8AXI 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a Q8AXI element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2. By
default Diana assumes an element x axis in the direction of the global X axis
and a 2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 Q8AXI 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
the global Y direction. The element has a 3×3 integration scheme. The edge
edge and in the element plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward in node 24
to 2.4 inward in node 12.
7.5.3 CT12A – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
♥ 4
6
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 7.11: CT12A
The CT12A element [Fig. 7.11] is a six-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a triangular cross-section. It is based on quadratic interpo-
lation and area integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY
can be expressed as

and y direction. By default Diana applies a 4-point integration scheme, 1- and [nlc = 4]
3-point are suitable options.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT12A no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT12A is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
to no6 in sequence from Figure 7.11 on the preceding page.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT12A 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CT12A element between the six nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s
ratio ν = 0.2. By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the global X
direction and a 4-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT12A 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
DIRELM X
node 48 etc.
7.5.4 CQ16A – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
♥
8 4
ξ
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 7.12: CQ16A
The CQ16A element [Fig. 7.12] is an eight-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with quadrilateral cross-section. It is based on quadratic interpo-
lation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY
can be expressed as
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] both directions. By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme which
yields optimal stress points, 1×1 and 3×3 are suitable options. Schemes higher
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ16A no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ16A is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
no1 to no8 in sequence from Figure 7.12 on the preceding page.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ16A 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CQ16A element between the eight nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio
ν = 0.2. By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the direction of the
global X axis and a 2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ16A 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
The x axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The element
has a 3×3 integration scheme. The edge of nodes 15-45-22 is loaded with a
distributed force perpendicular to the edge and in the element plane. This force
works outward and varies from 100 in node 15 to 150 in node 45 to 120 in node
22.
7.5.5 CT30A – triangle, 15 nodes
ξ 9
η
10
8
11 15
♥ 7
12
13
Y 14 6
1
2 3 4
X 5
Z
Figure 7.13: CT30A
The CT30A element [Fig. 7.13] is a fifteen-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with triangular cross-section. It is based on fourth-order interpola-
tion and area integration and particularly useful in nonlinear analysis to deter-
mine collapse loads of soil structures [Vol. Nonlinear Analysis]. The polynomial
for the displacements uX and uY can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 +
a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 + a8 ξ 3 + a9 η 3 + a10 ξ 3 η+ (7.9)
2 2 3 4 4
a11 ξ η + a12 ξη + a13 ξ + a14 η
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which varies third-order in x di-
rection and fourth-order in y direction. The strain εyy varies third-order in y
direction and third-order in x direction. The shear strain γxy varies fourth-order
in both directions. By default Diana applies a 12-point integration scheme, [nlc = 12]
7-point is a suitable option.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT30A no1 n no2 n . . . no15 n
CT30A is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the fifteen nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT30A 27 48 15 45 22 36 101 82 64 39
12 102 17 108 61
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CT30A element between the fifteen nodes, starting
with node 27 and ending with node 61. The element has a Young’s modulus
E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2. By default Diana assumes an
element x axis in the global X direction and a 12-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT30A 27 48 15 45 22 36 101 82 64 39
12 102 17 108 61
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 7
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115. 112. 108. 43.3 45.8
32.8 22.4 10.5 28.6 25.4
DIRELM X
node 48 etc.
7.6 Rubber Solid Rings

The special purpose axisymmetric ‘rubber’ elements are suited for nonlinear
analysis with hyperelasticity, for instance rubber-like structures. These elements
have four additional pressure degrees of freedom which are fully internal, they
do not show up in the output results. The pressure degrees of freedom make
5
7 6
η
♥
8 4
ξ
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 7.14: CQ20A
The CQ20A element [Fig. 7.14] is an eight-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with quadrilateral cross-section. It is based on Gauss integration
7.6 Rubber Solid Rings 205
with quadratic interpolation for the displacements and linear interpolation for
the pressures. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY is
p(ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη (7.11)
By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme, 1×1 and 2×2 are suitable [nξ = 3, nη = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ20A is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Examples of input data for an CQ20A are analogous to the example for the
CQ16Aelement [§ 7.5.4 p. 200].

The CQ22A element [Fig. 7.15] is an nine-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid
ring element with quadrilateral cross-section. It is based on Lagrange interpola-
tion and Gauss integration. The interpolation for the displacements is quadratic,
for the pressures it is linear. The polynomial for the displacements uX and uY
can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 +
(7.12)
a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 + a8 ξ 2 η 2
5
7 6
η
♥
8 4
9 ξ
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 7.15: CQ22A

p(ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη (7.13)
[nξ = 3, nη = 3] By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme, 1×1 and 2×2 are suitable
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ22A is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the nine nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.1 on page 188.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.4.2 on page 190.
Examples of input data for an CQ22A are analogous to the example for the
CQ16A element [§ 7.5.4 p. 200].
7.7 Shells of Revolution

Axisymmetric shells of revolution are line shaped elements, i.e., they have a
thickness which is small compared to ‘length’ [Fig. 7.16]. These elements are
based on the isoparametric degenerated-solid approach by introducing two shell
hypotheses:
7.7 Shells of Revolution 207
yl
xl
lamina
ξ
Figure 7.16: Shell of revolution

direction of a lamina basis is forced to zero: σyyl(ξ,z) = 0. A lamina basis
corresponds to a local Cartesian coordinate system (xl , yl ) defined at each
point of the shell with xl tangent to the ξ coordinate and yl perpendicular
to xl .
The in-plane lamina strain varies linearly in the thickness direction and the
transverse shear strain is forced to be constant. Since the actual transverse
shearing stress and strain vary parabolical through the thickness, the shearing
strain is an equivalent constant strain on a corresponding area. A shear correc-
tion factor is applied using the condition that the constant shear stress yields
approximately the same shear strain energy as the actual shearing stress.
7.7.1 Axes
The local element axes for axisymmetric shells are setup as follows [Fig. 7.17a]:
first x tangential in the first node toward the second node, next z parallel to the
global Z axis, finally y ⊥ zx. The element displacements are oriented in these
♥ ♥
y
ŷ
1 x 1 x̂ ŷ
Y z Y z
z x̂
Z X Z X
(a) displacements (b) strain and stress

Figure 7.17: Axes for axisymmetric shell
xyz axes. Shells of revolution have separate local x̂ŷ axes to describe the strains
and stresses [Fig. 7.17b]: x̂ tangential to the element and ŷ ⊥ z x̂. The x̂ŷ axes
are rotated for each point on the element such that x̂ remains tangential to the
element axis.
7.7.2 Variables
Compared to the solid ring elements, the shells of revolution have the shells of
revolution have displacements in the local xy directions and an extra rotation
φz .  
 ux 
ue = uy (7.14)
 
φz
Figure 7.18 shows these displacements in their positive direction.
♥ uy
ux
φz
Y
Z X
Figure 7.18: Displacements for axisymmetric shell
7.7.2.2 Strains and Stresses

Strains for axisymmetric shell elements are analogous to those for solid rings
[§ 7.2.2 p. 185]. Also the stresses are the same [§ 7.2.3 p. 186], but for shells the
stress component perpendicular to the shell face, σyy , is equal to zero.
 
 σxx 

 
σ =0  
yy
σ= (7.15)

 σzz 


 

σxy = σyx
From the Cauchy stresses, Diana can derive the following forces and moments
in the nodes and cross-sections of an axisymmetric shell element.
 

 nxx 
 ½ ¾
 
nyy mxx
f= m= (7.16)

 nzz 
 mzz
 
nxy
7.7.3 Thickness
For axisymmetric shells of revolution you must specify a thickness perpendicular
to the shell face.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80

t in the respective element nodes [Fig. 7.19]. If you only specify t1 then (t > 0)
t1 t1
t2 t1
1 1
2 t3 2 t1
(a) tapered (b) uniform 3
3
Figure 7.19: Thickness for axisymmetric shell

quadratically over the element face depending on the order of the element.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
2 THICK 0.15 0.25 0.35
In this example, the first thickness is uniform and may be valid for all shells
of revolution [Fig. 7.19b], the second is tapered for a three-node CL9AX element
[Fig. 7.19a].
7.7.4 Shape
For axisymmetric shell elements a specific shape may be input. If you do not
specify the shape, then Diana assumes a parabolic shape. [PARAB]
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
FLAT
SPHER cx r cy r cz r
PARAB
(a) flat (c) parabolic
(b) spherical
(cx ,cy )
Figure 7.20: Shape for axisymmetric shell
FLAT specifies that the element is flat, the thickness vectors are perpendicular to
the face [Fig. 7.20a]. In this case the element nodes must be on a straight
line, Diana checks it!
SPHER the face is assumed to be spherical, the thickness vectors are in radial
direction of the sphere [Fig. 7.20b]. The values cx , cy and cz are the
XY Z coordinates of the center of the sphere where cz must be equal to
zero. In this case the element nodes must be on a circular arc with center
(cx ,cy ), Diana checks it!
PARAB specifies that the element has a parabolic shape [Fig. 7.20c].
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
SPHER 12.6 -3.45 0.00

For axisymmetric shell elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with
an appropriate default scheme. You may choose an alternative scheme via a
special data input.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points in the
isoparametric ξ and η direction of the element.
Figure 7.21 on the facing page shows the enumeration of the integration points
for the various schemes, related to the first node of the element. The principle
of enumeration is starting at (−ξ, −η) then to (−ξ, +η) etc.
η
1 ξ
nxi = 2 nxi = 3
neta
2 4 2 4 6
2
1 3 1 3 5
3 6 3 6 9
3 2 5 2 5 8
1 4 1 4 7
5 10 5 10 15
· · · · ·
5 3 8 3 8 13
· · · · ·
1 6 1 6 11
7 14 7 14 21
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
7 4 11 4 11 18
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
1 8 1 8 15
9 18 9 18 27
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
9 5
· 14
· 5
· 14
· 23
·
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
1
· 10
· 1
· 10
· 19
·
··
11 ··
22 ··
11 ··
22 ··
33
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
11 6 ·· 17 ·· 6 ·· 17 ·· 28 ··
·· ·· ·· ·· ··
1 12 1 12 23
Figure 7.21: Integration schemes for axisymmetric shell of revolution
Gauss integration. If neta = 2 then Gauss integration over the thickness is

performed, all integration points are located inside the element volume.
Simpson integration. If neta > 2 then Simpson integration over the thick-
ness is performed, integration points are located in the upper and lower face and
in the mid-plane of the element which may facilitate interpretation of strains
and stresses.
file .dat
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 5
7.7.6 Shear Reduction

Since the actual transverse shear stress and strain vary parabolical over the
syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHEAR sf r ]
(S ≥ 1) SHEAR sf is the shear reduction factor S.

[S = 1.2]
7.7.7 Loading
Axisymmetric shells of revolution may be loaded with distributed load on the
element face. A temperature or concentration load as well as an initial stress
situation may be specified for the nodes of axisymmetric shells. Special attention
must be paid to the input of nodal loads on axisymmetric models [Fig. 7.2 p. 184].
7.7.7.1 Line Load

Load on the face of axisymmetric shell elements, i.e., a line load, may be specified
directly with the actual values of the load in the element nodes. Alternatively,
line load may be input as hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two
points somewhere in the finite element model and Diana determines the actual
values for each element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed over the entire face of the element.
along the area for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 7.22]. If you only
specify f1 then the load is uniform.
X for the x̂ direction which is a shear load in the element face [Fig. 7.22a] or
Y for the ŷ direction which is a pressure load perpendicular to the element
face [Fig. 7.22b].

f1
f2
f1
1 1
2 f2 2
f3
(a) shear 3 f3 (b) pressure 3
Figure 7.22: Face load on shell of revolution
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 LINE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM X
8 LINE
FORCE 80. 120. 90.
DIRELM Y
In this example element 1 must be a three-node (quadratic) shell of revolution,

the distributed face load in x̂ direction (shear) varies quadratically from 100 in
the first node to 114 in the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 7.22a]. Element 8
has a distributed face load in ŷ direction (pressure) which varies quadratically
from 80 in the first node to 120 in the second to 90 in the last node [Fig. 7.22b].

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
LINE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
LINE indicates a load distributed over the entire face of the element.

p. 16].
put).
7.7.7.2 Temperature and Concentration Load

Temperature and concentration load input for axisymmetric shell elements re-
quires the average value and the gradient in the element nodes.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [ . . . ten r ] dtey1 r [ . . . dteyn r ]

CONCEN co1 r [ . . . con r ] dcoy1 r [ . . . dcoyn r ]
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load, te1 to ten are the average tem-
peratures T̄ in the respective element nodes, dtey1 to dteyn are the tem-
perature gradients in element ŷ direction ∆T in the respective element
nodes, i.e., the difference of the temperatures in the extreme fibers.
perature.
Figure 7.23 on the next page illustrates the temperature input for node 1, a
positive gradient dtey1 means that the temperature in the +ŷ fiber is greater
than in the −ŷ fiber. For linear elements, the average and gradient value varies
linearly in element x̂ direction, for quadratic elements quadratically. If you only
specify two values (te1 and dtey1 or co1 and dcoy1 ) then the temperature
or concentration distribution is uniform.

Initial stress input for axisymmetric shell elements requires the average value
and the gradient for each stress component in the element nodes.
ŷ
t1
1 x̂
dtey1
Figure 7.23: Temperature load for axisymmetric shell
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r [ . . . sxxn r ] dsxx1 r [ . . . dsxxn r ]

syy1 r [ . . . syyn r ] dsyy1 r [ . . . dsyyn r ]
szz1 r [ . . . szzn r ] dszz1 r [ . . . dszzn r ]
sxy1 r [ . . . sxyn r ] dsxy1 r [ . . . dsxyn r ]
0
to sxxn are the average stresses σ̄xx in the respective element nodes, syy1
0 0
to syyn the average stresses σ̄yy , szz1 to szzn the average stresses σ̄zz
0
and sxy1 to sxyn the average stresses σ̄xy . The values ds... are the
corresponding stress gradients, i.e., the difference of the stress values at
the extreme fibers.
Figure 7.24 illustrates the initial stress input for node 1, a positive gradient
ds..1 means that the stress in the +ŷ fiber is greater than in the −ŷ fiber.
For linear elements, the average and gradient stress varies linearly in element x̂
ŷ
s..1
1 x̂
ds..1
Figure 7.24: Initial stress for axisymmetric shell
(s..1 and ds..1 ) for each stress component then the stress distribution is
uniform.
♥ η
ξ
Y 1
X 2
Z
Figure 7.25: L6AXI
7.7.8 L6AXI – straight, 2 nodes

The L6AXI element [Fig. 7.25] is a two node numerically integrated axisymmetric
shell of revolution element with three displacements ux , uy and φz in each node
[§ 7.7.2.1 p. 208]. The interpolation polynomial for the translations u can be
expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + (b0 + b1 ξ)η (7.17)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which is constant in ξ direction.
optional, but generally it is not useful to use more than two integration points
in ξ direction.
Two point integration in ξ direction makes the L6AXI element sensi-

tive for ‘shear locking’, therefore the 1 point integration in ξ direction
is recommended strongly.
For physical linear analysis a two point Gauss integration through the thickness
is sufficient. For physical nonlinear analysis a Simpson integration rule is recom-
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L6AXI no1 n no2 n
L6AXI is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.7.4 on page 209.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.7.7.1 on page 212.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
17 L6AXI 28 49
MATERI
17 1
GEOMET
17 1
DATA
17 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 1 2
7.7.9 CL9AX – curved, 3 nodes
♥ η
Y 1 ξ
2
X 3
Z
Figure 7.26: CL9AX
The CL9AX element [Fig. 7.26] is a three-node numerically integrated axisym-

metric shell of revolution element with three displacements ux , uy and φz in
each node [§ 7.7.2.1 p. 208]. The interpolation polynomial for the translations u
can be expressed as
ui (ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + (b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 )η (7.18)
Typically, this polynomial yields a strain εxx which varies linearly in ξ direction.
By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme. Higher order schemes are [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
optional, but generally it is not useful to use more than three integration points
in ξ direction.
3-point integration in ξ direction makes the CL9AX element sensitive
for ‘shear locking’, therefore the 2-point integration in ξ direction is
recommended strongly.
For physical linear analysis a 2-point Gauss integration through the thickness is
sufficient. For physical nonlinear analysis a Simpson integration rule is recom-
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL9AX no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL9AX is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.7.4 on page 209.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 7.7.7.1 on page 212.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CL9AX 27 48 25
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
DATA
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2
Chapter 8
Plate Bending Elements
Plate bending elements must fulfill the following conditions with respect to
shape and loading [Fig. 8.1]. They must be plane, i.e., the coordinates of the
z
F
b
y
x
t
M
Figure 8.1: Plate bending elements, characteristics
element nodes must be in one flat plane, the xy plane of the element. The
thickness t must be small in relation to the dimensions b in the plane of the
element. Force loading F must act perpendicular to the element plane, moment
loading M must act around an axis which is in the element plane.
Plate bending elements are characterized by the following facts. The direct
stress component perpendicular to the face is zero, this means that the plane (σzz = 0)
stress condition is fulfilled. The normals of the element plane remain straight
after the deformation, but by definition, they do not have to be perpendicular
to the element plane. The displacement perpendicular to the plane does not
vary along the thickness.
Diana offers two classes of plate bending elements: the first based on the
Discrete Kirchhoff theory and therefore called Discrete Kirchhoff plate elements
[§ 8.8 p. 234], the second based on a Mindlin–Reissner theory and simply called
Mindlin plate elements [§ 8.9 p. 236]. Both classes of plate bending elements are
numerically integrated.
Typical applications of plate bending elements are the analysis of floors
and other two-dimensional structural parts which are not subjected to in-plane
220 Plate Bending Elements
forces.
8.1 Axes
For plate bending elements Diana needs no special user input data to set up
the element axes. By default, the local element x axis points from the first to
the second node of the element [Fig. 8.2a]. The z axis is always perpendicular
z z
1 x̄ 1
x y y
x
2 2
Figure 8.2: Axes
to the element plane and y ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. Note that

the y axis only points along an element edge if the two edges adjacent to the
first node are perpendicular. Note also that the default element axes are fully
independent of the global XY Z axes.
to get the same axes directions for various elements, then you must specify an
x̄ axis which Diana uses to set up the real x axis [Fig. 8.2b]. First the z axis
is put perpendicular to the element plane. Then y ⊥ z x̄ is created and finally
x ⊥ yz. The x̄ axis must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the following
syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr ]

not be perpendicular to the element plane!
8.2 Variables
8.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables in the nodes of plate bending elements are the translation uz
perpendicular to the element plane and the rotations φx and φy in the element
8.2 Variables 221
plane respectively around the −y and the +x axis [Fig. 8.3].

uz
φx
uz uz
φy z
φx y φx
uz x
φy φy
φx
φy
 
 uz 
ue = φx (8.1)
 
φy
8.2.2 Strains
z
dx dy
y
x dφy duz
dφx
(a) axes
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations dφx , dφy and duz of an
infinitesimal part dx dy of the element [Fig. 8.4]. The sign convention is that a
positive curvature has the convex side in +z direction. From these deformations,
Diana derives the ‘generalized’ strains of Equation (8.2).
 

 κxx 


 
 κyy  
ε = κxy (8.2)

 


 Ψ yz 

 
Ψzx
with
µ ¶
∂φx ∂φy ∂φx ∂φy
κxx = − κyy = − κxy = − +
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
(8.3)
∂uz ∂uz
Ψyz = − φy Ψzx = − φx
∂y ∂x
The sign convention for strains is that an elongation yields a positive strain.
8.2.3 Stresses
Diana can calculate and output two types of stresses for plate bending elements:
generalized moments and forces, and Cauchy stresses.
8.2.3.1 Moments and Forces

From the basic strains of Equation (8.3) Diana derives the bending moments
m and forces f of Equation (8.4).
 
 mxx  ½ ¾
qxz
m = myy f= (8.4)
  qyz
mxy = myx
Figure 8.5 shows these moments and forces on the infinitesimal part [Fig. 8.4a]
z
y + + +
x + + qxz qyz
+ myy myx
mxx
mxy
Figure 8.5: Moments and forces
8.2.3.2 Cauchy
From the moments and forces of Equation (8.4) Diana can derive the Cauchy
 

 σxx 


 


 σ yy 

 
σzz = 0
σ= (8.5)

 σxy = σyx 


 

 σyz = σzy 


 
σzx = σxz
Figure 8.6 on the facing page shows these stresses on a unit cube in their positive
direction. Diana can derive these stresses for the upper, mid and lower planes
respectively referring to the extreme +z, the z = 0 and the extreme −z local
coordinates [Fig. 8.7]. The sign convention for Cauchy stresses is that a positive
moment yields positive stresses in the upper plane and that a positive shear
force yields positive shear stresses. Note that tension stress is positive.
8.3 Thickness
Thickness of plate bending elements may be uniform or nonuniform.
8.3 Thickness 223
σzx σzy
σxz σyz
σyy
σxy σyx
σxx

z
upper
mid
lower
Figure 8.7: Planes for Cauchy stress
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80

t in the respective element nodes [Fig. 8.8]. If you only specify t1 then (t > 0)
t1 t6 t3
t1 t1 t5
t1 5 t7 5
7 6 3 7 6 3
t4
t1 8 4 t1 t8 8 4
1 1 1 1
t1 2 3 2 t1 2 3 2
t1 t1 t1 t3 t1 t2
t1 t2

If the element is specified with orthotropic geometry [§ 8.6], then Diana
only uses the thickness to calculate element mass or dead weight.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
2 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.25 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.26

3 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.20
In this example, the first thickness is uniform and may be valid for all plate
bending element types, like for instance for the eight-node quadrilateral and
the three-node triangle in Figure 8.8a. The second is nonuniform for eight-node

For all plate bending elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with
an appropriate default scheme. You may choose an alternative scheme via a
special data input, depending on the shape of the element.
8.4.1 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
integration points.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
8.5 Shear Reduction

Since the actual transverse shear stress and strain vary parabolically over the
8.6 Geometry Factors 225
syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHEAR ]
sf r
sfxz r sfyz r
SHEAR sf is the shear reduction factor S for isotropic geometry. For or- (S ≥ 1)
thotropic geometry you must specify two values: sfxz and sfyz , the [S = 1.2]
shear reduction factors Sxz and Syz respectively.
8.6 Geometry Factors

To calculate Cauchy stresses for plate bending elements, Diana needs some
geometry factors which it cannot derive from the element shape and thickness.
Input syntax depends on iso- or orthotropic geometry. If you do not specify any
geometry factors, then Diana assumes isotropic geometry with a shape factor
kz = 1.5. If that is not what you want, then you must specify the geometry
factors according to one of the following syntaxes.
Isotropic syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ KFAC kz r ]
KFAC kz is the shape factor kz used to calculate the maximum transfer shear (kz > 0)
stress and shear strain in the mid plane: [kz = 1.5]
qxz qyz
σxz = kz σyz = kz γxz = kz Ψxz (8.6)
t t
Orthotropic syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ BENP ixx r iyy r inu r ixy r iyx r

SHRP axz r ayz r ]
For orthotropic geometry, the characteristic values for the cross-section are input
(per unit length):
BENP specifies the moments of inertia for bending forces: ixx is Ixx , iyy is (I > 0)
Iyy , inu is Iν , ixy is Ixy and iyx is Iyx . For isotropic geometry and
uniform thickness t, these moments of inertia are
1 3
Ixx = Iyy = Iν = Ixy = Iyx = 12 t (8.7)
(A > 0) SHRP specifies the areas for shear forces: axz is Axz and ayz is Ayz . For
isotropic geometry and uniform thickness t, these areas are
Axz = Ayz = t (8.8)
8.7 Loading
Plate bending elements may be loaded with a concentrated load or with a dis-
tributed load on one or more edges or over the entire element face. A tempera-
ture or concentration load as well as an initial stress situation may be specified
for the element nodes.
If the direction of a force load is not perpendicular to the ele-

ment plane then the in-plane part of the load will be lost. If the
direction of a moment load is not in the element plane then the
out-of-plane part of the load will be lost. In either one of these
cases Diana will give a warning message when evaluating the
loading.
For a force load, the element z direction is the only proper di-
rection. You must not specify this direction, Diana assumes it
by default.
8.7.1 Point Load

plate bending element.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINT
ISO xi r eta r
AREA l1 r l2 r
NODE nodenr n
8.7 Loading 227
COOR xr yr zr
FORCE fr
MOMENT mr
[ ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
POINT indicates a concentrated load that acts in a point of the plate bending
element(s). There are four ways to specify the position of the point.
ISO xi and eta respectively are the isoparametric ξ and η coordinate of the
loading point for quadrilateral elements. (−1 ≤ ξ, η ≤
+1)
AREA l1 and l2 respectively are the area coordinates L1 and L2 of the loading
point for triangular elements. (0 ≤ L1,2 ≤ 1)
must be situated in the plane of the element.
which must be situated in the plane of the element.
and Z in element z direction. See § 8.1 on page 220 for description of
element directions.
DIRECT dirnr specifies a load direction referring to table ’DIRECT’ (for moment
load only).
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-10 /
POINT
ISO 0.0 0.0
FORCE 150.
25 POINT
NODE 254
MOMENT -100.
DIRECT 3
36 POINT
COOR 348.35 10.25 -27.56
MOMENT 0.25
DIRELM X
8.7.2 Edge Load

Load on edges of plate bending elements may be specified directly with the
actual values of the load in the element nodes.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
MOMENT m1 r [ . . . mk r ]
[ ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FORCE f1 to fk are the values f of the distributed force load per unit length
in the respective nodes of the edge. If you only specify f1 then the load
is uniform.
MOMENT m1 to mk are the values m of the distributed moment load per unit
length in the respective nodes of the edge. If you only specify m1 then the
load is uniform.
For linear elements the force and moment load vary linearly along the edge
[Fig. 8.9a], for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 8.9b].
DIRELM dirnam indicates a direction for a moment load, determined from the
element shape. NORMAL perpendicular to the edge and in the element plane,
a positive load points outward [Fig. 8.9b]. SHEAR along the edge, a positive
load points in the direction of the node numbering sequence [Fig. 8.9c]. X
in element x direction [Fig. 8.9a] or Y in element y direction.
For a force load, the element z direction is the only proper direction and
need not to be specified.
DIRECT dirnr specifies a load direction referring to table ’DIRECT’ (for moment
load only).
8.7 Loading 229
m3
5 m1 5
3 7 6
y y
y m2 6 4
8 x 4 m2 x
f1 x z z
1 z f2 1 1
2 2 3 m3 2 3
m1
(a) (b) (c)
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 EDGE L3
FORCE 150. 100.
2 EDGE KSI2
MOMENT 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
3 EDGE L2
MOMENT 100. 150. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 4-10 /
EDGE ETA1
FORCE 75.
In this example element 1 must be a linear triangle, a force load (by definition
⊥ to the element face) varies from 150 in node 1 to 100 in node 2 [Fig. 8.9a].
Element 2 must be a quadratic quadrilateral, a moment load normal to the
3-4-5 edge varies from 100 in node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120 in node 5
[Fig. 8.9b]. Element 3 must be a quadratic triangle, a shear moment load along
the 5-6-1 edge varies from 100 in node 5 through 150 in node 6 to 80 in node 1
[Fig. 8.9c].
Elements 4 to 10 may be any quadrilateral element, they bear a uniform
force load on the edge from the first to the second node (and to the third for
quadratic elements). The load of magnitude of 75 acts perpendicular to the
element face.
8.7.3 Face Load

Load on the face of plate bending elements may be specified directly with the
actual values of the load in the element nodes. Force load on the face may
also be input as hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two points
somewhere in the finite element model and Diana determines the actual values
for each element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
MOMENT m1 r [ . . . mn r ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FORCE f1 to fn are the values f of the distributed force load per unit area in
the respective nodes of the element. If you only specify f1 then the load
is uniform.
MOMENT m1 to mn are the values m of the distributed moment load per unit area
in the respective nodes of the element
If you only specify m1 then the load is uniform.
Moment load cannot be specified on T9PLA elements.
For linear elements the force and moment load vary linearly along the area
[Fig. 8.10a], for quadratic elements quadratically [Fig. 8.10b,c].
m6 m5
f3 3
m7 7 6
5
y
y m4
m8 8 x 4
x z
1
z 1
2 m1 2 3 m3
m2
f1
f2
(a) (b)
DIRELM dirnam indicates a direction for a moment load, determined from the
element shape. X in element x direction [Fig. 8.10b] or Y in element y
direction.
For a force load, the element z direction is the only proper direction and
need not to be specified.
8.7 Loading 231
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
8 FACE
MOMENT 100. 120. 95. 105. 100. 85. 110. 80.
DIRELM X
10 FACE
FORCE 84.

force load in z direction (⊥ face) varies linearly from 100 in the first node to
114 in the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 8.10a]. Element 8 must be an
eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral, the distributed moment load in x direction
varies quadratically over the element face from 100 in the first node to 120 in
the second etc. to 80 in the last node [Fig. 8.10b]. Element 10 may be of any
type, it is loaded with a uniformly distributed face load of magnitude 84 (⊥
face).
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE

The input of temperature and concentration load for plate bending elements
depends on iso- or orthotropic geometry [§ 8.6].
Isotropic syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER dte1 r [dte2 r . . . dten r ]

CONCEN dco1 r [dco2 r . . . dcon r ]
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load, dte1 to dten are the temper-
atures gradients ∆T in the respective element nodes [Fig. 8.11a]. The
gradient is defined as the difference between the values at the upper (+z)
and lower (−z) surface of the element. If you only specify dte1 then the
temperature gradient is uniform.

perature.
For linear elements, all gradients vary linearly over the element area, for quad-
ratic elements quadratically.
z z
T̄ T̄
y
κyy
x
κxx
∆T
(a) Isotropic geometry (b) Orthotropic geometry
Figure 8.11: Temperature load
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 10. 12. 13. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER -9.

ment, the temperature gradient varies from 10° in the first node to 12° in the
second etc. to 11° in the last node. Elements 2 to 20 may be of any type, they
have a uniform temperature gradient of −9°, i.e., the upper surface is cooler
than the lower surface.
Orthotropic syntax
8.7 Loading 233
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER ktxx r ktyy r

CONCEN kcxx r kcyy r
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load by means of the curvatures: ktxx

is κxx and ktyy is κyy . Figure 8.11b shows the curvatures for positive κ.
CONCEN specifies an element concentration load by means of the curvatures:
kcxx is κxx and kcyy is κyy .
All curvatures are constant over the element area.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR mxx1 r [ . . . mxxn r ]

myy1 r [ . . . myyn r ]
mxy1 r [ . . . mxyn r ]
qxz1 r [ . . . qxzn r ]
qyz1 r [ . . . qyzn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress in the element nodes. Values mxx1
to mxxn are the moments m0xx in the respective element nodes, myy1 to
myyn the moments m0yy , mxy1 to mxyn the moments m0xy , qxz1 to qxzn
0 0
the shear forces qxz and qyz1 to qyzn the shear forces qyz . For linear
elements, the moments and shear forces vary linearly over the element
area, for quadratic elements quadratically. If you only specify one value
for each stress component (mxx1 , myy1 , mxy1 , qxz1 and qyz1 ) then the
stress distribution is uniform.
The initial shear forces q 0 are for Mindlin elements only, i.e.,
you must not specify these for the T9PLA element.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 PRESTR 12.4 14.2 18.6 0.8 0.7
/ 2-20 /
PRESTR 10.6 15.8 13.4 0.3 0.6
10.2 15.5 13.2 0.1 0.5
9.7 12.6 11.5 0.2 0.4
In this example element 1 may be any plate bending element, it has a uniformly
distributed initial stress of m0xx = 12.4, m0yy = 14.2, m0xy = 18.6, qxz
0
= 0.8 and
0
qyz = 0.7. Elements 2 to 20 must be three-node triangles, these elements have
an initial stress in the first node of m0xx = 10.6, m0yy = 10.2 and m0xy = 9.7. In
the second node m0xx = 15.8, m0yy = 15.5 and m0xy = 12.6. In the third node
m0xx = 13.4, m0yy = 13.2 and m0xy = 11.5 etc. etc. until qyz 0
= 0.4 in the third
node.
8.8 Discrete Kirchhoff Elements

Plate elements implemented according to the Discrete Kirchhoff theory, simply
called ‘Kirchhoff plates’, are based on the principle that the condition of zero
transverse shear strain is satisfied at some discrete points in the element. The
displacement and rotation field is expanded by introducing some shear con-
straints. The effect of shear deformation is included which makes Kirchhoff
plate elements suitable for application in both thin and thick plates.
8.8.1 T9PLA – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 8.12: T9PLA
The T9PLA element [Fig. 8.12] is a three-node triangular isoparametric plate

bending element according to the Discrete Kirchhoff theory, adapted to take
shear deformation into account. It is based on linear geometry interpolation.
The polynomial for the rotations φξ and φη can be expressed as
φi (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 (8.9)
Typically, this polynomial yields a curvature κ which varies linearly over the
element area. The moments m also vary linearly over the element area. By
[nlc = 3] default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme, 1-point is a suitable option.
Schemes higher than 3-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8.8 Discrete Kirchhoff Elements 235
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9PLA no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9PLA is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 in sequence from Figure 8.12 on the preceding page.
Other input data

Shear reduction factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.5 on page 224.
Iso- & orthotropic geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.6 on page 225.
Point load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.1 on page 226.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.2 on page 228.
Face load1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.3 on page 229.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T9PLA 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a T9PLA element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x axis from node
27 to 48, a 3-point integration scheme and an isotropic shape factor kz = 1.5.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 T9PLA 12 9 35
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
1 No moment load, force load only!
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12
KFAC 1.3
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 1
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE L2
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
node 9 to 0.12 in node 35. The isotropic shape factor kz is 1.3. The element has
a 1-point integration scheme. The edge from node 35 to node 12 is loaded with
a distributed force perpendicular to the element face. This force varies from 3.6
outward (+z) in node 35 to 2.4 inward in node 12.
8.9 Mindlin Elements

In the Mindlin–Reissner plate theory the transverse displacements and rota-
tions of the mid surface normals are independent and obtained by employing
an isoparametric interpolation respectively from the translations and rotations
in the nodes. This technique includes transverse shear deformation. Elements
implemented according to this theory are simply called ‘Mindlin plate elements’.
In their standard form these elements are sensitive for shear locking which
results in a excessively stiff behavior. To overcome this difficulty for the linear
and quadratic elements, Diana modifies the transverse shear strain field.
8.9.1 Q12PL – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 8.13: Q12PL
8.9 Mindlin Elements 237
The Q12PL element [Fig. 8.13] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric plate

bending element according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory. It is based on linear
interpolation. The polynomials for the displacements uz and rotations φx and
φy are
uz (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη
(8.10)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη
Typically, these polynomials yield the following strain and stress distribution
over the element area. The curvature κxx , the moment mxx and the shear force
qxz are constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The curvature
κyy , the moment myy and the shear force qyz are constant in y direction and
vary linearly in x direction. The only possible integration scheme is 2×2, which
Diana applies by default. [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q12PL no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q12PL is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 in sequence from Figure 8.13 on the facing page.
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.2 on page 228.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.3 on page 229.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q12PL 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a Q12PL element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x axis in the
direction from node 27 to node 48, a 2×2 integration scheme and an isotropic
shape factor kz = 1.5.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 Q12PL 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.11
KFAC 1.3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
the global Y direction. The thickness varies linearly between 0.15 in node 12,
0.12 in node 9, 0.10 in node 35 and 0.11 in node 24. The isotropic shape factor
kz is 1.3. The element has a 2×2 integration scheme. The edge from node 24
to node 12 is loaded with a distributed force perpendicular to the element face,
this force varies from 3.6 outward (+z) in node 24 to 2.4 inward (−z) in node
12.
8.9.2 CT18P – triangle, 6 nodes

The CT18P element [Fig. 8.14] is a six-node triangular isoparametric plate bend-
ing element according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory. It is based on quadratic
interpolation and area integration. The polynomials for the displacements uz
and rotations φx and φy are
uz (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2
(8.11)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη + b4 ξ 2 + b5 η 2
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 8.14: CT18P
Typically, these polynomials yield the following strain and stress distribution
over the element area. The curvature κxx , the moment mxx and the shear force
qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The curvature
κyy , the moment myy and the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and
quadratically in x direction. By default Diana applies a 3-point integration [nlc = 3]
scheme, 1-point is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT18P no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT18P is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.2 on page 228.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.3 on page 229.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT18P 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CT18P element between the six nodes, starting with
ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x
axis in the direction from node 27 to node 48 and a 3-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT18P 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.11
KFAC 1.3
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 1
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
The x axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The isotropic
shape factor kz is 1.3. The element has a 1-point integration scheme. A dis-
tributed force works over the entire element volume perpendicular to the element
face and has a value of 100 in node 27, 120 in node 48 etc.
8.9.3 CQ24P – quadrilateral, 8 nodes

The CQ24P element [Fig. 8.15] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric plate
bending element according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory. It is based on quad-
ratic interpolation. The polynomials for the displacements uz and rotations φx
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 8.15: CQ24P
and φy are
uz (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2
(8.12)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη + b4 ξ 2 + b5 η 2 + b6 ξ 2 η + b7 ξη 2
Typically, a rectangular element yields the following strain and stress distribu-
tion over the element area. The curvature κxx , the moment mxx and the shear
force qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The cur-
vature κyy , the moment myy and the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction
and quadratically in x direction. By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
scheme which yields optimal stress points, 3×3 is a suitable option. Schemes
other than 2×2 or 3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ24P no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ24P is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.2 on page 228.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 8.7.3 on page 229.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ24P 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ24P element between the eight nodes, starting
element x axis in the direction from node 27 to node 48 and a 2×2 integration
scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ24P 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.10 0.13
KFAC 1.3
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 2.4 2.8
The x axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The thick-
ness varies quadratically over the element area and is 0.15 in node 27, 0.12 in
node 48 etc. The isotropic shape factor kz is 1.3. The element has a 3×3 in-
tegration scheme. The edge of nodes 7-16-27 is loaded with a distributed force
perpendicular to the element plane. This force works outward (+z) and varies
quadratically from 3.6 in node 7 to 2.4 in node 16 to 2.8 in node 27.
Chapter 9
Flat Shell Elements
Flat shell elements basically are a combination of plane stress elements [Ch. 5]
and plate bending elements [Ch. 8]. But unlike the plane stress elements, the
basic variables are forces rather than Cauchy stresses. Flat shell elements must
fulfill the following conditions with respect to shape and loading [Fig. 9.1]. They
z
F⊥
b
Fin y
x
t
M
Figure 9.1: Flat shell elements, characteristics
must be plane, i.e., the coordinates of the element nodes must be in one flat
plane, the xy plane of the element, otherwise the curved shell elements must be
used [Ch. 10]. They must be thin, i.e., the thickness t must be small in relation
to the dimensions b in the plane of the element. Force loads F may act in any
direction between perpendicular to the plane and in the plane. Moment loads
M must act in the plane of the element.
Flat shell elements are characterized by the following facts. The normals
of the element plane remain straight after the deformation, but by definition,
they do not have to be perpendicular to the element plane. The displacement
perpendicular to the plane does not vary in the direction of the thickness.
The flat shell elements in Diana basically are combinations of a plane stress
element and a plate bending element and there is no coupling between mem-
brane and bending behavior. Generally the membrane behavior is conform its
corresponding plane stress element except the primary stresses which are de-
fined in terms of moments and forces rather than Cauchy stresses. The bending
246 Flat Shell Elements
behavior is based on the Mindlin–Reissner theory and is conform its correspond-

ing Mindlin plate bending element [§ 8.9 p. 236]. For all flat shell elements the
numerically integration is only performed in the reference surface.
Diana offers three classes of flat shell elements: regular elements, elements
with drilling rotation and spline elements. The regular elements have three
translations and two in-plane rotation degrees of freedom in each node [§ 9.8
p. 262]. The elements in the second class have an additional rotation φz normal
to the plane in each node, the so-called ‘drilling rotation’. This drilling rotation
may avoid an ill-condition of the global stiffness matrix in some cases [§ 9.9
p. 271]. Spline elements are particularly useful for postbuckling analysis of slim-
line prismatic structures [§ 9.10 p. 276].
Typical applications of flat shell elements are the analysis of tunnels and
other two-and-a-half dimensional structural parts like box girders.
9.1 Axes
For flat shell elements Diana needs no special user input data to set up the
element axes. By default, the local element x axis points from the first to the
second node of the element [Fig. 9.2a]. The z axis is always perpendicular to the
z z
1 x̄ 1
x y y
x
2 2
Figure 9.2: Axes
element plane and y ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. Note that the y axis
only points along an element edge if the two edges adjacent to the first node are
perpendicular. Note also that the default element axes are fully independent of
the global model XY Z axes.
to get the same axes directions for various elements, then you must specify an
x̄ axis which Diana uses to set up the real x axis [Fig. 9.2b]. First the z axis
is put perpendicular to the element plane. Then y ⊥ z x̄ is created and finally
x ⊥ yz. The x̄ axis must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the following
syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
9.2 Variables 247
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr ]

not be perpendicular to the element plane!
9.2 Variables
9.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables in the nodes of the regular flat shell elements are the trans-
lations ux , uy and uz in the element xyz directions and the rotations φx and φy
in the element plane respectively around the +x and the +y direction [Fig. 9.3-
a]. Diana offers some special flat shell elements [§ 9.9 p. 271] with the drilling
uz
ux uy
φy
φx
z
x y φz
x y
(a) regular elements
(b) additional drilling rotation
rotations φz as additional variables [Fig. 9.3b].

 
   ux 
 ux  
 


 
 
 uy 


 uy 
 
 

uz
ue = uz ue = (9.1)

   φx 
 φx 
 






  
 φy 


φy  
φz
9.2.2 Strains
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations dφx , dφy , dux , duy
and duz of an infinitesimal part dx dy of the element [Fig. 9.4]. From these
z
dx dy
y
x duy
(a) axes dux
dφx duz
dφy
deformations, Diana derives the Green–Lagrange and ‘generalized’ strains of

Equation (9.2).  
 εxx 

 


 εyy 

 


 ε 



zz 


 γxy  
ε = κxx (9.2)

 


 κ yy 


 

 κxy 


 


 Ψ yz 

 
Ψzx
with
∂ux ∂uy ν(εxx + εyy ) ∂ux ∂uy
εxx = εyy = εzz = γxy = +
∂x ∂y 1−ν ∂y ∂x
∂φy ∂φx ∂φy ∂φx
κxx = κyy = − κxy = − (9.3)
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
∂uz ∂uz
Ψyz = − φx Ψzx = + φy
∂y ∂x
The Green–Lagrange strains ε and γ are derived for the upper, mid and lower
planes [Fig. 9.7 p. 250]. The sign convention for strains is that an elongation
yields a positive strain and that a positive curvature has the convex side in +z
direction.
9.2 Variables 249
9.2.3 Stresses
Diana can calculate and output two types of stresses for flat shell elements:
generalized moments and forces, and Cauchy stresses.
9.2.3.1 Moments and Forces

From the basic strains of Equation (9.3) Diana derives the bending moments
m and forces f of Equation (9.4).
 
  
 nxx 


 

 mxx   nyy 
m = myy f = nxy = nyx (9.4)
  
 

mxy = myx  qxz
 

 
qyz
Figure 9.5 shows these moments and forces on the infinitesimal part [Fig. 9.4a]
z
y
x
+ + + +
+ + qxz qyz + +
+ myy + nxy nyx nyy
mxx myx
nxx
mxy
Figure 9.5: Moments and forces
9.2.3.2 Cauchy
From the basic moments and forces of Equation (9.4) Diana derives the Cauchy
 

 σxx 


 


 σyy 

 
σzz = 0
σ= (9.5)

 σxy = σyx 


 

 σyz = σzy 


 
σzx = σxz
Figure 9.6 on the next page shows these stresses on a unit cube in their positive
direction. The Cauchy stresses are derived for the upper, mid and lower planes,
respectively referring to the extreme +z, the z = 0 and the extreme −z local
σzx σzy
σxz σyz
σyy
σxy σyx
σxx

z
upper
mid
lower
Figure 9.7: Planes for Green–Lagrange strains and Cauchy stresses
coordinates [Fig. 9.7]. The sign convention is that a positive moment yields pos-
itive stresses in the upper plane and that a positive shear force yields positive
shear stresses. Note that tension stress is positive.
9.3 Thickness
Thickness of flat shell elements may be uniform or nonuniform.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THICK specifies the element thickness. Values t1 to tn are the thicknesses t

(t > 0) in the respective element nodes [Fig. 9.8]. If you only specify t1 then
t1 t6 t3
t1 t1 t5
t1 5 t7 5
7 6 3 7 6 3
t1 8 4
t4
t1 8 4 t8
1 1 1 1
t1 2 3 2 t1 2 3 2
t1 t1 t1 t3 t1 t2
t1 t2

If the element is specified with orthotropic geometry [§ 9.6 p. 252], then
Diana only uses the thickness to calculate element mass or dead weight.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
2 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.25 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.26
3 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.20
In this example, the first thickness is uniform and may be valid for all flat
shell element types, like for instance for the eight-node quadrilateral and the
three-node triangle in Figure 9.8a. The second is nonuniform for eight-node

For all flat shell elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with an
9.4.1 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
integration points.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
9.5 Shear Reduction

syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHEAR ]
sf r
sfxz r sfyz r
(S ≥ 1) SHEAR sf is the shear reduction factor S for isotropic geometry. For orthotropic
[S = 1.2] geometry you must specify two values: sfxz and sfyz , the shear reduc-
tion factors Sxz and Syz respectively.
9.6 Geometry Factors

To calculate Cauchy stresses for flat shell elements, Diana needs some geometry
factors which it cannot derive from the element shape and thickness. Input
syntax depends on iso- or orthotropic geometry. If you do not specify any
geometry factors, then Diana assumes isotropic geometry with a shape factor
kz = 1.5. If that is not what you want, then you must specify the geometry
factors according to one of the following syntaxes.
Isotropic syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ KFAC kz r ]
(kz > 0) KFAC kz is the shape factor kz used to calculate the maximum transfer shear
[kz = 1.5] stress and shear strain in the mid plane:
qxz qyz
σxz = kz σyz = kz γxz = kz Ψyz (9.6)
t t
9.7 Loading 253
Orthotropic syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ BENP ixx r iyy r inu r ixy r iyx r

MEMP axx r ayy r anu r axy r
SHRP axz r ayz r ]
For orthotropic geometry, the characteristic values for the cross-section are input
(per unit length):
BENP specifies the characteristic moments of inertia for bending forces: ixx is
Ixx , iyy is Iyy , inu is Iν , ixy is Ixy and iyx is Iyx . For isotropic (I > 0)
geometry and uniform thickness t, these moments of inertia are
1 3
Ixx = Iyy = Iν = Ixy = Iyx = 12 t (9.7)
MEMP specifies the characteristic areas for normal forces: axx is Axx , ayy is
Ayy , anu is Aν and axy is Axy . (A > 0)
SHRP specifies the characteristic areas for shear forces: axz is Axz and ayz is (A > 0)
Ayz . For isotropic geometry and uniform thickness t, these areas are
Axz = Ayz = t (9.8)
9.7 Loading
Flat shell elements may be loaded with a concentrated load or with a distributed
load on one or more edges or over the entire element face. A temperature or
concentration load as well as an initial stress situation may be specified for the
element nodes.
If the direction of a moment load is not in the element plane then

the out-of-plane part of the load will be lost. In this case Diana will
give a warning message when evaluating the loading.
9.7.1 Point Load

flat shell element.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINT
ISO xi r eta r
AREA l1 r l2 r
NODE nodenr n
COOR xr yr zr
FORCE fr
MOMENT mr
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
POINT indicates a concentrated load that acts in a point of the flat shell ele-
ment(s). There are four ways to specify the position of the point.
(−1 ≤ ξ, η ≤ loading point for quadrilateral elements.
+1)
(0 ≤ L1,2 ≤ 1) point for triangular elements.

element directions.
9.7 Loading 255
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-10 /
POINT
ISO 0.0 0.0
FORCE 150.
DIRECT Z
25 POINT
NODE 254
MOMENT -100.
DIRECT 3
36 POINT
COOR 348.35 10.25 -27.56
MOMENT 0.25
DIRELM X
9.7.2 Edge Load

Load on edges of flat shell elements may be specified directly with the actual
values of the load in the element nodes.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
FORCE f1 r [. . . fk r ]
MOMENT m1 r [. . . mk r ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
EDGE edgnam is the name of the loaded edge. This name depends on the element
shape: triangular or quadrilateral [Fig. 1.2 p. 6].
is uniform.
load is uniform. Moment load cannot act around the element z direction.
The force and moment loads vary along the edge according to the in-
terpolation order of the element: linearly [Fig. 9.9a,d] or quadratically
[Fig. 9.9b,c,e,f].
DIRELM dirnam indicates a direction for a force or moment load, determined
from the element shape. NORMAL perpendicular to the edge and in the
element plane, a positive load points outward [Fig. 9.9b,e]. SHEAR along
the edge, a positive load points in the direction of the node numbering
sequence [Fig. 9.9c,f]. X in element x direction [Fig. 9.9a], Y in element y
direction or Z in element z direction (i.e., perpendicular to the element
face) [Fig. 9.9d].
f3
f2
3 7 6
5 f1 5
y y
y f2 6 4
8 x 4 f2 x
x z z
1 z 1 1
2 2 3 f3 2 3
f1 (b) f1 (c)
(a)
m3
5 m1 5
3 7 6
y y
y m2 6 4
8 x 4 m2 x
f1 x z z
1 z f2 1 1
2 2 3 m3 2 3
(d) (e) m1 (f)
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 EDGE L1
FORCE 100. 150.
DIRELM X
2 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
3 EDGE L2
FORCE 100. 150. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 4-10 /
EDGE ETA1
FORCE 75.
9.7 Loading 257
DIRECT 2
11 EDGE L3
FORCE 150. 100.
DIRELM Z
12 EDGE KSI2
MOMENT 100. 150. 120.
DIRELM NORMAL
13 EDGE L2
MOMENT 100. 150. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 14-20 /
EDGE ETA1
FORCE 75.
DIRECT 2

2–3 edge varies from 100 in node 2 to 150 in node 3 [Fig. 9.9a]. Element 2 must
be a quadratic quadrilateral, a load normal to the 3–4–5 edge varies from 100
in node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120 in node 5 [Fig. 9.9b]. Element 3 must be
a quadratic triangle, a shear load along the 5–6–1 edge varies from 100 in node
’DIRECT’.
Element 11 must be a linear triangle, a force load perpendicular to the
element face varies from 150 in node 1 to 100 in node 2 [Fig. 9.9d]. Element
12 must be a quadratic quadrilateral, a moment load normal to the 3–4–5 edge
varies from 100 in node 3 through 150 in node 4 to 120 in node 5 [Fig. 9.9e].
Element 13 must be a quadratic triangle, a shear moment load along the 5–6–1
edge varies from 100 in node 5 through 150 in node 6 to 80 in node 1 [Fig. 9.9f].
Elements 14 to 20 may be any quadrilateral element, they bear a uniform
force load on the edge from the first to the second node (and to the third for
quadratic elements). The load of magnitude of 75 acts in the second direction
of table ’DIRECT’.
9.7.3 Face Load

Load on the face of flat shell elements may be specified directly with the actual
values of the load in the element nodes. Force load on the face may also be
element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
the respective nodes of the element.
in the respective nodes of the element. Moment load cannot act around
The force or moment load varies along the area according to the interpola-
tion order of the element: linearly [Fig. 9.10a,d], or quadratically [Fig. 9.10-
b,c,e]. If you only specify f1 or m1 then the load is uniform.
X , Y or Z for the element x, y or z direction respectively [Fig. 9.10b,a,d].
In-plane face load on quadrilateral elements may also be specified in an
isoparametric direction: KSI or ETA for the ξ or η direction respectively
[Fig. 9.10c].

’DIRECT’.
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM Y
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 134. 154. 115. 106. 86.
DIRELM X
10 FACE
FORCE 100. 95. 105. 115. 104. 112. 96. 89.
DIRELM KSI
15 FACE
FORCE 100.
9.7 Loading 259
f3
f5 f6 f5
f7 5
3 5 7 6
y f4 η
6 y f8 f4
f6 4 8 ξ 4
f1 x x
f2 f1
1 z 1 z 1
2 f1 2 3 2 3 f3
f3 (c) f2
(b) f2
(a) m6 m5
f3 3
m7 7 6
5
y
y m4
m8 8 x 4
x z
1
z 1
2 m1 2 3 m3
m2
f1 (e)
f2
(d)
DIRECT 4
21 FACE
FORCE 100. 114. 79.
DIRELM Z
28 FACE
MOMENT 100. 120. 95. 105. 100. 85. 110. 80.
DIRELM X
30 FACE
FORCE 84.
DIRELM Z

face load in y direction varies linearly from 100 in the first node to 114 in
the second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 9.10a]. Element 8 must be a six-node
(quadratic) triangle, the distributed face load in x direction varies quadratically
from 100 in the first node to 134 in the second etc. to 86 in the last node
[Fig. 9.10b]. Element 10 must be an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral, the
distributed face load in ξ direction varies quadratically from 100 in the first
node to 95 in the second etc. to 89 in the last node [Fig. 9.10c]. Element 15 may
be of any type, it is loaded with a uniformly distributed face load in direction
number 4.
Element 21 must be a three-node (linear) triangle, the distributed force load
in z direction (⊥ face) varies linearly from 100 in the first node to 114 in the
second to 79 in the last node [Fig. 9.10d]. Element 28 must be an eight-node
(quadratic) quadrilateral, the distributed moment load in x direction varies
quadratically over the element face from 100 in the first node to 120 in the
second etc. to 80 in the last node [Fig. 9.10e]. Element 30 may be of any type,
it is loaded with a uniformly distributed face load of magnitude 84 in element
z direction (⊥ face).
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
put).

The input of temperature and concentration load for flat shell elements depends
on iso- or orthotropic geometry [§ 9.6 p. 252].
Isotropic syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [. . . ten r ] dte1 r [. . . dten r ]

CONCEN co1 r [. . . con r ] dco1 r [. . . dcon r ]
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load. Values te1 to ten are the av-
erage temperatures T̄ in the respective element nodes. Values dte1 to
dten are the temperatures gradients ∆T in the respective element nodes
[Fig. 9.11a]. The gradient is defined as the difference between the values
at the upper (+z) and lower (−z) surface of the element. If you only
specify te1 and dte1 then the temperature distribution is uniform, else
you must specify one T̄ and one ∆T for each of the element nodes.
9.7 Loading 261

perature.
z z
T̄ T̄
y
κyy
x
κxx
∆T
(a) Isotropic geometry (b) Orthotropic geometry
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 65. 70. 85. 68. 5. 6. 7. 4.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 13. -9.
In this example element 1 must be a four-node (linear) quadrilateral element,

the average temperature T̄ varies linearly from 65° in the first node via 70° in
the second, 85° in the third to 68° in the last node. The temperature gradient
∆T varies linearly from 5° in the first node via 6° in the second, 7° in the third
to 4° in the last node. Elements 2 to 20 may be of any type, they have a uniform
average temperature T̄ of 13° and a uniform temperature gradient of −9°, i.e.,
the upper surface is cooler than the lower surface.
Orthotropic syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [. . . ten r ] ktxx r ktyy r

CONCEN co1 r [. . . con r ] kcxx r kcyy r
erage temperatures T̄ in the respective element nodes. If you only specify
te1 then the temperature distribution is uniform. Values ktxx and ktyy
are the curvatures κxx and κyy respectively, both are constant over the
element area. Figure 9.11b shows the curvatures for positive κ.
perature.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR mxx1 r [. . . mxxn r ]

myy1 r [. . . myyn r ]
mxy1 r [. . . mxyn r ]
nxx1 r [. . . nxxn r ]
nyy1 r [. . . nyyn r ]
nxy1 r [. . . nxyn r ]
qxz1 r [. . . qxzn r ]
qyz1 r [. . . qyzn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress in the element nodes. Values mxx1
to mxxn are the moments m0xx in the respective element nodes, myy1 to
myyn the moments m0yy , mxy1 to mxyn the moments m0xy , nxx1 to nxxn
the normal forces n0xx , nyy1 to nyyn the normal forces n0yy , nxy1 to nxyn
the shear force n0xy , qxz1 to qxzn the shear forces qxz
0
, qyz1 to qyzn the
0
shear forces qyz . For linear elements, the moments and forces vary linearly
over the element area, for quadratic elements quadratically. If you only
specify one value for each stress component (mxx1 , myy1 , mxy1 , nxx1 ,
nyy1 , nxy1 , qxz1 and qyz1 ), then the stress distribution is uniform.

The basic variables of regular flat shell elements are the translations u and the
rotations φ [§ 9.2.1 p. 247]. The derived variables are the strains [§ 9.2.2 p. 248],
the generalized moments and forces [§ 9.2.3.1 p. 249] and the Cauchy stresses
[§ 9.2.3.2 p. 249].
9.8.1 T15SF – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 9.12: T15SF
The T15SF element [Fig. 9.12] is a three-node triangular isoparametric flat shell
element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory with an
adapted transverse shear interpolation. The membrane behavior is conform the

T6MEM plane stress element [§ 5.7.1 p. 114]. The geometry and the displacements
are interpolated by bi-linear functions. The integration perpendicular to the
element face is direct. The polynomials for the translations u and the rotations
φ can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η
(9.9)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η
These polynomials yield a constant strain and stress over the element area. By
default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme, 3-point is a suitable option. [nlc = 1]
Schemes higher than 3-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T15SF no1 n no2 n no3 n
T15SF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 in sequence from Figure 9.12 on the facing page.
Other input data

Integration schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.4.1 on page 251.
Shear reduction factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.5 on page 252.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.5 on the facing page.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T15SF 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a T15SF element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x axis from node
27 to 48, a 1-point integration scheme and an isotropic shape factor kz = 1.5.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 T15SF 12 9 35
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12
KFAC 1.3
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE L2
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM Z
node 9 to 0.12 in node 35. The isotropic shape factor kz is 1.3. The element has
a 3-point integration scheme. The edge from node 35 to node 12 is loaded with
a distributed force perpendicular to the element face. This force varies from 3.6
outward (+z) in node 35 to 2.4 inward in node 12.
9.8.2 Q20SF – quadrilateral, 4 nodes

The Q20SF element [Fig. 9.13] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric flat shell
element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory with an
adapted transverse shear interpolation and is conform the Q12PL plate bending
element [§ 8.9.1 p. 236]. The membrane behavior is conform the Q8MEM plane
stress element [§ 5.7.2 p. 116]. The geometry and the displacements are interpo-
lated by bi-linear functions. The integration perpendicular to the element face
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 9.13: Q20SF
is direct. The polynomials for the translations u and the rotations φ can be
expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη
(9.10)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη
Due to these polynomials, a rectangular element yields approximately the fol-
lowing strain and stress distribution along the element area. The strain εxx ,
the curvature κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear
force qxz are constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The strain
εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear
force qyz are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction. The only
possible integration scheme is 2×2 which Diana applies by default. [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q20SF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q20SF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q20SF 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a Q20SF element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x axis from
node 27 to 48, a 2×2 integration scheme and an isotropic shape factor kz = 1.5.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 Q20SF 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12 0.11
KFAC 1.3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
Element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24. The element x axis points at
45° with the global Y Z axes. The thickness varies from 0.10 to 0.15 to 0.12 to
0.11 in nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24 respectively. The element has a 2×2 integration
scheme. The isotropic shape factor kz is 1.3. The edge from node 24 to node 12
is loaded with a distributed force perpendicular to the edge and in the element
plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward in node 24 to 2.4 inward in node 12.
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 9.14: CT30F
9.8.3 CT30F – triangle, 6 nodes

The CT30F element [Fig. 9.14] is a six-node triangular isoparametric flat shell
element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory and
behaves conform a standard six-node triangular plate bending element. The
membrane behavior is conform the CT12M plane stress element [§ 5.7.3 p. 118].
The geometry and the displacements are interpolated by quadratic functions.
The integration perpendicular to the element face is direct. The polynomials
for the translations u and the rotations φ can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2
(9.11)
Due to these polynomials the following strain and stress distribution can be
approximated. The strain εxx , the curvature κxx , the membrane force nxx , the
moment mxx , and the shear force qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadrat-
ically in y direction. The strain εyy , the curvature κyy , the membrane force
nyy , the moment myy , and the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and
quadratically in z direction. The only possible integration scheme is 3-point
which Diana applies by default. [nlc = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT30F no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT30F is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.

Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT30F 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CT30F element between the six nodes, starting with
x axis from node 27 to 48, a 3-point integration scheme and an isotropic shape
factor kz = 1.5.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT30F 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.09
KFAC 1.3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
DIRELM Z
isotropic shape factor kz is 1.3. The element has a 3-point integration scheme.
A distributed force works over the entire element perpendicular to the element
9.8.4 CQ40F – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 9.15: CQ40F
The CQ40F element [Fig. 9.15] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric flat

shell element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory
and behaves conform a standard eight-node quadrilateral plate bending element.
The membrane behavior is conform the CQ16M plane stress element [§ 5.7.4
p. 120]. The geometry and the displacements are interpolated by bi-quadratic
functions. The integration perpendicular to the element face is direct. The
polynomials for the translations u and the rotations φ can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2
(9.12)
lowing strain and stress distribution along the element area. The strain εxx , the
curvature κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear force
qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy ,
the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear
force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction. The only
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ40F no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ40F is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ40F 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ40F element between the eight nodes, starting
element x axis from node 27 to 48, a 2×2 integration scheme and an isotropic
shape factor kz = 1.5.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ40F 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.09
KFAC 1.3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100.
DIRELM Z
isotropic shape factor kz is 1.3. The element has a 2×2 integration scheme.
The load is a constant distributed force of magnitude 100 perpendicular to the
element face.
9.9 Elements with Drilling Rotation

An additional rotation φz , the drilling rotation, has been added to the basic
variables of the regular flat shell elements to get a second class of flat shell
elements [§ 9.2.1 p. 247]. In applications where the elements are nearly co-planar
in the nodes, the use of flat shell elements with drilling rotation is very attractive
because they avoid an ill-condition of the assembled global stiffness matrix. Like
for regular flat shell elements, the derived variables for flat shell elements with
drilling rotation are the strains [§ 9.2.2 p. 248], the Cauchy stresses [§ 9.2.3.2
p. 249] and the generalized moments and forces [§ 9.2.3.1 p. 249].
9.9.1 Fictitious Rotational Stiffness

For the quadratic and higher-order flat shell elements with drilling rotation,
Diana uses a fictitious set of stiffness coefficients. These coefficients hardly
influence the analysis results and are defined by a matrix proportional with
αz EtA, where αz is a coefficient, E is Young’s modulus, t the average thickness
and A the area. The default value for αz is 10−8 , which may be overruled with [αz = 10−8 ]
the following input.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ALPHAZ az r ]
ALPHAZ az is the coefficient αz which Diana applies to calculate the fictitious

rotational stiffness for flat shell elements with drilling rotation.
9.9.2 T18SF – triangle, 3 nodes

The T18SF element [Fig. 9.16] is a three-node triangular isoparametric flat shell
element. The plate bending is based on a Discrete Kirchhoff theory and is
conform the T9PLA element [§ 8.8.1 p. 234]. The membrane behavior is identical
3
ξ η
1
2
Figure 9.16: T18SF
to the T9MEM plane stress element. The geometry is interpolated by a linear

function and the displacements by linear and hierarchical quadratic functions.
The polynomials for the translations ui=x,y and the rotations φi=x,y can be
expressed as
(9.13)
These polynomials yield a strain and stress distribution which is constant over
[nlc = 3] the element area. By default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme,
1-point is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T18SF no1 n no2 n no3 n
T18SF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Integration schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.4.1 on page 251.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Examples of input for the T18SF element are analogous to those of the T15SF
element [§ 9.8.1 p. 262].
3
4
η
ξ
1
2
Figure 9.17: Q24SF
9.9.3 Q24SF – quadrilateral, 4 nodes

The Q24SF element [Fig. 9.17] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric flat shell
element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory with
and adapted transverse shear interpolation conform the Q12PL plate bending
element [§ 8.9.1 p. 236]. The membrane behavior is conform the Q12ME plane
stress element [§ 5.9.2 p. 131]. The geometry is interpolated by a linear func-
tion, the in-plane displacements ux,y by bi-linear and hierarchical bi-quadratic
functions, the normal displacement uz and the drilling rotation φz by bi-linear
functions.
ux (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 ξ 2 η
uy (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 η 2 + a5 ξη 2
(9.14)
uz (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη

lowing strain and stress distribution along the element area. The strain εxx ,
the curvature κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear
force qxz are constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The strain
εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear
force qyz are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction. The only
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q24SF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q24SF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data


Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Examples of input for the Q24SF element are analogous to those of the Q20SF
element [§ 9.8.2 p. 264].
9.9.4 CT36F – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
1
2 3
Figure 9.18: CT36F
The CT36F element [Fig. 9.18] is a six-node triangular isoparametric flat shell
element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory and is
conform the CT18P plate bending element [§ 8.9.2 p. 238]. The membrane behav-
ior is conform the CT12M plane stress element [§ 5.7.3 p. 118]. The geometry and
the displacements are interpolated by a quadratic functions. The integration
perpendicular to the element face is direct. The polynomials for the translations
u and the rotations φ can be expressed as
(9.15)
Due to these polynomials, the following strain and stress distribution along
the element area can be approximated. The strain εxx , the curvature κxx , the
moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear force qxz vary linearly in
x direction and vary quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy , the curvature
κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear force qyz vary
linearly in y direction and vary quadratically in x direction. The stiffness for
the drilling rotation φz is fictitious. The only possible integration scheme is
[nlc = 3] 3-point which Diana applies by default.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT36F no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT36F is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Fictitious stiffness for φz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.9.1 on page 271.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Examples of input for the CT36F element are analogous to those of the CT30F
element [§ 9.8.3 p. 267].
9.9.5 CQ48F – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
1
2 3
Figure 9.19: CQ48F
The CQ48F element [Fig. 9.19] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric flat

shell element. The plate bending is according to the Mindlin–Reissner theory
and is conform the CQ24P plate bending element [§ 8.9.3 p. 240]. The membrane
behavior is conform the CQ16M plane stress element [§ 5.7.4 p. 120]. The element
is based on a quadratic interpolation and only a numerical integration over the
element area. The polynomials for the translations u and the rotations φ can
be expressed as
(9.16)

lowing strain and stress distribution along the element area. The strain εxx , the
qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy ,
the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear force
qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction. The stiffness
for the drilling rotation φz is fictitious. The only possible integration scheme is
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] 2×2 which Diana applies by default.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ48F no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ48F is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
no1 to no8 in sequence from Figure 9.19 on the previous page.
Other input data

Fictitious stiffness for φz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.9.1 on page 271.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.2 on page 255.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.7.3 on page 257.
Examples of input for the CQ48F element are analogous to those of the CQ40F
element [§ 9.8.4 p. 269].
9.10 Spline Elements

Spline elements have similar properties as regular flat shell elements, i.e., they
can combine plane stress effects with plate bending effects. Due to a spline
interpolation function in the longitudinal direction (x axis) they are particu-
larly useful for postbuckling analysis of slim-line prismatic structures like pan-
els and profiles. [Vol. Analysis Procedures] See Van Erp [19] and Schreppers
& Menken [14] for background theory. Like the regular flat shell elements,
spline elements must be plane and the thickness t should be small in relation
to the dimensions l and w of the element [Fig. 9.20]. An additional condition
for spline elements is that they are rectangular, i.e., the width w is uniform.
Spline elements are subdivided in sections which may be of variable sizes in the
longitudinal direction.
9.10 Spline Elements 277
w section section section section
x
z l
Figure 9.20: Spline elements, shape
9.10.1 Variables
The variables of spline elements are somewhat different from those for regular
shell elements [§ 9.2 p. 247].
The basic variables in the nodes of the spline elements are the following trans-
lations u and rotations φ.  

 ux 

 

 uy 


 

 uz 

 
φx
ue = (9.17)

 φy 

 

 φz 


 
 x,x 
 u 

 
φx,x
Where ux,x and φx,x are the derivatives of translation ux and rotation φx in
the corner nodes of the element which guarantee a smooth transition in the
deformation fields when spline elements are coupled in longitudinal direction.
Polynomials. The polynomials for the translations u can be expressed as

ux,y (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 + a3 ξ 3 + a4 η + a5 ξη + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξ 3 η (9.18)
uz (ξ, η) =b0 + b1 ξ + b2 ξ 2 + b3 ξ 3 + b4 η + b5 ξη + b6 ξ 2 η+
b7 ξ 3 η + b8 η 2 + b9 ξη 2 + b10 ξ 2 η 2 + b11 ξ 3 η 2 + (9.19)
3 3 2 3 3 3
b12 η + b13 ξη + b14 ξ η + b15 ξ η
The polynomials for the rotations φ can be expressed as
φx (ξ, η) =c0 + c1 ξ + c2 ξ 2 + c3 ξ 3 + c4 η + c5 ξη + c6 ξ 2 η+
c7 ξ 3 η + c8 η 2 + c9 ξη 2 + c10 ξ 2 η 2 + c11 ξ 3 η 2 + (9.20)
3 3 2 3 3 3
c12 η + c13 ξη + c14 ξ η + c15 ξ η
9.10.1.2 Strains
The basic strains of spline elements are
 
 εxx 
ε = εyy (9.21)
 
γxy
The polynomials for the displacements yield the following strain distribution:
εxx varies quadratically in x direction and linearly in y direction, εyy varies
third-order in x direction and is constant in y direction, γxy varies third-order
in x direction and linearly in y direction.
9.10.1.3 Stresses
The basic stresses of spline elements are the Cauchy stresses
 
 σxx 
σ = σyy (9.22)
 
σxy = σyx
9.10.2 Thickness
Thickness for spline elements must be specified according to the syntax described
in § 9.3 on page 250. Nonuniform thickness, specified with a thickness value for
each node, varies section-wise linearly in two directions.
9.10.3 Numerical Integration

All spline elements are based on numerical Gauss integration with spline inter-
polation in longitudinal x direction and bi-linear interpolation in the transverse
[nξ = 2, nη = 2, y direction. By default Diana applies a 2×2×2 integration scheme for each
nζ = 2,]
section of a spline element [Fig. 9.21]. Due to the rectangular shape of the spline
y
η
ξ
ζ
x
z
Figure 9.21: Spline elements, default integration scheme
elements, the isoparametric ξ, η and ζ directions coincide with the element xyz
directions. You may specify alternative integration schemes, valid for all sec-
tions, according to the syntax described for curved shell elements in § 10.5.2
on page 294. Accepted schemes in the ξη directions are 2×2 and 3×3, in the ζ
direction the maximum number of integration points is 7.
9.10.4 Material Properties

The input of material properties for the spline elements is analogous to plane
stress elements [Vol. Material Library] but with the following restrictions.
Thermal and concentration effects have not been implemented, therefore
input of thermal and concentration expansion coefficients α and γ will be
ignored.
The mass matrix has not been implemented for the spline elements, there-
fore it cannot be used in dynamic analysis and the input of mass density
ρ is only necessary for dead weight loading.
9.10.5 Special Supports

Additionally to the support types as described for table ’SUPPOR’ in Volume
Analysis Procedures, two special types of supports may be specified for the
derivative displacements of the spline elements.
syntax
’SUPPOR’
1 5 6 80
node n type w...

TS
RS
1 5 6 80
/ nodes ng... /
type w...
TS
RS
node is a single node number, nodes is a series of nodes with the same support
types. Only the corner nodes of the spline elements do have the deriva-
tive displacements as degree of freedom, therefore you will get a warning
message “Meaningless support” if one or more of the specified nodes are
not a corner node of a spline element.
type indicates the type of the support: TS for for ux,x , RS for φx,x . As the
derivative displacements do not have a direction, no direction number is
required.
file .dat
’SUPPOR’
/ 1 8 / TS
/ 27 32 / RS
/ 45 / TS RS
In this example the ux,x is supported for nodes 1, 8 and 45, the φx,x for nodes
27, 32 and 45.
9.10.6 Loading
On the spline elements, edge and face load may be specified according to the
syntax described in § 9.7.2 on page 255 and § 9.7.3 on page 257, and tempera-
ture and concentration load may be specified according to § 9.7.4 on page 260.
However, there are some differences with respect to the edge and face loadings
as outlined below. Moreover, you may specify initial stress for spline elements
[§ 9.10.6.3 p. 281].
9.10.6.1 Edge Load

Edge load can only act along the short edges, indicated by KSI1 or KSI2 [Fig. 1.2-
b p. 6]. Moment load can also act around the element z direction [Fig. 9.22a].
Due to the obligatory rectangular shape, the NORMAL direction coincides with
the positive or negative x direction and the SHEAR direction with the positive
or negative y direction.
1.7 1.1
1.2
2 4 7 1.3
1.7
1.4
1 1 1
(a) (b) (c)

file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
2 EDGE KSI1
MOMENT 1.7
DIRELM Z
4 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 1.2 1.4
DIRELM NORMAL
7 EDGE KSI2
MOMENT 1.3 1.1
DIRELM SHEAR
In this example, a uniform moment load acts along the first short edge of ele-
ment 2 in its z direction [Fig. 9.22a]. A variable force load acts along the first
short edge of element 4 perpendicular the edge and in the element face. This
load varies linearly from 1.2 at the last node of the element to 1.4 at the first
[Fig. 9.22b]. A variable moment load acts along the second short edge of element
7. This load varies linearly from 1.3 at the second corner node of the element
to 1.1 at the third [Fig. 9.22c].
9.10.6.2 Face Load

Face load can only be uniform, you must specify only one value. Moment load
can only act in the longitudinal x direction, therefore it is not necessary to
specify the direction [Fig. 9.23c].
0.8
1.2 1.3
1 3 4
1 1 1
(a) (b) (c)

file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 1.2
DIRELM X
3 FACE
FORCE 0.8
DIRELM Y
4 FACE
MOMENT 1.3
In this example, a uniform force load of 1.2 acts on element 1 in its x direction
[Fig. 9.23a]. A uniform force load of 0.8 acts on element 3 in its y direction
[Fig. 9.23b]. A uniform moment load of 1.3 acts on elements 4 in its longitudinal
direction [Fig. 9.23c].

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r [. . . sxxn r ] dsxx1 r [. . . dsxxn r ]

syy1 r [. . . syyn r ] dsyy1 r [. . . dsyyn r ]
sxy1 r [. . . sxyn r ] dsxy1 r [. . . dsxyn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress in the element nodes with mean val-
ues σ̄ 0 and gradients ∆z σ 0 . Values sxx1 to sxxn are σxx
0
in the respective
0
element nodes, dsxx1 to dsxxn are the ∆z σxx . Analogously syy stands
for σyy , and sxy for σxy .
The initial stresses vary over the element area according to the interpola-
tion order of the element. If you only specify one value for the mean value
and the gradient of each stress component, then the stress distribution is
uniform.
9.10.7 Q48SPL – rectangle, 8 nodes, 3 sections
8 7 6 5
1 x 2 3 4
z
Figure 9.24: Q48SPL
The Q48SPL element is a rectangle built up from three sections in longitudinal

x direction [Fig. 9.24]. The plate bending is based on the Discrete Kirchhoff
theory, with transverse shear deformation included.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q48SPL no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n no7 n no8 n
Q48SPL is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.2 on page 278.
Integration schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.3 on page 278.
Material properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.4 on page 279.
Special supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.5 on page 279.
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.6 on page 280.
9.10.8 Q56SPL – rectangle, 10 nodes, 4 sections

The Q56SPL element is a rectangle built up from four sections in longitudinal
x direction [Fig. 9.25]. The plate bending is based on the Discrete Kirchhoff
theory, with transverse shear deformation included.
10 9 8 7 6
1 x 2 3 4 5
z
Figure 9.25: Q56SPL
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q56SPL no1 n no2 n . . . no10 n
Q56SPL is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the ten nodes no1
Other input data

Material properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.4 on page 279.
Special supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.5 on page 279.
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 9.10.6 on page 280.
Chapter 10
Curved Shell Elements
The curved shell elements in Diana are based on isoparametric degenerated-

solid approach by introducing two shell hypotheses:
direction of a lamina basis is forced to zero: σzzl(ξ,η,z) = 0. The element
tangent plane is spanned by a lamina basis which corresponds to a local
Cartesian coordinate system (xl , yl ) defined at each point of the shell with
xl and yl tangent to the ξ, η plane and zl perpendicular to it.
F⊥
b
Fin
M t
Figure 10.1: Curved shell elements, characteristics
The in-plane lamina strains εxx , εyy and γxy vary linearly in the thickness
direction. The transverse shear strains γxz and γyz are forced to be constant in
the thickness direction. Since the actual transverse shearing stresses and strains
vary parabolically over the thickness, the shearing strains are an equivalent
constant strain on a corresponding area. A shear correction factor is applied
using the condition that a constant transverse shear stress yields approximately
the same shear strain energy as the actual shearing stress.
286 Curved Shell Elements
Five degrees of freedom have been defined in every element node: three
translations and two rotations [§ 10.2.1 p. 287]. Further characteristics of curved
shells are the following [Fig. 10.1]. They must be thin, i.e., the thickness t must
be small in relation to the dimensions b in the plane of the element. Force loads
F may act in any direction between perpendicular to the surface and in the
surface. Moment loads M should act around an axis which is in the element
face.
For flat models, the flat shell elements [Ch. 9] are more economical
than the curved shell elements; particularly if desired analysis results
are forces and moments rather than Cauchy stresses.
Typical applications of curved shell elements are the analysis of curved struc-
tures like shell roofs, storage tanks and ship or aircraft hulls. Please note the
following with respect to the application of triangular curved shell elements.
Especially for applications where transverse shear deformation is of

importance, you should be aware that shear locking might occur. This
possibly leads to inaccurate results for the shear forces. In general it
is then advised to use quadrilateral shell elements rather than trian-
gular elements.
10.1 Axes
For curved shell elements Diana needs no special user input data to set up the
element axes. By default, a local element x̄ axis points from the first to the
second node of the element [Fig. 10.2a]. Diana uses the x̄ axis to set up xyz
ẑ ẑ
z ŷ z
y x̄
x̂
x x̄
x̄ x̂
1 x̄ 2 1 ŷ
x y 2
Figure 10.2: Axes
axes for rotations in the nodes and x̂ŷẑ for strains and stresses locally inside the
element. The z axes are always set up perpendicular to the element plane, y is
created ⊥ z x̄ and finally x ⊥ yz according to the right-hand-rule. Note that the
default element axes are fully independent of the global model XY Z axes.
User-specified axes. If you prefer x axes other than default, for instance to
get the same axes directions for various elements, then you must specify an x̄
10.2 Variables 287
axis which Diana uses to set up the real x and x̂ axes [Fig. 10.2b]. First the
z axis is put perpendicular to the element plane. Then y ⊥ z x̄ is created and
finally x ⊥ yz. The x̄ axis must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the
following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr ]

not coincide with any of the local z axes (perpendicular to the element
plane).
10.2 Variables
10.2.1 Displacements
uY φy
uZ 1 uX 1 φx
2 2
Y
(a) translations (b) rotations
X
Z
The basic variables in the nodes of the curved shell elements are the translations
uX , uY and uZ in the global XY Z directions [Fig. 10.3a] and the rotations φx
and φy respectively around the local +x and +y axes in the tangent plane
[Fig. 10.3b].  
 uX 

 


 uY 
ue = uZ (10.1)

 


 φ x 

 
φy
10.2.2 Strains
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations duX , duY and duZ of
an infinitesimal part dX dY [Fig. 10.4] and the deformations dφx̂ , dφŷ of an
Z
dX dY
duY
duX
Y
X
(a) axes
duZ
Figure 10.4: Translations
infinitesimal part dx̂ dŷ [Fig. 10.5]. From these deformations, Diana derives
ẑ
dx̂ dŷ
ŷ
x̂ dφx̂
dφŷ
(a) axes
Figure 10.5: Rotations
the Green–Lagrange strains in the local x̂ŷẑ axes of Equation (10.2).

   

 εxx 
 
 εXX 

 
 
 
 εyy 
  
 εY Y 


   
εzz εZZ
ε̂ = = Tε (10.2)

 γxy 
 
 γXY 

 
 
 

 γyz 
 
 γY Z 


   
γzx γZX
where Tε denotes the transformation matrix from global XY Z orientation to

local x̂ŷẑ and
∂uX ∂uY ∂uZ
εXX = εY Y = εZZ =
∂X ∂Y ∂Z (10.3)
∂uX ∂uY ∂uY ∂uZ ∂uZ ∂uX
γXY = + γY Z = + γZX = +
∂Y ∂X ∂Z ∂Y ∂X ∂Z
These Green–Lagrange strains are derived for all integration points. The sign
convention for strains is that an elongation yields a positive strain and that a
positive curvature has the convex side in +z direction.
10.3 Thickness 289
10.2.3 Stresses
Diana can calculate and output two types of stresses for curved shell elements:
Cauchy stresses and generalized moments and forces.
10.2.3.1 Cauchy
Equation (10.4) in the integration points.
 

 σxx 


 


 σyy 

 
σzz = 0
σ= (10.4)

 σxy = σyx 


 

 σyz = σzy 


 
σzx = σxz
σzx σzy
σxz σyz
σyy
σxy σyx
σxx
10.2.3.2 Generalized Moments and Forces

From the basic stresses of Equation (10.4) Diana can derive the bending mo-
ments m and forces f of Equation (10.5).
 
  
 nxx 


 

m = myy f = nxy = nyx (10.5)
  
 

mxy = myx 
 q xz 

 
qyz
Figure 10.7 on the following page shows these moments and forces on the in-
finitesimal part dx̂ dŷ in their positive direction. The sign convention is that a
positive moment yields positive stresses in the upper plane and that a positive
shear force yields positive shear stresses.
10.3 Thickness
Thickness of curved shell elements may be uniform or nonuniform.
ẑ
ŷ
x̂
+ + + +
+ + qxz qyz + +
+ myy + nxy nyx nyy
mxx myx
nxx
mxy
Figure 10.7: Generalized moments and forces
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THICK specifies the element thickness. Values t1 to tn are the thicknesses t in

(t > 0) the respective element nodes [Fig. 10.8]. If you only specify t1 then the
t7 t4 t1
t6 t1
t8 t1
t5 t3 t1
t1 t2 t4 t1 t1 t1
t1
t3 t2 t1
1 1 1 2
2
2
(a) tapered (b) uniform
thickness is uniform [Fig. 10.8b]. The variation of nonuniform (tapered)

thickness over the element area depends on the interpolation order of the
element: linearly, quadratically [Fig. 10.8a], third-order etc.
10.3.1 Shape
For curved shell elements, Diana determines the direction in which the thickness
is measured from the element shape. There are some predefined shapes for
curved elements which you may specify in input table ’GEOMET’. If you do so,
then Diana checks whether the coordinates of the element nodes fit to the
specified shape and produces an error message if this check fails. If none of
the predefined shapes are appropriate, then you can specify an arbitrary shape
by means of explicit thickness vectors for each element node. If you specify
neither a predefined shape nor explicit thickness vectors then, by default, Diana
10.3 Thickness 291
will apply an averaging procedure on the nodal normals which are initially
determined by assuming a parabolic shape.
Predefined shape syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
FLAT
CYLIN orig r3 axis r3
SPHER center r3
CONE top r3 axis r3
HYPAR
PARAB
orig top
axis axis
center
(e) hyperbolic-
(a) flat (b) cylindrical (c) spherical (d) conical
parabolic
Figure 10.9: Predefined shapes
FLAT indicates that the element is flat [Fig. 10.9a]. The thickness vectors are
set up perpendicular to the face.
CYLIN indicates that the element is part of a cylindrical shell, values orig are
the global XY Z coordinates of a point on the cylinder axis, axis are the
XY Z components of the vector direction of the cylinder axis [Fig. 10.9b].
The thickness vectors are set up in radial direction of the cylinder.
SPHER indicates that the element is part of a spherical shell, values center are
the global XY Z coordinates of the center of the sphere [Fig. 10.9c]. The
thickness vectors are set up in radial direction of the sphere.
CONE indicates that the element is part of a conical shell, values top are the
global XY Z coordinates of the top (apex) of the cone, axis are the XY Z
components of the vector direction of the cylinder axis [Fig. 10.9d]. The
thickness vectors are set up perpendicular to the cone surface.
HYPAR indicates that the element has an hyperbolic-parabolic shape. The thick-
ness vectors for the element nodes are set up perpendicular to the adjacent
edges [Fig. 10.9e].
PARAB indicates that the element has a parabolic shape. The thickness vectors
are set up perpendicular to the interpolated parabolic surface.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
FLAT
2 THICK 0.25(3) 0.35 0.40 0.35
CYLIN 12.6 -3.45 0.67 1. 1.5 2.3
In this example, geometry 1 may be for all types of curved shell elements, it
specifies a flat shape with a uniform thickness of 0.25. Geometry 2 is for six-node
curved shell elements, on a cylindrical surface with an axis origin at X = 12.6,
Y = −3.45 and Z = 0.67. The X component of the axis direction is 1.0, the Y
component is 1.5 and the Z component is 2.3. All elements of geometry 2 have
a tapered thickness: t = 0.25 in the first three nodes, t = 0.35 in the fourth
node, t = 0.40 in the fifth and t = 0.35 in the last node.
Arbitrary shape syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ THVEC tv1 r3 . . . tvn r3 ]
tv5
tv4 tv7
tv6
tv6 tv4 tv8
tv3 tv4 tv5
tv2 tv1 tv1
tv1 tv2 tv3
tv3 tv2
1 2
1 1 2
2
Figure 10.10: Thickness vectors
THVEC specifies an arbitrary shape: tv1 to tvn are the XY Z components of

the thickness vectors for the respective nodes of the element [Fig. 10.10].
10.4 Eccentric Connection

Curved shell elements may be connected eccentrically to their nodes. Eccentric-
ities e are specified in table ’GEOMET’.
Eccentricity syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
ECCENT ex r... ey r... ez r...
The eccentricity must be defined in the nodal element xyz directions [Fig. 10.11].
reference node
offset node
y
ez1
7 ey1
6 ex1
8 x
5 1
1 2 4 z
3
(a) eccentric connection (b) node offset
Figure 10.11: Eccentric connection
ECCENT specifies the eccentricity for the nodes of the curved shell elements.
Values ex are the eccentricities in x direction ex1 for the first node, ex2
for the second node, exn for the n-th node respectively. Values ey are the
same in y direction and ez in z direction. If only one value is specified
for each eccentricity, then the eccentricities are the same for all element
nodes.

For all curved shell elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with an
10.5.1 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n nzeta n ]
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points nlc in the triangular area of
the element. Value nzeta is the number of integration points in the
isoparametric ζ direction (the thickness) of the element. Default is 3-
point Simpson integration. See § 21.5.2.2 on page 630 for enumeration [nzeta =3]
and location of the integration points.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points nξ
in the isoparametric ξ direction, and nη in the isoparametric η direction
of the element. Value nzeta is the number of integration points in the
isoparametric ζ direction (the thickness) of the element. Default is 3-
[nzeta =3] point Simpson integration. See § 21.5.3.2 on page 631 for enumeration
and location of the integration points.
10.6 Shear Reduction

syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ SHEAR sf r ]
(S ≥ 1) SHEAR sf is the shear reduction factor S.

[S = 1.2]
10.7 Loading
Curved shell elements may be loaded with a concentrated load or with a dis-
tributed load on one or more edges or over the entire element face. A tempera-
ture or concentration load as well as an initial stress situation may be specified
for the element nodes.
If the direction of a moment load is not in the element plane then

the out-of-plane part of the load will be lost. In this case Diana will
give a warning message when evaluating the loading.
10.7.1 Point Load

curved shell element.
10.7 Loading 295
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINT
ISO xi r eta r
AREA l1 r l2 r
NODE nodenr n
COOR xr yr zr
FORCE fr
MOMENT mr
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
POINT indicates a concentrated load that acts in a point of the curved shell
element(s). There are four ways to specify the position of the point.
loading point for quadrilateral elements. (−1 ≤ ξ, η ≤
+1)
point for triangular elements. (0 ≤ L1,2 ≤ 1)

element directions.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-10 /
POINT
ISO 0.0 0.0
FORCE 150.
DIRECT Z
25 POINT
NODE 254
MOMENT -100.
DIRECT 3
36 POINT
COOR 348.35 10.25 -27.56
MOMENT 0.25
DIRELM X
10.7.2 Edge Load

Load on edges of curved shell elements may be specified directly with the actual
values of the load in the element nodes.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE edgnam w
MOMENT m1 r [. . . mk r ]
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
EDGE edgnam is the name of the loaded edge. This name depends on the element
shape: triangular or quadrilateral [Fig. 1.2 p. 6].
is uniform.
load is uniform. Moment load cannot act around the element z direction.
10.7 Loading 297
The force and moment load vary along the edge according to the interpola-
tion order of the element: linearly [Fig. 10.12a,d], quadratically [Fig. 10.12-
b,c,e,f] or higher-order.
DIRELM dirnam indicates a direction for a force or moment load, determined
from the element shape. NORMAL perpendicular to the edge and in the
element tangent plane, a positive load points outward [Fig. 10.12a,b,e].
SHEAR along the edge, a positive load points in the direction of the node
numbering sequence [Fig. 10.12c,f]. Z in element z direction (i.e., perpen-
dicular to the element face) [Fig. 10.12d].
f3
f3 f2
f2
f1 1 2
1 f2 1 2
2 f1
(a) (b) (c)
f1
f1
m1
f2 m2
1 2
1 1 2
2 m3 m3
m2 (f)
(d) (e)
m1
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 EDGE KSI2
FORCE 100. 150.
DIRELM NORMAL
4 EDGE ETA2
FORCE 100. 120. 80.
DIRELM NORMAL
8 EDGE L1
FORCE 60. 70. 80.
DIRELM SHEAR
12 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 90. 95.
DIRELM Z
17 EDGE KSI2
MOMENT 80. 70. 85.

DIRELM NORMAL
22 EDGE L2
MOMENT 20. 30. 35.
DIRELM SHEAR
/ 25-40 /
EDGE KSI
FORCE 27.
DIRECT 3
In this example, element 1 must be a linear quadrilateral element (two nodes

per edge), loaded with a perpendicular in-plane distributed force along the edge
from the second to the third node, varying linearly from 100 to 150 respectively
[Fig. 10.12a]. Element 4 must be a quadratic quadrilateral element (three nodes
per edge), loaded with a distributed force in the tangential plane and perpendic-
ular to the edge, the load varies quadratically from 100 in the fifth node via 120
in the sixth to 80 in the seventh [Fig. 10.12b]. Element 8 must be a quadratic
triangular element, loaded with a distributed shear force along the edge from
60 in the third node via 70 in the fourth to 80 in the fifth [Fig. 10.12c].
Element 12 must be a linear quadrilateral element loaded in the element z
direction (perpendicular to the tangential plane) along the edge varying from 90
in the fourth node to 95 in the first [Fig. 10.12d]. Element 17 must be a quadratic
quadrilateral element, loaded with a distributed moment in the tangential plane
and perpendicular to the edge, the load varies quadratically from 80 in the third
node via 70 in the fourth to 85 in the fifth [Fig. 10.12e]. Element 22 must be a
quadratic triangular element, loaded with a distributed shear moment along the
edge from 20 in the fifth node via 30 in the sixth to 35 in the first [Fig. 10.12f].
Elements 25 to 40 must be quadratic elements, loaded with a uniformly
distributed force of 27 in direction number 3 of table ’DIRECT’.
10.7.3 Face Load

Load on the face of curved shell elements may be specified directly with the
actual values of the load in the element nodes. Force load on the face may
also be input as hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two points
somewhere in the finite element model and Diana determines the actual values
for each element.
Direct input syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
10.7 Loading 299
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
the respective nodes of the element.
in the respective nodes of the element. Moment load cannot act around
The force or moment load varies along the element face according to the
interpolation order of the element: linearly [Fig. 10.13a,d], quadratically
[Fig. 10.13b,c,e] or higher-order. If you only specify f1 or m1 then the
load is uniform.
X, Y or Z for the element x, y or z direction respectively [Fig. 10.13a,c,b].
In-plane face load on quadrilateral elements may also be specified in an
isoparametric direction: KSI for the ξ direction [Fig. 10.13d] or ETA for the
η direction [Fig. 10.13e].
’DIRECT’.
z
f5
f4 f7 f6
y f8 f5 f6
x
f3 f1 f4 f4
f2 2
1 2 1
1 f3
2 f2
f1 f1
(b) f3
(a) f2 (c)
m4 f7 f6
f8 η
η f4 f5
m1 1 ξ m3 1 2 ξ
2
(d) m2 f1 f2
f3 (e)
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 FACE
FORCE 60. 106. 63. 100.
DIRELM X
4 FACE
FORCE 57. 49. 36. 61. 100. 70. 50. 54.
DIRELM Z
8 FACE
FORCE 65. 76. 100. 80. 58. 79.
DIRELM Y
12 FACE
MOMENT 43. 93. 96. 80.
DIRELM KSI
18 FACE
FORCE 60. 63. 69. 62. 64. 83. 59. 60.
DIRELM ETA
/ 25-40 /
FACE
FORCE 27.
DIRECT 3

the distributed face load in x direction varies linearly from 60 in the first node
via 106 in the second and 63 in the third to 79 in the last node [Fig. 10.13a].
Element 4 must be an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral, the distributed face
load in z direction (perpendicular to the element face) varies quadratically from
57 in the first node to 49 in the second etc. to 54 in the last node [Fig. 10.13b].
Element 8 must be a six-node (quadratic) triangle, the distributed face load in
y direction varies quadratically from 65 in the first node to 76 in the second etc.
to 79 in the last node [Fig. 10.13c].
Element 12 must be a four-node (linear) quadrilateral, the distributed mo-
ment load in ξ direction varies quadratically from 43 in the first node to 93
in the second etc. to 80 in the last node [Fig. 10.13d]. Element 18 must be
an eight-node (quadratic) quadrilateral, the distributed face load in η direction
varies quadratically from 60 in the first node to 63 in the second etc. to 60 in
the last node [Fig. 10.13e].
Elements 25 to 40 may be of any type, these are loaded with a uniformly
distributed face load of 27 in direction number 3.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
10.7 Loading 301
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n

put).

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
TEMPER te1 r [. . . ten r ] dte1 r [. . . dten r ]

CONCEN co1 r [. . . con r ] dco1 r [. . . dcon r ]
erage temperatures T0 in the respective element nodes. Values dte1 to
dten are the temperatures gradients1 ∆T in the respective element nodes
[Fig. 10.14]. T0 and ∆T vary over the element area according to the in-
z
T̄
∆T
terpolation order of the element: linearly, quadratically or higher-order.
1 gradient = difference between upper (+z) and lower (−z) surface of the element.
If you only specify te1 and dte1 then the temperature distribution is
uniform, else you must specify one T0 and one ∆T for each of the element
nodes.
perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 65. 70. 85. 68. 5. 6. 7. 4.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 13. -9.

the average temperature T0 varies linearly from 65° in the first node via 70° in
the second, 85° in the third to 68° in the last node. The temperature gradient
∆T varies linearly from 5° in the first node via 6° in the second, 7° in the third
to 4° in the last node. Elements 2 to 20 may be of any type, they have a uniform
average temperature T0 of 13° and a uniform temperature gradient of −9°, i.e.,
the upper surface is cooler than the lower surface.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r [. . . sxxn r ] dsxx1 r [. . . dsxxn r ]

syy1 r [. . . syyn r ] dsyy1 r [. . . dsyyn r ]
szz1 r [. . . szzn r ] dszz1 r [. . . dszzn r ]
sxy1 r [. . . sxyn r ] dsxy1 r [. . . dsxyn r ]
syz1 r [. . . syzn r ] dsyz1 r [. . . dsyzn r ]
szx1 r [. . . szxn r ] dszx1 r [. . . dszxn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress in the element nodes with mean val-
ues σ̄ 0 and gradients ∆z σ 0 . Values sxx1 to sxxn are σxx
0
in the respective
0
element nodes, dsxx1 to dsxxn are the ∆z σxx . Analogously syy stands
for σyy , szz for σzz etc.
The initial stresses vary over the element area according to the interpola-
tion order of the element: linearly, quadratically or higher-order. If you
only specify one value for the mean value and the gradient of each stress
component, then the stress distribution is uniform.

The basic variables of regular curved shell elements are the translations u and
the rotations φ [§ 10.2.1 p. 287]. The derived variables are the strains [§ 10.2.2
p. 288], the Cauchy stresses [§ 10.2.3.1 p. 289] and the generalized moments and
forces [§ 10.2.3.2 p. 289].
10.8.1 T15SH – triangular, 3 nodes
ξ ζ η
1
2
Figure 10.15: T15SH
The T15SH element [Fig. 10.15] is a three-node triangular isoparametric curved

shell element. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The in-
tegration in ζ direction (thickness) may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η
(10.6)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η
distribution along the element area in a ζ lamina. The strain εxx , the curvature
κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear force qxz are
constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The strain εyy , the
curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear force
qyz are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction. The default
integration scheme over the element area is a 3-point scheme. Alternatively, [nlc = 3]
it is possible to use the quadrilateral integration scheme. In this case T15SH
behaves as a Q20SH element of which node 1 and node 4 coincide. The default
in ζ direction (thickness) is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a suitable option. [nζ = 3]
Schemes higher than 3-point in ζ direction are only useful in case of nonlinear
analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T15SH no1 n no2 n no3 n
T15SH is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Local x̄ axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.1 on page 286.
Thickness and shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.3 on page 289.
Integration schemes, as quadrilateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.5.2 on page 294.
Shear reduction factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.6 on page 294.
Point load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.1 on page 294.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Temperature & concentration load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.4 on page 301.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.5 on page 302.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T15SH 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a T15SH element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
node 27 to 48, a 3×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic–parabolic shape.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 T15SH 12 9 35
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12
CYLIN 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 0.
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE L1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
Element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9 and 35. The element x̄ axis points at
45° with the global Y Z axes. The thickness varies from 0.10 to 0.15 to 0.12 in
nodes 12, 9 and 35 respectively. The element is patched on a cylinder with an
axis through the origin of the XY Z coordinate system and in a direction of 45°
with the X and Y axis. The element has a 1×3 integration scheme. The edge
edge and in the element tangent plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward in
10.8.2 Q20SH – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
4
ζ η
3
1 ξ
Figure 10.16: Q20SH
The Q20SH element [Fig. 10.16] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric curved

shell element. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration over the
ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (thickness) may be Gauss or
Simpson. To avoid shear locking, which results in a excessively stiff behavior,
Diana automatically modifies the transverse shear strain fields. The polynomi-
als for the translations u and the rotations φ can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη
(10.7)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη

following strain and stress distribution along the element area in a ζ lamina. The
strain εxx , the curvature κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the
shear force qxz are constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The
strain εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and
the shear force qyz are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction.
The only possible (and default) integration scheme over the element area is 2×2. [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
The default in ζ direction (thickness) is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a [nζ = 3]

suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point in ζ direction are only useful in
case of nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q20SH no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q20SH is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q20SH 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a Q20SH element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
node 27 to 48, a 2×2×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic shape.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 Q20SH 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
THICK 0.10 0.15 0.12 0.11
CYLIN 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 0.
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4
DIRELM NORMAL
Element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24. The element x̄ axis points
at 45° with the global Y Z axes. The thickness varies from 0.10 to 0.15 to 0.12
to 0.11 in nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24 respectively. The element is patched on a
cylinder with an axis through the origin of the XY Z coordinate system and in
a direction of 45° with the X and Y axis. The element has a 2×2×3 integration
scheme. The edge from node 24 to node 12 is loaded with a distributed force
perpendicular to the edge and in the element tangent plane. This force varies
from 3.6 outward in node 24 to 2.4 inward in node 12.
10.8.3 CT30S – triangle, 6 nodes
5
ξ η
ζ
6
4
1 2
3
Figure 10.17: CT30S
The CT30S element [Fig. 10.17] is a six-node triangular isoparametric curved shell
element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The inte-
gration in ζ direction (thickness) may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials
(10.8)
κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear force qxz vary
linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy , the
curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear force qyz
vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction. To avoid membrane
[nlc = 3] and shear locking, a reduced 3-point integration scheme over the area should
be used, which Diana applies by default. The default in ζ direction (thickness)
[nζ = 3] is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a suitable option. Schemes higher than
3-point in ζ direction are only useful in case of nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT30S no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT30S is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT30S 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CT30S element between the six nodes, starting with
x̄ axis from node 27 to 48, a 3×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic
shape.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT30S 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.09
SPHERE 0.5 1.4 3.7
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
DIRELM Z
The x̄ axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The thickness
varies from 0.10 in node 27 to 0.12 in node 48 etc. to 0.09 in node 36. The element
is patched on a sphere with the origin at X = 0.5, Y = 1.4 and Z = 3.7. The
element is integrated with a 3-point scheme in the area and also three points
(Simpson) in the ζ direction (thickness). A distributed force works over the
entire element perpendicular to the element face and has a value of 100 in node
27, 120 in node 48 etc.
10.8.4 CQ40S – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
7
ζ 6
8 η
ξ 5
1 4
2
3
Figure 10.18: CQ40S
The CQ40S element [Fig. 10.18] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric

curved shell element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss inte-
gration over the ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (thickness)
may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and the
rotations φ can be expressed as
(10.9)

shear force qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The
the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction.
To avoid membrane and shear locking , the only (and default) is a reduced
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] 2×2 integration scheme over the area. The default in ζ direction (thickness)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ40S no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ40S is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data


Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ40S 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ40S element between the eight nodes, starting with
ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x̄
axis from node 27 to 48, a 2×2×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic
shape.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ40S 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.09
CYLIN 23. -5. 8. 1. 1. 0.
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4 -7.3
DIRELM NORMAL
The x̄ axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global Y Z axes. The thickness
element is patched on a cylindrical shell with the axis through X = 23, Y = −5
and Z = 8 and pointing in a direction of 45° with the X and Y axis. The
element has a 2×2×3 integration scheme. The edge from node 7 to node 27
(with node 16 as mid point) is loaded with a distributed force perpendicular to
the edge and in the element tangent plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward
in node 7 via 2.4 inward in node 16 to 7.3 inward in node 27.
7
ξ η
8
6
9 ζ
5
1
2
3 4
Figure 10.19: CT45S
element. It is based on third-order interpolation and area integration. The in-
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 . . .
(10.10)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + a1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη + b4 ξ 2 + b5 η 2 . . .
quadratically in x direction and third-order in y direction. The strain εyy , the
qyz vary quadratically in y direction and third-order in x direction. By default
[nlc = 7] Diana applies a 7-point integration scheme over the element area, 4- and 6-
point are suitable options. Schemes higher than 7-point are unsuitable. The
[nζ = 3] default in ζ direction (thickness) is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a suitable
option. Schemes higher than 3-point in ζ direction are only useful in case of
nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT45S no1 n no2 n . . . no9 n
CT45S is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the nine nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Examples of input data for the CT45S element are like those for the CT30S
element [§ 10.8.3 p. 307], but the CT45S element has nine instead of six nodes
and therefore requires more values for thickness and loading.
10
9
11 ζ 8
η
12
7
ξ
1
2 5 6
3 4
Figure 10.20: CQ60S
The CQ60S element [Fig. 10.20] is an twelve-node quadrilateral isoparametric

curved shell element. It is based on third-order interpolation and Gauss inte-
gration over the ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (thickness) may
be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and the rotations
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 . . .
(10.11)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη + b4 ξ 2 + b5 η 2 + b6 ξ 2 η + b7 ξη 2 . . .

shear force qxz vary quadratically in x direction and linearly in y direction. The
the shear force qyz vary quadratically in y direction and linearly in x direction.
[nξ = 3, nη = 3] By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme over the element area, 2×2
[nζ = 3] is a suitable option. The default in ζ direction (thickness) is 3-point Simpson,
2-point Gauss is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point in ζ direction
are only useful in case of nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ60S is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twelve nodes
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Examples of input data for the CQ60S element are like those for the CQ40S
element [§ 10.8.4 p. 310], but the CQ60S element has twelve instead of eight nodes
and therefore requires more values for thickness and loading.
10.9 Regular Elements with Drilling Rotation

An additional rotation φz , the drilling rotation, has been added to the ba-
sic variables of the regular curved shell elements to get a new class of curved
shell elements [§ 10.2.1 p. 287]. In applications where the elements are nearly
co-planar in the nodes, the use of shell elements with drilling rotation is very
attractive because they avoid an ill-condition of the assembled global stiffness
matrix. Like for regular curved shell elements, the basic variables of regular
curved shell elements with drilling rotation are the translations u and the rota-
tions φ [§ 10.2.1 p. 287]. The derived variables are the strains [§ 10.2.2 p. 288],
the Cauchy stresses [§ 10.2.3.1 p. 289] and the generalized moments and forces
[§ 10.2.3.2 p. 289].
10.9 Regular Elements with Drilling Rotation 315
10.9.1 Fictitious Rotational Stiffness

For the quadratic curved shell elements with drilling rotation, Diana uses a
fictitious set of stiffness coefficients. These coefficients hardly influence the
analysis results and are defined by a matrix proportional with αz EtA, where αz
is a coefficient, E is Young’s modulus, t the average thickness and A the area.
The default value for αz is 10−8 , which may be overruled with the following [αz = 10−8 ]
input.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ALPHAZ az r ]
ALPHAZ az is the coefficient αz which Diana applies to calculate the fictitious

rotational stiffness for flat shell elements with drilling rotation.
10.9.2 T18SH – triangular, 3 nodes
ξ ζ η
1
2
Figure 10.21: T18SH
The T18SH element [Fig. 10.21] is a three-node triangular isoparametric curved

shell element. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The in-
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η
(10.12)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η
κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force nxx and the shear force qxz are
constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The strain εyy , the
qyz are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction. The default
integration scheme over the element area is a 3-point scheme. Alternatively, [nlc = 3]
it is possible to use the quadrilateral integration scheme. In this case T18SH
behaves as a Q24SH element of which node 1 and node 4 coincide. The default
in ζ direction (thickness) is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a suitable option. [nζ = 3]
Schemes higher than 3-point in ζ direction are only useful in case of nonlinear
analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T18SH no1 n no2 n no3 n
T18SH is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Integration schemes, as quadrilateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.5.2 on page 294.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 T18SH 27 48 15
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a T18SH element between nodes 27, 48 and 15. The
node 27 to 48, a 3×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic–parabolic shape.
4
ζ η
3
1 ξ
Figure 10.22: Q24SH
10.9.3 Q24SH – quadrilateral, 4 nodes

The Q24SH element [Fig. 10.22] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric curved
shell element. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration over the
ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (thickness) may be Gauss or
Simpson. To avoid shear locking, which results in a excessively stiff behavior,
Diana automatically modifies the transverse shear strain fields. The polynomi-
als for the translations u and the rotations φ can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη
(10.13)
φi (ξ, η) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ξη

shear force qxz are constant in x direction and vary linearly in y direction. The
the shear force qyz are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x direction.
The only possible (and default) integration scheme over the element area is 2×2. [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
The default in ζ direction (thickness) is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a [nζ = 3]
suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point in ζ direction are only useful in
case of nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q24SH no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q24SH is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data


Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 Q24SH 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a Q24SH element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
node 27 to 48, a 2×2×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic shape.
5
ξ η
ζ
6
4
1 2
3
Figure 10.23: CT36S
element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The inte-
gration in ζ direction (thickness) may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials
(10.14)
linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain εyy , the
curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the shear force qyz
vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction. To avoid membrane
and shear locking, a reduced 3-point integration scheme over the area should [nlc = 3]
be used, which Diana applies by default. The default in ζ direction (thickness)
is 3-point Simpson, 2-point Gauss is a suitable option. Schemes higher than [nζ = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT36S no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT36S is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT36S 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CT36S element between the six nodes, starting with
x̄ axis from node 27 to 48, a 3×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic

shape.
7
ζ 6
8 η
ξ 5
1 4
2
3
Figure 10.24: CQ48S
The CQ48S element [Fig. 10.24] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric

curved shell element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss inte-
gration over the ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (thickness)
may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and the
rotations φ can be expressed as
(10.15)

shear force qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The
the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction.
To avoid membrane and shear locking , the only (and default) is a reduced
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] 2×2 integration scheme over the area. The default in ζ direction (thickness)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ48S is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
10.10 Layered Elements 321
Other input data

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ48S 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 1
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
This input data specifies a CQ48S element between the eight nodes, starting with
ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. By default Diana assumes an element x̄
axis from node 27 to 48, a 2×2×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic
shape.
10.10 Layered Elements

The thickness of curved layered shell elements is subdivided in a number of
layers. Each layer has its own material properties and is numerically integrated
separately. The variables of curved layered shell elements are the same as for
the regular curved shell elements: translations u and the rotations φ [§ 10.2.1
p. 287], strains [§ 10.2.2 p. 288], Cauchy stresses [§ 10.2.3.1 p. 289] and generalized
moments and forces [§ 10.2.3.2 p. 289]. Typical applications of layered shell
elements are laminated structures like sandwich panels.
10.10.1 Input Data

Special attention must be paid to the input of the thickness of the layers, their
material properties and integration schemes.
10.10.1.1 Thickness
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
LAYER d1 r [d2 r . . . dk r ]
THICK specifies the total thickness of the element. Like for the regular elements,
values t1 to tn are the thicknesses t1 to tn in the respective element nodes
(t > 0) [Fig. 10.8 p. 290]. If you only specify t1 then the thickness is uniform.
z
t3 = d3 × t
t t2 = d2 × t
t1 = d1 × t
Figure 10.25: Layers and thickness
LAYER d1 to dk are the relative thicknesses d1 to dk for the layers [Fig. 10.25].
The number of specified values determines the number of layers k. The
(1 ≤ k ≤ 20) maximum number of layers is twenty. The absolute thickness for layer i
in node j becomes ti = di × tj . The sum of the relative thicknesses d must
P
( ki=1 di = 1) be equal to 1.
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
LAYER 0.1 0.8 0.1
2 THICK 0.25(3) 0.35 0.40 0.35
LAYER 0.5 0.5
In this example, geometry 1 is for layered shell elements with a uniform thickness
of 0.25 composed of three layers. The thickness of the layers from −z to +z
is 0.025, 0.2 and 0.025 respectively. Geometry 2 is for six-node layered shell
elements with a tapered thickness composed of two layers with equal thickness.
Shape. For layered curved shell elements you may specify the same predefined
shapes as for non-layered curved shell elements [§ 10.3.1 p. 290].
10.10.1.2 Material Properties

For layered shell elements, the material properties must be specified for each
layer. The input syntax of material assignment for layered elements slightly
differs from that for unlayered elements [§ 1.1.2 p. 3].
Material assignment for layered elements syntax
’ELEMEN’
MATERI
1 5 6 12 13 80
elem n LAYERS matnrs n...

1 5 6 12 13 80
/ elems ng... /
LAYERS matnrs n...
LAYERS assigns the material numbers matnrs to the respective layers of element
elem or elements elems .
Orthotropic material may be specified with different directions for each layer.
See further Volume Material Library.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT30L 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 LAYERS 6 8
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
6 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
8 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
LAYER 0.6 0.4
Material number 6 is assigned to the first layer of element 14 and material

number 8 to the second layer of the same element.
10.10.1.3 Integration Schemes

The input of integration schemes for layered shell elements is as for the regular
curved shell elements [§ 10.5 p. 293], but Diana applies the integration for each
layer separately.
5
ξ η
ζ layers
6
4
1 2
3
Figure 10.26: CT30L
10.10.2 CT30L – triangle, 6 nodes

The CT30L element [Fig. 10.26] is a six-node triangular isoparametric curved
layered shell element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration
per layer. The integration in ζ direction (layer thickness) may be Gauss or
Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and the rotations φ can be
expressed as
(10.16)
distribution along the element area in a ζ lamina of layer. The strain εxx , the
qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain
εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the
shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction. To
[nlc = 3] avoid membrane and shear locking, the only (and default) is a reduced 3-point
integration scheme over the area of a layer. The default in ζ direction (layer
[nζ = 3] thickness) is 3-point, 2-point is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point
in ζ direction are only useful in case of nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT30L no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT30L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.10.1.1 on page 322.
Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.3.1 on page 290.
Integration schemes per layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.5.1 on page 293.

Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT30L 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 LAYERS 6 8
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
6 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
8 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
LAYER 0.6 0.4
This input data specifies a CT30L element between the six nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a uniform thickness composed out of two layers: the
first layer with a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and
a thickness of 0.06, the second layer with a Young’s modulus E = 1.8×106 , a
Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.3 and a thickness of 0.04. By default Diana assumes an
element x̄ axis from node 27 to 48, a 3×3 integration scheme for both layers
and a hyperbolic-parabolic shape.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CT30L 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
8 LAYERS 1 2 3
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
2 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
3 YOUNG 1.6E6
POISON 0.4
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 1.0 1.0 0.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.09
LAYER 0.2 0.4 0.2
SPHERE 0.5 1.4 3.7
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE
FORCE 100. 120. 130. 150. 125. 115.
DIRELM Z
The x̄ axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global XY axes. The thickness
varies from 0.10 in node 27 to 0.12 in node 48 etc. to 0.09 in node 36 and is
composed out of three layers with relative thicknesses of 20%, 40% and 20%
respectively. The element is patched on a sphere with the origin at X = 0.5,
Y = 1.4 and Z = 3.7. Each of the three layers is integrated with a 3-point
scheme in the area and also three points (Simpson) in the ζ direction (thickness).
A distributed force works over the entire element perpendicular to the element
10.10.3 CQ40L – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
7
ζ 6
8 η layers
ξ 5
1 4
2
3
Figure 10.27: CQ40L
The CQ40L element [Fig. 10.27] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric

curved layered shell element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss
integration over the ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (layer thick-
ness) may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and
the rotations φ can be expressed as
(10.17)

following strain and stress distribution along the element area in a ζ lamina of a
layer. The strain εxx , the curvature κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force
nxx and the shear force qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y
direction. The strain εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane
force nyy and the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically
in x direction. To avoid membrane and shear locking, the only (and default)
is a reduced 2×2 integration scheme over the area. The default in ζ direction [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
(layer thickness) is 3-point, 2-point is a suitable option. Schemes higher than [nlc = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ40L no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ40L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.3.1 on page 290.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ40L 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 LAYERS 6 8
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
6 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
8 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
LAYER 0.6 0.4
This input data specifies a CQ40L element between the eight nodes, starting
ratio ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. The element has a uniform
thickness composed out of two layers: the first layer with a Young’s modulus
E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and a thickness of 0.06, the second layer
with a Young’s modulus E = 1.8×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.3 and a thickness
of 0.04. By default Diana assumes an element x̄ axis from node 27 to 48, a
2×2×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic shape.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CQ40L 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
8 LAYERS 1 2 3
GEOMET
8 2
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
2 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
3 YOUNG 1.6E6
POISON 0.4
’GEOMET’
2 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
THICK 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.09
LAYER 0.2 0.4 0.2
CYLIN 23. -5. 8. 1. 1. 0.
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2 3
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 EDGE KSI1
FORCE 3.6 -2.4 -7.3
DIRELM NORMAL
The x̄ axis of element 8 points at 45° with the global Y Z axes. The thickness
varies from 0.10 in node 27 to 0.12 in node 48 etc. to 0.09 in node 16 and is
composed out of three layers with relative thicknesses of 20%, 40% and 20%
respectively. The element is patched on a cylindrical shell with the axis through
X = 23, Y = −5 and Z = 8 and pointing in a direction of 45° with the X and Y
axis. Each of the three layers is integrated with a 2×2 scheme in the area and
10.11 Layered Elements with Drilling Rotation 329
three points in the ζ direction (thickness). The edge from node 7 to node 27
(with node 16 as mid point) is loaded with a distributed force perpendicular to
the edge and in the element tangent plane. This force varies from 3.6 outward
in node 7 via 2.4 inward in node 16 to 7.3 inward in node 27.
10.11 Layered Elements with Drilling Rotation

Using the same approach as in the case of regular curved shell elements with
drilling rotation [§ 10.9 p. 314] an additional rotation φz , the drilling rotation,
has been added to the basic variables of the layered curved shell elements to get
a new class of layered curved shell elements with drilling rotation.
10.11.1 Input Data

The input data for the layered curved shell elements with drilling rotation are
the same as the layered curved shell elements without drilling rotation [§ 10.10.1
p. 321].
10.11.2 CT36L – triangle, 6 nodes
5
ξ η
ζ layers
6
4
1 2
3
Figure 10.28: CT36L
The CT36L element [Fig. 10.28] is a six-node triangular isoparametric curved

layered shell element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration
per layer. The integration in ζ direction (layer thickness) may be Gauss or
Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and the rotations φ can be
expressed as
(10.18)
distribution along the element area in a ζ lamina of layer. The strain εxx , the
qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y direction. The strain
εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane force nyy and the
shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x direction. To
avoid membrane and shear locking, the only (and default) is a reduced 3-point [nlc = 3]
integration scheme over the area of a layer. The default in ζ direction (layer
[nζ = 3] thickness) is 3-point, 2-point is a suitable option. Schemes higher than 3-point
in ζ direction are only useful in case of nonlinear analysis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT36L no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT36L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.3.1 on page 290.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CT36L 27 48 15 45 22 36
MATERI
14 LAYERS 6 8
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
6 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
8 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
LAYER 0.6 0.4
This input data specifies a CT36L element between the six nodes, starting with
node 27. The element has a uniform thickness composed out of two layers: the
first layer with a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and
a thickness of 0.06, the second layer with a Young’s modulus E = 1.8×106 , a
10.11 Layered Elements with Drilling Rotation 331
Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.3 and a thickness of 0.04. By default Diana assumes an

element x̄ axis from node 27 to 48, a 3×3 integration scheme for both layers
and a hyperbolic-parabolic shape.
10.11.3 CQ48L – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
7
ζ 6
8 η layers
ξ 5
1 4
2
3
Figure 10.29: CQ48L
The CQ48L element [Fig. 10.29] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric

curved layered shell element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss
integration over the ξη element area. The integration in ζ direction (layer thick-
ness) may be Gauss or Simpson. The polynomials for the translations u and
the rotations φ can be expressed as
(10.19)

following strain and stress distribution along the element area in a ζ lamina of a
layer. The strain εxx , the curvature κxx , the moment mxx , the membrane force
nxx and the shear force qxz vary linearly in x direction and quadratically in y
direction. The strain εyy , the curvature κyy , the moment myy , the membrane
force nyy and the shear force qyz vary linearly in y direction and quadratically
in x direction. To avoid membrane and shear locking, the only (and default)
is a reduced 2×2 integration scheme over the area. The default in ζ direction [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
(layer thickness) is 3-point, 2-point is a suitable option. Schemes higher than [nlc = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ48L no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ48L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.3.1 on page 290.
Edge load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.2 on page 296.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.7.3 on page 298.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CQ48L 27 48 15 45 22 36 7 16
MATERI
14 LAYERS 6 8
GEOMET
14 1
’MATERI’
6 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
8 YOUNG 1.8E6
POISON 0.3
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.1
LAYER 0.6 0.4
This input data specifies a CQ48L element between the eight nodes, starting
ratio ν = 0.2 and a uniform thickness of 0.1. The element has a uniform
thickness composed out of two layers: the first layer with a Young’s modulus
E = 2.1×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2 and a thickness of 0.06, the second layer
with a Young’s modulus E = 1.8×106 , a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.3 and a thickness
of 0.04. By default Diana assumes an element x̄ axis from node 27 to 48, a
2×2×3 integration scheme and a hyperbolic-parabolic shape.
Chapter 11
Solid Elements
Solid elements are general purpose elements. However, because of their tendency
to produce large systems of equations, these elements are usually applied only
when other elements are unsuitable or would produce inaccurate analysis results.
Solid elements are characterized by the following properties [Fig. 11.1]: the stress
X Y
Figure 11.1: Solid elements, characteristics
situation is three-dimensional, the loading may be arbitrary, the dimension in

three axial directions X, Y and Z are of the same order of magnitude. Typical
applications of solid elements are the analysis of voluminous structures like
concrete foundations and off-shore structures, thick walls and floors, and soil
masses. An other application is the detailed analysis of pipe intersections.
11.1 Axes
For solid elements Diana needs no special user input data to set up the element
axes. By default, the element x, y and z axes are set up parallel to the global
X, Y and Z axes respectively [Fig. 11.2a].
334 Solid Elements
z
x
x y ȳ
y
Z z
X Y
Figure 11.2: Axes
User-specified axes. If you prefer element xyz axes other than default, for
instance to get the primary stresses in a specific direction, then you must ex-
plicitly specify the direction of the x axis. In that case you must also specify an
ȳ axis which Diana uses to set up the real y and z axes. [Fig. 11.2b]. First the
z axis is put perpendicular to the x and ȳ axes. Then y ⊥ zx is created. The x
and ȳ axes must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr
YAXIS xr yr zr ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x axis where x , y and z are vector components in the

model XY Z coordinate system.
YAXIS is a user-specified ȳ axis where x , y and z are vector components in the
model XY Z coordinate system. The specified direction of the ȳ axis may
not coincide with the specified x axis.
11.2 Variables
11.2.1 Displacements
The basic variables in the nodes of solid elements are the translations ux , uy
and uz in the local element directions [Fig. 11.3].
 
 ux 
ue = uy (11.1)
 
uz
11.2 Variables 335
uz
ux uy
11.2.2 Strains
The displacements in the nodes yield the deformations dux , duy and duz of an
infinitesimal part dx dy dz of the element [Fig. 11.4]. From these deformations,
z
dx dy duz
dz
y
x
dux duy
Diana derives the Green–Lagrange strains of Equation (11.2).

 

 εxx 


 

 εyy 


 
εzz
ε= (11.2)

 γxy 


 

 γyz 


 
γzx
with
∂ux ∂uy ∂uz
εxx = εyy = εzz =
∂x ∂y ∂z
(11.3)
∂ux ∂uy ∂uy ∂uz ∂uz ∂ux
γxy = + γyz = + γzx = +
∂y ∂x ∂z ∂y ∂x ∂z
These Green–Lagrange strains are derived for all integration points and may be
extrapolated to the nodes. The sign convention for strains is that an elongation
yields a positive strain.
336 Solid Elements
11.2.3 Stresses
Diana can calculate and output Cauchy stresses for all types of solid elements.
For some element types, Diana can determine and output generalized moments
and forces by integrating the Cauchy stresses in a user-specified thickness direc-
tion.
11.2.3.1 Cauchy
Equation (11.4) in the integration points.
 

 σxx 


 


 σ yy 

 
σzz
σ= (11.4)

 σxy = σyx 


 

 σyz = σzy 


 
σzx = σxz
σzz
σzx σzy
σxz σyz
σyy
σxx σxy σyx

For all solid shell elements, Diana performs a numerical integration with an
11.3.1 Pyramids
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
11.4 Loading 337
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points in the volume of the element.
See § 21.5.4 on page 633 for enumeration and location of the integration
points.
11.3.2 Wedges
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points in the triangular cross-section

of the wedge. Value nzeta is the number of integration points in the
isoparametric ζ direction (the ‘height’) of the element. See § 21.5.5 on
page 633 for enumeration and location of the integration points.
11.3.3 Bricks
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nxi and neta are the number of integration points in the isoparametric
ξ and η direction respectively. Value nzeta is the number of integration
points in the isoparametric ζ direction (the ‘height’) of the element. See
§ 21.5.6 on page 634 for enumeration and location of the integration points.
11.4 Loading
Solid elements may be loaded with a concentrated load or with a distributed
load over one or more element faces or with a load acting on the entire element
volume. A temperature or concentration load as well as an initial stress situation
may be specified for the element nodes.
11.4.1 Point Load

A concentrated force and moment load may be specified to act in a point of
solid elements.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
POINT
338 Solid Elements
FORCE fr
NODE nodenr n
COOR xr yr zr
ISO
xi r eta r zeta r
l1 r l2 r l3 r zeta r
v1 r v2 r v3 r v4 r
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
POINT indicates a concentrated load that acts in a point of the solid element(s).
must be situated within the boundaries of the element.
which must be situated within the boundaries of the element.
ISO specifies the isoparametric coordinates of the point, depending on the ele-
ment shape.
(−1 ≤ ξ, η, ζ ≤ For brick elements xi , eta , and zeta respectively are the isoparametric
+1)
ξ, η, and ζ coordinate.
(0 ≤ L1,2,3 ≤ 1) For wedge elements l1 , l2 , and l3 respectively are the area coordinates
(L1 + L2 + L3 = L1 , L2 and L3 ; zeta is the isoparametric ζ coordinate.
1)
(−1 ≤ ζ ≤ +1)
For pyramid elements v1 , v2 , v3 , and v4 respectively are the volume
(0 ≤ V1−4 ≤ 1)
coordinates V1 , V2 , V3 and V4 .
(V1 + V2 + V3 +
V4 = 1)
element directions.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
/ 1-10 /
POINT
FORCE 150.
ISO 0.0 0.0 0.0
11.4 Loading 339
DIRELM Z
25 POINT
FORCE -100.
NODE 254
DIRECT 3
36 POINT
FORCE 0.25
COOR 348.35 10.25 -27.56
DIRELM X
11.4.2 Line Load

A distributed force load may be applied on an edge of solid elements.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EDGE fcenms w2
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
EDGE indicates an edge load on an edge of the element, fcenms are the two
names of the element faces adjacent to the edge. The face names depend
on the element topology: pyramid [§ 1.4.3 p. 6], wedge [§ 1.4.4 p. 7], or
brick [§ 1.4.5 p. 8].
in the nodes of the element edge. Value f1 holds for the first node and
the next values for the other nodes of the edge, in sequence of the node
numbering.
The load varies along the element edge according to the interpolation order
of the element: linearly, quadratically or higher-order. If you only specify
f1 then the load is uniform, else you must specify one f for each of the
edge nodes.
X , Y or Z for the element x, y or z direction respectively [§ 11.1 p. 333].
’DIRECT’.
340 Solid Elements
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
4 EDGE ZETA1 L1
FORCE 1.25
DIRELM X
5 EDGE L3 L2
FORCE 1.25 2.32 0.125
DIRECT 2
8 EDGE KSI2 ETA2
FORCE 1.25
DIRELM Z
In the above example input element 4 is a wedge element. Element 5 is a

quadratic element, it may be either a pyramid or a wedge. Element 8 is a brick
element.
11.4.3 Face Load

Load on a face of solid elements may be specified directly with the actual values
of the load in the element nodes. Force load on a face may also be input as
hydrostatic load where you specify the values in two points somewhere in the
Direct input syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE fcenam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FACE fcenam is the name of the loaded face. This name depends on the element
shape: pyramid [§ 1.4.3 p. 6], wedge [§ 1.4.4 p. 7] or brick [§ 1.4.5 p. 8].
FORCE f1 to fk are the values f of the distributed force load per unit area in
the respective nodes of the element face. Value f1 holds for the lowest
node number, the next values around for the other nodes of the face such
that the axis of rotation points outward [Fig. 11.6].
11.4 Loading 341
The load varies along the element face according to the interpolation order
of the element: linearly [Fig. 11.6a-c], quadratically [Fig. 11.6d-f] or higher-
order. If you only specify f1 then the load is uniform, else you must specify
one f for each of the face nodes.
X , Y or Z for the element x, y or z direction respectively [Fig. 11.6a,d]. Di-
rection NORMAL specifies a load perpendicular to the face, where a positive
value indicates outward loading [Fig. 11.6b,e].
The load may also act in an isoparametric direction, specification depends
on the element shape. For quadrilateral faces of wedges: SHRKSI or SHRETA
respectively for the ξ or η direction of the face. For (quadrilateral) faces
of bricks: KSI , ETA or ZETA respectively for the ξ, η or ζ direction of the
element [Fig. 11.6c].

’DIRECT’.
n f3 8
4 f1
z f3 f2 7 f3
6
4 5 6 f4
x y ζ
5
3 η
1 f2 1 1 f2
3 f1
3
(a) 2 f1
(b) (c) 2
2
19
20
15 f6 f5
10 f5 14
f6 13 f7
z f7 15
f4 9 11 f4
x y
n
1 f8 1
5 f8
(d) 2 f3 2 f3
3
(e)
f1 f2
f1 f2
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
2 FACE L1
DIRELM Y
FORCE 2.0 1.8 1.3
6 FACE ZETA2
342 Solid Elements
DIRELM NORMAL
FORCE 2.1 1.9 2.6
8 FACE KSI2
DIRELM ETA
FORCE 1.8 2.0 2.5 1.4
15 FACE L1
DIRELM X
FORCE 2.5 3.6 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.4
18 FACE KSI2
DIRELM NORMAL
FORCE 2.5 3.5 2.1 1.0 2.8 1.8 1.1 2.4
In this example, element 2 must be a four-node pyramid [Fig. 11.6a], the L1

face (nodes 2-3-4) is loaded with a distributed load in the element y direction
linearly varying from 2.0 in the second node to 1.8 in the third to 1.3 in the
fourth. Element 6 must be a six-node wedge [Fig. 11.6b], it is loaded with a
distributed load perpendicular to the ZETA2 face (nodes 4-5-6) linearly varying
from 2.1 in the fourth node to 1.9 in the third to 2.6 in the sixth. Element 8
must be an eight-node brick [Fig. 11.6c], the KSI2 face (nodes 2-3-7-6) is loaded
with a distributed load in the isoparametric η direction linearly varying from
1.8 in the second node to 2.0 in the third to 2.5 in the seventh to 1.4 in the
sixth.
Element 15 must be a fifteen-node wedge [Fig. 11.6d], it is loaded with a
distributed load in the element x direction in the L1 face (nodes 3-4-5-9-14-13-
12-8) quadratically varying from 2.5 in the third node to 3.6 in the fourth etc.
to 2.4 in the eighth. Element 18 must be a twenty-node brick [Fig. 11.6e], it
is loaded with a distributed load perpendicular to the KSI2 face (nodes 3-4-5-
11-17-16-15-10) quadratically varying from 2.5 in the third node to 3.5 in the
fourth etc. to 2.4 in the tenth.
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE fcenam w
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
FACE fcenam is the name of the loaded face. This name depends on the element
shape: pyramid [§ 1.4.3 p. 6], wedge [§ 1.4.4 p. 7] or brick [§ 1.4.5 p. 8].
11.4 Loading 343
put).
11.4.4 Volume Load

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
VOLUME
DIRELM dirnam w
DIRECT dirnr n
VOLUME indicates a volume load.

FORCE f1 to fn are the values f of the distributed force load per unit volume
in the respective element nodes.
The load varies along the element volume according to the interpolation
order of the element: linearly, quadratically or higher-order. If you only
specify f1 then the load is uniform, else you must specify one f for each
of the element nodes.
X , Y or Z for the element x, y or z direction respectively [§ 11.1 p. 333].
’DIRECT’.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

344 Solid Elements
TEMPER specifies an element temperature load. Values te1 to ten are the tem-
peratures T in the respective element nodes. The temperatures T vary
over the element area according to the interpolation order of the element:
linearly, quadratically or higher-order. If you only specify te1 then the
temperature distribution is uniform, else you must specify one T for each
of the element nodes.

perature.
file .dat
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 TEMPER 65. 70. 85. 68. 66. 58. 52. 63.
/ 2-20 /
TEMPER 13.
In this example element 1 must be an eight-node (linear) brick element, the

temperature T varies linearly from 65° in the first node via 70° in the second,
uniform temperature T of 13°.

syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

syy1 r [. . . syyn r ]
szz1 r [. . . szzn r ]
syz1 r [. . . syzn r ]
szx1 r [. . . szxn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial (residual) stress σ 0 . Values sxx1 to sxxn are σxx
0
in the respective element nodes. Analogously syy stands for σyy , szz for
σzz etc.
The initial stresses vary over the element volume according to the interpo-
lation order of the element: linearly, quadratically or higher-order. If you
only specify one value σ 0 for each stress component, then the stress distri-
bution is uniform, else you must specify one σ 0 for each stress component
for each of the element nodes.

The basic variables of regular solid elements are the translations ux , uy and uz
[§ 11.2.1 p. 334]. The derived variables are the Green–Lagrange strains [§ 11.2.2
p. 335] and the Cauchy stresses [§ 11.2.3 p. 336].
11.5.1 TE12L – pyramid, 3 sides, 4 nodes
ξ ζ
η
3
1
Figure 11.7: TE12L
The TE12L element [Fig. 11.7] is a four-node, three-side isoparametric solid pyra-
mid element. It is based on linear interpolation and numerical integration. The
polynomials for the translations uxyz can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ (11.5)
These polynomials yield a constant strain and stress distribution over the ele-
ment volume. By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme over the [nlc = 1]
volume, 4- and 5-point are suitable options. Schemes higher than 5-point are
not available.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TE12L no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
TE12L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

Local x and ȳ axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.1 on page 333.
Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Volume load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.4 on page 343.
346 Solid Elements

Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 TE12L 27 48 15 18
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a TE12L element between nodes 27, 48, 15 and 18. The
element has a Young’s modulus E = 2.1×106 and a Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.2. By
default Diana assumes element xyz axes parallel to the global XY Z axes and
a 1-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 TE12L 12 9 35 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 6
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
6 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
YAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 4
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE L3
FORCE 3.6 3.2 3.0
DIRELM NORMAL
In this example, element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24. The element
x axis points at 45° with the global Y Z axes and the y axis is parallel to the
global Z axis. The element is integrated with a 4-point scheme. A distributed
force load acts outward and perpendicular to the face between nodes 12, 9 and
24. This load varies linearly from 3.6 in node 12 to 3.2 in node 9 to 3.0 in node
24.
11.5.2 TP18L – wedge, 6 nodes
ζ
6
4
5
1 ξ
3
η
2
Figure 11.8: TP18L
The TP18L element [Fig. 11.8] is a six-node isoparametric solid wedge element. It
is based on linear area interpolation in the triangular domain and a linear isopa-
rametric interpolation in the ζ direction. The polynomials for the translations
uxyz can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξζ + a5 ηζ (11.6)
These polynomials yield a constant strain and stress distribution over the ele-
ment volume. By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme in the [nlc = 1]
triangular domain and 2-point in the ζ direction. Schemes higher than 1×2 are [nζ = 2]
unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TP18L no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
TP18L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
348 Solid Elements

Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 TP18L 27 48 15 18 45 19
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a TP18L element between nodes 27, 48, . . . , 19. The
default Diana assumes element xyz axes parallel to the global XY Z axes, a
3-point integration scheme in the triangular area and a 2-point scheme in the ζ
direction.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 TP18L 12 9 35 24 26 30
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 6
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
6 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
YAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 1
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE ZETA2
FORCE 3.6 3.2 3.0
DIRELM NORMAL
In this example, element 8 has user-specified axis directions: the x axis points at
45° with the global Y Z axes and the y axis is parallel to the global Z axis. The
element is integrated with a 3-point scheme in the triangular area and with one
point in ζ direction. A distributed force load acts outward and perpendicular
to the face between nodes 24, 26 and 30. This load varies linearly from 3.6 in
node 24 to 3.2 in node 26 to 3.0 in node 30.
11.5.3 HX24L – brick, 8 nodes
ζ
8
7
5 6
η
ξ
1 4
3
Figure 11.9: HX24L
The HX24L element [Fig. 11.9] is an eight-node isoparametric solid brick element.
It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomials for
the translations uxyz can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξη + a5 ηζ + a6 ζξ + a7 ξηζ (11.7)
Typically, a rectangular brick element approximates the following strain and

stress distribution over the element volume. The strain εxx and stress σxx are
constant in x direction and vary linearly in y and z direction. The strain εyy
and stress σyy are constant in y direction and vary linearly in x and z direction.
The strain εzz and stress σzz are constant in z direction and vary linearly in x
and y direction. If bending behavior is dominant the use of incompatible bubble
displacement modes is advised, see BUBBLE below. By default Diana applies a
2×2×2 integration scheme, 1×1×1 is a suitable option if all assumed strain [nξ = 2,
nη = 2, nζ = 2]
options are suppressed, see NOCSHE below. The 1×1×1 integration scheme is
based on uniform strain assumption with orthogonal hourglass control according
to Flanagan and Belytschko [3]. Schemes higher than 2×2×2 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
HX24L no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
HX24L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
350 Solid Elements

’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ]
CDILAT
EAS [easnum n ]
BUBBLE
NOCSHE
To enhance the behavior of the HX24L element in certain situations, an assumed

strain option may be specified. See Chapter 22 for background theory.
CDILAT applies constant dilatation with selective reduced integration. This op-
tion has modified volumetric strain. This improves the incompressible
behavior and robustness of elastoplastic analysis.
EAS applies incompatible enhanced assumed strain modes, easnum is the num-
ber of incompatible strain modes. Possible are EAS 9, EAS 15, EAS 21 or
EAS 30.
The EAS 9 option results in improved incompressible behavior by modified
volumetric strain. It improves the robustness of elastoplastic analysis. The
other options result in improved bending and incompressible behavior by
modified shear and volumetric strain. They have good performance in
linear elastic analysis but nonlinear analyses may be unstable.
If you omit the EAS input data item, then Diana applies fifteen incom-
[EAS 15] patible strain modes by default. The same occurs if you specify an EAS
[easnum =15] input data item without easnum .
BUBBLE applies incompatible bubble displacement modes. This option results

in improved bending and incompressible behavior by modified shear and
volumetric strain. It is specially suited for elastic analysis. In nonlinear
analysis this option may yield an unstable solution.
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 HX24L 27 48 15 18 45 32 33 19
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies an HX24L element between nodes 27, 48, . . . , 19. The
a 2×2×2 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 HX24L 12 9 35 24 26 30 33 27
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 6
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
6 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
YAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 3 3 3
BUBBLE
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE ZETA2
FORCE 3.6 3.2 3.0 2.9
DIRELM NORMAL
In this example, element 8 has user-specified axis directions: the x axis points
at 45° with the global Y Z axes and the y axis is parallel to the global Z axis.
The element is integrated with a 3×3×3 scheme, incompatible bubble displace-
ment modes are added to improve the bending and incompressible behavior. A
distributed force load acts outward and perpendicular to the face between nodes
26-30-33-27. This load varies linearly from 3.6 in node 26 to 3.2 in node 30 to
3.0 in node 33 to 2.9 in node 27.
352 Solid Elements
11.5.4 CTE30 – pyramid, 3 sides, 10 nodes
10
ξ
ζ
7 η
9
6 8
5
1
2 4
3
Figure 11.10: CTE30
The CTE30 element [Fig. 11.10] is a ten-node, three-side isoparametric solid pyra-
mid element. It is based on quadratic interpolation and numerical integration.
The polynomials for the translations uxyz can be expressed as
ui (ξ, η, ζ) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξη + a5 ηζ+

(11.8)
a6 ξη + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2
Typically, these polynomials yield a linearly varying strain and stress distribu-
[nlc = 4] tion over the element volume. By default Diana applies a 4-point integration
scheme over the volume, 1- and 5-point are suitable options. Schemes higher
than 5-point are not available.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTE30 no1 n no2 n . . . no10 n
CTE30 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the ten nodes no1
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CTE30 27 48 15 32 17 19 26 12 14 18
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CTE30 element between nodes 27, 48, . . . , 18. The
a 4-point integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CTE30 12 9 35 33 36 7 15 21 23 24
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 6
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
6 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
YAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 5
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE L3
FORCE 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.1 3.6 4.1
DIRELM NORMAL
In this example, element 8 is connected to nodes 12, 9, 35 and 24. The element
x axis points at 45° with the global Y Z axes and the y axis is parallel to the
global Z axis. The element is integrated with a 5-point scheme. A distributed
force load acts outward and perpendicular to the face between nodes 12-9-35-
21-24-15. This load varies quadratically from 3.6 to 3.2 etc. to 4.1 in these nodes
respectively.
354 Solid Elements
11.5.5 CTP45 – wedge, 15 nodes
ζ
15
14
10 12
11 13
7 9
6
ξ
1 8
5
2
η
4
3
Figure 11.11: CTP45
The CTP45 element [Fig. 11.11] is a fifteen-node isoparametric solid wedge ele-
ment. It is based on quadratic interpolation and numerical integration. The

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξηζ+ (11.9)
2 2 2 2
a11 ξ ζ + a12 η ζ + a13 ξζ + a14 ηζ
These polynomials yield a strain and stress distribution which varies approxi-
mately linearly over the element volume. By default Diana applies a 4-point
[nlc = 4] integration scheme in the triangular domain and a 2-point scheme in the ζ
[nζ = 2] direction. In a small element patch (± two elements), the 3 × 2 scheme may
lead to zero-energy modes and a too soft behavior. It is sufficient to apply a
4-point scheme in the triangular domain and a 3-point scheme in ζ direction,
schemes of higher order are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTP45 no1 n no2 n . . . no15 n
CTP45 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the fifteen nodes
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.

Default file .dat

’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CTP45 27 48 15 18 45 43 39 26 25 17 32 28 24 22 19
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CTP45 element between nodes 27, 48, . . . , 19. The
default Diana assumes element xyz axes parallel to the global XY Z axes, a
3-point integration scheme in the triangular area and a 2-point scheme in the ζ
direction.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CTP45 12 9 35 24 26 7 8 10 13 27 25 29 18 16 30
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 6
DATA
8 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
6 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
YAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 6 2
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE ZETA2
FORCE 3.6 3.2 3.0 2.9 2.6 3.1
DIRELM NORMAL
In this example, element 8 has user-specified axis directions: the x axis points at
356 Solid Elements
45° with the global Y Z axes and the y axis is parallel to the global Z axis. The
element is integrated with a 6-point scheme in the triangular area and with two
points in ζ direction. A distributed force load acts outward and perpendicular to
the face between nodes 27-25-29-18-16-30. This load varies quadratically from
3.6 to 3.2 etc. to 3.1 in these nodes respectively.
11.5.6 CHX60 – brick, 20 nodes
ζ 19
20 18
16 17
13 14
15
12
η
9 11
8 7
10 6
ξ
1
5
2
3 4
Figure 11.12: CHX60
The CHX60 element [Fig. 11.12] is a twenty-node isoparametric solid brick ele-
ment. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The poly-
nomials for the translations uxyz can be expressed as

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξηζ+
(11.10)
a11 ξ 2 η + a12 ξ 2 ζ + a13 ξη 2 + a14 ξζ 2 + a15 η 2 ζ+
a16 ηζ 2 + a17 ξ 2 ηζ + a18 ξη 2 ζ + a19 ξηζ 2

stress distribution over the element volume. The strain εxx and stress σxx vary
linearly in x direction and quadratically in y and z direction. The strain εyy
and stress σyy vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x and z direction.
The strain εzz and stress σzz vary linearly in z direction and quadratically in
[nξ = 3, x and y direction. By default Diana applies a 3×3×3 integration scheme. A
nη = 3, nζ = 3]
suitable option in a patch of more than one element is 2×2×2 which yields
optimal stress points. Schemes lower than 2×2×2 or higher than 3×3×3 are
unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CHX60 no1 n no2 n . . . no20 n
CHX60 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twenty nodes
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Default file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
14 CHX60 27 48 15 18 45 32 33 31
12 14 16 17
10 11 41 43 13 21 23 19
MATERI
14 1
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
This input data specifies a CHX60 element between nodes 27, 48, . . . , 19. The
a 3×3×3 integration scheme.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
8 CHX60 12 19 35 24 26 30 33 27
10 17 31 23
13 21 29 28 25 36 18 32
MATERI
8 1
GEOMET
8 6
DATA
8 1
358 Solid Elements
’MATERI’
1 YOUNG 2.1E6
POISON 0.2
’GEOMET’
6 XAXIS 0.0 1.0 1.0
YAXIS 1.0 0.0 0.0
’DATA’
1 NINTEG 2 2 2
’LOADS’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
8 FACE ZETA2
FORCE 3.6 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1
DIRELM NORMAL
In this example, element 8 has user-specified axis directions: the x axis points
at 45° with the global Y Z axes and the y axis is parallel to the global Z axis.
The element is integrated with a 2×2×2 scheme. A distributed force load acts
outward and perpendicular to the face between nodes 13-21-29-28-25-36-18-32.
This load varies quadratically from 3.6 to 3.2 etc. to 3.1 in these nodes respec-
tively.
11.5.7 CTE48 – pyramid, 3 sides, 16 nodes
16
ζ
ξ
η 15
13
14
10
12
9 11
8 7
1
2 6
5
3
4
Figure 11.13: CTE48
The CTE48 element [Fig. 11.13] is a sixteen-node, three-side isoparametric solid

pyramid element. It is based on third-order interpolation and numerical inte-
gration. The polynomials for the translations uxyz can be expressed as
a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξ 2 η+ (11.11)
2 2 2 2 2
a11 ξ ζ + a12 ξη + a13 ξζ + a14 η ζ + a15 ηζ
Typically, these polynomials approximate the following strain and stress distri-
bution. The strain εxx and stress σxx vary linearly in x direction and quadrat-
ically in y and z direction. The strain εyy and stress σyy vary linearly in y
direction and quadratically in x and z direction. The strain εzz and stress σzz
vary linearly in z direction and quadratically in x and y direction. By default
Diana applies a 64-point integration scheme over the volume. Other schemes [nlc = 64]
are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTE48 no1 n no2 n . . . no16 n
CTE48 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the sixteen nodes
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Examples of input data for the CTE48 element are like those for the CTE30
element [§ 11.5.4 p. 352], but the CTE48 element has sixteen instead of ten nodes
and therefore requires more values for non-uniform loading.
11.5.8 CTP72 – wedge, 24 nodes

The CTP72 element [Fig. 11.14] is a twenty-four-node isoparametric solid wedge
element. It is based on third-order interpolation and numerical integration. The

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξ 2 η+
a11 ξ 2 ζ + a12 ξη 2 + a13 ξζ 2 + a14 η 2 ζ + a15 ηζ 2 + (11.12)
2 2 2 2 2 2
a16 ξηζ + a17 ξ η + a18 ξ ηζ + a19 ξη ζ + a20 ξ η ζ+
a21 ξζ 3 + a22 ηζ 3 + a23 ζ 3
Typically, these polynomials approximate the following strain and stress distri-
bution. The strain εxx and stress σxx vary linearly in x direction and quadrat-
ically in y and z direction. The strain εyy and stress σyy vary linearly in y
direction and quadratically in x and z direction. The strain εzz and stress σzz
360 Solid Elements
ζ
24 23 22
16
21
17 20
18 19 15
13
10 14 12
9
1
11 8 ξ
7
2
6 η
3 5
4
Figure 11.14: CTP72
vary linearly in z direction and quadratically in x and y direction. By default

[nlc = 9] Diana applies a 9-point integration scheme in the triangular domain and a
[nζ = 4] 4-point scheme in the ζ direction. Options are 6- and 7-point in the triangular
domain, and 3-point in the ζ direction. Other schemes are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTP72 no1 n no2 n . . . no24 n
CTP72 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twenty-four
nodes no1 to no24 in sequence from Figure 11.14.
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Examples of input data for the CTP72 element are like those for the CTP45
element [§ 11.5.5 p. 354], but the CTP72 element has twenty-four instead of fifteen
nodes and therefore requires more values for non-uniform loading.
ζ
30
29
31 28
32
20 27
21
22 25 26 η
23 24
17 16 19
13 18
12 11 ξ 15
10
1 14 9
8 7
2
3 5 6
4
Figure 11.15: CHX96

The CHX96 element [Fig. 11.15] is a thirty-two-node isoparametric solid brick
element. It is based on third-order interpolation and Gauss integration. The

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξ 3 +
a11 ξ 2 η + a12 ξη 2 + a13 η 3 + a14 η 2 ζ + a15 ηζ 2 +
a16 ζ 3 + a17 ξζ 2 + a18 ξ 2 ζ + a19 ξηζ + a20 ξ 3 η+ (11.13)
3 3 3 3 3
a21 ξη + a22 η ζ + a23 ηζ + a24 ξζ + a25 ξ ζ+
a26 ξ 2 ηζ + a27 ξη 2 ζ + a28 ξηζ 2 + a29 ξ 3 ηζ + a30 ξη 3 ζ+
a31 ξηζ 3

stress distribution over the element volume. The strain εxx and stress σxx vary
linearly in x direction and quadratically in y and z direction. The strain εyy
and stress σyy vary linearly in y direction and quadratically in x and z direction.
The strain εzz and stress σzz vary linearly in z direction and quadratically in
x and y direction. By default Diana applies a 4×4×4 integration scheme. A [nξ = 4,
nη = 4, nζ = 4]
suitable option is 3×3×3 which yields optimal stress points and is sufficient.
Schemes lower than 3×3×3 or higher than 4×4×4 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
362 Solid Elements
CHX96 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the thirty-two
nodes no1 to no32 in sequence from Figure 11.15 on the previous page.
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Examples of input data for the CHX96 element are like those for the CHX60
element [§ 11.5.6 p. 356], but the CHX96 element has thirty-two instead of twenty
nodes and therefore requires more values for non-uniform loading.
11.6 Rubber Elements

The special purpose solid ‘rubber’ elements are suited for nonlinear analysis
with hyperelasticity, for instance rubber-like structures. These elements have
an additional pressure degree of freedom p in each node, which is fully internal:
it does not show up in the output results. The pressure degrees of freedom make
11.6.1 HX25L – brick, 8 nodes
ζ
8
7
5 6
η
ξ
1 4
3
Figure 11.16: HX25L
The HX25L element [Fig. 11.16] is an eight-node isoparametric solid brick ele-
ment. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomi-
als for the translations uxyz are the same as for the HX24L element [Eq. (11.7)
p. 349] and yield the same strain and stress distribution. The polynomial for
11.6 Rubber Elements 363
the internal pressure p can be expressed as
p(ξ, η, ζ) = b0 (11.14)
By default Diana applies a 2×2×2 integration scheme, 1×1×1 is a suitable [nξ = 2,

nη = 2, nζ = 2]
option. Schemes higher than 2×2×2 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
HX25L no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
HX25L is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Examples of input data for the HX25L element are analogous to the examples
for the HX24L element [§ 11.5.3 p. 349].
ζ 19
20 18
16 17
13 14
15
12
η
9 11
8 7
10 6
ξ
1
5
2
3 4
Figure 11.17: CHX64
364 Solid Elements
The CHX64 element [Fig. 11.17] is a twenty-node isoparametric solid brick ele-
ment. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The polyno-
mials for the translations uxyz are the same as for the CHX60 element [Eq. (11.10)
p. 356] and yield the same strain and stress distribution. The polynomial for
the internal pressure p can be expressed as
p(ξ, η, ζ) = b0 + b1 ξ + b2 η + b3 ζ (11.15)
[nξ = 3, By default Diana applies a 3×3×3 integration scheme. A suitable option in

nη = 3, nζ = 3]
a patch of more than one element is 2×2×2 which yields optimal stress points.
Schemes lower than 2×2×2 or higher than 3×3×3 are unsuitable.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CHX64 is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twenty nodes
Other input data

Line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.2 on page 339.
Face load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.4.3 on page 340.
Examples of input data for the CHX64 element are analogous to the examples
for the CHX60 element [§ 11.5.6 p. 356].
11.7 Composed Elements

The main application of composed solid elements is in postprocessing of analysis
results. Based on the primary Cauchy stresses of regular solid elements, Diana
can calculate generalized moments and forces for composed solid elements, i.e.,
in cross-sections of a multi-layered assembly of regular solid elements like a thick
shell. A composed element is specified via a so-called base element and a com-
position of regular solid elements [Fig. 11.18]. The base elements together form
a reference plane for which Diana can calculate the generalized moments and
forces by integration in the local z direction over the elements in the composition
of each base element.
11.7 Composed Elements 365
composition
base element
reference plane
Figure 11.18: Composed solid elements
Composed solid elements have no mechanical properties of their own.

Therefore these elements do not influence the behavior of the finite
element model.
Restrictions. When applying composed solid elements, please note the fol-
lowing restrictions.
Composed solids can only be applied in structured grids, where each base
element belongs to a composition of solid elements, shaped like a straight
one-dimensional pile.
The nodes of the elements in a composition (• in Figure 11.18) must be

positioned on a normal line through a node of a base element (◦ in Figure
11.18). Base elements may be curved and Diana will determine normal
lines individually for each node of the base element, like the ‘thickness’
direction for curved shell elements [§ 10.3.1 p. 290]. Therefore the the pile
which forms the composition may be tapered.
The elements in a composition must be all of the same type and match
the type of the base element [Table 11.1]. Note that pyramid elements
cannot be applied in composed solid elements.
All elements in a composed solid must have the default integration scheme,
i.e., Diana will give an error message when you explicitly specify an inte-
gration scheme. Consequently, the scheme of ‘integration points’ in a base
element conforms the default scheme of the solid elements and cannot be
specified by the user.
Example input. As shown in the example input below, base elements of com-
posed solids have no material properties. However, you may assign geometric
properties to the base elements to define their shape and size.
366 Solid Elements
Table 11.1: Element types for composed solids
Base element T3CMP CT6CM CT9CM Q4CMP CQ8CM CQ12C

Composition TP18L CTP45 CTP72 HX24L CHX60 CHX96
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNECT
10 HX24L 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122
11 HX24L 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126
12 HX24L 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130
···
20 Q4CMP 201 202 203 204
MATERI
/ 10-12 / 1
GEOMET
/ 20 / 1
’GEOMET’
2 FLAT
THICK 15.0
’COMPOS’
20 ELEMEN 10 11 12
In this example input we first specify three solid HX24L elements. Each of these is
connected to eight nodes. Then element number 20 is specified as type Q4CMP, a
four-node base for a composed solid element. Note that in this case the nodes of
the composed element base are not directly connected to the previously specified
solid elements.
Via subtable MATERI we assign material properties 1 to the three solid ele-
ments. No material properties are assigned to the base of the composed element.
Via subtable GEOMET we assign geometry properties 1 to the the composed el-
ement. These properties specify that the base of the composed element is flat
and that the composed element has a thickness of 15, i.e., all elements of the
composed element must be completely within a distance of 7.5 to both sides of
the base.
Finally, in table ’COMPOS’, we specify the complete composed element: ele-
ments 10, 11, and 12 form a composition on base element 20.
Output selection. To select composed solids for output of analysis results

you may give a COMPOS command in the OUTPUT SELECT block of the analysis
commands [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
11.7.1 Composition
You may specify the composition of composed solids in table ’COMPOS’.
syntax
’COMPOS’
1 5 6 12 13 80
elemc n ELEMEN elems n...
elemc is the number of a base element for a composed solid, referring to sub-
table CONNEC of table ’ELEMEN’.
elems is a series of element numbers (the preceding keyword ELEMEN is obliga-
tory). These elements form a composition of solid elements which we call
a composed solid element. The type of the elements in the composition
must match the type of the base element elemc [Table 11.1 p. 366].
The shape and thickness of the base element elemc determines whether or not
an element of elems will be included in the composed element [§ 11.7.2]. If
any element of elems will not be included, then Diana will produce an error
message.
11.7.1.1 Automatic Generation

Instead of specifying table ’COMPOS’, you may let Diana determine the com-
position automatically during the element evaluation process, see the COMPOS
command in Volume Analysis Procedures. To see the generated composed solids
you may give the REMAKE command for Module input after the element evalu-
ation. This creates an input data file with a table ’COMPOS’.
11.7.1.2 Offset Tolerance

To check whether a node is on a normal line Diana applies a tolerance on the
offset. The default value of this tolerance will do in most cases. In some cases
however, for instance due to inaccurate preprocessing, this default may cause
undeserved error messages. Therefore you may overrule the default tolerance
via an explicit specification in table ’GEOMET’.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ TOLCOM eps r ]
TOLCOM eps is the criterion ² for the node–line offset. This criterion is relative [² = 10−9 ]
to the size of the element.
368 Solid Elements
11.7.2 Shape and Thickness

Diana applies the shape of the base element of a composed solid to determine
the direction in which the ‘thickness’ is measured, by setting up a normal vector
in each node of the base element. This application, and the input syntax,
is equivalent to the determination of the thickness direction of curved shell
elements [§ 10.3.1 p. 290].
The shape and thickness of a base element determine which solid elements
become part of the composed elements: an element will only be included in
the composition if all of its nodes are positioned on the normal vector of the
appropriate node of the base and within the thickness. For this algorithm Diana
will assume that the thickness spans symmetrically along the two sides of the
base element, i.e., half the thickness at each side. Unlike for the curved shells,
the specification of the thickness is optional. If you do not specify it then Diana
assumes that the composed element may extend to infinity at both sides of the
base element.
11.7.3 Axes
For the base elements in a composed solid, Diana determines local xyz axes
in exactly the same way as for curved shell elements [§ 10.1 p. 286]. This also
includes the possibility of a user-specified local x̄ axis.
11.7.4 Generalized Moments and Forces

For composed solid elements, Diana can integrate the Cauchy stresses of the
solid elements in the composition [Eq. (11.4) p. 336] over the ‘thickness’ of the
composed element which yields the generalized moments m and forces f .
 
  
 nxx 


 

m = myy f = nxy = nyx (11.16)
  
 

mxy = myx  qxz
 

 
qyz
where xyz refer to the local x̂ŷẑ axes of the base element, like for curved shell
elements [Fig. 10.7 p. 290]. To determine the moments and forces of (11.16),
Diana first transforms the Cauchy stresses (11.4) of the solid elements in a
composition to the local axes of their base element. Subsequently, for all nodes
or integration points in the composition, the Cauchy stresses are integrated
along their joint normal lines. In this integration process, the weight factor1 of
each integration point with respect to the ‘thickness’ is taken into account.
1 Depending on the integration scheme of the solids, the weight factors are determined
according to a Lobatto or a Gauss scheme.
11.7.5 T3CMP – triangular base, 3 nodes
1
2
Figure 11.19: T3CMP
The T3CMP element is a three-node triangular curved base element [Fig. 11.19].
It must be combined with a composition of TP18L solid prism elements to form a
composed solid element [§ 11.5.2 p. 347]. The orientation of the triangular faces
of the prisms must match the orientation of the base element. The ‘integration
scheme’ in the triangle is 1-point which matches the default nlc = 1 of the TP18L
element.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3CMP no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3CMP is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.7.1 on page 366.
Offset tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 11.7.1.2 on page 367.
Shape and thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 10.3.1 on page 290.
11.7.6 CT6CM – triangular base, 6 nodes

The CT6CM element is a six-node triangular curved base element [Fig. 11.20]. It
must be combined with a composition of CTP45 solid prism elements to form a
scheme’ in the triangle is 4-point which matches the default nlc = 4 of the CTP45
element.
370 Solid Elements
5
3
6
4
1
2
1 2
3
Figure 11.20: CT6CM
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6CM no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6CM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

11.7.7 CT9CM – triangular base, 9 nodes
7
4
8
6
6
9 5
1
2 5
1 7
2
3
3 4
Figure 11.21: CT9CM
The CT9CM element is a nine-node triangular curved base element [Fig. 11.21].
It must be combined with a composition of CTP72 solid prism elements to form a
scheme’ in the triangle is 9-point which matches the default nlc = 9 of the CTP72
element.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT9CM no1 n no2 n . . . no9 n
CT9CM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the nine nodes no1
Other input data

11.7.8 Q4CMP – quadrilateral base, 4 nodes
4
2
4
1
3
1 3
Figure 11.22: Q4CMP
The Q4CMP element is a four-node quadrilateral curved base element [Fig. 11.22].
It must be combined with a composition of HX24L solid brick elements to form a
composed solid element [§ 11.5.3 p. 349]. The ‘integration scheme’ in the quadri-
lateral is 2 × 2 which matches the default of the HX24L element.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4CMP no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4CMP is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

372 Solid Elements
11.7.9 CQ8CM – quadrilateral base, 8 nodes
7
3
6
8 2
6
5 9
1
5
8
4
1 7 4
2
3
Figure 11.23: CQ8CM
The CQ8CM element is an eight-node quadrilateral curved base element [Fig. 11.23].
It must be combined with a composition of CHX60 solid brick elements to form a
lateral is 3 × 3 which matches the default of the CHX60 element.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8CM no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8CM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

11.7.10 CQ12C – quadrilateral base, 12 nodes
10
4 9
8
11
3
8
12 2
7
12
6 11 16
7
1 15
1 5 10
6
14
2 9 5
13
3 4
Figure 11.24: CQ12C
The CQ12C element is a twelve-node quadrilateral curved base element [Fig. 11.24].
It must be combined with a composition of CHX96 solid brick elements to form a
lateral is 4 × 4 which matches the default of the CHX96 element.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ12C no1 n no2 n . . . no12 n
CQ12C is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twelve nodes
no1 to no12 in sequence from Figure 11.24 on the facing page.
Other input data

374 Solid Elements
Chapter 12
Interface Elements
There are three families of interface elements available in Diana: structural

interfaces used in structural analysis [§ 12.2], contact elements used in contact
analysis [§ 12.3] and fluid–structure interfaces used in dynamic fluid–structure
interaction analysis [§ 12.4].

For line and plane interface elements Diana applies suitable default integration
schemes as indicated for the individual elements. You may choose an alternative
scheme via a special data input.
An integration scheme for interface elements must be chosen care-

fully. The exact Gauss integration may lead to oscillations if the
stiffness of the interface elements is relatively large compared to the
stiffness of the structure. However, in the axisymmetric configura-
tion integration points which are located on the axis of rotation must
be avoided.
12.1.1 Line Interfaces
12.1.1.1 Line Interfaces 2-D and Line–Solid Connection

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NUMINT rule w ]
GAUSS
NEWCOT
LOBATT
LUMPED
376 Interface Elements
[ NINTEG nxi n ]
NUMINT rule specifies the integration rule: GAUSS for Gauss, NEWCOT for Newton–
Cotes, LOBATT for Lobatto.
LUMPED for a nodal lumping scheme, which has an integration point for
each node pair [§ 21.5.1.1 p. 628].
NINTEG nxi is the number of integration points nξ in the isoparametric ξ di-

rection of the element, for Gauss, Newton–Cotes, or Lobatto integration
[§ 21.5.1 p. 627]. For interface elements, the highest acceptable scheme is
(2 ≤ nξ ≤ 6) 6-point.
12.1.1.2 Line Interfaces to Shell

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n nzeta n ]
NINTEG specifies the integration scheme. In the isoparametric ξ direction (longi-

tudinal) the Newton–Cotes rule is applied where nxi specifies the number
of integration points nξ [Fig. 21.1c p. 628]. For line interfaces to shell el-
ements nξ must be one higher than the order of the element: for linear
elements nξ = 2, for quadratic elements nξ = 3, etc. In the isoparametric
ζ direction (the ‘thickness’ direction) the Simpson rule is applied where
nzeta specifies the number of integration points nζ [Fig. 21.3a p. 629].
12.1.2 Triangular Interfaces

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NUMINT rule w ]
AREA
LUMPED
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
NUMINT rule specifies the integration rule. AREA for triangular area integration.
LUMPED for a nodal lumping scheme, which has an integration point for
each node pair [§ 21.5.2.3 p. 630].
element, for Hammer integration [§ 21.5.2.1 p. 629].
12.2 Structural Interfaces 377
12.1.3 Quadrilateral Interfaces

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NUMINT rule w ]
GAUSS
NEWCOT
LOBATT
LUMPED
NUMINT rule specifies the integration rule, GAUSS for Gauss [§ 21.5.3.1 p. 631],
NEWCOT for Newton–Cotes [§ 21.5.3.3 p. 632], LOBATT for Lobatto [§ 21.5.3.3
p. 632]. LUMPED for a nodal lumping scheme, which has an integration point
for each node pair [§ 21.5.3.3 p. 632].
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points nξ and
nη in the isoparametric ξ and η direction of the element, for Gauss, (2 ≤ nξ ≤ 5)
Newton–Cotes, and Lobatto integration For interface elements, Diana (nξ = nη )
accepts schemes from 2 × 2 to 5 × 5.
12.2 Structural Interfaces

The structural interface elements describe the interface behavior in terms of
a relation between the normal and shear tractions and the normal and shear
relative displacements across the interface. Typical applications for structural
interface elements are elastic bedding, nonlinear-elastic bedding (for instance
no-tension bedding), discrete cracking, bond-slip along reinforcement, friction
between surfaces, joints in rock, masonry etc. See Volume Material Library for
input of the various ‘material’ models. With respect to shape and connectivity
there are five types of structural interface elements:
Nodal interface elements to be placed between two nodes. With these elements,
the interface surface and directions are user-specified.
The nodal interfaces (N4IF, N6IF) cannot be applied in geometric
nonlinear analysis.
Point–solid interface elements Point–solid interface elements consist of one node
at one side and a solid at the other side of the interface. These elements
can be used to connect a node, a point element, an end node of a line
element, or even nodes of a shell or plate element to a solid element in
which the node is located. The relative displacement at the first point is
calculated by interpolating the displacements from the solid element nodes
to this location and subtracting the interpolated displacements from the
displacements in the first node, taking into account the position of the
first node in the solid element. The same interpolation functions are used
to distribute the force vector in the first node to the nodes of the solid
element.
Line interface elements to be placed between truss elements, beam elements
or edges of two-dimensional and shell elements. With these elements the
interface surface and directions are evaluated automatically from the ge-
ometry of the element itself.
The line interfaces to shell elements (L16IF, L20IF, CL24I, CL32I)
cannot be applied in geometric nonlinear analysis.
Line–solid connection interface elements to be placed between a line and a solid

element in three-dimensional configuration. With these elements, the di-
rections are user-specified.
The line–solid connection interface elements (L12IF, CL18I) can-

not be applied in geometric nonlinear analysis.
Plane interface elements to be placed between faces of three-dimensional ele-
ments. With these elements the interface surface and directions are also
evaluated automatically from the geometry of the element itself.
The formulation of the line, line–solid connection and plane interface elements
is fully isoparametric. This means that the quadratic line interface elements
may be straight as well as curved, and that the plane interface elements may be
flat as well as curved.
12.2.1 Geometry
The specification of geometrical data for structural interface elements depends
on the dimensionality of the element: surface allocation and axes for node inter-
faces [§ 12.2.1.1] and line interfaces [§ 12.2.1.3] [§ 12.2.1.4], or a preference z axis
for line–solid connection interfaces [§ 12.2.1.5], or a preference x axis for plane
interfaces [§ 12.2.1.6].
12.2.1.1 Node Interfaces

For nodal interface elements, the specification of the surface allocation and axes
depends on the dimensionality of the element: two-dimensional for the N4IF
element, or three-dimensional for the N6IF element.
Two-dimensional syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
SURFAC s1 r [s2 r ]
XAXIS xr yr zr
[ ZAXIS xr yr zr ]
This input holds for the two-dimensional N4IF element.
SURFAC describes the interface surface s. If only s1 is specified then s = s1 . If

two values are specified then s = s1 × s2 .
XAXIS describes the x axis ⊥ the interface (in-plane): x , y and z are vector
components in the model XY Z coordinate system. This x axis defines
the direction of the normal traction tx .
ZAXIS describes the z axis ⊥ the interface (out-of-plane): x , y and z are vector
components in the model XY Z coordinate system. If you do not specify
the z axis then Diana takes the model Z direction by default. In any [z ≡ Z]
case the z axis must be perpendicular to the x axis. (z ⊥ x)
The nodal surface allocation not only depends on the dimensions, but also on
the interpolation of the surrounding continuum elements. Connection of two
N4IF elements to the edge of a four-node rectangle gives an allocation of 21 , 12
at the two corner nodes. Connection of three N4IF elements to the edge of an
eight-node rectangle gives 61 , 16 at the two corner nodes and 23 at the mid-side
node.
Automatic surface allocation and automatic evaluation of the x axis,
for the normal traction tx , can be achieved by employing the line
interface elements L8IF and CL12I.
Three-dimensional syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
SURFAC s1 r [s2 r ]
XAXIS xr yr zr
YAXIS xr yr zr
This input holds for the three-dimensional N6IF element.

XAXIS describes the x axis ⊥ the interface (in-plane), x , y and z are vector
YAXIS describes the y axis (tangential to the interface) x , y and z are vector
components in the model XY Z coordinate system. The y axis must be
perpendicular to the x axis. (y ⊥ x)
the interpolation of the surrounding continuum elements. Connection of four
N6IF elements to the edges of a face of a linear brick element gives an allocation
of 14 at the four corner nodes. Connection of eight N6IF elements to the edges
1
of a quadratic brick element gives − 12 at the four corner nodes and 31 at the
mid-side nodes.
Automatic surface allocation and automatic evaluation of the x axis,

for the normal tractions tx , can be achieved by employing the plane
interface elements Q24IF and CQ48I.
12.2.1.2 Point–Solid Interfaces

syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
SURFAC s1 r [s2 r ]
XAXIS xr yr zr
YAXIS xr yr zr
This input holds for all point–solid interface elements.

XAXIS describes the x axis ⊥ the interface (in-plane), x , y and z are vector
YAXIS describes the y axis (tangential to the interface) x , y and z are vector
components in the model XY Z coordinate system. The y axis must be
(y ⊥ x) perpendicular to the x axis.
the interpolation of the surrounding solid element.
12.2.1.3 Line Interfaces 2-D

syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
CONFIG connam w
MEMBRA
BONDSL
PSTRAI
AXISYM
[ ]
ZAXIS xr yr zr
AUTOAX
[ THICK t1 r [. . . tn r ] ]
CONFIG connam describes the configuration in which the interface element is

employed:
MEMBRA for plane stress.

BONDSL for bond-slip along a reinforcement modeled with regular struc-
tural elements like truss, plane stress, plane strain et cetera.
PSTRAI for plane strain.
AXISYM for axisymmetry.
ZAXIS describes the z axis ⊥ the interface (out-of-plane): x , y and z are vector
components in the model XY Z coordinate system. If you do notspecify
the z axis then Diana takes the model Z direction by default. In any [z ≡ Z]
case the z axis must be perpendicular to the y axis. (z ⊥ y)
AUTOAX invokes automatic axis determination. This option requires that oppo-
site nodes do not coincide. In that case, Diana sets up a preliminary local
ȳ axis from the first element node to its opponent (the third node for an
L8IF element). The local x axis points from the first to the second node.
The local z axis is ⊥ xȳ. The definite local y axis is ⊥ zx.
The AUTOAX option determines unambiguously the direction of pressure
and tension.
THICK specifies the element thickness. Values t1 to tn are the thicknesses t in

the respective node pairs of the interface element. If you only specify t1
then the thickness is uniform.
Thickness input is required for plane stress and bond-slip: for plane stress
it is the out-of-plane thickness, for bond-slip it is the (sum of the) perime-
ter(s) of the reinforcing bar(s). For plane strain and axisymmetry, the
thickness input is not necessary: Diana always automatically evaluates
the thickness.
12.2.1.4 Line Interfaces to Shell

The geometry input for line interface elements in a shell configuration basically
consists of the thickness and one of the predefined shapes of the adjacent shell
surface. Instead you may also specify an arbitrary shape via a general thickness
vector.
Thickness syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THICK t1 r [. . . tn r ]

(t > 0) t in the respective pairs of adjacent element nodes [Fig. 12.1]. If you
only specify t1 then the thickness is uniform [Fig. 12.1b]. The variation
t2 t1 t1 t1
t1 t2
t3 t1
1 2 1 1 2
3 2 3
(a) tapered (b) uniform
Figure 12.1: Thickness for interfaces in shell configuration
of nonuniform (tapered) thickness over the element length depends on

the interpolation order of the element: linearly, quadratically [Fig. 12.1a],
third-order etc. Note that tapered thickness requires a specified thickness
for only the first set of the nodes.
There is an exception for the 3+2 nodes line interface element L20IF. For
this element a constant thickness (t1 ) or a linear interpolation of the
thickness at the element ends (t1 ,t2 ) is possible: you must not specify a
thickness for the mid-side node.
Predefined shape syntax

’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
XAXIS axis r3
CYLIN orig r3 axis r3
SPHER center r3
CONE top r3 axis r3
Typically the specified predefined shapes are the same as applied for the shape
of the adjacent curved shell elements [Fig. 10.9 p. 291].
XAXIS indicates that the interface element axes are to be determined from a
flat surface where the three axis values are the XY Z components of the
vector direction perpendicular to the surface, i.e., the x axis [Fig. 12.2a].
The thickness vectors are set up parallel to this vector, i.e., perpendicular
to the surface.
orig top
axis
axis axis
center
(a) flat (b) cylindrical (c) spherical (d) conical
Figure 12.2: Predefined shapes for interfaces in shell configuration
CYLIN indicates that the interface element axes are to be determined from a
cylindrical shell surface, values orig are the global XY Z coordinates of
a point on the cylinder axis, axis are the XY Z components of the vector
direction of the cylinder axis [Fig. 12.2b]. The thickness vectors are set up
in radial direction of the cylinder.
SPHER indicates that the interface element axes are to be determined from a
spherical shell surface, values center are the global XY Z coordinates of
the center of the sphere [Fig. 12.2c]. The thickness vectors are set up in
radial direction of the sphere.
CONE indicates that the element is part of a conical shell, values top are the
global XY Z coordinates of the top (apex) of the cone, axis are the XY Z
components of the vector direction of the cylinder axis [Fig. 12.2d]. The
thickness vectors are set up perpendicular to the cone surface.
Arbitrary shape with thickness syntax

’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THVEC tv1 r3 . . . tvn r3
tv1 tv1 tv2 tv1 tv2

tv2 tv3
3 4 tv3 4 5
1 4 1 5 1 2 6
2
2 3 3
(a) L16IF (b) L20IF (c) CL24I
Figure 12.3: Thickness vectors for interfaces in shell configuration
THVEC specifies an arbitrary shape: tv1 to tvn are the XY Z components of the
thickness vectors for the respective pairs of adjacent nodes of the element
[Fig. 12.3]. Note that the arbitrary shape requires a specified thickness
vector for only the first set of the element nodes.
12.2.1.5 Line–Solid Connection Interfaces

For the line–solid interface elements there is no unique element plane and Diana
needs a z̄ direction to set up the element axes [Fig. 12.4]. Furthermore, the outer
diameter d of the reinforcement bar should be specified.
y y
x x
1 1
Y
z̄
z z z̄
X
Z
Figure 12.4: Axes for line–solid interface elements
Local axes syntax

’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ZAXIS xr yr zr ]

of the z̄ axis may not be in the direction of the bar axis (tangent in the
first node). If you do not specify the z̄ axis then Diana takes the global
[z̄ ≡ Z] Z direction and you must check if this yields the correct element axes.
tangential to the bar axis. Next the y ⊥ z̄x is set up and finally z ⊥ xy is
set up which is in fact a correction of the z̄ direction.
Dimension syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
DIAMET dr
DIAMET d is the outer diameter d of the reinforcement bar.
12.2.1.6 Plane Interfaces

For plane interface elements, i.e., triangles or quadrilaterals, the default x axis
direction is in the tangential plane at the first node and points to the second
node. If you prefer an x axis other than default, then you must specify its
direction.
Local axes syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x axis where x , y and z are vector components in the

model XY Z coordinate system.
12.2.2 Variables
The basic variables for structural interfaces are the nodal displacements ∆ue .
The derived values are the relative displacements ∆u and the tractions t. The
structural interface elements describe a relation between t and ∆u across the
interface. Diana can output the derived values in the integration points. The
actual set of variables depends on the dimensionality of the interface element.
Two-dimensional. Variables of two-dimensional structural interfaces are ori-

ented in the local xy axes.
½ ¾ ½ ¾ ½ ¾
ux ∆ux tx
ue = ∆u = t= (12.1)
uy ∆uy ty
The normal traction tx is perpendicular to the interface; the shear traction ty

is tangential to the interface [Fig. 12.5].
∆ux tx
uy
ux ∆uy ty
(a) displacements (b) relative displacements (c) tractions
Figure 12.5: Variables of two-dimensional structural interfaces
Interfaces to shells. Variables of structural interfaces to shell elements are

oriented in the local xyz axes. Compared to the two-dimensional interface
elements [Eq. (12.1)], these elements additionally have a translational degree of
freedom uz and a rotational degree of freedom φx which give compatibility to

curved shell elements.
 
 ux     

 
  ∆ux   tx 
uy
ue = ∆u = ∆uy t = ty (12.2)

 uz 
    
  ∆uz tz
φx
The normal traction tx is perpendicular to the interface; the shear tractions ty
and tz are tangential to the interface [Fig. 12.6].
∆ux tx
uz
ux uy ∆uy ty
φx ∆uz tz
Figure 12.6: Variables for structural interfaces to shells
Line–solid connection. Variables are oriented in the local xyz axes [Fig. 12.7].
     
 ux   ∆ux   tx 
ue = uy ∆u = ∆uy t = ty (12.3)
     
uz ∆uz tz
The shear traction tx is tangential to the interface; the normal tractions ty and
tz are perpendicular to the interface [Fig. 12.7].
∆uy ty
uy
ux ∆ux tx
uz ∆uz tz
Figure 12.7: Variables of the line–solid interface elements
Three-dimensional. Variables of three-dimensional structural interfaces are

oriented in the local xyz axes [Fig. 12.8].
     
 ux   ∆ux   tx 
ue = uy ∆u = ∆uy t = ty (12.4)
     
uz ∆uz tz
The normal traction tx is perpendicular to the interface; the shear tractions ty
and tz are tangential to the interface [Fig. 12.8].
uz ∆ux tx
uy ∆uy ty
ux ∆uz tz
Figure 12.8: Variables of three-dimensional structural interfaces

For two-dimensional and three-dimensional structural interface elements you
may specify an initial stress (traction) in table ’LOADS’. Diana will apply the
specified tractions for both nodes of a node-pair, i.e., equally at both sides of
the interface. The input syntax depends on the dimensionality of the element.
Two-dimensional syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR tx1 r [ . . . txn r ]

ty1 r [ . . . tyn r ]
Interfaces to shells syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

dztx1 r [ . . . dztxn r ]
ty1 r [ . . . tyn r ]
dzty1 r [ . . . dztyn r ]
tz1 r [ . . . tzn r ]
dztz1 r [ . . . dztzn r ]
Line–solid connection syntax

’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

ty1 r [ . . . tyn r ]
tz1 r [ . . . tzn r ]
Three-dimensional syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80

ty1 r [ . . . tyn r ]
tz1 r [ . . . tzn r ]
PRESTR specifies an initial stress (traction) in the element nodes. Values tx1 to
txn are the normal tractions t0x in the respective pairs of element nodes,
ty1 to tyn the shear tractions t0y . For three-dimensional elements tz1 to
tzn are the shear tractions t0z . For the line–solid connection interfaces,
however, values tx1 to txn are the shear tractions t0x in the respective
pairs of element nodes, ty1 to tyn and tz1 to tzn are the normal trac-
tions t0y and t0z respectively.
For the interfaces to shells, values dztx1 to dztxn are the gradients ∆z t0x
in the z direction in the respective nodes, dzty1 to dztyn the gradients
∆z t0y in the z direction, and dztz1 to dztzn the gradients ∆z t0z in the z
direction. The gradient ∆t is defined as the variation of the traction per
unit length.
Varying tractions require one value for each node-pair.
For instance, for varying tractions on a CL12I element you must specify
three values for t0x , three values for ∆z t0x , three values for t0y , and three
values for ∆z t0y . The tractions vary along the element according to the
order of interpolation: linearly, quadratically, third-order, or fourth-order.
If you only specify one value for each traction component (tx1 , dztx1 ,
ty1 , dzty1 , tz1 , and dztz1 ) then the distribution is uniform.
12.2.4 N4IF – 1+1 nodes, 2-D
x ux
2 z uy
ux
y
1 uy
(a) topology (b) displacements
Figure 12.9: N4IF
The N4IF element is an interface element between two nodes in a two-dimension-

al configuration [Fig. 12.9]. The x and z axes are perpendicular to the interface,
the y axis (tangential to the interface) is ⊥ xz. Variables are oriented in the xy
axes [Eq. (12.1) p. 385].
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
N4IF no1 n no2 n
N4IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 12.9]. The two nodes may overlap.
Other input data

Surface allocation and axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.1.1 on page 378.
Initial tractions t0x and t0y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.3 on page 387.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
1 N4IF 1 4
2 N4IF 2 5
3 N4IF 3 6
MATERI
/ 1 2 3 / 1
GEOMETRY
/ 1 3 / 1
/ 2 / 2
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 100. 100.
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 16.667 20.
XAXIS 0. 1. 0.
2 SURFAC 66.667 20.
XAXIS 0. 1. 0.
This example input is for the model shown in Figure 12.10 on the following
page.
12.2.5 N6IF – 1+1 nodes, 3-D

The N6IF element is an interface element between two nodes in a three-dimen-
sional configuration [Fig. 12.11]. The z axis (tangential to the interface) is ⊥ xy.
Variables are oriented in the xyz axes [Eq. (12.4) p. 386].
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
N6IF no1 n no2 n
l = 100
9 10 11
Y t = 20
7 CQ16M 8
X x
Z 4 5 6 z
N4IF N4IF N4IF y
1 2 3
Figure 12.10: N4IF example

x ux
2 uz
uy ux
z
y 1 uz
uy
Figure 12.11: N6IF
N6IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Initial tractions t0x , t0y and t0z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.3 on page 387.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
1 N6IF 1 5
2 N6IF 2 6
3 N6IF 3 7
4 N6IF 4 8
MATERI
/ 1 2 3 4 / 1
GEOMETRY
/ 1-4 / 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 100. 100.
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 2500.
XAXIS 0. 1. 0.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
12.2.6 TE15IF – point, 1+4 nodes, point–solid connection
4
2
Figure 12.12: TE15IF
The TE15IF element is an interface element between a single point and a linear
pyramid solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.12]. The ele-
ment is based on linear interpolation within the pyramid element. The acting
surface of the interface is located in the first node of the element and orientated
perpendicular to the element x axis.
Compulsory user input for the element are the x axis and y axis and the area
of the interface interaction. The same material models can be defined for this
element as for the N6IF 2–node three-dimensional interface element. No loads
can be applied to this element.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TE15IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
TE15IF is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 of
the single point followed by the numbers of the four nodes no2 to no5 of
the solid in sequence from Figure 12.12a.
Other input data

Example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
15 TE15IF 12 27 48 15 18
MATERI
15 1
GEOMETRY
15 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 2.1E+6 4.2E+6
SIGDIS -1.0E6 -1.0E+0 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 1.0E+0 1.0E-6
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 1.44
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
This input data specifies a TE15IF element which has at one side a point in node
12 and at the other side a pyramid defined by the nodes 27, 48, 15, and 18. The
interface element has a normal stiffness of 2.1E+6 and a tangential stiffness of
4.2E+6. A multilinear relation between the normal traction and normal relative
displacement has been specified by the SIGDIS command. The interface area
has a surface of 1.44 and is located in the global XY plane.
12.2.7 TP21IF – point, 1+6 nodes, point–solid connection
7
5
6
1
2
4
Figure 12.13: TP21IF
The TP21IF element is an interface element between a single point and a linear
wedge solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.13]. The ele-
ment is based on linear interpolation within the wedge element. The acting
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TP21IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n no7 n
TP21IF is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 of
the single point followed by the numbers of the six nodes no2 to no7 of
Other input data

Example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
15 TP21IF 12 27 48 15 18 19 20
MATERI
15 1
GEOMETRY
15 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 2.1E+6 4.2E+6
SIGDIS -1.0E6 -1.0E+0 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 1.0E+0 1.0E-6
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 1.44
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
This input data specifies a TP21IF element which has at one side a point in node
12 and at the other side a wedge defined by the nodes 27, 48, 15, 18, 19, and
20. The interface element has a normal stiffness of 2.1E+6 and a tangential
stiffness of 4.2E+6. A multilinear relation between the normal traction and
normal relative displacement has been specified by the SIGDIS command. The
interface area has a surface of 1.44 and is located in the global XY plane.
12.2.8 HX27IF – point, 1+8 nodes, point–solid connection

The HX27IF element is an interface element between a single point and a linear
brick solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.14]. The element
is based on linear interpolation within the brick element. The acting surface of
the interface is located in the first node of the element and orientated perpen-
dicular to the element x axis.
8
6 7
2 5
4
Figure 12.14: HX27IF
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
HX27IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no9 n
HX27IF is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 of
the single point followed by the numbers of the eight nodes no2 to no9 of
Other input data

Example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
15 HX27IF 12 27 48 15 18 19 20 21 22
MATERI
15 1
GEOMETRY
15 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 2.1E+6 4.2E+6
SIGDIS -1.0E6 -1.0E+0 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 1.0E+0 1.0E-6
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 1.44
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
This input data specifies a HX27IF element which has at one side a point in
node 12 and at the other side a brick defined by the nodes 27, 48, 15, and 18
to 22. The interface element has a normal stiffness of 2.1E+6 and a tangential

12.2.9 CTE33I – point, 1+10 nodes, point–solid connec-

tion
11
8 1 10
7 9
6
2
3 5
4
Figure 12.15: CTE33I
The CTE33I element is an interface element between a single point and a quad-
ratic pyramid solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.15]. The
element is based on quadratic interpolation within the pyramid element. The
acting surface of the interface is located in the first node of the element and
orientated perpendicular to the element x axis.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTE33I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no11 n
CTE33I is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 of
the single point followed by the numbers of the ten nodes no2 to no11 of
Other input data

Example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
15 CTE33I 12 27 48 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
MATERI
15 1
GEOMETRY
15 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 2.1E+6 4.2E+6
SIGDIS -1.0E6 -1.0E+0 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 1.0E+0 1.0E-6
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 1.44
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
This input data specifies a CTE33I element which has at one side a point in node
12 and at the other side a pyramid defined by the nodes 27, 48, 15, and 18 to
12.2.10 CTP48I – point, 1+15 nodes, point–solid connec-

tion
16
15
11 13
12 14
8 10
7 1
2 9
6
3
5
4
Figure 12.16: CTP48I
The CTP48I element is an interface element between a single point and a quad-
ratic wedge solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.16]. The
element is based on quadratic interpolation within the wedge element. The
acting surface of the interface is located in the first node of the element and
orientated perpendicular to the element x axis.

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTP48I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no16 n
CTP48I is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 of
the single point followed by the numbers of the 15 nodes no2 to no16 of
Other input data

Example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
15 CTP48I 12 27 48 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
MATERI
15 1
GEOMETRY
15 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 2.1E+6 4.2E+6
SIGDIS -1.0E6 -1.0E+0 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 1.0E+0 1.0E-6
’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 1.44
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
This input data specifies a CTP48I element which has at one side a point in node
12 and at the other side a wedge defined by the nodes 27, 48, 15, and 18 to
12.2.11 CHX63I – point, 1+20 nodes, point–solid connec-

tion
The CHX63I element is an interface element between a single point and a quad-
ratic brick solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.17]. The el-
ement is based on quadratic interpolation within the brick element. The acting
20
21 19
17 18
14 15
16
13
10 1
12
9 8
11 7
2
6
3
4 5
Figure 12.17: CHX63I
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CHX63I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no21 n
CHX63I is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 of
the single point followed by the numbers of the 20 nodes no2 to no21 of
Other input data

Example.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
15 CHX63I 12 47 48 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
MATERI
15 1
GEOMETRY
15 1
’MATERI’
1 DSTIF 2.1E+6 4.2E+6
SIGDIS -1.0E6 -1.0E+0 0.0E+0 0.0E+0 1.0E+0 1.0E-6

’GEOMET’
1 SURFAC 1.44
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
This input data specifies a CHX63I element which has at one side a point in
node 12 and at the other side a brick defined by the nodes 47, 48, 15, and 18
to 34. The interface element has a normal stiffness of 2.1E+6 and a tangential
12.2.12 L8IF – line, 2+2 nodes, 2-D

y uy
4 ux
3
z 1 x 2
Figure 12.18: L8IF
The L8IF element is an interface element between two lines in a two-dimen-

sional configuration [Fig. 12.18]. The local xy axes for the displacements are
evaluated in the first node with x from node 1 to node 2. Variables are oriented
in the xy axes [Eq. (12.1) p. 385]. The element is based on linear interpolation.
By default Diana applies a 3-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme. Other
suitable options are 2- and 4-point Newton–Cotes, 2- and 3-point Gauss, 2-, 3-
and 4-point Lobatto, and a nodal lumping scheme. [nξ=3 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L8IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
L8IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 in sequence from Figure 12.18a (not cyclic!). Nodes 1 and 3 may
overlap as may nodes 2 and 4.
Optional rotation syntax

’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ROTATI ]
ROTATI asks Diana to add a rotational degree of freedom φz to the set of nodal
displacements ue (12.1). With this option, the L8IF element is compatible
with class-I [§ 4.9 p. 84] and class-II beams [§ 4.10 p. 88].
Other input data

Integration scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.1.1.1 on page 375.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
1 L8IF 1 2 3 4
2 Q8MEM 3 4 6 5
GEOMETRY
/ 1 2 / 1
DATA
/ 1 / 1
’GEOMET’
1 CONFIG MEMBRA
THICK 20.
’DATA’
1 NUMINT LOBATT
NINTEG 2
This example input is for the model shown in Figure 12.19.

5 6
t = 20
Q8MEM
3 4
L8IF
1 2
Figure 12.19: L8IF example
12.2.13 CL12I – line, 3+3 nodes, 2-D

The CL12I element is an interface element between two lines in a two-dimensional
configuration [Fig. 12.20]. The local xy axes for the displacements are evaluated
in the first node with x from node 1 to node 2. Variables are oriented in the xy
axes [Eq. (12.1) p. 385]. The element is based on quadratic interpolation. By
[nξ=4 ] default Diana applies a 4-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme. Suitable
options are 3- and 5-point Newton–Cotes, 2- and 3-point Gauss, 3-, 4- and
5-point Lobatto, and a nodal lumping scheme.
5 6 uy
y ux
4
x 2 3
1
z
Figure 12.20: CL12I
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL12I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CL12I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
to no6 in sequence from Figure 12.20a (not cyclic!). The opposite nodes
may overlap: 1 and 4, 2 and 5, 3 and 6.
Other input data

file .dat
’ELEMEN’
1 CL12I 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 CQ16M 4 5 6 8 11 10 9 7
GEOMETRY
/ 1 2 / 1
DATA
/ 1 / 1
’GEOMET’
1 CONFIG MEMBRA
THICK 20.
’DATA’
1 NUMINT LOBATT
NINTEG 3
This example input is for the model shown in Figure 12.21 on the next page.
12.2.14 CL20I – line, 5+5 nodes, 2-D

The CL20I element is an interface element between two lines in a two-dimensional
configuration [Fig. 12.22]. The local xy axes for the displacements are evaluated
10
9 11
t = 20
7 CQ16M 8
5
4 6
CL12I
1 3
2
Figure 12.21: CL12I example
10
y 8 9 uy
7 ux
6 5
3 4
x2
1
z
Figure 12.22: CL20I
in the first node with x from node 1 to node 2. Variables are oriented in the xy
axes [Eq. (12.1) p. 385]. The element is based on fourth-order interpolation. By
[nξ=6 ] default Diana applies a 6-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme. Suitable
options are 4- and 5-point Newton–Cotes, 3-, 4- and 5-point Gauss, 4-, 5- and
6-point Lobatto, and a nodal lumping scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL20I no1 n no2 n . . . no10 n
CL20I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the ten nodes no1
may overlap: 1 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 7, 4 and 8.
Other input data

12.2.15 L16IF – line, 2+2 nodes, shell

The L16IF element is an interface element between two lines in a curved shell
configuration [Fig. 12.23]. The local xyz axes for the displacements are evaluated
y uy
4 ux φ x
3
ξ uz
z 1 x ζ 2
Figure 12.23: L16IF
with x from node 1 to node 2 and z in the ‘thickness’ direction. Variables are
oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.2) p. 386]. The element is based on linear
interpolation. By default Diana applies a 2-point Newton–Cotes integration [nξ=2 ]
scheme in the longitudinal ξ direction and a 3-point Simpson scheme in the
‘thickness’ ζ direction. [nζ=3 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
to no4 in sequence from Figure 12.23a (not cyclic!). Nodes 1 and 3 may
Other input data

Thickness and shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.1.4 on page 381.
Initial tractions t0x , t0y t0z and gradients . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.3 on page 387.
12.2.16 L20IF – line, 3+2 nodes, shell
5 uy
ux φx
4 ξ
y 3
uz
x ζ 2
z 1
Figure 12.24: L20IF
The L20IF element is an interface element between two lines in a curved shell
in each node with x in the tangential direction and z in the ‘thickness’ direction.
Variables are oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.2) p. 386]. The element
is based on quadratic interpolation at the side with three nodes and on linear
interpolation at the side with two nodes. Therefore it can connect a shell element
with a linear interpolation function (T15SH, Q20SH) to a shell element with a
quadratic interpolation function (CT30S, CQ40S).
As the interface behavior is evaluated in the integration points only,

and those integration points are connected with different interpola-
tion to both sides of the element, incompatibilities of the displace-
ments of both sides may occur.
[nξ=3 ] By default Diana applies a 3-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme in the
longitudinal ξ direction and a 3-point Simpson scheme in the ‘thickness’ ζ
[nζ=3 ] direction.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L20IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
L20IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the five nodes no1
may overlap: 1 and 4, 3 and 5.
Other input data

12.2.17 CL24I – line, 3+3 nodes, shell
5 6 uy u φx
ξ x
4
y x ζ 2 3 uz
z 1
Figure 12.25: CL24I
The CL24I element is an interface element between two lines in a curved shell
Variables are oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.2) p. 386]. The element is
based on quadratic interpolation. By default Diana applies a 3-point Newton–

[nξ=3 ] Cotes integration scheme in the longitudinal ξ direction and a 3-point Simpson
scheme in the ‘thickness’ ζ direction. [nζ=3 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Other input data

12.2.18 CL32I – line, 4+4 nodes, shell
8
6 7 uy
y ux
ξ 4
5
x 2 ζ 3 uz
z 1 φx
(a) topology
(b) displacements
Figure 12.26: CL32I
The CL32I element is an interface element between two lines in a curved shell
Variables are oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.2) p. 386]. The element is
based on third-order interpolation. By default Diana applies a 4-point Newton–
Cotes integration scheme in the longitudinal ξ direction and a 3-point Simpson [nξ=4 ]
scheme in the ‘thickness’ ζ direction. [nζ=3 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL32I no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CL32I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
no1 to no8 in sequence from Figure 12.26a (not cyclic!). The opposite
nodes may overlap: 1 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 7, 4 and 8.
Other input data

12.2.19 L12IF – line, 2+2 nodes, line–solid connection
y uy
4 ux
3
ξ uz
z 1 x 2
Figure 12.27: L12IF
The L12IF element is an interface element between a line and an edge of a

solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.27]. This element is
only applicable in models for three-dimensional bond-slip analysis, typically
it represents the bond area between a reinforcement bar and its surrounding
material. The local xyz axes for the displacements are evaluated in each node
with x in the tangential direction and z in a normal direction. Variables are
oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.3) p. 386]. The element is based on linear
[nξ=2 ] interpolation. By default Diana applies a 2-point Newton–Cotes integration
scheme in the longitudinal ξ direction.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
may overlap: 1 and 3, 2 and 4.
Other input data

Initial tractions t0x , t0y t0z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.3 on page 387.
12.2.20 CL18I – line, 3+3 nodes, line–solid connection
5 6 uy u
ξ x
4
y x 2 3 uz
z 1
Figure 12.28: CL18I
The CL18I element is an interface element between a line and an edge of a

solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.28]. This element is
only applicable in models for three-dimensional bond-slip analysis, typically
material. The local xyz axes for the displacements are evaluated in each node
with x in the tangential direction and z in a normal direction. Variables are
oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.3) p. 386]. The element is based on
quadratic interpolation. By default Diana applies a 4-point Newton–Cotes [nξ=4 ]
integration scheme in the longitudinal ξ direction.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Other input data

12.2.21 TE18IF – line, 2+4 nodes, line–solid connection

The TE18IF element is an interface element between a linear line and a lin-
ear pyramid solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.29]. This
element is only applicable in models for three-dimensional bond-slip analysis,
typically it represents the bond area between a reinforcement bar and its sur-
rounding material or the area between a pile and its surrounding soil. The
local xyz axes for the displacements are evaluated in each node with x in the
tangential direction and z in a normal direction. Variables are oriented in the
ξ 2
1 5
3
Figure 12.29: TE18IF
local xyz axes [Eq. (12.3) p. 386]. The element is based on linear interpolation.
longitudinal ξ direction.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TE18IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
TE18IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes
no1 and no2 of the line followed by the numbers of the four nodes no3
to no6 of the solid in sequence from Figure 12.29a.
Other input data

12.2.22 TP24IF – line, 2+6 nodes, line–solid connection
8
6
7
ξ 2
1
3
5
Figure 12.30: TP24IF
The TP24IF element is an interface element between a linear line and a lin-
ear wedge solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.30]. This

rounding material or the area between a pile and its surrounding soil. The
local xyz axes for the displacements are evaluated in each node with x in the
tangential direction and z in a normal direction. Variables are oriented in the
local xyz axes [Eq. (12.3) p. 386]. The element is based on linear interpolation.
By default Diana applies a 2-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme in the [nξ=2 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TP24IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n no7 n no8 n
TP24IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes
no1 and no2 of the line followed by the numbers of the six nodes no3 to
no8 of the solid in sequence from Figure 12.30a.
Other input data

12.2.23 HX30IF – line, 2+8 nodes, line–solid connection
10
9
7 8
2
ξ
1
3 6
5
Figure 12.31: HX30IF
The HX30IF element is an interface element between a linear line and a linear
brick solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.31]. This element
is only applicable in models for three-dimensional bond-slip analysis, typically
material or the area between a pile and its surrounding soil. The local xyz
axes for the displacements are evaluated in each node with x in the tangential
direction and z in a normal direction. Variables are oriented in the local xyz
axes [Eq. (12.3) p. 386]. The element is based on linear interpolation. By default
[nξ=2 ] Diana applies a 2-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme in the longitudinal
ξ direction.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
HX30IF no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no10 n
HX30IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes
no1 and no2 of the line followed by the numbers of the eight nodes no3
to no10 of the solid in sequence from Figure 12.31a.
Other input data

12.2.24 CTE39I – line, 3+10 nodes, line–solid connection
13
ξ
10 3 12
2
9 11
1 8
4
5 7
6
Figure 12.32: CTE39I
The CTE39I element is an interface element between a quadratic line and a quad-
ratic pyramid solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.32]. This
rounding material or the area between a pile and its surrounding soil. The local
xyz axes for the displacements are evaluated in each node with x in the tan-
gential direction and z in a normal direction. Variables are oriented in the local
xyz axes [Eq. (12.3) p. 386]. The element is based on quadratic interpolation.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTE39I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no13 n
CTE39I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 to no3 of the line followed by the numbers of the 10 nodes no4 to
Other input data

12.2.25 CTP54I – line, 3+15 nodes, line–solid connection
18
17
13 15
14 16
ξ 12
10
2
1 3
4 11 9
8
5
7
6
Figure 12.33: CTP54I
The CTP54I element is an interface element between a quadratic line and a quad-
ratic wedge solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.33]. This
By default Diana applies a 3-point Newton–Cotes integration scheme in the [nξ=3 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTP54I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no18 n
CTP54I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

12.2.26 CHX69I – line, 3+20 nodes, line–solid connection
22
23 21
19 20
16 17
18
15
ξ
12 2 14
1
10 3
11 13 9
4
8
5
6 7
Figure 12.34: CHX69I
The CHX69I element is an interface element between a quadratic line and a quad-
ratic brick solid element in three-dimensional configuration [Fig. 12.34]. This
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CHX69I no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n . . . no23 n
CHX69I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

12.2.27 T18IF – plane triangle, 3+3 nodes, 3-D
uz
6 uy
z
ux
4 y
3
5
1 x
2
Figure 12.35: T18IF
The T18IF element is an interface element between two planes in a three-dimen-

sional configuration [Fig. 12.35]. The local xyz axes for the displacements are
evaluated in the first node with x from node 1 to node 2 and z perpendicular to
the plane. Variables are oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.4) p. 386]. The
element is based on linear interpolation. By default Diana applies a 3-point
integration scheme. Suitable options are 1- and 4-point, and a nodal lumping [nlc = 3]
scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T18IF no1 n no2 n . . . no6 n
T18IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
to no6 in sequence from Figure 12.35a. The opposite nodes may overlap:
1 and 4, 2 and 5, 3 and 6.
Other input data

Preference x axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.2.1.6 on page 385.
12.2.28 Q24IF – plane quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes, 3-D
uz
uy
8
ux
4 7
z
5 y
6 3
x
1
2
Figure 12.36: Q24IF
The Q24IF element is an interface element between two planes in a three-dimen-

evaluated in the first node with x from node 1 to node 2 and z perpendicular
to the plane. Variables are oriented in the local xyz axes [Eq. (12.4) p. 386].
The element is based on linear interpolation. By default Diana applies a 3×3
[nξ=3 , nη=3 ] Newton–Cotes integration scheme. Suitable options are 2×2 and 4×4 Newton–
Cotes, 2 × 2 and 3×3 Gauss, 2 × 2, 3×3 and 4×4 Lobatto, and a nodal lumping
scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q24IF no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
Q24IF is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes no1
to no8 in sequence from Figure 12.36a. The opposite nodes may overlap:
1 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 7, 4 and 8.
Other input data

12.2.29 CT36I – plane triangle, 6+6 nodes, 3-D

The CT36I element is an interface element between two planes in a three-dimen-
uz
12 uy
11
z ux
y 6 10
7 8 5
9 4
1 x 2
3
Figure 12.37: CT36I
The element is based on quadratic interpolation. By default Diana applies a

6-point integration scheme. Alternative schemes are 3- and 4-point, and a nodal [nlc = 6]
lumping scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT36I no1 n no2 n . . . no12 n
CT36I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twelve nodes
no1 to no12 in sequence from Figure 12.37a. The opposite nodes may
overlap: 1 and 7, 2 and 8, etc.
Other input data

12.2.30 CQ48I – plane quadrilateral, 8+8 nodes, 3-D
uz uy
15 ux
14
16
7
z y 6 13
9 8 12
10
5
11
1 x 2 4
3
Figure 12.38: CQ48I
The CQ48I element is an interface element between two planes in a three-dimen-

The element is based on quadratic interpolation. By default Diana applies a
[nξ=4 , nη=4 ] 4×4 Newton–Cotes integration scheme. Suitable options are 3 × 3 and 5 × 5
Newton–Cotes, 3×3 and 4 × 4 Gauss, 3×3, 4×4 and 5×5 Lobatto, and a nodal
lumping scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ48I no1 n no2 n . . . no16 n
CQ48I is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the sixteen nodes
no1 to no16 in sequence from Figure 12.38a. The opposite nodes may
overlap: 1 and 9, 2 and 10, etc. to 8 and 16.
Other input data

12.3 Contact Elements

Contact elements are special interface elements to model zones of possible con-
tact.1 A contact zone must be modeled by two types of contact elements: A
surface containing contacter elements and a surface containing target elements.
The properties of the contact elements must be defined in input table ’MATERI’
[§ 12.3.3]. The only input for the contact elements themselves is the connectiv-
ity. Geometry or loading data is not applicable for these elements. If the contact
area can be split in several contact zones which do not have mutual interaction,
the contact elements of separated zones can be put in different contact sets
[§ 12.3.4].
Contact elements in the finite element model require a nonlinear analysis via
Module nonlin [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. To get output of the contact status
for contact elements in such a nonlinear analysis, you must specify the STATUS
output item with the CONTAC option.
1 See also Example sqdisc in Volume Analysis Examples.
12.3 Contact Elements 417
y contacter
1
1
target
y
(a) contact (b) no contact!
Figure 12.39: Two-dimensional contact algorithm
12.3.1 Contact Algorithm

In a model for contact analysis you must classify a contact element as a ‘contac-
ter’ or as a ‘target’ [§ 12.3.3]. Diana recognizes and effectuates contact between
contact elements if a contacter touches the ‘outside’ of a target. Therefore, you
must pay special attention to the axes direction which defines the outside of the
target element.
For line contact elements, i.e., two-dimensional analysis, the element y axis
defines the ‘outside’ of the target element [Fig. 12.39]. For triangular and quadri-
lateral contact elements, i.e., three-dimensional analysis, the element z axis de-
fines the ‘outside’ of the element [Fig. 12.40].
contacter
target
z
1 1
(a) contact (b) no contact!

z
Figure 12.40: Three-dimensional contact algorithm
Nodes of targets and nodes of contacters may not be supported in the

same direction.
12.3.2 Variables
The basic variables of contact elements are displacements [§ 12.3.2.1]. The de-
rived variables are Cauchy stresses and forces [§ 12.3.2.2]. The actual set of
variables depend on the dimensionality of the element as indicated below with
(2D) for two-dimensional or (3D) for three-dimensional.
The basic variables in the nodes of the contact shell elements are the translations
uX , uY and uZ in the global XY Z directions.
 
½ ¾  uX 
uX
u(2D)
e = ; u(3D)
e = uY (12.5)
uY  
uZ
12.3.2.2 Stresses
Primary stresses for the contact elements are the Cauchy stresses in the local
element xyz axes.
 
½ ¾  σxx 
σxx
σ (2D) = ; σ (3D) = σyy (12.6)
σyy  
σzz
From the Cauchy stresses Diana derives the distributed forces.

 
½ ¾  qxx 
qxx
f (2D) = ; f (3D) = qyy (12.7)
nyy  
nzz
Figure 12.41 shows the orientation of stresses for two-dimensional and three-di-
mensional contact elements.
σyy nyy
σxx qxx
(a) two-dimensional
σzz nzz
qyy
σyy
(b) three-dimensional σxx qxx
Figure 12.41: Stresses for contact elements
12.3.3 Contact Behavior

In contact analysis, Diana checks if contact occurs between the contact ele-
ments. Via table ’MATERI’ you must specify two types of contact elements: the
contacters and the targets. Generally speaking, the nodes of a contacter element
cannot penetrate a target element [Fig. 12.42a]. Moreover you may specify some
‘material’ properties for target elements which describe the contact behavior,
for instance a check criterion for penetration [Fig. 12.42b].
target
y contacter
contacters
targets eps × d
contacters contact area
targets dv × d
no contact area
d
(a) contact zones (b) penetration criterion
Figure 12.42: Contact behavior
Contacter syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
CONTAC
CONTAC indicates that the elements with this ‘material’ are contacters [Fig. 12.42-
a].
Target syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
TARGET
[ PENETR dv r ]
[ DISTAN eps r ]
[ TRACTI tpr r ]
[ COULOM mu r ]
[ COHESI cpr r ]
TARGET indicates that the elements with this ‘material’ are targets.
PENETR dv specifies the relative maximum depth for which Diana checks (dv > 0)
whether a contacter element penetrates a target element. [dv = 1]
DISTAN eps specifies the relative distance from the element face in which [eps = 0.001]
Diana defines a contacter node being in contact with a target element
face.
If a contacter node is located in the range from eps × d at one side, to
dv × d at the other side, with d being the characteristic dimension of
the target element, then Diana assumes contact. Otherwise no contact is

assumed. For a line element d√
is the length of the element. For a triangular
or quadrilateral element d = A, with A the area of the element.
Figure 12.42b shows the criterion for a line element. The criterion for a
triangular or quadrilateral element is analogous, except that the depth is
in the element z direction.
COULOM mu is the Coulomb friction coefficient µ, applied when a contacter ele-
[µ = 0] ment touches a target element. The default is zero.
[tpr = 10−7 ] TRACTI tpr is a cut-off traction stress in the contact. If this stress is greater
than tpr , then Diana assumes that the contacter node is not in contact.
[cpr = 0] COHESI cpr is the cohesion in the Coulomb friction model. The maximum
friction resistance τ = cpr + µ × σ with σ being the contact pressure.
See § 24.2 on page 649 for some more background theory.
12.3.4 Contact Sets

If the contact area can be split in several contact zones which do not have mutual
interaction, i.e. the nodes of the contacter elements in a specific zone will not
make contace with target elements in the other zones, the contact elements of
separated zones can be put in different contact sets to increase the performance
of the contact evaluation. In this case the contact evaluation is performed per
individual contact set.
syntax
’CONTAC’
1 5 6 12 13 80
cntset n NAME setname w

ELEMEN elements ng
cntset is the contact set number.

NAME setname specifies the name of the contact set.
ELEMEN elements specifies a series of contacter and target elements defining
the contact zone of this contact set. The contacter and target elements
can be identified by the element numbers or by group names.
12.3.5 L4CT – line, 2 nodes, 2-D

The L4CT element [Fig. 12.43] is a two-node line element (linear interpolation)
for two-dimensional contact analysis in the XY plane. Diana derives the ele-
ment axes from the node locations in the deformed model: the x axis from the
first to the second node, the z axis is always parallel to the global Z axis and
uY
x
Y 2
z 1 uX
Z X
Figure 12.43: L4CT
the y axis ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. The variables for the L4CT
element are the displacements u in the global XY directions.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L4CT no1 n no2 n
L4CT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 12.43]. The nodes must be situated in the XY plane. (Z = 0)
Other input data

Contact behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.3.3 on page 418.
12.3.6 CL6CT – line, 3 nodes, 2-D
uY
2 3
Y x
z 1 uX
Z X
Figure 12.44: CL6CT
The CL6CT element [Fig. 12.44] is a three-node line element (quadratic interpo-
lation) for two-dimensional contact analysis in the XY plane. Diana derives
the element axes from the node locations in the deformed model: the x axis
from the first to the second node, the z axis is always parallel to the global Z
axis and the y axis ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. The variables for the
CL6CT element are the displacements u in the global XY directions.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL6CT no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL6CT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 , and no3 [Fig. 12.44]. The nodes must be situated in the XY
(Z = 0) plane.
Other input data

12.3.7 T9CT – triangle, 3 nodes, 3-D
Y
3
y
X z x
Z uY
2
uZ 1 uX
Figure 12.45: T9CT
The T9CT element [Fig. 12.45] is a three-node triangular element (linear interpo-
lation) for three-dimensional contact analysis. Diana derives the element axes
from the node locations in the deformed model: the x axis from the first to the
second node, the z axis perpendicular to the element plane and the y axis ⊥ zx
according to the right-hand-rule. The variables for the T9CT element are the
displacements u in the global XY Z directions.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9CT no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9CT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 12.45].
Other input data

12.3.8 Q12CT – quadrilateral, 4 nodes, 3-D
Y
3
4
X z x
Z uY y
2
uZ 1 uX
Figure 12.46: Q12CT
The Q12CT element [Fig. 12.46] is a four-node quadrilateral element (linear in-
terpolation) for three-dimensional contact analysis. Diana derives the element
axes from the node locations in the deformed model: the x axis from the first to
the second node, the z axis approximately perpendicular to the element plane
and the y axis ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. The variables for the
Q12CT element are the displacements u in the global XY Z directions.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q12CT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q12CT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 12.46].
Other input data

12.3.9 CT18C – triangle, 6 nodes, 3-D
Y 5
y
4
X z
Z uY 6
3
x
uZ 1 uX 2
Figure 12.47: CT18C
The CT18C element [Fig. 12.47] is a six-node triangular element (quadratic in-
terpolation) for three-dimensional contact analysis. Diana derives the element
axes from the node locations in the deformed model: the x axis from the first to
the second node, the z axis approximately perpendicular to the element plane
and the y axis ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. The variables for the
CT18C element are the displacements u in the global XY Z directions.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT18C no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT18C is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1 ,
no2 and no3 [Fig. 12.47].
Other input data

12.3.10 CQ24C – quadrilateral, 8 nodes, 3-D
7 5
6
Y
4
X z 8
Z uY
y
3
x
uZ 1 uX 2
Figure 12.48: CQ24C
The CQ24C element [Fig. 12.48] is an eight-node quadrilateral element (quad-

ratic interpolation) for three-dimensional contact analysis. Diana derives the
element axes from the node locations in the deformed model: the x axis from the
first to the second node, the z axis approximately perpendicular to the element
plane and the y axis ⊥ zx according to the right-hand-rule. The variables for
the CQ24C element are the displacements u in the global XY Z directions.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ24C no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
12.4 Fluid–Structure Interfaces 425
CQ24C is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
no1 to no8 [Fig. 12.48].
Other input data

12.4 Fluid–Structure Interfaces

Fluid–structure interface elements are used in dynamic fluid–structure interac-
tion analysis to couple the fluid to the structural domain [Vol. Analysis Proce-
dures]. The coupling is realized on its interface by continuity of the pressure of
the fluid and the normal displacement of the structure. For all fluid–structure
interface elements you must specify the fluid density ρf as a material property
[Vol. Material Library]. With respect to shape and connectivity there are two
types of fluid–structure interface elements:
Line interface elements to be placed between edges of two-dimensional struc-
tural elements (like axisymmetric, plane stress or plane strain) and two-
dimensional flow elements.
Plane interface elements to be placed between faces of solid (three-dimension-
al) structural elements and three-dimensional flow elements.
The formulation of the line and plane interface elements is fully isoparametric.
This means that the quadratic line interface elements may be straight as well
as curved, and the plane interface elements may be flat as well as curved.
For fluid–structure interface elements, the node sequence in the con-

nectivity specification determines the fluid and the structural sides
of the element.
12.4.1 Normal Direction

The normal direction of a fluid–structure interface element must point outward
into the fluid domain. Diana determines the local xyz directions through the
topology of the element. The procedure to determine the local axes depends on
the shape of the element: line [§ 12.4.1.1] or plane [§ 12.4.1.2].
12.4.1.1 Line Interface

For line elements the x axis points from node 1 to node 2 and the z axis parallel
to the global Z axis, then the local y axis determines the normal direction. If
you prefer a normal axis other than default, then you must specify its direction.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ YAXIS xr yr zr ]
YAXIS is a user-specified normal direction where x , y and z are vector compo-

nents of the local y axis in the model XY Z coordinate system.
Example. To illustrate the evaluation of the normal direction for line fluid–
structure interface elements, we consider the connectivity input for the model
of Figure 12.49.
7 8 9
Y
4 CQ16E 6
2 Structure
X 1 3
BCL6S3 x Interface
Z 107 z 109
108 Fluid
y
104 CQ8HT 106
101 102 103
Figure 12.49: Local axes for line interface
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 CQ16E 1 2 3 6 9 8 7 4
2 BCL6S3 3 2 1 109 108 107
3 CQ8HT 101 102 103 106 109 108 107 104
With the above connectivity input the local x axis for the BCL6S3 element points
from node 3 to node 2, the local z axis is parallel to the global Z axis. This
yields a local y axis pointing correctly into the fluid domain. However, if we
had specified the nodes in the sequence 1 2 3 107 108 109 then the local y
axis would have pointed into the structural domain, which is not correct!
12.4.1.2 Plane Interface

For plane elements the x axis points from node 1 to node 2, and an ȳ axis
from node 1 to the last ‘structural’ node, then the z axis determines the normal
direction. If you prefer a normal axis other than default, then you must specify
its direction.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ ZAXIS xr yr zr ]
ZAXIS is a user-specified normal direction where x , y and z are vector compo-

nents of the local z axis in the model XY Z coordinate system.
Example. To illustrate the evaluation of the normal direction for plane fluid–
structure interface elements, we consider the connectivity input for the model
of Figure 12.50.
27 28 29 127 128 129
124
24 26 126
17 19 117 119
23
21 123
22 121 122
9 109
7 8 107 108
Y
11 13 110 112
5 6 104 106
X ȳ
x
Z
1 2 3 z 101 102 103
Structure – CHX60 Fluid – CHX20H
Interface – BQ24S8
Figure 12.50: Local axes for plane interface
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 CHX60 1 2 3 6 9 8 7 5 11 13 19 17
21 22 23 26 29 28 27 24
2 BQ24S8 3 6 9 19 29 26 23 13
101 104 107 117 127 124 121 110
3 CHX20H 101 102 103 106 109 108 107 104 110 112 119 117
121 122 123 126 129 128 127 124
With the above connectivity input the local x axis for the BQ24S8 element points
from node 3 to node 6, the local ȳ axis points from node 3 to node 13. This
yields a local z axis pointing correctly into the fluid domain. However, if we
had specified the nodes in the sequence 3 13 23 . . . 101 110 121 . . . then the
local z axis would have pointed into the structural domain, which is not correct!
12.4.2 Variables
The basic variables for fluid–structural interfaces are the nodal displacements
ue and the fluid nodal pressures p. The derived values are the relative displace-
ments ∆u and the tractions t.
Two-dimensional. Variables of two-dimensional fluid–structural interfaces

are oriented in the local xy axes.
½ ¾
ux © ª
ue = p = px (12.8)
uy
The normal traction tx is perpendicular to the interface; the shear traction ty is

tangential to the interface. px is a scalar value. The fluid–structure interface
y 5 6
uy px
4 x 2 3 ux
1
z
(a) topology (b) displacements (c) pressures
Figure 12.51: Variables of two-dimensional fluid–structural interfaces
elements need to be placed between the edges of two-dimensional quadratic

structural elements and two-dimensional flow elements [Fig. 12.51].
Three-dimensional. Variables of three-dimensional fluid–structural interfaces

are oriented in the local xyz axes.
 
 ux  © ª
ue = uy p = px (12.9)
 
uz
The normal traction tx is perpendicular to the interface; the shear traction ty

and tz are tangential to the interface. px is a scalar value. The fluid–structure
interface elements need to be placed between the edges of three-dimensional
quadratic structural elements and three-dimensional flow elements [Fig. 12.52].
12.4.3 Pressure Supports

Fluid–structure interface elements have two types of basic degrees of freedom:
displacements and pressures. While solving the structural domain, the pressure
degrees of freedom must be suppressed to get a solvable system of equations.
Diana automatically generates these supports according to the following syn-
tax in table ’SUPPOR’. Note that these supports are additional to the regular
structural supports.
15
14
16 7 uz px
uy
6 13
z
9 ȳ 8 10 12 ux
5
11 4
1 x 2
3
Figure 12.52: Variables of three-dimensional fluid–structural interfaces
syntax
’SUPPOR’
1 5 6 80
node n PR
1 5 6 80
/ nodes ng... /
PR
’SUPPOR’ is the table heading for rigid supports input.

node is a single node number, nodes is a series of nodes. The nodes are the
pressure nodes of all fluid–structure interface elements.
The support type is specified with PR for pressure.
file .dat
’SUPPORTS’
12 PR
/ 25-38 / PR
/ 50-56 EDGE1 / PR
In this example, the nodes 12, 25–38, 50–56 and those in group EDGE1 together
form the complete set of pressure interface nodes.
12.4.4 BL4S2 – line, 2+2 nodes, 2-D

The BL4S2 element is a fluid–structure line interface element to be placed be-
tween the edges of two-dimensional linear structural elements and two-dimen-
sional linear flow elements [Fig. 12.53]. Based on isoparametric linear interpola-
tion for the displacements and linear interpolation for the pressures this element
models the continuity between the normal displacement on the structural side
and the pressure on the fluid side. The element xy axes for the displacements
in the nodes are evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node 2, and z parallel to
y 4
uy px
3 2 ux
x
1
z
Figure 12.53: BL4S2
the global Z axis. The matching y axis must point in the direction of the fluid
domain [§ 12.4.1 p. 425]. The pressure px acts in a direction perpendicular to the
interface element. The element is numerically integrated via a Gauss scheme.
[nξ=1 ] By default Diana applies a 1-point Gauss integration scheme, 2-point Gauss
is a suitable option.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BL4S2 no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
BL4S2 is the element type name followed by the four nodes no1 to no4 in
sequence from Figure 12.53a. Nodes 1 and 3, 2 and 4 may coincide and
may even be assigned to the same number. The node sequence is unusual!
Nodes 1 to 2 must be connected to a structural element, nodes 3 and 4 to
a flow element.
Other input data

Pressure supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.4.3 on page 428.
Normal direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 12.4.1.1 on page 425.
Fluid density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
12.4.5 BCL6S3 – line, 3+3 nodes, 2-D
y 5 6
uy px
4 x 2 3 ux
1
z
Figure 12.54: BCL6S3
The BCL6S3 element is a fluid–structure line interface element to be placed

between the edges of two-dimensional quadratic structural elements and two-
dimensional quadratic flow elements [Fig. 12.54]. Based on isoparametric quad-
ratic interpolation for displacements and pressures this element models the con-
tinuity between the normal displacement on the structural side and the pressure
on the fluid side. The element xy axes for the displacements in the nodes are
evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node 2, and z parallel to the global Z axis.
The matching y axis must point in the direction of the fluid domain [§ 12.4.1
p. 425]. The pressure px acts in a direction perpendicular to the interface ele-
ment. The element is numerically integrated via a Gauss scheme. By default
Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration scheme, 3-point Gauss is a suitable [nξ=2 ]
option.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BCL6S3 no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
BCL6S3 is the element type name followed by the six nodes no1 to no6 in
sequence from Figure 12.54a. Nodes 1 and 4, 2 and 5, 3 and 6, may
coincide and may even be assigned to the same number. The node sequence
is unusual! Nodes 1 to 3 must be connected to a structural element, nodes
4 to 6 to a flow element.
Other input data

12.4.6 BCL6S2 – line, 3+2 nodes, 2-D

y 5
uy px
4 3
2 ux
x
1
z
Figure 12.55: BCL6S2
The BCL6S2 element is a fluid–structure line interface element to be placed

between the edges of two-dimensional quadratic structural elements and two-
dimensional linear flow elements [Fig. 12.55]. Based on isoparametric quadratic
interpolation for the displacements and linear interpolation for the pressures
this element models the continuity between the normal displacement on the
structural side and the pressure on the fluid side. The element xy axes for the
displacements in the nodes are evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node
2, and z parallel to the global Z axis. The matching y axis must point in the
direction of the fluid domain [§ 12.4.1 p. 425]. The pressure px acts in a direction
perpendicular to the interface element. The element is numerically integrated
[nξ=2 ] via a Gauss scheme. By default Diana applies a 2-point Gauss integration
scheme, 3-point Gauss is a suitable option.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BCL6S2 no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n
BCL6S2 is the element type name followed by the five nodes no1 to no5 in
sequence from Figure 12.55a. Nodes 1 and 4, 3 and 5 may coincide and
may even be assigned to the same number. The node sequence is unusual!
Nodes 1 to 3 must be connected to a structural element, nodes 4 and 5 to
a flow element.
Other input data

12.4.7 BQ12S4 – quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes, 3-D
4 uz px
uy
z 7
5 ux
ȳ
3
6
1 x
2
Figure 12.56: BQ12S4
The BQ12S4 element is a fluid–structure plane interface element to be placed

between the faces of linear solid (three-dimensional) structural elements and
three-dimensional linear flow elements [Fig. 12.58]. Based on isoparametric lin-

ear interpolation for the displacements and linear interpolation for the pressures
it models the continuity between the normal displacement on the structural side
and the pressure on the fluid side. The element xyz axes for the displacements
in the nodes are evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node 2 and ȳ from
node 1 to node 4. The matching z axis must point in the direction of the fluid
domain [§ 12.4.1 p. 425]. The ȳ axis is corrected to y ⊥ zx. The pressure px acts
in a direction perpendicular to the interface element. The element is numeri-
cally integrated via a Gauss scheme. By default Diana applies a 2×2 Gauss [nξ=2 , nη=2 ]
integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BQ12S4 no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
BQ12S4 is the element type name followed by the eight nodes no1 to no8 in
sequence from Figure 12.56a. Nodes 1 and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 7, 4 and 8
may coincide and may even be assigned to the same number. Nodes 1 to 4
must be connected to a structural element, nodes 5 to 8 to a flow element.
Other input data

15
14
16 7 uz px
uy
6 13
z
9 ȳ 8 10 12 ux
5
11 4
1 x 2
3

between the faces of quadratic solid (three-dimensional) structural elements and
three-dimensional quadratic flow elements [Fig. 12.57]. Based on isoparametric
quadratic interpolation for the displacements and the pressures this element
models the continuity between the normal displacement on the structural side
in the nodes are evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node 2 and ȳ from
node 1 to node 8. The matching z axis must point in the direction of the
fluid domain [§ 12.4.1 p. 425]. The ȳ axis is corrected to y ⊥ zx. The pressure
px acts in a direction perpendicular to the interface element. The element is
numerically integrated via a Gauss scheme. By default Diana applies a 3×3
[nξ=3 , nη=3 ] Gauss integration scheme, 2×2 Gauss is a suitable option.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BQ24S8 no1 n no2 n . . . no16 n
BQ24S8 is the element type name followed by the sixteen nodes no1 to no16
in sequence from Figure 12.57a. Nodes 1 and 9, 2 and 10 etc. to 8 and
16, may coincide and may even be assigned to the same number. Nodes
1 to 8 must be connected to a structural element, nodes 9 to 16 to a flow
element.
Other input data

12
7 uz px
uy
z 11
6
9 8 ux
ȳ
5
10
1 x 4
2
3

between the faces of quadratic solid (three-dimensional) structural elements
and three-dimensional linear flow elements [Fig. 12.58]. Based on isoparametric
quadratic interpolation for the displacements and linear interpolation for the
pressures it models the continuity between the normal displacement on the
structural side and the pressure on the fluid side. The element xyz axes for the
displacements in the nodes are evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node 2 and
ȳ from node 1 to node 8. The matching z axis must point in the direction of the
px acts in a direction perpendicular to the interface element. The element is
numerically integrated via a Gauss scheme. By default Diana applies a 3×3
Gauss integration scheme, 2×2 Gauss is a suitable option. [nξ=3 , nη=3 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BQ24S4 no1 n no2 n . . . no12 n
BQ24S4 is the element type name followed by the twelve nodes no1 to no12 in
sequence from Figure 12.58a. Nodes 1 and 9, 3 and 10, 5 and 11, 7 and
12 may coincide and may even be assigned to the same number. Nodes 1
to 8 must be connected to a structural element, nodes 9 to 12 to a flow
element.
Other input data

12.4.10 BT9S3 – triangular, 3+3 nodes, 3-D
6
uz px
z
4 ȳ 3 uy
ux
1
x 5
2
Figure 12.59: BT9S3
The BT9S3 element is a fluid–structure plane interface element to be placed

between the faces of linear solid (three-dimensional) structural elements and
three-dimensional linear flow elements [Fig. 12.59]. Based on isoparametric lin-

ear interpolation for the displacements and linear interpolation for the pressures
it models the continuity between the normal displacement on the structural side
in the nodes are evaluated in node 1: x from node 1 to node 2 and ȳ from node
1 to node 3. The matching z axis must point in the direction of the fluid domain
[§ 12.4.1 p. 425]. The ȳ axis is corrected to y ⊥ zx. The pressure px acts in a
direction perpendicular to the interface element. By default Diana applies a
[nξ=3 ] 3-point integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BT9S3 no1 n no2 n . . . no6 n
BT9S3 is the element type name followed by the six nodes no1 to no6 in se-
quence from Figure 12.59a. Nodes 1 and 4, 2 and 5, 3 and 6 may coincide
and may even be assigned to the same number. Nodes 1 to 3 must be
connected to a structural element, nodes 4 to 6 to a flow element.
Other input data

12.4.11 BT18S6 – Triangular, 6+6 nodes, 3-D
12
11
z px
y 6 10 uz uy
7 8 5
4 ux
1 x 9
2
3
Figure 12.60: BT18S6

between the faces of quadratic solid (three-dimensional) structural elements and
three-dimensional quadratic flow elements [Fig. 12.60]. Based on isoparametric

px acts in a direction perpendicular to the interface element. By default Diana
applies a 4-point integration scheme. [nξ=4 ]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BT18S6 no1 n no2 n . . . no12 n
BT18S6 is the element type name followed by the twelve nodes no1 to no12 in
sequence from Figure 12.60a. Nodes 1 and 7, 2 and 8, etc. and 6 and
12 may coincide and may even be assigned to the same number. Nodes 1
to 6 must be connected to a structural element, nodes 7 to 12 to a flow
element.
Other input data

12.4.12 BT18S3 – triangular, 6+3 nodes, 3-D
9
uz px
z uy
7 ȳ 5
6 ux
1 4
x 8
2
3
Figure 12.61: BT18S3

between the faces of quadratic solid (three-dimensional) structural elements
and three-dimensional linear flow elements [Fig. 12.61]. Based on isoparametric
px acts in a direction perpendicular to the interface element. By default Diana
[nξ=4 ] applies a 4-point integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BT18S3 no1 n no2 n . . . no9 n
BT18S3 is the element type name followed by the nine nodes no1 to no9 in
sequence from Figure 12.61a. Nodes 1 and 7, 3 and 8, 5 and 9 may
coincide and may even be assigned to the same number. Nodes 1 to 6
must be connected to a structural element, nodes 7 to 9 to a flow element.
Other input data

Chapter 13
Other Elements for

Structural Analysis
This chapter describes the elements for structural analysis which do not belong
to any of the element families of the previous chapters. These special elements
comprise spring, dashpot and mass elements, and a few crack tip elements.
Spring, dashpot and mass elements. Diana offers five families of spring,
mass and dashpot elements: discrete spring/dashpots to model the interaction
between two points of the finite element model or between one point and the
‘world’ [§ 13.1], nodal spring elements to model coupling between the 3 transla-
tional and 3 rotational degrees of freedom [§ 13.2 p. 444], base spring elements
to model complex spring behavior at the base of frames [§ 13.3 p. 446], bounding
elements to simulate the behavior of the finite element model up to infinity
[§ 13.4 p. 449], and point mass/dashpot elements [§ 13.5 p. 458].
Crack tip elements. For the special crack tip elements Diana can perform
a Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics Analysis and then output the parameters
for such analysis [§ 13.7].
13.1 Discrete Spring/Dashpot Elements

Although their names start with SP..., these elements may not only serve as
springs, but also as dashpots to simulate continuous damping on specific loca-
tions in the finite element model. Two-node spring/dashpot elements may be
used to model the interaction between two points of the finite element model
[Fig. 13.1a]. If one node of such a spring/dashpot element is fully supported,
then the element models the interaction between the finite element model and
its environment (the world). For the latter application, it is more convenient to
use the one-node spring/dashpot elements, because it is not necessary to specify
440 Other Elements for Structural Analysis
FEM model FEM model
World
(a) two-node connection (b) one-node
Figure 13.1: Discrete springs
the support conditions [Fig. 13.1b]. There are separate one-node and two-node
spring/dashpots to model translation or rotation.
Base excitation loading will not be applied on the supported side of

one-node spring/dashpot elements.
Spring stiffness input. For all types of structural analysis, the spring stiff-
ness may be input in table ’MATERI’. For linear static analysis, the spring con-
stant must be specified. For nonlinear analysis, various models for the spring
stiffness, can be specified. See Volume Material Library for input description.
Damping input. For dynamic analysis, you may input either the spring stiff-
ness or the damping coefficient, or both, in table ’MATERI’. See Volume Material
Library for input description. The commands to set up damping matrices can
be found in Volume Analysis Procedures.
Note that damping matrices are not set up by default.
13.1.1 Axis
For one-node spring/dashpots the input of the axis direction is obligatory. For
two-node spring/dashpots Diana will setup an axis in the direction from the
first to the second node unless you explicitly specify an axis direction.1
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
AXIS xr yr zr
1 This is appropriate when the default axis is indeterminable, for instance when the two
nodes coincide.
13.1 Discrete Spring/Dashpot Elements 441
AXIS describes the x axis, i.e., the working direction of the spring/dashpot.
Values x , y , z are vector components in the model XY Z coordinate
system.

Initial stress for spring/dashpot elements may be input with one single value
or, for two-node elements only, with a value for each of the two nodes.
syntax
’LOADS’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sx1 r [ sx2 r ]
PRESTR sx1 specifies an initial (residual) force or moment in the spring: Fx0
for translation spring/dashpots, Mx0 for rotation spring/dashpots. If you
specify sx2 for a two-node spring/dashpot then Diana takes the average
of the two values: Fx0 or Mx0 = (sx1 + sx2 )/2.
13.1.3 SP1TR – translation, 1 node
1 x ux Fx
(a) topology (b) displacement (c) stress
Figure 13.2: SP1TR
The SP1TR element is a one-node translation spring/dashpot [Fig. 13.2].
Variables. Basic variables of the SP1TR element are the translation, the elon-
gation and the axial force.
© ª © ª © ª
ue = ux ε = ∆ux σ = Fx (13.1)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
SP1TR no1 n
SP1TR is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1
[Fig. 13.2].
Other input data

Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.1.1 on page 440.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.1.2 on the preceding page.
Spring stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
Damping coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
13.1.4 SP2TR – translation, 2 nodes
(1) (2)
1 2 x ux ux Fx
Figure 13.3: SP2TR
The SP2TR element is a two-node translation spring/dashpot [Fig. 13.3].
Variables. Basic variables of the SP2TR element are the translations, the elon-
gation and the axial force.
© ª © ª n o © ª
ue = ux ε = ∆ux = u(2) x − ux
(1)
σ = Fx (13.2)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
SP2TR no1 n no2 n
SP2TR is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.1.1 on page 440.
Initial stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.1.2 on the preceding page.
13.1 Discrete Spring/Dashpot Elements 443
1 x φx Mx
Figure 13.4: SP1RO
13.1.5 SP1RO – rotation, 1 node

The SP1RO element is a one-node rotation spring/dashpot [Fig. 13.4].
Variables. Basic variables of the SP1RO element are the rotation, the torsion
and the axial moment.
© ª © ª © ª
ue = φx ε = ∆φx σ = Mx (13.3)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
SP1RO no1 n
SP1RO is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1
[Fig. 13.4].
Other input data

Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.1.1 on page 440.
13.1.6 SP2RO – rotation, 2 nodes

The SP2RO element is a two-node torsion spring/dashpot [Fig. 13.5].
Variables. Basic variables of the SP2RO element are the rotations, the torsion
and the axial moment.
© ª © ª n o © ª
ue = φx ε = ∆φx = ∆φx = φ(2) x − φx
(1)
σ = Mx (13.4)
(1) (2)
1 2 x φx φx Mx
Figure 13.5: SP2RO
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
SP2RO no1 n no2 n
SP2RO is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.1.1 on page 440.
13.2 Nodal Spring Element

A nodal spring element is a 1–node element with three translational and three
rotational degrees of freedom. A coupling between the six degrees of freedom
can be defined by the force versus displacement stiffness matrix, see Volume
Material Library. These elements are particular suited to model discrete beam
behavior.
13.2.1 Axes
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
XAXIS xr yr zr
YAXIS xr yr zr
XAXIS describes the x axis. Values x , y , z are vector components in the model
XY Z coordinate system.
13.2 Nodal Spring Element 445
ȳ
y
Y z 1
x
Z 2
X
Figure 13.6: Local element axes for nodal spring elements
YAXIS describes the provisional ȳ axis. Values x , y , z are vector components

in the model XY Z coordinate system.
From the local x axis Diana will setup the local y and z axes as follows. Diana
will setup the local z axis perpendicular to the local x axis and the specified
provisional ȳ axis. Then, the definitive local y axis is setup perpendicular to z
and x [Fig. 13.6].
13.2.2 N6SPR – nodal spring, 1 node, 3-D
φy
uy
φz uz
1 ux
z
φx
Y
x
Z
X
Figure 13.7: N6SPR
The N6SPR element [Fig. 13.7] is a one–node directly integrated generic spring
element which can be used in three-dimensional models. This element is denoted
as a matrix spring element. The basic variables in the node of the N6SPR element
are the x, y and z translations and rotations.

 

 ux 

 

 uy 

 
uz
ue = (13.5)

 φx 

 

 φy 

 
φz
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
N6SPR no1 n
N6SPR is the element type name, followed by a single node number no1 [Fig. 13.7].
Other input data

Local x and ȳ axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.2.1 on page 444.
Spring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
13.3 Base Spring Elements

Base spring elements are typically applied to model springy translational and
rotational behavior of supports in frame structures. These elements are par-
ticularly suited to model complex nonlinear spring behavior. For instance, the
stiffness against rotation may be specified as dependent on the normal force.
13.3.1 Axes
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xr yr zr ]
[ YAXIS xr yr zr ]
XAXIS describes the x axis. Values x , y , z are vector components in the model
XY Z coordinate system. If you do not specify an x axis, then Diana will
setup the local x axis in the direction from the first to the second node.2
2 Specification of the x axis is required when the default axis is indeterminable, i.e., when
the two nodes coincide.
13.3 Base Spring Elements 447
YAXIS describes the provisional ȳ axis. Values x , y , z are vector components

in the model XY Z coordinate system. This input is only required for
three-dimensional base spring elements.
y ȳ
y
Y 1 Y z 1
z x
2
x
Z 2
Z X
X
Figure 13.8: Local element axes for base spring elements
From the local x axis Diana will setup the local y and z axes as follows. For a
two-dimensional element [Fig. 13.8a], the local y axis is setup perpendicular to
the global Z axis and the local x axis, the local z axis is always parallel to the
global Z axis. For a three-dimensional element [Fig. 13.8b], Diana will setup
the local z axis perpendicular to the local x axis and the specified provisional ȳ
axis. Then, the definitive local y axis is setup perpendicular to z and x.
13.3.2 SP6BA – base spring, 2 nodes, 2-D
uy
ux uy
φz 1
ux
Y z φz 2
x
Z X
Figure 13.9: SP6BA
The SP6BA element [Fig. 13.9] is a two-node directly integrated base spring ele-
ment which can only be used in two-dimensional models. The basic variables in
the nodes of the SP6BA element are the x and y translations and the z rotation.
 
 ux 
ue = uy (13.6)
 
φz
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
SP6BA no1 n no2 n
SP6BA is the element type name, followed by the number of the two nodes no1
(Z = 0) and no2 [Fig. 13.9]. These nodes must be located in the XY plane.
Other input data

Local x axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.3.1 on page 446.
13.3.3 SP12BA – base spring, 2 nodes, 3-D
φy
uy
φz uz
1 ux
z
φx φy
Y uy
φz uz
2 ux
Z
X φx
x
Figure 13.10: SP12BA
The SP12BA element [Fig. 13.10] is a two-node directly integrated base spring
element which can be used in three-dimensional models. The basic variables in
the nodes of the SP12BA element are the x, y and z translations and rotations.
 

 ux 

 

 uy 

 
uz
ue = (13.7)

 φx 

 

 φy 

 
φz
13.4 Bounding Elements 449
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
SP12BA no1 n no2 n
SP12BA is the element type name, followed by the number of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 13.10].
Other input data

Local x and ȳ axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.3.1 on page 446.
13.4 Bounding Elements

Bounding elements, also called spring/dashpot elements, provide a general pur-
pose, user friendly method of applying spring stiffnesses and damping coefficients
to bounding surfaces of a mesh, where the assumption of fully fixed or free is
not appropriate. The commands to set up damping matrices can be found in
Volume Analysis Procedures.

These elements are applicable in any general three-dimensional situation.
y y
4 x 3
x
z z
A(4) A(3)
y y
A(1) A(2)
x
1 x 2
z z
Figure 13.11: Bounding elements, characteristics
Basic assumptions. In each node i the spring/dashpot is configured using

the consistent area A(i) calculated in accordance with the order of the poly-
nomial shape functions for the element type [Fig. 13.11]. The three mutually
perpendicular directions xyz of the degrees of freedom are uncoupled from one
another.
Application. An example of practical application of bounding elements is

to create a transmitting boundary in transient dynamics. One such device was
suggested by Kuhlemeyer & Lysmer [6], using only dashpots as ‘quiet’ boundary
conditions.
Base excitation loading will not be applied on the supported side of

bounding elements.
13.4.1 Axes
For bounding elements Diana will set up the local axes in each node individually
without any user input. For a line bounding element the local in-line direction x
is determined from the derivative of the shape function, the normal direction y is
then simply put up perpendicular to the x direction [Fig. 13.12a]. For a two-di-
z y
y x
ȳ
1 x
2
(a) line elements (b) two-dimensional elements
Figure 13.12: Local element axes
mensional bounding element Diana determines, the local in-plane directions x

and ȳ from the derivatives of the shape functions. The out-of-plane z direction
is then determined according to the right hand screw rule and finally the ȳ
direction is corrected to y [Fig. 13.12b].
13.4.2 Variables
Displacements. The basic variables in the nodes of the bounding elements
are the translations ux , uy and uz in the local element directions [Fig. 13.13].
 
 ux 
ue = uy (13.8)
 
uz
where uz is only applied in three-dimensional configurations.
uz u
y
1 ux
2
13.4.3 Spring Characteristics

Diana calculates the individual spring stiffnesses by
AE
K= (13.9)
li
where A is the contributing area to the node, E is the user-specified Young’s
modulus of elasticity [Vol. Material Library], and li is a characteristic length in
one of the local axes directions. Diana derives the characteristic length li from
a user-specified parameter α in input table ’DATA’ which is the reciprocal of li .
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ STIFFN ain r [ aout r ] ]
STIFFN specifies the stiffness parameters α which Diana applies to calculate

the characteristic lengths li = 1/α. You may specify two different values:
ain for the in-line or in-plane directions, and aout for the normal or [ain = 1.0]
out-of-plane directions. If you only specify ain then Diana will assume
the same value for all directions. [aout = ain ]
13.4.4 Dashpot Characteristics

Diana configures the damping coefficients C by
C = di A (13.10)
where di is a multiplication factor on the nodal contributing area A. The mul-

tiplication factors di are configured according to the wave velocity c to occur at
the end of the mesh

s
λ + 2G
dxy = ρ cp with cp =
ρ
s (13.11)
G
dz = ρ cs with cs =
ρ
with the user-specified mass density ρ [Vol. Material Library], and the dilata-
tional and shear wave velocities cp and cs respectively. Diana determines the
elastic shear modulus G and the parameter λ from the user-specified Young’s
modulus E and Poisson’s ratio ν by
Eν E
λ= ; G= (13.12)
(1 + ν)(1 − 2ν) 2(1 + ν)
You may specify that damping must be applied via input data in table ’DATA’.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ DAMPIN in w [ out w ] ]
SHEAR SHEAR
DILAT DILAT
DAMPIN specifies that damping must be applied for the bounding elements that
have this data assigned. If you do not specify this data item then Diana
will not apply damping. The in option specifies the type of damping for
the in-line and in-plane directions. The out option specifies the type of
damping for the normal and out-of-plane directions.
For both options, SHEAR indicates shear damping and DILAT dilatational
damping. If you only specify the in option then Diana assumes equal
[out = in ] damping in all directions.
13.4.5 L4TB – straight line, 2 nodes, 2-D

y
y x
2
x
1
Figure 13.14: L4TB
The L4TB element [Fig. 13.14] is a two-node line isoparametric mesh bounding
element applicable to two-dimensional, plane strain, and axisymmetric configu-
rations. It is based on linear interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L4TB no1 n no2 n
L4TB is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 13.14].
Other input data

Spring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.4.3 on page 451.
Dashpot characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.4.4 on page 451.
13.4.6 CL6TB – curved line, 3 nodes, 2-D

y
y
x
y 2
x
3
x
1
Figure 13.15: CL6TB
The CL6TB element [Fig. 13.15] is a three-node line isoparametric mesh bounding
element applicable to two-dimensional, plane strain, and axisymmetric configu-
rations. It is based on quadratic interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL6TB no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL6TB is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 13.15].
Other input data

13.4.7 T9TB – triangle, 3 nodes, 3-D

The T9TB element [Fig. 13.16] is a three-node triangular isoparametric mesh
bounding element applicable to three-dimensional configurations. It is based on
linear interpolation and numerical integration.
z
y
3 x
z
y
z
1 x y
2 x
Figure 13.16: T9TB
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9TB no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9TB is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 .
Other input data

13.4.8 Q12TB – quadrilateral, 4 nodes, 3-D

z
y z
y
4 x
z 3 x
y
z
y
1 x
2 x
Figure 13.17: Q12TB
The Q12TB element [Fig. 13.17] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric mesh

linear interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q12TB no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q12TB is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes
no1 , no2 , no3 and no4 .
Other input data

13.4.9 CT18T – triangle, 6 nodes, 3-D
y
z
5 x
y
z
x y
z 6
y z
y 4 x
x
1 z
2 x
y
3 x
Figure 13.18: CT18T
The CT18T element [Fig. 13.18] is a six-node triangular isoparametric mesh

bounding element applicable to three-dimensional configurations. It is based
on quadratic interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT18T no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT18T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

y z
z
7 x y
y
z
6 y
8 x x
z z
y z
y y 5
x z x
1 y 4
2 x x
3
x
Figure 13.19: CQ24T
13.4.10 CQ24T – quadrilateral, 8 nodes, 3-D

The CQ24T element [Fig. 13.19] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric
mesh bounding element applicable to three-dimensional configurations. It is
based on quadratic interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ24T no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ24T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

13.4.11 CT27T – triangle, 9 nodes, 3-D

The CT27T element [Fig. 13.20] is a nine-node triangular isoparametric mesh
third-order interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT27T no1 n no2 n . . . no9 n
z
y
x
z z
y 7
y
z x x
y
8 6
x z
z z y
y 9
y x
x z 5 z
1 2 y y
x
x
3 x 4
Figure 13.20: CT27T
CT27T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the nine nodes no1
Other input data

13.4.12 CQ36T – quadrilateral, 12 nodes, 3-D
z z y
y
z y z
y x
x
x 7
10 9
z xz
y 8 y
x
z 11 x
y z 6
y
12 z
z x x
y y
5
x z z y
y
1 2 x x
3 x 4
Figure 13.21: CQ36T
The CQ36T element [Fig. 13.21] is a twelve-node quadrilateral isoparametric

mesh bounding element applicable to three-dimensional configurations. It is
based on third-order interpolation and numerical integration.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ36T no1 n no2 n . . . no12 n
CQ36T is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twelve nodes
Other input data

13.5 Point Mass/Damping Elements

These point elements may be applied to add mass or damping to the finite
element model without influencing the stiffness. The point elements do not
have any postanalysis results like strains or stresses.
Added mass. As point mass, these elements are typically used to correct the
dead weight or to affect the inertia mass in a dynamic analysis.
Continuous damping. If you specify a damping coefficient, then these el-

ements act as dashpots in the global XY Z directions to simulate continuous
damping in dynamic analysis. The commands to set up damping matrices can
be found in Volume Analysis Procedures.
13.5.1 PT3T – translation, point mass/damping, 1 node

Translation mass can be used for dead weight in a linear analysis or as inertia
mass in a dynamic analysis.
The stiffness at the node of a translation mass should be supplied by
other elements. Thus, the point mass should be used in combination
with three-dimensional elements. Otherwise, the direction without
stiffness should be supported.
The PT3T element is a one-node translation mass/damping element [Fig. 13.22],
it acts as a concentrated mass in the finite element model.
13.5 Point Mass/Damping Elements 459
uY
Y
1
uX
X uZ
Z
Figure 13.22: PT3T
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the PT3T element are the trans-
lations in the global XY Z directions.
 
 uX 
ue = uY (13.13)
 
uZ
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
PT3T no1 n
PT3T is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1 [Fig. 13.22].
Other input data

Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
13.5.2 PT3RO – rotation, point mass/damping, 1 node

Rotation mass can be used as inertia mass in a dynamic analysis.
The rotational stiffness at the node of a rotation mass element should
be supplied by other elements. Otherwise, the direction without ro-
tational stiffness should be supported.
The PT3RO element is a one-node rotation mass element[Fig. 13.23], it acts as
a concentrated rotation inertia in the finite element model and is only effective
in a dynamic analysis.
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the PT3RO element are the rota-
tions in the global XY Z directions.
 
 φX 
ue = φY (13.14)
 
φZ
φY
Y
1
φX
X φZ
Z
Figure 13.23: PT3RO
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
PT3RO no1 n
PT3RO is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1
[Fig. 13.23].
Other input data

13.6 Distributed Translational Mass Elements

These line and surface elements may be applied to add mass to a finite ele-
ment model without influencing the stiffness of the model. The distributed
translational mass elements do not have any post–analysis results like strains or
stresses.
Added mass Distributed mass elements are used to affect the inertia mass
in a dynamic analysis, such as e.g. the contribution of fluid to the dynamic
behavior of the structure in a fluid–structure interaction analysis.
Note that the added masses as defined for distributed mass elements
do not have a contribution in the weight load, in contrary to point–
mass elements [§ 13.5 p. 458] which do have both an inertia contri-
bution in a dynamic analysis and a contribution to the weight load
vector.
13.6.1 L4TM – straight line, 2 nodes, 2-D

Distributed translational mass elements can be used for inertia mass in dynamic
analysis, but masses defined in these elements are not considered in calculating
13.6 Distributed Translational Mass Elements 461
the weight load. The stiffness at the node of a distributed translational mass
should be supplied by other elements. Thus, the distributed line mass element
should be used in combination with two-dimensional elements. The L4TM ele-
y
uY
x
Y 2
z 1 uX
Z X
Figure 13.24: L4TM
ment [Fig. 13.24] is a two–node line element which acts as a distributed mass on
translational degrees of freedom in the finite element model. The local element
x axis is in the direction of the line and the local element y axis is normal to
the line element.
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the L4TM element are the trans-
lations in the global XY directions.
½ ¾
uX
ue = (13.15)
uY
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L4TM no1 n no2 n
L4TM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 13.24]. The nodes must be situated in the XY plane. (Z = 0)
Other input data

13.6.2 CL6TM – curved line, 3 nodes, 2-D

analysis, but masses defined in these elements are not considered in calculating
the weight load. The stiffness at the node of a distributed translational mass
should be supplied by other elements. Thus, the distributed line mass element
should be used in combination with two-dimensional elements. The CL6TM
uY
2 3
Y x
z 1 uX
Z X
Figure 13.25: CL6TM
element [Fig. 13.25] is a three–node line element which acts as a distributed

mass on translational degrees of freedom in the finite element model. The local
element x axis is in the direction of the line and the local element y axis is
normal to the line element.
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the CL6TM element are the trans-
lations in the global XY directions.
½ ¾
uX
ue = (13.16)
uY
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL6TM no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL6TM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 13.25]. The nodes must be situated in the XY
(Z = 0) plane.
Other input data

13.6.3 T9TM – triangle, 3 nodes, 3-D

analysis, but masses defined in these elements are not considered in calculat-
ing the weight load. The stiffness at the node of a distributed translational
mass should be supplied by other elements. Thus, the distributed surface mass
element should be used in combination with three-dimensional elements. The
T9TM element [Fig. 13.26] is a three–node triangular element which acts as a dis-
tributed mass on translational degrees of freedom in the finite element model.
The local element x axis and y axis are in the plane of the line and the local
element z axis is normal to the plane.
Y
3
y
X z x
Z uY
2
uZ 1 uX
Figure 13.26: T9TM
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the T9TM element are the trans-
 
 uX 
ue = uY (13.17)
 
uZ
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T9TM no1 n no2 n no3 n
T9TM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 13.26].
Other input data

13.6.4 Q12TM – quadrilateral, 4 nodes, 3-D

Q12TM element [Fig. 13.27] is a four–node quadrilateral element which acts as a
distributed mass on translational degrees of freedom in the finite element model.
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the Q12TM element are the trans-
 
 uX 
ue = uY (13.18)
 
uZ
Y
3
4
X z x
Z uY y
2
uZ 1 uX
Figure 13.27: Q12TM
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q12TM no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q12TM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes
no1 , no2 , no3 , and no4 [Fig. 13.27].
Other input data

13.6.5 CT18TM – triangle, 6 nodes, 3-D

Y 5
y
4
X z
Z uY 6
3
x
uZ 1 uX 2
Figure 13.28: CT18TM
CT18TM element [Fig. 13.28] is a six–node triangular element which acts as a dis-
tributed mass on translational degrees of freedom in the finite element model.
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the CT18TM element are the
translations in the global XY Z directions.
 
 uX 
ue = uY (13.19)
 
uZ
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT18TM no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT18TM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes
no1 , no2 , no3 , no4 , no5 , and no6 , [Fig. 13.28].
Other input data

13.6.6 CQ24TM – quadrilateral, 8 nodes, 3-D

7 5
6
Y
4
X z 8
Z uY
y
3
x
uZ 1 uX 2
Figure 13.29: CQ24TM
CQ24TM element [Fig. 13.29] is an eight–node quadrilateral element which acts

as a distributed mass on translational degrees of freedom in the finite element
model. The local element x axis and y axis are in the plane of the line and the
local element z axis is normal to the plane.
Variables. The basic (and only) variables of the CQ24TM element are the
translations in the global XY Z directions.
 
 uX 
ue = uY (13.20)
 
uZ
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ24TM no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n no7 n no8 n
CQ24TM is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
no1 , no2 , no3 , no4 , no5 , no6 , no7 , and no8 [Fig. 13.29].
Other input data

13.7 Crack Tip Elements

Crack tip elements are special elements for which Diana can perform a Linear
Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM) analysis and output the results of such
analysis. These elements have no influence on the behavior of the finite element
model itself and are only applied to indicate locations for which LEFM analysis
results can be output, i.e., the crack tips. Diana will perform the actual LEFM
analysis for the crack tip elements when you ask for output of a regular linear
static analysis as described in Volume Analysis Procedures.
Only the quadratic plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric and

solid elements can be connected to the crack tip element.
It is possible to model more than one crack tip in a structure,
however an element can be part of only one crack tip. So be-
tween two crack tips there must be at least two elements.
Apart from the connectivity, the only input that applies for crack tip elements is
the direction of the crack propagation. Crack tip elements neither have material
properties, nor loading or any other data.
13.7.1 Crack Propagation Direction

By default Diana will assume that the crack propagates in the global Y direc-
tion. You may overrule this default via the following input data.
13.7 Crack Tip Elements 467
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
YAXIS xr yr zr
YAXIS specifies the element y axis where values x , y and z are vector compo-
nents in the model XY Z coordinate system which indicate the direction
of the y axis.
13.7.2 Mesh Adaptation

In Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics analysis the stresses and strains at the
crack tip are singular. It has been shown that the singularity at the crack tip
is best described with midside nodes on quarterpoint position. See Volume
Analysis Procedures for some background theory and references to literature.
Due to the theory, there is a restriction to the material properties of the elements
adjacent to the crack tip:
Elements adjacent to a crack tip element must have the same Young’s
modulus E and Poisson’s ratio ν.
When you define the model in the Design environment of iDiana [Vol. Pre-
and Postprocessing], then the appropriate midside nodes will automatically be
shifted during the translation to Diana batch input. However, take care when
you define the model directly via input data in Diana batch format.
When you define the model directly via input data in Diana batch
format, then you must take care of the proper positioning of the
adjacent midside nodes yourself.
13.7.3 PT1CR – crack tip, 1 node, 2-D

The PT1CR element models a crack tip in a two-dimensional configuration: plane
stress, plane strain or axisymmetric [Fig. 13.30]. Note that the adjacent elements
are quadratic and that the adjacent midside nodes are at quarterpoint position.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
PT1CR no1 n
PT1CR is the element type name, followed by the number of the node no1
[Fig. 13.30].
For the PT1CR Diana will assume that the y axis indicates the direction of the
crack propagation.
y
1
crack
Figure 13.30: PT1CR at crack tip, adjacent nodes at quarterpoint position
Other input data

Crack propagation direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.7.1 on page 466.
13.7.4 CL3CR – crack tip, 3 nodes, 3-D
1 2
Figure 13.31: CL3CR along crack tip, adjacent nodes at quarterpoint position
The CL3CR element models a crack tip in a three-dimensional solid configuration

[Fig. 13.31]. Note that the adjacent element is quadratic and that the adjacent
midside nodes are at quarterpoint position.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CL3CR no1 n no2 n no3 n
CL3CR is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 13.30].
13.7 Crack Tip Elements 469
For the CL3CR element Diana will by default assume that the crack propagates
in the global Y direction. If this direction is not perpendicular to the crack tip,
the the crack is assumed to propagate in a direction defined by the projection
of the global Y axis onto the plane perpendicular to the crack tip tangent. If
you prefer another crack propagation directions, you may overrule the global Y
axis wit another vector via the input item YAXIS.
Other input data

Crack propagation direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 13.7.1 on page 466.
Chapter 14
Embedded Reinforcements
Embedded reinforcements add stiffness to the finite element model. Next to the
standard embedded reinforcements Diana offers the bond–slip reinforcements
[§ 14.6]. The main characteristics of embedded reinforcements are:
Reinforcements are embedded in structural elements, the so-called mother
elements.
Diana ignores the space occupied by an embedded reinforce-

ment. The mother element neither diminishes in stiffness, nor
in weight. The reinforcement does not contribute to the weight
(mass) of the element.
Standard reinforcements do not have degrees of freedom of their own.
In standard reinforcements the strains in the reinforcements are computed

from the displacement field of the mother elements. This implies perfect
bond between the reinforcement and the surrounding material. However,
with the NOBOND input option you can specify that the reinforcement is
not bonded to the embedding elements [Vol. Material Library].
Bond–slip reinforcements are only available as embedded lines in solid
elements. In this case the reinforcement bar is internally modeled as a
truss or beam elements, which are connected to the mother elements by
line–solid interface elements.
In bond–slip reinforcements elastic or nonlinear bond–slip material behav-
ior may be defined for the line–solid interfaces in the bond–slip reinforce-
ments.
Bond–slip reinforcements may be applied for modeling slip of steel rein-
forcement in concrete or for modeling interaction of pile foundations in
soil and rock.
472 Embedded Reinforcements
14.1 Topology and Property Assignment

Input data for reinforcements consists of the location, material and dimensional
properties, and loading as outlined in this chapter. Diana offers two types of
reinforcement: bar and grid. These reinforcements may be embedded in struc-
tural elements, available combinations are outlined in § 14.2 on page 475 for bar
reinforcements and in § 14.3 on page 499 for grid reinforcement. A separate sec-
tion describes the embedding of reinforcements in structural interface elements
[§ 14.5 p. 530].
When preparing a finite element mesh with embedded reinforcements, it is
important to note the following.
The technique of embedding allows the lines of the reinforcement to
deviate from the lines of the mesh. This permits the user to generate
the finite element mesh without having to anticipate on the location
of reinforcements.
The input syntax for reinforcements is like for elements: an input table ’REINFO’
with subtables LOCATI (instead of CONNEC), MATERI, GEOMET and DATA.
syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinforcement types and location

MATERI
1 5 6 12 13 80
material assignment
[ GEOMET
1 5 6 12 13 80
geometry assignment ]
[ DATA
1 5 6 12 13 80
special data assignment ]
’REINFO’ is the table heading for reinforcement input. The subtables are
LOCATI for reinforcement types and location [§ 14.1.1], MATERI for rein-
forcement material numbers [§ 14.1.2], GEOMET for reinforcement geome-
try numbers [§ 14.1.3], and DATA for reinforcement special data numbers
[§ 14.1.4].
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
14.1 Topology and Property Assignment 473
1 BAR
LINE 0. 0. 0. 1.3 2.6 0. 3.8 6.9 0.
2 GRID
PLANE 631 635 632 636 633 637 634 638
3 GRID
PLANE 639 640 642
ELEMEN / 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 /
4 GRID
PLANE 640 641 642
ELEMEN / 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 /
MATERI
/ 1-4 / 1
GEOMET
1 1
/ 2-4 / 2
DATA
1 1
/ 2-4 / 2
14.1.1 Types and Location

syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n reityp w
{ }
motelm n [location ] . . .
shape w location points . . .
[ ELEMEN elems ng... / ]
LOCATI is the heading for the subtable with types and locations for all rein-
forcements.
reinf is the reinforcement number, reityp the reinforcement type name for
instance BAR or GRID.
motelm is the number of the mother element: the reinforcement is embedded
in this element. The location within the element may or must sometimes
be specified.
shape specifies the shape of the reinforcement for instance LINE or PLANE. The
shape is followed by location points like coordinates or node numbers.
ELEMEN elems are potential mother elements, i.e., elements for which Diana
will check possible intersection with the reinforcement. The series of ele-
ments elems may be specified by numbers or groups or both. If you do
not specify potential mother elements then Diana will check all elements
for intersection with reinforcement. Specification of potential mother ele-
ments may save computing time, especially for large finite element models.
Specific syntax of subtable LOCATI depends on the type of the reinforcement

and on the type of mother elements in which the reinforcement is embedded
(beam, plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric, shell or solid elements).
14.1.2 Material Assignment

syntax
’REINFO’
MATERI
1 5 6 80
reinf n matnr n
1 5 6 80
/ reinfs ng... /
matnr n
MATERI is the heading for the subtable with material numbers for all reinforce-
ments.
reinf is a single reinforcement number, reinfs is a series of reinforcements,
it must be specified between slashes and may comprise numbers or groups
or both.
matnr assigns the corresponding material properties in table ’MATERI’ [Vol.

Material Library] to the specified reinforcement(s).
14.1.3 Geometry Assignment

syntax
’REINFO’
GEOMET
1 5 6 80
reinf n geonr n
1 5 6 80
/ reinfs ng... /
geonr n
GEOMET is the heading for the subtable with geometry numbers for all reinforce-
ments.
14.2 Bar Reinforcement 475

or both.
geonr assigns the corresponding geometry properties in table ’GEOMET’ [§ 1.2
p. 4] to the specified reinforcement(s).
Specific syntax of table ’GEOMET’ depends on the type of the reinforcement and
on the type of mother elements in which the reinforcement is embedded (beam,
plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric, shell or solid elements).
14.1.4 Special Data Assignment

syntax
’REINFO’
DATA
1 5 6 80
reinf n datnr n
1 5 6 80
/ reinfs ng... /
datnr n
DATA is the heading for the subtable with data numbers for all reinforcements.

or both.
datnr assigns the corresponding data items in table ’DATA’ [§ 1.3 p. 5] to the
specified reinforcement(s).
Specific syntax of table ’DATA’ depends on the type of the reinforcement and
on the type of mother elements in which the reinforcement is embedded (beam,
plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric, shell or solid elements).
14.2 Bar Reinforcement

Reinforcement bars may be embedded in various families of elements: beams,
plane stress (except three-dimensional membrane elements), curved shell and
solid. In finite element models with these elements, bar reinforcements have the
shape of a line.
Bars may also be embedded in plane strain and axisymmetric elements where
they have the shape of a point. The information in this section holds for the
line-shaped bars, for the point shape bars see § 14.2.4 on page 486 and § 14.2.6
on page 491.
Topology. The total length of the bar is considered to be divided in several

particles [Fig. 14.1a]. By definition, a particle must be completely inside a struc-
tural element. The so-called location points define the position of the particles
location point
integration point
ξ
ξ
x̂
σxx
particle particle
(a) topology (b) stress
Figure 14.1: Reinforcement bar
in the finite element model. Some location points are the intersections of the
bar with the element boundaries. Other location points are in-between these
intersections, these points define the curvature of the bar.
Usually, the location points are determined automatically by Diana from
input of larger sections; this process is called preprocessing of reinforcement
location. In some cases it may be useful to specify the location points explicitly,
which we call element-by-element input. For description of location input see
§ 14.2.2 on the facing page.
Axes and variables. Diana performs numerical integration of each particle

of a reinforcement bar separately, the isoparametric ξ axis is indicated in Figure
14.1a for two particles. In this figure, integration points are marked with a small
triangle 4. In each integration point Diana determines an x̂ axis tangential
to the bar axis. The variables for a bar reinforcement are the strains εxx and
the stresses σxx oriented in this x̂ axis [Fig. 14.1b]. The strains and stresses are
coupled to the degrees of freedom of the surrounding element.
Input data. The input data for bar reinforcements comprises the general ma-
terial and geometrical properties [§ 14.2.1], the loading if appropriate [§ 14.4.1.1
p. 526] and the specification of the location of the bar [§ 14.2.2].
14.2.1 General Input Data

General input for all BAR reinforcement are the material properties, the area of
cross-section and the integration scheme.

The input of material properties via table ’MATERI’ depends on the type of
analysis [Vol. Material Library].
14.2.1.2 Cross-section
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
CROSSE area r
CROSSE area is the area of cross-section A of the reinforcement bar. (A > 0)
14.2.1.3 Integration Scheme

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NUMINT nxi n ]
NUMINT nxi is the number of Gauss integration points per particle along the ξ
axis of the bar. Default is 2-point in each particle of the bar. Optional [NUMINT 2]
schemes are 3-, 4- or 5-point Gauss integration. See § 21.5.1 on page 627
for enumeration and location of integration points.
14.2.2 Location Input

There are two ways to input the location of the bar reinforcements: via prepro-
cessing of sections or element-by-element.
Preprocessing of sections, where you specify the location of one or more sections
of a reinforcement bar and let Diana determine the structural elements
which embed certain particles of the bar [§ 14.2.2.1].
Element-by-element input, where you specify the exact location points of each
particle of a reinforcement bar in each appropriate structural element.
Some types of element-by-element input depend on the family of the ele-
ments in which the bar must be embedded and therefore are described in
separate sections. For the general methods of element-by-element input
see § 14.2.2.2 on page 480.
For both methods, the location of the reinforcement bar must be input in sub-
table LOCATI of table ’REINFO’. The preprocessing method is used most fre-
quently, because it requires less input data as the element-by-element input
[§ 14.2.2.1]. However, in some cases the element-by-element method is more
convenient.
14.2.2.1 Preprocessing from Section Input

The location of bar sections may be input with node numbers or directly with
global XY Z coordinates.1
By default, Diana approximates the curved shape of the line section
with a polynomial. For considerable curvatures the approximation
may become poor. More sections and/or precise placement of loca-
tion points may improve the approximation.
Node numbers syntax

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
for each section:
LINE no1 n no2 n [no3 n [no4 n ] ]
[ PARABO [axis r3 ] ]
reinf is the reinforcement number, it starts the input of a particular reinforce-

ment bar. BAR indicates the type of the reinforcement.
LINE indicates that the section is a straight or curved line. Numbers no1 to
no4 are the node numbers of the section, pointing to table ’COORDI’.
Two nodes define a straight bar section, three nodes a quadratic curve,
four nodes a third-order curve [Fig. 14.2abc].
2 4
Y 2 3
1 1
Z X
(a) straight (c) third-order curve
3 3
2
1 2 1 axis
(b) quadratic curve (d) parabolic curve
Figure 14.2: BAR sections with nodes
1 Variable prestress force can only be specified on bars with node numbers.
The polynomials for the quadratic curve are according to (14.1).
x(ξ) = ax0 + ax1 ξ + ax2 ξ 2

y(ξ) = ay0 + ay1 ξ + ay2 ξ 2 (14.1)
2
z(ξ) = az0 + az1 ξ + az2 ξ
The polynomials for the third-order curve are according to (14.2).
x(ξ) = ax0 + ax1 ξ + ax2 ξ 2 + ax3 ξ 3

y(ξ) = ay0 + ay1 ξ + ay2 ξ 2 + ay3 ξ 3 (14.2)
2 3
z(ξ) = az0 + az1 ξ + az2 ξ + az3 ξ
PARABO forces a parabolic approximation of the curved bar according to a spec-

ified axis which is the normal direction at vertex location [Fig. 14.2d]. The
three values axis are the components in the global XY Z coordinate sys-
tem. If you do not specify an axis, then Diana assumes that the vertex
is the second specified point (2).
ELEMEN elems are potential mother elements, i.e., selected elements for which
Diana will check possible intersection with the reinforcement bar. The
series of elements elems may be specified by numbers or groups or both.
Specification of potential mother elements may save computing time, es-
pecially for large finite element models. If you do not specify potential
mother elements then Diana will check all elements for intersection with
reinforcement.
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
5 BAR
LINE 4 7
LINE 7 10 15
8 BAR
LINE 10 11 12
PARABO 1. 0. 0.
LINE 12 15
LINE 15 16
This input defines two reinforcement bars. Bar number 5 consists of two sec-
tions: a straight one from node 4 to node 7 and a quadratically curved one
between nodes 7, 10 and 15. Bar number 8 consists of three sections. The first
section is parabolically curved with the parabola’s axis through node 11 in the
global X direction. The other two sections are straight lines.
Global coordinates syntax

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
for each section:
LINE xyz1 r3 xyz2 r3 [xyz3 r3 [xyz4 r3 ] ]
[ PARABO axis r3 ]
In some cases it may be more convenient to specify the section nodes directly
with coordinates. The syntax is like for nodes, except for the LINE input.
LINE indicates that the section is a straight or curved line. Each set of three
values xyz specifies the global XY Z coordinates of a section node.
14.2.2.2 Element-by-Element
As an alternative to section input, you may specify the location points of bar
particles for explicit elements: the element-by-element input. There are two
ways to input the location points: with node numbers or directly with global
XY Z coordinates.2
Node numbers syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n no1 n no2 n [no3 n [no4 n ] ] . . .
elem is the number of the structural element which embeds the reinforcement
particle. Numbers no1 to no4 are the node numbers of the location points,
pointing to table ’COORDI’. Two nodes define a straight bar particle, three
nodes a quadratic curve, four nodes a third-order curve [Fig. 14.3].
2 3 4
Y 3
2
1 1 2 1
Z X
(a) straight (b) quadratic curve (c) third-order curve
Figure 14.3: BAR particles with location points
2 Variable prestress force can only be specified on bars with node numbers.

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n xyz1 r3 xyz2 r3 [xyz3 r3 [xyz4 r3 ] ] . . .
In some cases it may be more convenient to specify the location points directly
with coordinates.
particle. Each set of three values xyz specifies the global XY Z coordinates
of a location point. Two points define a straight bar particle, three points
a quadratic curve, four points a third-order curve [Fig. 14.3].
14.2.3 BAR in Beam

Bar reinforcement can be embedded in beam elements of class-II [§ 4.10 p. 88]
and class-III [§ 4.11 p. 91].
Class-I beam elements cannot embed bar reinforcement.
element node
location point
integration point
Figure 14.4: BAR particle in beam element
Input data. For input of material properties, cross-section and other data see
§ 14.2.1 on page 476. To embed bar reinforcement in beam elements, Diana
needs for each beam element the location points of the particle that is embed-
ded in that element (the ⊗ points in Figure 14.4). These location points can
be generated by preprocessing the input of sections or they must be specified
explicitly element-by-element.

Beam elements of class-II and class-III are automatically checked for embedding
of bar reinforcements specified with sections. In this case Diana computes the
location points that describe the particles of the bar within the beam elements.
See § 14.2.2.1 on page 478 for complete syntax description.
Diana assumes that a beam element embeds a particle of a rein-

forcement bar, if the bar intersects two different faces of the beam’s
envelope.
The envelope of a beam element is defined by six faces: two end faces and four
lateral faces [Fig. 14.5a]. The end faces are the smallest possible rectangles (in
lateral face end face
lateral face
y end face
z (a) beam envelope

no embedment !
(b) embedded particles
Figure 14.5: Preprocessing of BAR in beam element
local yz axes) that enclose the beam cross-section at the end nodes. For example,
the envelope end face of a T-shape beam [Fig. 4.19 p. 59], is a rectangle with
dimensions b×h.
Figure 14.5b shows two examples of embedded particles: the first one [b-top]
with intersection points in the two end faces, the second one [b-mid] with an
intersection in an end face and in a lateral face. The bottom of Figure 14.5b
shows a particle with two intersection points in the same (lateral) face of the
envelope, this particle is not embedded in the beam element!.
If envelopes of different beam elements have some space in common,
then some particles of a reinforcement bar may be multiply embedded!
To avoid multiply embedding of bars in beam elements, you may use element-
by-element input [§ 14.2.3.2].
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 CL9BE 1 2 3
2 CL9BE 3 4 5
3 CL9BE 5 6 7
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 BAR
LINE 10 11 12
This example inputs a quadratically curved bar reinforcement between nodes

10, 11 and 12 [Fig. 14.6]. The bar is embedded in three curved CL9BE class-III
12
Y 7
6
5
Z X
y 4 element node
3 11 reinforcement node
2 location point
10 z
1
Figure 14.6: BAR section in beam elements (example)
beam elements for which Diana automatically determines the reinforcement

location points.
Selected elements file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 CL9BE 1 2 3
2 CL9BE 3 4 5
3 CL9BE 5 6 7
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 BAR
LINE 10 11 12
ELEMEN 1 2 3 /
If the finite element model contains many more beam elements, and if you are
sure that the bar is only embedded in elements 1, 2 and 3, then you could save
computing time by selecting these elements explicitly like in the example above.
As an alternative to section input, you may specify the location points for
explicit beam elements: the element-by-element input. There are three ways
to input the location points: as eccentricities in local coordinates, with node
numbers or directly with global XY Z coordinates. This section only describes
the input via eccentricities, the other two methods are general for all element
types [§ 14.2.2.2 p. 480].
Eccentricities in element nodes syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
[ LOCALY
y1 r [. . . yn r ] . . .
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]
[ LOCALZ
z1 r [. . . zn r ] . . .
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]
Location input via eccentricities is useful to model bending reinforcement, par-

ticularly in curved beams.
ment bar. BAR indicates the type of the reinforcement.
LOCALY specifies the eccentricity in element y direction. Values y1 to yn are

the eccentricities in element y directions in the nodes of the structural
elements, from y1 in the first node to yn in the last [Fig. 14.7a]. A single
y y
y y
z3 z1
z2 z1
y z 3 z y z 3 z
z1 2 y3 z1 2 y1
y2 y1
z z
1 y1 1 y1
(a) variable eccentricity (b) uniform eccentricity
Figure 14.7: Eccentricities for BAR particle in beam element
y1 indicates uniform y eccentricity, valid in each node [Fig. 14.7b]. Default

[y1 = 0] is no y eccentricity. Non-uniform eccentricity needs one value for each
node.
LOCALZ specifies the eccentricity in element z direction, analogous to y eccen-
[z1 = 0] tricity but only appropriate for three-dimensional beam elements.
• Because the bar covers the specified elements completely, coordinate specifi-
cation on the element x axis is not required.
elem is the number of the structural element for which the eccentricities are
valid. Alternatively, elems is a series of structural elements which must
be specified with numbers or groups (or both) in-between slashes.
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
LOCALY
/ 1 2 / -0.2
3 -0.2 -0.4 0.5
LOCALZ
/ 1-3 / 0.0
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a bar with specified eccentricity in y direction

which is uniform for elements 1 and 2 but variable for element 3 [Fig. 14.8].
There is no eccentricity in z direction.
y
0.5
3 9
z
2
y
1
9 z
0.2
Figure 14.8: Eccentricities for BAR in beam (example)
Eccentricities in specified points syntax

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n ...
nod n . . . nod n
xyz r3 . . . xyz r3
[ LOCALY
y1 r [. . . yn r ] . . .
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]
[ LOCALZ
z1 r [. . . zn r ] . . .
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]
In some cases it may be useful to specify the eccentricities relative to points

not being the element nodes. For instance if the particle of the bar is shorter
than the beam element or for a curved particle in a straight (two-node) beam
element.
elem is an element number for which the eccentricity is specified with respect to
specific points instead of the element nodes. The points may be input with
node numbers nod pointing to table ’COORDI’ or directly with coordinates
xyz in the global XY Z system. The number of points must be 2, 3 or 4
for straight, quadratically or third-order curved bar particles.
The eccentricities below LOCALY and LOCALZ are now relative to the specific
points for the elements elem .
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 BAR
1 11 12 13
LOCALY
1 0.2 -0.4 0.2
This example specifies a bar reinforcement particle in element 1. The location

points are eccentrically in the local y direction relative to nodes 11, 12 and 13.
14.2.4 BAR in Plane Stress

Bar reinforcement can be embedded in all plane stress elements described in
Chapter 5.
element node
location point
integration point
Figure 14.9: BAR particle in plane stress element
Input data. For input of material properties, cross-section and other data
see § 14.2.1 on page 476. To embed bar reinforcement in plane stress elements,
Diana needs for each plane stress element the location points of the particle
that is embedded in that element (the ⊗ points in Figure 14.9). These location
points can be generated by preprocessing the input of sections or they must be
specified explicitly element-by-element.

Plane stress elements are automatically checked for embedding of bar reinforce-
ments specified with sections. In this case Diana computes the location points
that describe the particles of the bar within the plane stress elements. See
§ 14.2.2.1 on page 478 for syntax description.
A plane stress element embeds a particle of a bar section if it inter-

sects one or two element edges, but none of them more than once.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8MEM 1 2 11 10
2 Q8MEM 2 3 12 11
3 Q8MEM 3 4 13 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
LINE 24 25 26
LINE 26 27
This example specifies a bar reinforcement with two sections [Fig. 14.10]. The
nodes of the sections are input with node numbers. The bar is embedded in a
section 2
section 1
26 27
25 reinforcement node
location point
24
Figure 14.10: BAR sections in plane stress elements (example)
mesh of Q8MEM plane stress elements for which Diana automatically determines
the reinforcement location points.
explicit plane stress elements: the element-by-element input. There are two
ways to input the location points: with node numbers or with global XY Z
coordinates. See § 14.2.2.2 on page 480 for syntax description.
file .dat
’COORDI’ DI=2
···
21 0.0 0.3
22 2.0 1.9
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
1 21 35 28
2 28 36 22
4 22 41 31
6 31 25 30
6 30 27
8 27 45
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a bar, specified with six particles in five

elements [Fig. 14.11]. The first particle is curved in element 1, the second curved
31 25 30 27 45
41
2 22 6 8
36 4
28
35
1 3 5 7
21
Figure 14.11: BAR particles in plane stress elements (example)
in element 2, the third curved in element 4, the fourth curved in element 6, the
fifth straight in element 6 and the sixth particle is straight in element 8.
14.2.5 BAR in Plane Strain

Reinforcement bars may be embedded in all regular plane strain elements [§ 6.5
p. 148] and infinite shells [§ 6.7 p. 161]. The specifications of bars in plane strain
are not like the general description in § 14.2 but outlined below.
Topology. Due to the nature of plane strain element models, the bars show
up in the XY plane as points, like the one marked with ⊗ in Figure 14.12 on
the facing page.
Axes and variables. Diana performs numerical 1-point integration for each
reinforcement bar. The variables for a bar reinforcement in plane strain are the
strain εxx and the stress σxx [Fig. 14.12b]. The strain and stress are coupled to
the degrees of freedom of the surrounding element.
t=1
x σxx
Y element node
location point
Z
X
Figure 14.12: BAR in plane strain
Input data. The input data for bar reinforcements in plane strain comprises
the general data [§ 14.2.1 p. 476] and the specification of the location of the bar.
Diana can automatically determine the appropriate mother element for the
reinforcement [§ 14.2.5.1]. Alternatively there is an element-by-element input
format, where you must specify the mother element explicitly [§ 14.2.5.2].
14.2.5.1 Preprocessing
If you specify the location of a bar in plane strain elements with global coor-
dinates, Diana can automatically determine the appropriate mother element.
syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
POINT xyz r3
POINT xyz are the global XY Z coordinates of the location of the bar [Fig. 14.12]. (Z = 0)
will check possible embedment of the reinforcement. The series of ele-
for embedment of the reinforcement. Specification of potential mother ele-
The location of bars in plane strain elements may be specified element-by-
element with node numbers or directly wit global XY Z coordinates.
Node numbers syntax

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n no1 n
bar. Number no1 is the single node number of the location of the bar
[Fig. 14.13a]. This number points to table ’COORDI’.
element node
1 bar location
2 26 4
25
Y Y
1 3
24
X X
(a) one bar (b) three bars (example)
Figure 14.13: BAR point location in plane strain
file .dat
’COORDI’ DI=2;
···
24 88. 23
25 106. 33.
26 96. 41.
···
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8EPS 1 2 11 10
2 Q8EPS 2 3 12 11
3 Q8EPS 3 4 13 12
4 Q8EPS 4 5 14 13
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
7 BAR
1 24
8 BAR
4 25
9 BAR
4 26
This example specifies three bars in plane strain model with Q8EPS elements
[Fig. 14.13b]. Bar 7 is embedded in element 1, bars 8 and 9 in element 4.
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n xyz1 r3
In some cases it may be more convenient to specify the bar location directly
with coordinates.
bar. Values xyz1 are the global XY Z coordinates of the location of the (Z = 0)
bar [Fig. 14.13a].
14.2.6 BAR in Axisymmetry

Reinforcement bars may be embedded in all axisymmetric regular solid ring
elements [§ 7.5 p. 193] and shells of revolution [§ 7.7 p. 206]. The specifications
of bars in axisymmetry are not like the general description in § 14.2 but outlined
below.
Topology. Due to the nature of axisymmetry the bars are ring-shaped and
show up in the XY plane as points, like the one marked with ⊗ in Figure 14.14.
♥ ♥
x σxx
Z
X
Figure 14.14: BAR in axisymmetry
Axes and variables. Diana performs numerical 1-point integration for each
reinforcement bar. The variables for a bar reinforcement in axisymmetry are
the hoop strain εxx and the hoop stress σxx [Fig. 14.14b]. The strain and stress
are coupled to the degrees of freedom of the surrounding element.
Input data. The input data for bar reinforcements in axisymmetry comprises
the general data [§ 14.2.1 p. 476] and the specification of the location of the bar.
Diana can automatically determine the appropriate mother element for the
reinforcement [§ 14.2.6.1]. Alternatively there is an element-by-element input
format, where you must specify the mother element explicitly [§ 14.2.6.2].
14.2.6.1 Preprocessing
If you specify the location of a bar in axisymmetric elements with global coor-
dinates, Diana can automatically determine the appropriate mother element.
syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
POINT xyz r3
(Z = 0) POINT xyz are the global XY Z coordinates of the location of the bar [Fig. 14.14].
will check possible embedment of the reinforcement. The series of ele-
for embedment of the reinforcement. Specification of potential mother ele-
The location of bars in axisymmetry must be specified element-by-element with
node numbers or directly wit global XY Z coordinates.
Node numbers syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n no1 n
bar. Number no1 is the single node number of the location of the bar
[Fig. 14.15a]. This number points to table ’COORDI’.
♥ ♥
element node
1 bar location
2 26 4
25
Y Y
1 3
24
X X
(a) one bar (b) three bars (example)
Figure 14.15: BAR point location in axisymmetry
file .dat
’COORDI’ DI=2;
···
24 88. 23
25 106. 33.
26 96. 41.
···
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8AXI 1 2 11 10
2 Q8AXI 2 3 12 11
3 Q8AXI 3 4 13 12
4 Q8AXI 4 5 14 13
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
7 BAR
1 24
8 BAR
4 25
9 BAR
4 26
This examples specifies three bars in an axisymmetric model with Q8AXI ele-
ments [Fig. 14.15b]. Bar 7 is embedded in element 1, bars 8 and 9 in element 4.

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n xyz1 r3
In some cases it may be more convenient to specify the bar location directly
with coordinates.
(Z = 0) bar. Values xyz1 are the global XY Z coordinates of the location of the
bar [Fig. 14.15a].
14.2.7 BAR in Curved Shell

Bar reinforcement can be embedded in all curved shell elements as described in
Chapter 10.
element node
ξ location point
integration point
Figure 14.16: BAR particle in curved shell element
see § 14.2.1 on page 476. To embed bar reinforcement in curved shell elements,
Diana needs for each shell element the location points of the particle that is
embedded in that element (the ⊗ points in Figure 14.16). These location points
can be generated by preprocessing the input of sections or they must be specified

Curved shell elements are automatically checked for embedding of bar reinforce-
that describe the particles of the bar within the curved shell elements. See
§ 14.2.2.1 on page 478 for syntax description.
There are two conditions for a bar section to be embedded in a curved

shell element: (1) it must intersect one or two element edges, but
none of them more than once; (2) the computed location points must
be inside the thickness domain of the element.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 CQ40S 1 2 3 11 17 16 15 10
2 CQ40S 3 4 5 12 19 18 17 11
3 CQ40S 5 6 7 13 21 20 19 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
LINE 26 27 28
10 BAR
LINE 24 25
This example specifies two bar reinforcements of one section each [Fig. 14.17].
The nodes of the sections are input with node numbers. Both bars are embed-
25 element node
reinforcement node
location point
28
24
27
26
Figure 14.17: BAR sections in curved shell elements (example)
ded in a mesh of CQ40S curved shell elements for which Diana automatically
determines the reinforcement location points. Bar number 9 is quadratically
curved along the nodes 26, 27 and 28. Bar number 10 is a straight line from
node 24 to node 25.
As an alternative to section input, you may specify the location points for ex-
plicit curved shell elements: the element-by-element input. Location points are
input as eccentricities in local z direction (thickness), with respect to specified
points. These points may be input with node numbers or directly with global
XY Z coordinates. If the eccentricities are zero, i.e., the location points coin-
cide with the specified points, then the input is as described in § 14.2.2.2 on
page 480.
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n BAR
elem n ...
no1 n no2 n [no3 n [no4 n ] ]
xyz1 r3 xyz2 r3 [xyz3 r3 [xyz4 r3 ] ]
[ LOCALZ
z1 r [z2 r [z3 n [z4 n ] ] ]
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]
elem is an element number for which the eccentricity is specified relative to

specific points. The points may be input with node numbers no1 to no4
pointing to table ’COORDI’ or directly with coordinates xyz1 to xyz4 in
the global XY Z system. With two points the eccentricity varies linearly,
with three points quadratically, with four points third-order [Fig. 14.18-
abc].
z2 z2 z3
2 2 3
z1 z1
1 1
(a) linear eccentricity (b) quadratic eccentricity
z4 z1
z3
z2 3 4 2
z1 2
z1
1 1
(c) third-order eccentricity (d) uniform eccentricity
Figure 14.18: Eccentricities for BAR particle in curved shell element
LOCALZ specifies the eccentricities. Values z1 to z4 are the eccentricities with

respect to the element mid-plane in element z direction in the location
points. A single z1 indicates uniform eccentricity, valid in each location
[z1 = 0] point [Fig. 14.18d]. Default is no eccentricity. Non-uniform eccentricity
needs one value for each location point.

elem is the number of the structural element for which the eccentricities are
valid. Alternatively, elems is a series of structural elements which must
be specified with numbers or groups (or both) in-between slashes.
file .dat
’COORDI’
21 0.8 2.8 3.2
28 3.0 2.0 2.9
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
2 21 35 28
3 28 33 45
6 45 52
LOCALZ
/ 2 3 / 0.01
6 0.01 0.015
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a bar specified with eccentricity relative to

location points in elements 2, 3 and 6 [Fig. 14.19]. The eccentricity in local z
28 33 45
35
21 2 6
5
52
1
4
Figure 14.19: Eccentricities for BAR in curved shell (example)
direction is uniform 0.01 in elements 2 and 3 and varies linearly from 0.01 to
0.015 in element 6.
14.2.8 BAR in Solid

Bar reinforcement can be embedded in all solid elements as described in Chapter
11.
see § 14.2.1 on page 476. To embed bar reinforcement in solid elements, Diana
needs for each solid element the location points of the particle that is embedded
in that element (the ⊗ points in Figure 14.20). These location points can
element node
ξ location point
integration point
Figure 14.20: BAR particle in solid element
be generated by preprocessing the input of sections or they must be specified


Solid shell elements are automatically checked for embedding of bar reinforce-
that describe the particles of the bar within the solid elements. See § 14.2.2.1
on page 478 for syntax description.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 HX24L 1 2 3 11 17 16 15 10
2 HX24L 2 9 10 3 6 11 12 7
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
LINE 26 27 28
LINE 28 29
This example specifies a bar reinforcements with two sections The nodes of the
sections are input with node numbers. [Fig. 14.21]. The bar is embedded in a
mesh of HX24L solid elements for which Diana automatically determines the
reinforcement location points.
explicit solid elements: the element-by-element input. There are two ways to
input the location points: with node numbers or with global XY Z coordinates.
See § 14.2.2.2 on page 480 for syntax description.
14.3 Grid Reinforcement 499
26
reinforcement node
location point
29
27
28
section 2
section 1
Figure 14.21: BAR sections in solid elements (example)
file .dat
’COORDI’
···
21 0.8 2.8 3.2
28 3.0 2.0 2.9
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 BAR
2 21 35 28
4 28 45
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a bar, specified with two particles in two

elements [Fig. 14.22]. The first particle is curved quadratically in element 2, the
6 8
21
45
35 28
2 4
7
1 3
Figure 14.22: BAR particles in solid elements (example)
second particle is straight in element 4.
14.3 Grid Reinforcement

Plane shaped reinforcement grids may be embedded in various families of ele-
ments: plane stress (except three-dimensional membrane elements), curved shell
and solid. Depending on the element family and the specified location points,
the plane of the grid may be curved or flat.
Grids may also be embedded in plane strain or axisymmetric elements where

they have the shape of a line. The information in this section holds for the plane-
shaped grids, for the line shaped grids see § 14.3.4 on page 507 and § 14.3.5 on
page 512.
Topology. The total area of the grid is considered to be divided in several

particles [Fig. 14.23]. Each particle contributes to the stiffness of the element
that embeds it. The definition of a particle depends on the dimensionality of
the embedding structural element.
η x
element node y
x σyy σxx
location point y
integration point
ξ
σxx σyy
(a) particle in 2-D (b) particle in solid (c) stresses
Figure 14.23: Reinforcement grid
For surface grids the reinforcement sections are subdivided into parts of which
the edges match on one hand with the boundaries of the grid sections and on the
other hand with the boundaries of the mother elements. In contrary to earlier
versions of Diana, now also section parts that do not fully cover the surface
of an element will be taken into account. For two-dimensional elements, like
membranes or shells [Fig. 14.23a], first the intersections of the normals to the
corner nodes and the surface of the grid section are calculated. When for each
corner point an intersection is found, it is concluded that the grid section covers
the full element and in such case a grid part is defined in the element with
the same shape (triangular or quadrilateral) as the element. However, when
such intersections are not found for each of the corner points of an element,
we consequently check the intersections of the edges of the grid sections with
the side surfaces of the membrane or shell element. In this case we also check
whether the corner points of the grid section are located inside the element.
These intersection points or valid corner points are so-called location points.
If three or more location points are found in the same element a grid part is
defined in the element and such grid part usually will not cover the full surface
of the element. In this case the grid part is always subdivided into one or more
triangles, dependent on the number of points that are found.
For solid elements Figure 14.23b first the intersections of each of the edges of
the solid and the surface of the grid section are calculated. When for one element
three or more edges intersect the grid section, it is assumed that the grid fully
intersects the solid element. However, when the number of intersections is less,
we consequently check the intersections of the edges of the grid section with each
of the faces of the solid element. In this case we also check whether the corner
points of the grid section are located inside the element. These intersection
points or valid corner points of the grid section are so-called location points.
If three or more location points are found in the same element a grid part is
defined in the element and such grid part usually will not intersect the element
fully. A grid part in a solid element is always subdivided into one or more
triangles, dependent on the number of points that are found.
Usually, the embedding elements (and for solids the location points) are
determined automatically by Diana from input of larger sections; this process
is called preprocessing of reinforcement location. In some cases it may be useful
to specify the elements (and location points) explicitly, which we call element-
by-element input.
Axes and variables. Diana performs numerical integration of each particle

of a reinforcement grid separately, the isoparametric ξ and η axes are indicated
in Figure 14.23a. In this figure, integration points are marked with a small
triangle 4. The variables for a grid reinforcement are the strains εxx and εyy
and the stresses σxx and σyy oriented in the user-specified x and y directions
of the grid [Fig. 14.23c]. The strains and stresses are coupled to the degrees of
freedom of the embedding element.
Input data. The input data for grid reinforcements comprises the general ma-
terial and geometrical properties [§ 14.3.1], the loading if appropriate [§ 14.4.1.2
p. 527] and the specification of the embedding elements and/or the location of
the grid [§ 14.3.2].
14.3.1 General Input Data

General input for all GRID reinforcement are the material properties, the local
xy axes, the equivalent thickness and the integration scheme.

The input of material properties via table ’MATERI’ depends on the type of
analysis [Vol. Material Library].
14.3.1.2 Axes
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
XAXIS xr yr zr

not be perpendicular to the grids plane!
z
y x̄
x
Figure 14.24: Axes of reinforcement grid
Diana uses the specified x̄ axis to set up the real x axis [Fig. 14.24]. First a
dummy z axis is put perpendicular to the grid plane. Then y ⊥ z x̄ is created
and finally x ⊥ yz.
14.3.1.3 Equivalent Thickness

syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
THICK thx r thy r
(teq ≥ 0) THICK specifies the equivalent thickness teq , i.e., the area of cross-section per
unit length) of the grid [Fig. 14.25]. Value thx is the equivalent thickness
of the bars in x direction and thy in y direction. If the grids consists of
teq
Figure 14.25: Equivalent thickness of reinforcement grid
bars in only one direction, then the thickness in the other direction must
be input as zero.
14.3.1.4 Integration Scheme

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NUMINT ]
nxi n neta n
nlc n
NUMINT specifies the number of integration points per particle of the reinforce-
ment grid. For quadrilateral particles, nxi and neta are the number of
points in the isoparametric ξ and η direction respectively. For triangular
particles, nlc is the number of points in the triangular area.
The possible and default integration schemes are the same as for quadrilat-
eral and triangular two dimensional structural elements, see respectively
§ 21.5.3.1 on page 631 and § 21.5.2.1 on page 629.

There are two ways to input the location of the grid reinforcements: via pre-
processing of sections or element-by-element.
Preprocessing of sections, where you specify the location of one or more sections
of a reinforcement grid and let Diana determine the structural elements
which embed certain particles of the grid [§ 14.3.2.1].
Element-by-element input, where you specify the structural elements which em-
bed a particle of a reinforcement grid.
For both methods, the location of the reinforcement grid must be input in
subtable LOCATI of table ’REINFO’. The preprocessing method is used most
frequently, because it requires less input data as the element-by-element input
[§ 14.3.2.1]. However, in some cases the element-by-element method is more
convenient.

The location of grid sections may be input with node numbers or directly with
global XY Z coordinates.3
By default, Diana approximates the curved edges of the grid section
with a polynomial. For considerable curvatures the approximation
may become poor. More sections and/or precise placement of loca-
tion points may improve the approximation.
To get the generated particles and their location points on an input data file you
could run Module input with the REMAKE command [Vol. Analysis Procedures].
3 Variable prestress force can only be specified on grids with node numbers.
Node numbers syntax

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
for each section:
PLANE no1 n . . . non n

ment grid. GRID indicates the type of the reinforcement.
PLANE indicates that the section is a flat or curved plane. Numbers no1 to non
are the node numbers that define the contour of the section, pointing to
table ’COORDI’. The contour may be quadrilateral [Fig. 14.26] or triangu-
lar [Fig. 14.27]. Note that the number of specified mid-points determines
4 7 10
8 6 11 9
12
8
1 1 1
3 5 7
2
2 4
3 6
5
2 3 4
(a) straight (b) quad. curved (c) third-order curved
Figure 14.26: GRID contour quadrilateral sections with nodes
3 5 7
6 8 6
4
9 5
2 3 4
1 1 1 2 3
2
(a) straight (b) quad. curved (c) third-order curved
Figure 14.27: GRID contour triangular sections with nodes
the curvature of the edges: straight, quadratically or third-order with zero,

one or two mid-points respectively.
Diana will check possible embedding of the reinforcement grid. The se-
ries of elements elems may be specified by numbers or groups or both.
mother elements then Diana will check all elements for embedding the
grid reinforcement.

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
for each section:
PLANE xyz1 r3 . . . xyzn r3
with coordinates. The syntax is like for nodes, except for the PLANE input.
PLANE indicates that the section is a flat or curved plane. Each set of three
values xyz specifies the global XY Z coordinates of a point on the contour
of the grid section.
The principle of element-by-element input for grid reinforcement is that you
specify the elements which embed particles of the grid. However, the actual
input depends on the family of the embedding elements, for instance for curved
shell elements you may specify eccentricities and for solid elements you must
specify the location points of the grid particles.
14.3.3 GRID in Plane Stress

Grid reinforcement can be embedded in all plane stress elements as described
in Chapter 5.
Input data. For input of material properties, thickness and other data see
§ 14.3.1 on page 501. Grids in plane stress elements can be defined by automatic
preprocessing of the section input and the elements as well as by manual element-
by-element input. In case of automatic preprocessing both grid parts that fully
and partly cover a plane stress element are considered. Whereas in case of
element-by-element input always full coverage of the plane stress element by
the grid is assumed.

Plane stress elements are automatically checked for embedding of reinforcement
grids specified with sections. In this case Diana determines the structural
elements that are covered by the grid section. See § 14.3.2.1 on page 503 for
syntax description.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8MEM 1 2 11 10
2 Q8MEM 2 3 12 11
3 Q8MEM 3 4 13 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
PLANE 24 25 26 27
This example specifies a grid reinforcement with one section [Fig. 14.28]. The
nodes of the section are input with node numbers. The grid is embedded in a
Figure 14.28: GRID section in plane stress elements (example)
mesh of Q8MEM plane stress elements. Diana automatically determines which

elements are fully or partly covered by the grid (the ones marked in gray).
As an alternative to section input, you may explicitly specify the plane stress
elements that embed a reinforcement grid: the element-by-element input. In
the element-by-element grid definition a grid part embedded in a plane stress
element always covers the element completely.
syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
/ elems ng... /
elems specifies a series of elements which embed the reinforcement grid. The
series of elements elems must be specified in-between slashes by numbers
or groups or both.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8MEM 1 2 11 10
2 Q8MEM 2 3 12 11
3 Q8MEM 3 4 13 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
/ 4 11-13 18-23 26-31 35-38 44 45 /
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a grid embedded in the specified elements

(marked with a cross £ in Figure 14.29).
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Figure 14.29: GRID particles in plane stress elements (example)
14.3.4 GRID in Plane Strain

Reinforcement grids may be embedded in all regular plane strain elements [§ 6.5
p. 148] and infinite shells [§ 6.7 p. 161]. The specifications of grids in plane strain
are not like the general description in § 14.3 but outlined below.
Topology. Due to the nature of plane strain the grid shows up in the XY
plane as a line between the location points marked wit ⊗ in Figure 14.30 on the
next page.
y
t=1
element node
location point
Y x
integration point
Z
X
Figure 14.30: GRID particle in plane strain
Axes and variables. Diana performs numerical integration along the line
for each grid particle. The variables for a grid reinforcement in plane strain are
the strains εxx and and εyy and the stresses σxx and σyy where the x axis is
tangential to the grid line in the integration point (in the XY plane) and the y
axis is perpendicular to the XY plane. The strains and stresses are coupled to
Input data. For input of material properties see § 14.3.1.1 on page 501. Input
of axes is not necessary. You must specify equivalent thickness [§ 14.3.1.3 p. 502]
and you may specify an optional integration scheme in the same way as for bar
reinforcement [§ 14.2.1.3 p. 477]. The location of grids in plane strain can be
generated by preprocessing the input of sections or must be specified explicitly
element-by-element. The location input of grids in plane strain is like bars in
plane stress.

Plane strain elements are automatically checked for embedding of reinforcement
grids specified with sections. In this case Diana computes the location points
that describe the particles of the grid within the plane strain elements.
A grid section is embedded in a plane strain element if it intersects
one or two element edges, but none of them more than once.
global XY Z coordinates.
Node numbers syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
for each section:
[ PARABO axis r3 ]

no4 are the node numbers of the section, pointing to table ’COORDI’. Two
nodes define a straight grid section, three nodes a quadratic curve, four
nodes a third-order curve [Fig. 14.31].
1 1
2
3
2 4

1 1 2
Y 2 3 3
axis
Z (b) quadratic curve (d) parabolic curve

X
Figure 14.31: GRID sections with nodes in plane strain
PARABO forces a parabolic approximation of the curved grid instead of a poly-

nomial. This requires a three-node section, the parabola’s axis is a vector
through the second node where axis are its components in the global
XY Z coordinate system [Fig. 14.31d].
Diana will check possible intersection with the reinforcement grid. The
reinforcement.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8EPS 1 2 11 10
2 Q8EPS 2 3 12 11
3 Q8EPS 3 4 13 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
LINE 24 25 26
LINE 26 27
This example specifies a reinforcement grid with two sections [Fig. 14.32]. The
nodes of the sections are input with node numbers. The grid is embedded in a
section 2
section 1
26 27
location point
24
Figure 14.32: GRID sections in plane strain elements (example)
mesh of Q8EPS plane strain elements for which Diana automatically determines
the reinforcement location points.
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
for each section:
[ PARABO axis r3 ]
As an alternative to section input, you may specify the location points of grid
particles for explicit plane strain elements: the element-by-element input. There
are two ways to input the location points: with node numbers or directly with
Node numbers syntax

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
elem is the number of the structural element which embeds the grid reinforce-
ment particle. Numbers no1 to no4 are the node numbers of the location
points, pointing to table ’COORDI’. Two nodes define a straight particle,
three nodes a quadratic curve, four nodes a third-order curve [Fig. 14.33].
1 1 1
2
2 3
Y 2 3 4
Z (a) straight (b) quadratic curve (c) third-order curve

X
Figure 14.33: GRID particles with location points in plane strain

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
with coordinates.
of a location point. Two points define a straight grid particle, three points
file .dat
’COORDI’ DI=2
···
21 0.0 0.3
22 2.0 1.9
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
1 21 35 28
2 28 36 22
4 22 41 31
6 31 25 30
6 30 27
8 27 45
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a grid, specified with six particles in five

31 25 30 27 45
41
2 22 6 8
36 4
28
35
1 3 5 7
21
Figure 14.34: GRID particles in plane strain elements (example)
14.3.5 GRID in Axisymmetry

Reinforcement grids may be embedded in axisymmetric regular solid ring ele-
ments [§ 7.5 p. 193]. The specifications of grids in axisymmetric elements are
not like the general description in § 14.3 but outlined below.
Topology. Due to the nature of axisymmetry the grid shows up in the XY

plane as a line between the location points marked wit ⊗ in Figure 14.35 on the
next page.
Axes and variables. Diana performs numerical integration along the line
for each grid particle. The variables for a grid reinforcement in plane strain are
the strains εxx and and εzz and the stresses σxx and σzz where the x axis is
tangential to the grid line in the integration point (in the XY plane) and the z
axis is perpendicular to the XY plane. The strains and stresses are coupled to
Input data. For input of material properties see § 14.3.1.1 on page 501. Input
of axes is not necessary. Input of equivalent thickness is as described in § 14.3.1.3
on page 502, with thy replaced by thz , the equivalent thickness in z direction.
z element node
location point
x integration point
Y
Z
X
Figure 14.35: GRID particle in axisymmetry
You may specify an optional integration scheme in the same way as for bar
reinforcement [§ 14.2.1.3 p. 477]. The location of grids in axisymmetry can be
generated by preprocessing the input of sections or must be specified explicitly
element-by-element. The location input of grids in axisymmetry is like bars in
plane stress.

Axisymmetric solid ring elements are automatically checked for embedding of
reinforcement grids specified with sections. In this case Diana computes the
location points that describe the particles of the grid within the axisymmetric
elements.
A grid section is embedded in an axisymmetric element if it intersects
one or two element edges, but none of them more than once.
Node numbers syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
for each section:
[ PARABO axis r3 ]

no4 are the node numbers of the section, Two nodes define a straight
grid section, three nodes a quadratic curve, four nodes a third-order curve
[Fig. 14.36].
1 1
♥ 2
3
2 4

1 1 2
Y 2 3 3
axis
Z (b) quadratic curve (d) parabolic curve

X
Figure 14.36: GRID sections with nodes in axisymmetry
PARABO forces a parabolic approximation of the curved grid instead of a poly-

nomial. This requires a three-node section, the parabola’s axis is a vector
through the second node where axis are its components in the global
XY Z coordinate system [Fig. 14.36d].
Diana will check possible intersection with the reinforcement grid. The
reinforcement.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q8AXI 1 2 11 10
2 Q8AXI 2 3 12 11
3 Q8AXI 3 4 13 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
LINE 24 25 26
LINE 26 27
This example specifies a reinforcement grid with two sections [Fig. 14.37]. The
nodes of the sections are input with node numbers. The grid is embedded in
section 2
section 1
26 27
location point
24
Figure 14.37: GRID sections in axisymmetric elements (example)
a mesh of Q8AXI axisymmetric elements for which Diana automatically deter-

mines the reinforcement location points.
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
for each section:
[ PARABO axis r3 ]
particles for explicit axisymmetric solid ring elements: the element-by-element
input. There are two ways to input the location points: with node numbers or
directly with global XY Z coordinates.
Node numbers syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
elem is the number of the structural element which embeds the grid reinforce-
ment particle. Numbers no1 to no4 are the node numbers of the location
points, pointing to table ’COORDI’. Two nodes define a straight particle,
three nodes a quadratic curve, four nodes a third-order curve [Fig. 14.38].
♥
1 1 1
2
2 3
Y 2 3 4
Z (a) straight (b) quadratic curve (c) third-order curve

X
Figure 14.38: GRID particles with location points in axisymmetry

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
with coordinates.
of a location point. Two points define a straight grid particle, three points
file .dat
’COORDI’ DI=2
···
21 0.0 0.3
22 2.0 1.9
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
1 21 35 28
2 28 36 22
4 22 41 31
6 31 25 30
6 30 27
8 27 45
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a grid, specified with six particles in five

31 25 30 27 45
41
2 22 6 8
36 4
28
35
1 3 5 7
21
Figure 14.39: GRID particles in axisymmetric elements (example)
14.3.6 GRID in Curved Shell

Reinforcement grids can be embedded in all curved shell elements as described
in Chapter 10.
Topology. A particle of a grid reinforcement may cover a part or the complete

area of the embedding curved shell element [Fig. 14.40a]. The location of the grid
particle in the element is determined by location points which must be within
the thickness domain of the element. In other words: the eccentricity z cannot
be greater than half the thickness t of the element at the node [Fig. 14.40b]. (z ≤ 1
2 t)
element node
location point
z
x
z t
(a) topology (b) z eccentricity in node

Figure 14.40: GRID particle in curved shell element
Input data. For input of material properties, axes, thickness and integration
schemes see § 14.3.1 on page 501. To embed reinforcement grids in curved shell
elements, Diana needs the numbers of the embedding elements. These element
numbers can be generated by preprocessing the input of sections or they must

be specified explicitly element-by-element. In case of automatic preprocessing
of the grid and shell elements the grid part may cover the element partly or
completely. Whereas in case of element-by-element definition it is assumed that
the grid part covers the shell reinforcement area completely.

Curved shell elements are automatically checked for embedding of reinforcement
grids specified with sections. In this case Diana determines the structural
elements that are covered by the grid section. See § 14.3.2.1 on page 503 for
syntax description.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 Q20SH 1 2 11 10
2 Q20SH 2 3 12 11
3 Q20SH 3 4 13 12
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
PLANE 24 25 26 27
nodes of the section are input with node numbers. The grid is embedded in a
Figure 14.41: GRID section in curved shell elements (example)
mesh of Q20SH curved shell elements. Diana automatically determines which

elements are fully or partly covered by the grid (the ones marked in gray). If
for those elements the grid particle is embedded inside the thickness domain,
then it becomes particle of the finite element model.
explicit curved shell elements: the element-by-element input. The eccentricities
of the location points can be specified relative to the element nodes or relative
to specified points.
Eccentricities in element nodes syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
[ LOCALZ
z1 r [. . . zn r ] . . .
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]

LOCALZ specifies the eccentricity in element z direction (thickness). Values z1
to zn are the eccentricities in the nodes of the embedding elements, from
z1 in the first node to zn in the last [Fig. 14.40b]. A single z1 indicates
uniform eccentricity, valid in each node.
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
LOCALZ
1 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4
/ 2 3 / 0.2
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a grid in three elements [Fig. 14.42]. In

element 1 the eccentricity varies from 0.6 to 0.2, in elements 2 and 3 it is
constant 0.2.
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
elem n ...
nod n . . . nod n
xyz r3 . . . xyz r3
[ LOCALZ
z1 r [. . . zn r ] . . .
elem n
/ elems ng... / ]
0.2
0.2
0.2 3
0.2
2
6
0.2
5
0.4
1
0.6 4
Figure 14.42: Eccentricities for GRID in curved shell (example)
In some cases it may be useful to specify the eccentricities relative to points not
being the element nodes. For instance for a curved particle in a linear (three-
or four-node) shell element.
elem is an element number for which the eccentricity is specified with respect to
specific points instead of the element nodes. The points may be input with
node numbers nod pointing to table ’COORDI’ or directly with coordinates
xyz in the global XY Z system.
The contour of the grid particle must be triangular or quadrilateral. The
number of points on the contour depends on the order of interpolation: 3
or 4 for a linear triangle or quadrilateral, 6 or 8 for quadratic, 9 or 12 for
third-order.
The eccentricities below LOCALZ are now relative to the specific points for the
elements elem .
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
1 11 12 13 17 19 22
LOCALZ
1 0.2 -0.4 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.1
This example specifies a grid reinforcement particle in element 1. The contour

of the particle is a 6-point triangle. The eccentricities of the location points
vary quadratically from 0.2 in node 11 to −0.4 in node 12 etc. to 0.1 in node
22.
14.3.7 GRID in Solid

Reinforcement grids can be embedded in all solid elements as described in Chap-
ter 11.
Topology. A particle of a grid reinforcement is embedded in a solid element,

for instance a quadrilateral particle in a brick element [Fig. 14.43]. The location
of the grid particle in the element is determined by location points, indicated
with ⊗. Typically, these location points are on the edges of the solid element
y
element node
location point
Figure 14.43: GRID particle in solid element
but they can also be inside the element domain. The location points of a grid
in solid elements can be generated by preprocessing the input of larger sections
or they must be specified explicitly element-by-element.
Input data. For input of material properties, axes, thickness and integration
schemes see § 14.3.1 on page 501. Diana needs for each solid element the
location points of the particle of the grid that is embedded in that element.
These location points can be generated by preprocessing the input of sections
or they must be specified explicitly element-by-element.

Solid elements are automatically checked for embedding of reinforcement grids
specified with sections. In this case Diana determines the structural elements
that embed particles of the grid section. See § 14.3.2.1 on page 503 for syntax
description. The contour of grid sections in solid elements may be quadrilateral
[Fig. 14.26 p. 504] or triangular [Fig. 14.27 p. 504].
Preprocessing of sections always yields triangular particles, there-
fore the integration scheme can only be specified with nlc [§ 14.3.1.4
p. 502].
file .dat
’COORDI’
···
30 220. 200. -50.
31 100. 190. -35.
32 -20. 180. 20.
33 -20. 85. 60.
34 -20. -10. 70.
35 110. -10. 25.
36 240. -10. 40.
37 230. 95. 25.
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 GRID
PLANE 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
···
’END’
34
33
35
32
36
37
31
(a) contour input (b) generated particles

30
Figure 14.44: GRID section in solid elements (example)
section contour is a quadrilateral with curved edges, specified with eight nodes
[Fig. 14.44a]. The generated grid particles are triangles with curved edges
[Fig. 14.44b].
particles for explicit solid elements: the element-by-element input. There are
1
2
10 3 4
12 11 9
1 8 8 3
4 4
7 1 3
2 7
3 6 6 5 1 2
5 2
4
9 8
6 3
1 6 7 1 1 3
2 5 1
5 2 4
3 2
4 3
2
Figure 14.45: GRID particles in solid elements
two ways to input the location points (marked with ⊗ in Figure 14.45): with
node numbers or directly with global XY Z coordinates.
Node numbers syntax
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
elem n no1 n . . . non n
elem is the number of the mother element in which the grid reinforcement
particle is embedded. Numbers no1 to non are the node numbers of the
location points, pointing to table ’COORDI’. Depending on the shape and
the order of curvature, the number of nodes is 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 or 12 [Fig. 14.45].
For instance 4 nodes define a quadrilateral with straight edges, 6 nodes a
triangle with quadratically curved edges.
file .dat
’COORDI’
1 0. 42. 0.
2 28. 43. 0.
···
6 0. 43. -15.
7 55. 7. -15.
···
19 110. 18. -30.
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
2 1 2 3 7 10 9 8 6
4 3 4 11 10
3 4 5 12 11
6 8 9 10 14 17 16 15 13
8 10 11 18 17
7 11 12 19 18
In this example, reinforcement 9 is a grid embedded in solid brick elements

[Fig. 14.46]. The grid comprises six quadrilateral particles, two of them quadrat-
6 8
16
15 17
13 9
8 14
6 2 10
7 18
1
3 11
2 4 4
19
12
5 7
Y
1 3
Z X
Figure 14.46: GRID particles in solid elements (example)
ically curved and four with straight edges.

’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n GRID
elem n xyz1 n . . . xyzn n
elem is the number of the mother element which embeds the reinforcement.
Each set of three values xyz specifies the global XY Z coordinates of a
location point [Fig. 14.45].
14.4 Loading Input 525
14.4 Loading Input

Reinforcement load may be specified explicitly as initial stress. For BAR rein-
forcements, load may also be specified via a preprocessing option. The physical
meaning of the initial stress depends on the fact whether or not the reinforce-
ment is bonded to the mother elements. For bar reinforcements initial stress
may be applied either with or without bonding, but for grid reinforcements only
with the condition of being bonded to their mother elements. See the description
of the NOBOND input option in Volume Material Library.
Reinforcement loads are input in subtable REINFO of table ’LOADS’. See
Volume Analysis Procedures for general syntax of table ’LOADS’. For subtable
REINFO there are two forms of input syntax: (1) one reinforcement load per
line, (2) reinforcements in a series of numbers or groups or both, with one load
specification valid for all the reinforcements in the series.
syntax
’LOADS’
REINFO
1 5 6 12 13 80
reinf n lodnam w loddat ?

1 5 6 12 13 80
/ reinfs ng... /
lodnam w loddat ?
REINFO is the subtable heading for reinforcement loads.

or both.
lodnam is the load data name and loddat is (are) the load data value(s).
file .dat
’LOADS’
CASE 2
REINFO
3 PRESTR 3.E-2
/ UPPERBARS /
PRESTR 2.0E4
The input of reinforcement load depends on the reinforcement type as outlined

in the sequel of this section.
14.4.1 Prestress
Prestress of reinforcements is specified with PRESTR in subtable REINFO of table
’LOADS’. The input syntax of prestress depends on the reinforcement type: BAR
or GRID.
14.4.1.1 Prestress in BAR

The prestress in a reinforcement bar can be uniform, i.e., same stress everywhere,
or it can vary along the bar axis.
Uniform prestress syntax
’LOADS’
REINFO
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx0 r
This input is for bars embedded in all types of elements as described in § 14.2.3
to § 14.2.8.
0
PRESTR sxx is the initial axial stress σxx valid for the entire reinforcement bar.4
Variable prestress syntax

’LOADS’
REINFO
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r . . . sxxn r
This input is for line shaped bars only. Input of variable prestress in these bars
is only possible if their location has been input with node numbers and in a
continuous sequence of segments or particles.
It is not possible to input variable prestress in the point-shaped bars
in plane strain [§ 14.2.5] and axisymmetry [§ 14.2.6].
0
PRESTR sxx1 to sxxn are the values of the initial axial stress σxx in the location
points of the bar. Stress values must be specified in the same sequence as
the location points, one value for each location point, like in the following
example.
file .dat
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
5 BAR
LINE 11 12 13
LINE 13 14
···
’LOADS’
CASE 1
REINFO
5 PRESTR 1.5 1.8 1.9 2.0
4 0 .
For bars in plane stress and axisymmetry sxx is σzz
In this example, the prestress σ 0 varies from 1.5 in node 11, via 1.8 in node 12
and 1.9 in node 13, to 2.0 in node 14.
14.4.1.2 Prestress in GRID

The prestress in a reinforcement grid can be uniform, i.e., same stress every-
where, or it can vary along the two grid axes.
Uniform prestress syntax
’LOADS’
REINFO
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx0 r syy0 r
This input is for grids embedded in all types of elements as described in § 14.3.3
to § 14.3.7.
0 0
PRESTR sxx and syy respectively are the initial axial stresses σxx and σyy , valid
5
for the entire reinforcement grid.
Variable prestress syntax

’LOADS’
REINFO
1 5 6 12 13 80
PRESTR sxx1 r . . . sxxn r syy1 r . . . syyn r

[ NODES nods n... ]
This input is for grids embedded in all types of elements as described in § 14.3.3
to § 14.3.7. Input of variable prestress in grids is only possible if their location
has been input with node numbers.
No variable prestress can be specified in plane shaped grids, which
location points have been input directly with global XY Z coordinates.
0
PRESTR sxx1 to sxxn are the values of the initial stress σxx in the location
0
points of the bar, syy1 to syyn the same for σyy .
NODES nods is a series of node numbers indicating the sequence of the prestress
values. This node number sequence is only necessary for plane-shaped
grids. For the line-shaped grids in plane strain [§ 14.3.4 p. 507] or axisym-
metry [§ 14.3.5 p. 512] the specified values for the prestress are valid for
the respective location points.
5 0 .
For grids in axisymmetry syy is σzz
file .dat
···
’REINFO’
LOCATI
9 GRID
PLANE 24 25 26 27
PLANE 25 38 37 26
’LOADS’
CASE 1
REINFO
9 PRESTR 1.5 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.2 2.3
0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5
NODES 24 25 38 27 26 37
This example specifies a grid reinforcement with two sections. The prestress at
0 0 0 0
node 24 is σxx = 1.5 and σyy = 0.6, at node 25 σxx = 1.8 and σyy = 0.8 etc.
14.4.2 Preprocessing of Post-tensioning

Preprocessing of prestress for post-tensioned reinforcement in bars and line-
shaped grids (grids in plane strain or axisymmetry)6 is available via the Coulomb
friction model. Tensioning starts from an anchor which must be positioned at
an end point of the reinforcement [Fig. 14.47]. Both end points may be anchored.
In the first part ∆x of the reinforcement, Diana reduces the force via a friction
calculation as described in Chapter 25. This reduction is caused by retention of
the anchor, after tensioning.
syntax
’LOADS’
REINFO
1 5 6 12 13 80
anloca w
ANCHOR noa n [nob n ]
TENSIO loc w [loc w ]
CODE
MC1990
KOREAN
FORCE p0a r [ p0b r ]
SHEAR mu r
[ WOBBLE phi1 r ]
[ RETLEN dla r [dlb r ] ]
6 0 .
For these grids, preprocessing of the prestress is only for σxx
P0 ·
············ before retention P 0 (x)
························
······································
···························································
································································
············································
······················
·················· ∆l × EA
······· reduced force P (x)
x
∆x
anchor bar
Figure 14.47: Prestress reduction in anchored BAR
anloca specifies the anchor location: either ANCHOR or TENSIO.
ANCHOR specifies an anchor at nodes noa and nob . If node nob is not
specified then the reinforcement is anchored at one end only.
TENSIO specifies an anchor at one or two ends of the reinforcement. Key-
word loc specifies the end: BEGIN for the begin point of the reinforce-
ment, END for the end point. The specification sequence in subtable
LOCATI determines the begin and end point of the reinforcement.
CODE specifies which post-tensioning scheme to be used:
MC1990 specifies the European CEB-FIP 1990 model code [2] to be fol-
lowed for post-tensioning, see [§ 25.4 p. 654]. [MC1990]
KOREAN specifies the Korea Road & Transport Association–BRG2K high-

way bridge design standard model code to be followed for post-
tensioning, see [§ 25.5 p. 655].
FORCE p0a and p0b are the nodal forces P0 at the anchors.
SHEAR mu is the Coulomb shear coefficient µ.
WOBBLE phi1 is the wobble factor φ1 = ϕ (assumed curve). If you do not specify
a wobble factor, then Diana takes a zero wobble factor by default. [φ1 = 0]
RETLEN dla and dlb are the retention lengths ∆l of the anchors which cause a
symmetric reduction due to retention in the initially calculated reinforce-
ment force P 0 with
Z ∆x µ ¶
∆l × EA = P 0 (x) − P (x) dx (14.3)
0
If you do not specify a retention length, then Diana assumes ‘no reduction’
[∆l = 0] by default.
14.5 Reinforcement in Structural Interfaces

Reinforcement can be embedded in all structural interface elements [§ 12.2 p. 377].
Typically, such reinforcement is applied when it continues from one structural
part into an other and has a considerable effect on the cracking or sliding of the
connection between these two parts.
Variables. Unlike the regular embedded bars [§ 14.2] and grids [§ 14.3], rein-
forcements in structural interfaces have displacement and traction components
in the same directions as the interface elements: one normal component and
one or two shear components.
   
 pn   nn 
ue = ps t= qs (14.4)
   
pt qt
The s components are for three-dimensional interfaces only.
Integration. All particles of reinforcement bars in interface elements are nu-

merically integrated with a 1-point Gauss rule. For particles of grid reinforce-
ments in interface elements Diana applies a 4-point Gauss rule. Optional inte-
gration rules cannot be used.
14.5.1 Stiffness Determination

All material models for regular reinforcement bars and grids are available for
reinforcement in structural interfaces as well [Vol. Material Library]. Diana
determines the stiffness in normal and shear direction from the ‘free length’.
Free length syntax
’MATERI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ FRLGTH lfr r ]
(lfr > 0) FRLGTH lfr is the free length lfr [Fig. 14.48a] which determines the stiffnesses
per unit area in normal direction kn and in shear direction ks and kt as
E E
kn = ks = kt = (14.5)
lfr 2lfr
The stiffness in shear direction is caused by the dowel effect of the rein-
forcement bars through the interface [Fig. 14.48c], and assumed to be half
the stiffness in the normal direction [Fig. 14.48b].
14.5 Reinforcement in Structural Interfaces 531
structure
1
n p
2 n
1
p
2 t
lfr
t
s
(a) free length (b) normal deformation (c) shear deformation
Figure 14.48: Reinforcement stiffness in interface
If you do not specify the free length, then Diana takes the ‘thickness’ of the
interface element for it. However, if this thickness is equal to zero, then a virtual
thickness of 10−5 × the distance from the first to the second node of the interface
element is assumed.
Cracking. In nonlinear analysis, you can specify shear behavior with shear
retention after cracking. See the input of MODE2 for interface behavior [Vol.
Material Library].

Like for embedding in regular structural elements, Diana can automatically
determine the location of reinforcement bars and grids in interface elements by
preprocessing the input of sections. However, for interface elements you may
also input the reinforcement particles element-by-element. The syntax of both
methods of input depends on the type of interface element: line or plane.
Reinforcement cannot be embedded in nodal interface elements.

Line interfaces. The section input of reinforcements in line interface ele-
ments depends on the configuration of the interface elements, as specified with
the CONFIG input [p. 381]. It is respectively analogous to the section input for
reinforcements in plane stress, plane strain or axisymmetry.
Plane interfaces. For plane interfaces, the section input is analogous to the
input for solid elements [§ 14.3.7.1 p. 521].
For element-by-element input of reinforcement particles Diana needs the loca-
tion points in the two faces of the interface element.
Line interfaces. For a BAR in line interfaces you must specify two loca-
tion points, one in each face. The syntax is analogous to bars in plane stress
[§ 14.2.4.2 p. 487]. For a GRID in line interfaces the location points are the same
as the element nodes and you only must specify the element number. The syntax
is analogous to grids in plane stress [§ 14.3.3.2 p. 506].
Plane interfaces. For a BAR in plane interfaces you must specify two location
points, one in each face. The syntax is analogous to bars in solids [§ 14.2.8.2
p. 498]. For a GRID in plane interfaces you must specify 4, 6 or 8 location points
depending on the order of the interface element: linear, quadratic or third-order
respectively. The first half of the location points must be in the first plane of
the interface element, the second half in the second plane. The point sequence
is like the node sequence of the corresponding line interface elements.
14.6 Bond–Slip Reinforcements

Bond–slip reinforcements are defined similar to standard reinforcements, except
that a ’DATA’ assignment is specified that the reinforcement is discretized in
truss or beam elements. These truss or beam elements are connected by line–
solid interface elements to the mother elements in which they are located. For
example, the bond–slip reinforcements can be used to describe the pull–out of
an anchor of a bar reinforcement or to model the interaction of a pile foundation
and the rock or soil.
Bond–slip reinforcements are only available for lines in regular solid

elements with linear or quadratic interpolation functions.
14.6.1 BAR in Solid

A bond–slip BAR in a solid is defined similar to the description in [§ 14.2.8
p. 497]. The calculation of the intersections of the BAR and the solid elements
can be done by reinforcement sections with location points being defined by
nodes or by global XY Z coordinates. The ’DATA’ assignment INTERF TRUSS
must be assigned to the bond–slip reinforcements to model the BAR by truss
elements. The ’DATA’ statement INTERF BEAM must be assigned to the bond–slip
reinforcements to model the BAR by beam elements. The type of line element
that is internally used is automatically determined according to Table 14.1.
Table 14.1: Truss and beam elements for bond–slip reinforcements
Mother element TE12L TP18L HX24L CTE30 CTP45 CHX60

INTERF TRUSS L6TRU L6TRU L6TRU CL9TR CL9TR CL9TR
INTERF BEAM L12BE L12BE L12BE CL18B CL18B CL18B
14.6 Bond–Slip Reinforcements 533
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
INTERF
TRUSS
BEAM
INTERF specifies the element type used to model the bond–slip reinforcements:
TRUSS for truss elements, or BEAM for beam elements.
No integration schemes can be defined using NINTEG or NUMINT for bond–slip re-
inforcements, because in general beam, truss, and line–solid interface elements
have different integration schemes. The applied elements for bond–slip rein-
forcements use the default integration schemes of these elements.
14.6.2 Material and Geometry Parameters

The material parameters of the bond–slip reinforcements define both the mate-
rial for the beam or truss elements as for the line–solid interface elements. All
available material models for the regular beam and truss elements can be ap-
plied. For the line–solid interface linear elasticity, nonlinear elasticity, and the
bond–slip models may be applied, see Volume Material Library. The geometry
properties of the beam or truss and line–solid interface elements must be defined
in table ’GEOMET’ of the reinforcement.
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 BAR
LINE 11 10
MATERI
1 3
GEOMET
1 4
DATA
1 2
...
’MATERI’
3 YOUNG 10000.
POISON 0.3
DSTIFF 1.E+7 1.E+7
TAUDIS -10. -1. -10. -1.E-7 10. 1.E-7 10. 1.
’GEOMET’
4 RECTAN 1. 1.
ZAXIS 1. 0. 0.
PERIME 4.
’DATA’
2 INTERF BEAM
This example specifies a bond–slip reinforcement with one section defined by

the node numbers 11 and 10 for the end nodes. The reinforcement bar will be
modeled as beam elements. A linear elastic material model is applied to the
beam elements and for the line–solid interfaces a multilinear shear traction–
displacement diagram is defined. The beam elements will have a rectangular
cross–section. Please note that the perimeter for the line–solid interface elements
must also be defined.
14.6.3 Loading Input

When the begin and end nodes of bond–slip reinforcements are defined as nodes,
instead of using global XY Z coordinates, nodal loadings may be applied to
these nodes. E.g. for defining a pre–tensioning anchor loading a pulling force
can be applied in the begin or end node of the reinforcement bar and a pressure
loading can be applied as reaction to the element faces of the concrete elements.
Explicit specification of initial stresses using the PRESTR command is not allowed
for bond–slip reinforcements.
14.6.3.1 End Forces

In contrary to standard reinforcements the prestress in the reinforcement, in-
cluding the anchor losses, can be calculated explicitly when using bond–slip
reinforcements. In this case the user should define the anchor force explicitly
and the prestress will be calculated in a full analysis step.
syntax
’LOADS’
1 5 6 12 13 80
TENSIO loc w [loc w ]

FORCE p0a r [ p0b r ]
DIRECT dira i [dirb i ]
TENSIO specifies an anchor at one or two ends of the reinforcement. Keyword

loc specifies the end: BEGIN for the begin point of the reinforcement,
END for the end point. The specification sequence in subtable LOCATI
determines the begin and end point of the reinforcement.
FORCE p0a and p0b are the nodal forces P0 at the anchors.
DIRECT dira and dirb are the indices for the directions of the nodal forces P0
at the anchors.
14.6.4 Connecting Bond–Slip Reinforcements to Elements

FEMGEN and FX+ interfaces to Diana generate reinforcements of which the
location points are specified in global XY Z coordinates. Especially when pile
foundations are described with bond–slip reinforcements the top ends of the
pile foundations must be connected to the construction, which is defined by
elements. Therefore, three special options to connect bond–slip reinforcements
to elements are available:
The node corresponding to the begin node of the bond–slip reinforcement is
explicitly specified by the user.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
BEGINN first i
BEGINN first is the number of the node corresponding to the position of the
beginning of the bond–slip reinforcement, according to the defintion of
the reinforcement in the LOCATI table. This node must be on the same
location as the starting point of the reinforcement and must be defined
in table ’COORDI’. Nodal loadings, supports to this node will act on the
begin node of the bond–slip reinforcement. When this node is connected to
other elements, the corresponding degrees of freedom of the reinforcement
and the elements in this node will be shared.
The node corresponding to the end node of the bond–slip reinforcement is ex-
plicitly specified by the user.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
ENDNOD last i
ENDNOD last is the number of the node corresponding to the position of the
end of the bond–slip reinforcement, according to the defintion of the rein-
forcement in the LOCATI table. This node must be on the same location as
the end point of the reinforcement and must be defined in table ’COORDI’.
Nodal loadings, supports to this node will act on the end node of the bond–
slip reinforcement. When this node is connected to other elements, the
corresponding degrees of freedom of the reinforcement and the elements
in this node will be shared.
The position of begin en end nodes of bond–slip reinforcements are checked

against the position of nodes in a nodal group as specified in table ’GROUPS’.
When the begin or end node of a bond–slip reinforcement coincides with a node
in the nodal group this node will be merged and the respective node number of
the node in the group will be used for the begin or end node of the bond–slip
reinforcement. E.g. when piles, being described by bond–slip reinforcements,
need to be connected to a raft foundation modeled by shell elements, the nodes
of the raft foundation are placed in a nodal group and this group name is referred
to in the following option.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
MERGE grpnam w
MERGE grpnam is the name of a nodal group specified in table ’GROUPS’ of which
the positions will be compared with the begin and end point of the bond–
slip reinforcement. The nodes will be merged when these positions match.
Nodal loadings, supports to this node will act on the node of the bond–
slip reinforcement. When this node is connected to other elements, the
corresponding degrees of freedom of the reinforcement and the elements
in this node will be shared.
14.6.5 Tip Stiffness

At the extremities of a bond–slip reinforcement a point–solid interface may be
applied for modeling the connection of the extremity of the reinforcement and
the material where the reinforcement is embedded in. Situations where this
functionality may be applied are an embedded anchor of a reinforcement or the
tip of a pile foundation.
The tip stiffness can be applied at one or both extremities of a bond–slip rein-
forcement. The same material and geometry properties need to be specified as
for a point–solid interface element.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
TIPLOC loc1 w [loc2 w ]

TIPMAT mat1 w [mat2 w ]
TIPGEO geo1 w [geo2 w ]
TIPLOC specifies a tip stiffness at one or two ends of the bond–slip reinforce-
ment. The keywords loc1 and loc2 specify the locations: BEGIN for the
begin point of the reinforcement, END for the end point. The specification
sequence in subtable LOCATI determines the begin and end point of the
reinforcement.
TIPMAT specifies the index of the material definition for the tip stiffness. The
number of items must be equal to the number of items of TIPLOC. mat1
refers to the material index for the tip stiffness at loc1 , and mat2 refers
to the material index for the tip stiffness at loc2 if applicable.
TIPGEO specifies the index of the geometry definition for the tip stiffness. The
number of items must be equal to the number of items of TIPLOC. geo1
refers to the geometry index for the tip stiffness at loc1 , and geo2 refers
to the geometry index for the tip stiffness at geo2 if applicable.
Example.
file .dat
’REINFO’
LOCATI
1 BAR
LINE 50.0 50.0 0.0 50.0 50.0 400.0
MATERI
1 2
GEOMETRY
1 3
DATA
1 2
’MATERI’
2 YOUNG 2.1E5
POISON 0.0
DSTIF 1.0E+4 1.0E+4
BONDSL 1
SLPVAL 0.003 0.5E-3
3 DSTIF 1.E+8 1.E+8
SIGDIS 0.0 0.0 0.025 0.025E-8 0.025 1.
’GEOMET’
3 CROSSE 1.0
ZAXIS 1. 0. 0.
PERIME 1.
4 SURFAC 1.
XAXIS 0. 0. 1.
YAXIS 1. 0. 0.
’DATA’
2 INTERF TRUSS
BEGINN 469
TIPLOC END
TIPMAT 3
TIPGEO 4
This input data specifies a bond-slip reinforcement with a begin point located
at the coordinates (50.0,50.0,0.0) and the end-point located at the coordinates
(50.0,50.0,400.0). The bond–slip reinforcement is composed by truss elements

and the begin node can be identified by node 469. At the end node a point–
solid interface is located with nonlinear stiffness as defined in material 3 and
geometry properties as defined in geometry 4.
14.6.6 Result Output

Results related to the beam or truss elements and the line–solid interface ele-
ments applied to model the bond–slip reinforcements are output as reinforce-
ment results. Because beam or truss elements and line–solid interface elements
may have different integration schemes and results from both these elements are
projected in postprocessing to the same reinforcement particle, the output of
results in other locations than the nodes is not allowed for bond-slip reinforce-
ments. More information on applicable result items for bond–slip reinforcements
can be found in Volume Analysis Procedures.
Part II
Flow Elements
Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (II) November 8, 2010 – First ed.
541
This part describes the basic theory and the input of all elements that are
available for potential flow analysis. For structural analysis elements see Part
I. For a general description of the input syntax for a finite element model see
Chapter 1.
Element families. Generally speaking, each chapter in this part describes a

separate family of elements, characterized by their application: general flow or
heat transfer [Ch. 16], groundwater flow [Ch. 17], and lubrication or Reynolds
flow [Ch. 18]. The first chapter in this part describes the general input for these
flow elements [Ch. 15]. There are two special element families: interface elements
for potential flow analysis [Ch. 19], and cross-section elements for cross-section
analysis [Ch. 20].
542
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (II)
Chapter 15
General Data for Flow

Elements
This chapter describes the general data for potential flow, groundwater flow and
lubrication elements.
15.1 Boundary Conditions

Boundary conditions for flow elements are specified in subtable ELEMEN of table
’BOUNDA’. There are two forms of input syntax: (1) one element boundary
condition per line, (2) elements in a series of numbers or groups or both, with
one boundary condition specification valid for all the elements in the series.
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
elem n bndnam w bnddat ?

1 5 6 12 13 80
/ elems ng... /
bndnam w bnddat ?

bndnam is the boundary condition data name.
bnddat is (are) the boundary condition data value(s).
The input of element boundary conditions depends on the element shape as

described in this chapter.
544 General Data for Flow Elements
file .dat
’BOUNDA’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
2 FACE ETA2
FLUX 0.65
/ 3-20 /
FACE ETA1
FLUX 1.25
In the above example we see that element boundary conditions generally require
specification of an edge or face by name [§ 1.4 p. 6], and a type and value of the
boundary condition. These data must be assigned to specific elements.
15.1.1 External Potential for Heat Flow

For boundary elements, you may specify external potentials in subtable ELEMEN
of table ’BOUNDA’.
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EXTEMP con1 r [. . . conn r ]

RATEMP rad1 r [. . . radn r ]
EXTEMP con1 to conn are the external convective temperatures Text in heat
flow analysis.
RATEMP rad1 to radn are the external radiative temperatures Text in heat flow
analysis.
The values con1 to conn and rad1 to radn are valid in the respective
nodes of the boundary element. The external temperature varies linearly
or quadratically over the element domain according to the order of the
element. If you only specify con1 or rad1 then the distribution is uniform.
15.1.2 External Potential for Groundwater Flow

For boundary elements, you may specify external potentials in subtable ELEMEN
of table ’BOUNDA’.
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
EXTPOT phi1 r [. . . phin r ]
EXTPOT phi1 to phin are the external potentials φext for potential flow analysis
other than heat flow.
The values phi1 to phin are valid in the respective nodes of the boundary
element. The external potential or temperature varies linearly or quadrat-
ically over the element domain according to the order of the element. If
you only specify phi1 then the distribution is uniform.

For flow elements Diana performs a numerical integration with an appropriate
default scheme. You may choose an alternative scheme via a special data input.
depending on the shape of the element.
15.2.1 Line Elements

syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nxi n ]
NINTEG nxi is the number of Gauss integration points nξ in the isoparametric ξ

direction of the element. Suitable schemes are 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-point. See
Figure 21.1 on page 628 for enumeration and location of the integration
points.
15.2.2 Triangles
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points nlc in the triangular area. Suit-
able schemes are 1-, 3-, 4-, 6-, and 7-point. See Figure 21.4 on page 629
for enumeration and location of the integration points.
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points nξ × nη
in the isoparametric ξ and η direction of the element. Suitable schemes
are 1×1, 2×2 and 3×3. See Figure 21.7 on page 631 for enumeration and
location of the integration points.
15.2.4 Pyramids
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ NINTEG nlc n ]
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points nlc in the volume of the element.
Suitable schemes are 1-, 4-, and 5-point. See Figure 21.10 on page 633 for
enumeration and location of the integration points.
15.2.5 Wedges
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
NINTEG nlc is the number of integration points nlc in the triangular cross-
section of the wedge; suitable schemes are 3- and 4-point. Value nzeta is
the number of integration points nζ in the isoparametric ζ direction (the
‘height’) of the element; suitable schemes are 1-, 2-, 3-, and 4-point. See
Figure 21.11 on page 633 for enumeration and location of the integration
points.
15.2.6 Bricks
syntax
’DATA’
1 5 6 12 13 80
15.3 Two-dimensional Models 547
NINTEG nxi and neta respectively are the number of integration points nξ × nη
in the isoparametric ξ and η direction; suitable schemes are 2×2 and 3×3.
Value nzeta is the number of integration points nζ in the isoparametric
ζ direction (the ‘height’) of the element; suitable schemes are 2-, and 3-
point. See Figure 21.13 on page 634 for enumeration and location of the
integration points.
15.3 Two-dimensional Models

Elements for two-dimensional flow analysis can only be used in two-dimensional
models, i.e., they cannot be connected to elements for three-dimensional or
axisymmetric flow analysis. Flow elements for two-dimensional models must be
positioned in the model XY plane, i.e., the Z coordinates of the element nodes
must be zero. Diana comprises two classes of elements for two-dimensional
flow analysis: two-dimensional elements with a triangular or quadrilateral cross-
section and line-shaped boundary elements.
15.3.1 Thickness
Elements for two-dimensional flow analysis may have uniform or nonuniform
thickness.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ THICK t1 r [. . . tn r ] ]
THICK t1 to tn are the thicknesses t in the respective element nodes [Fig. 15.1]. (t > 0)
If you only specify t1 then the thickness is uniform. Nonuniform (ta-
t1 t6 t3
t1 t1 t5
t1 5 t7 5
7 6 3 7 6 3
t4
t1 8 4 t1 t8 8 4
1 1 1 1
t1 2 3 2 t1 2 3 2
t1 t1 t1 t3 t1 t2
t1 t2
pered) thickness varies linearly or quadratically over the element domain

depending on the order of the element.
The input of thickness for flow elements is optional, if you do not specify
it, Diana assumes a unit thickness. [t = 1]
file .dat
’GEOMET’
1 THICK 0.25
2 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.25 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.26
3 THICK 0.25 0.30 0.20
In this example, the first thickness is uniform and may be valid for all two-
dimensional flow element types, like for instance for the eight-node quadrilateral
and the three-node triangle in Figure 15.1a. The second is nonuniform for
eight-node quadrilateral elements [Fig. 15.1b-left]. The third is nonuniform for
three-node triangles [Fig. 15.1b-right].
15.3.2 Axes
For two-dimensional flow elements Diana needs no special user input data to
set up the element axes. By default, the local element x axis points from the
first to the second node of the element and y ⊥ x according to the right hand
rule [Fig. 15.2a].
x
y
Y Y y
x 2 2
1 1
X X
Figure 15.2: Element axes in two-dimensional flow
to get the flux qx in a particular direction, then you must specify its direction
[Fig. 15.2b]. The x axis must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the
following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xx r yx r zx r ]
XAXIS is a user-specified x axis where xx , yx , and zx are vector components

15.4 Axisymmetric Models 549
15.3.3 Boundary Flux

For two-dimensional flow elements you may specify flux sources for their entire
face or for one or more edges in table ’BOUNDA’ [§ 15.1 p. 543].
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
EDGE edgnam w
FLUX q1 r [. . . qk r ]
FACE indicates a volume source over the entire element.

EDGE indicates a source on an edge of the element, edgnam is the name of
the element edge and depends on the element topology: triangular or
quadrilateral [§ 1.4.2 p. 6].
FLUX q1 to qk are the values of the flux, one for each node in sequence of the
node numbering. For linear elements the flux varies linearly along the
face or edge, for quadratic elements it varies quadratically. If you only
specify q1 then the flux is uniform. For a volume source, the flux is qV
and specified per unit volume, e.g. [W/m3 ]. For an edge source, the flux
is qF and specified per unit area, e.g. [W/mm2 ].
file .dat
’BOUNDA’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
2 FACE
FLUX 0.65
/ 3-20 /
EDGE ETA1
FLUX 1.25 2.32
15.4 Axisymmetric Models

Axisymmetric flow elements must be positioned in the model XY plane, i.e.,
the Z coordinate of the element nodes must be zero [Fig. 15.3]. Diana considers
the Y axis as axis of rotational symmetry, therefore each element models a ring.
Axisymmetric flow elements can only be used in axisymmetric models, i.e., they
z
Y
Z
X
Figure 15.3: Axisymmetry
cannot be connected to elements for two-dimensional or three-dimensional flow

analysis.
Typical applications for axisymmetric flow elements are the analysis of cir-
cular storage tanks, cooling towers, tubes and sockets. Diana comprises two
classes of elements for axisymmetric flow analysis: solid rings with a triangular
or quadrilateral cross-section and line-shaped boundary elements.
15.4.1 Axes
For axisymmetric flow elements Diana needs no special user input data to set
up the element axes. By default, the local element x axis points from the first
to the second node, the local z axis always points in the global Z direction and
y ⊥ zx according to the right hand rule [Fig. 15.4a].
♥ ♥
1
z y
x y
x
Y Y
z
2
Z X Z X
Figure 15.4: Element axes in solid rings for axisymmetric flow
to get the flux qx in a particular direction, then you must specify its direction
[Fig. 15.4b]. The x axis must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the
following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xx r yx r zx r ]


For axisymmetric solid ring flow elements you may specify flux sources for their
entire face or for one or more edges in table ’BOUNDA’ [§ 15.1 p. 543].
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
FACE
EDGE edgnam w
FLUX q1 r [. . . qk r ]
FACE indicates a volume source over the entire element.

EDGE indicates a source on an edge of the element, edgnam is the name of
the element edge and depends on the element topology: triangular or
quadrilateral [§ 1.4.2 p. 6].
FLUX q1 to qk are the values of the flux, one for each node in sequence of the
node numbering. For linear elements the flux varies linearly along the
face or edge, for quadratic elements it varies quadratically. If you only
specify q1 then the flux is uniform. For a volume source, the flux is qV
and specified per unit volume, e.g. [W/m3 ]. For an edge source, the flux
is qF and specified per unit area, e.g. [W/mm2 ].
file .dat
’BOUNDA’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
2 FACE
FLUX 0.65
/ 3-20 /
EDGE ETA1
FLUX 1.25 2.32
15.5 Three-dimensional Models

Elements for three-dimensional flow analysis can only be used in three-dimen-
sional models, i.e., they cannot be connected to elements for two-dimensional or
axisymmetric flow analysis. Flow elements for three-dimensional models can be
arbitrarily positioned in the model XY Z space. Diana comprises two classes
of elements for three-dimensional flow analysis: real three-dimensional elements
with a pyramid, wedge or brick shape and boundary elements with a triangular
or quadrilateral plane.
15.5.1 Axes
For three-dimensional flow elements Diana needs no special user input data to
set up the element axes. By default, the element x, y and z axes are set up
parallel to the global X, Y and Z axes respectively [Fig. 15.5a].
z
x
x y ȳ
y
Z z
X Y
Figure 15.5: Element axes in three-dimensional flow
User-specified axes If you prefer element xyz axes other than default, for
instance to get the element fluxes in a specific direction, then you must explicitly
specify the direction of the x axis. In that case you must also specify an ȳ axis
which Diana uses to set up the real y and z axes. [Fig. 15.5b]. First the z axis
is put perpendicular to the x and ȳ axes. Then y ⊥ zx is created. The x and ȳ
axes must be input in table ’GEOMET’ according to the following syntax.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ XAXIS xx r yx r zx r
YAXIS xy r yy r zy r ]

YAXIS is a user-specified ȳ axis where xy , yy , and zy are vector components in
the model XY Z coordinate system. The specified direction of the ȳ axis
may not coincide with the specified x axis.
15.5 Three-dimensional Models 553

Three-dimensional flow elements can have flux sources for their entire volume
or for one or more faces.
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
VOLUME
FACE fcenam w
EDGE fcenms w2
FLUX q1 r [. . . qk r ]
VOLUME indicates a volume source over the entire element.

FACE indicates a source on a face of the element, fcenam is the name of the
element face and depends on the element topology: pyramid [§ 1.4.3 p. 6],
wedge [§ 1.4.4 p. 7], or brick [§ 1.4.5 p. 8].
EDGE indicates a line source on an edge of the element, fcenms are the two
names of the element faces adjacent to the edge.
FLUX q1 to qk are the values of the flux, one for each node in sequence of
the node numbering. For linear elements the flux varies linearly along the
edge, face or element volume, for quadratic elements it varies quadratically.
If you only specify q1 then the flux is uniform. For a volume source, the
flux is qV and specified per unit volume, e.g. [W/m3 ]. For a face source,
the flux is qF and specified per unit area, [W/mm2 ]. For a line source, the
flux is qE and specified per unit length, e.g. [W/in].
file .dat
’BOUNDA’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
2 VOLUME
FLUX 0.65
/ 3-20 /
FACE ZETA1
FLUX 1.25 2.32 .125
/ 21-30 /
EDGE L3 L2
FLUX 1.25 2.32 .125
Chapter 16
General Flow Elements
The general flow elements may be applied for all convection-diffusion problems,
especially for analysis of heat transfer, concentration flow and fully saturated
groundwater flow. Diana offers general flow elements for two-dimensional, ax-
isymmetric and three-dimensional models and a few elements to model cooling
pipes.
For general flow elements you must specify material properties as described
under ‘Potential Flow’ in Volume Material Library.
16.1 Variables
The basic variables for the general flow elements are the potentials φ in the
nodes.
φe = {φ} (16.1)
From these potentials, Diana derives the fluxes q in the integration points.
 
 qx 
q = qy (16.2)
 
qz
where qz applies for three-dimensional flow analysis only.

See § 15.3 on page 547 for general aspects of two-dimensional models in flow
analysis.
16.2.1 T3HT – triangle, 3 nodes

The T3HT element [Fig. 16.1] is a three-node triangular isoparametric element
for general potential flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and area
556 General Flow Elements
3
ξ η
Y 1
2
X
Figure 16.1: T3HT
integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (16.3)
Typically, this polynomial yields fluxes which are constant over the element
[nlc = 1] area. By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3HT no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Integration scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 15.2.2 on page 545.
Boundary flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 15.3.3 on page 549.
16.2.2 Q4HT – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y 1
2
X
Figure 16.2: Q4HT
The Q4HT element [Fig. 16.2] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric element

for general potential flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (16.4)
By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme. [nξ = 2, nη = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

16.2.3 CT6HT – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 16.3: CT6HT
The CT6HT element [Fig. 16.3] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element for
general potential flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 (16.5)
By default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme. [nlc = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

16.2.4 CQ8HT – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 16.4: CQ8HT
The CQ8HT element [Fig. 16.4] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric ele-

ment for general potential flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation
and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη + a4 ξ 2 + a5 η 2 + a6 ξ 2 η + a7 ξη 2 (16.6)
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme.

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8HT no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

16.2.5 B2HT – straight boundary, 2 nodes
1 qy
ξ
2
Y x
Figure 16.5: B2HT
The B2HT element [Fig. 16.5] is a two-node isoparametric boundary element for
general potential flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (16.7)
This polynomial yields a flux qy perpendicular to the boundary and varying

linearly along this boundary. By default Diana applies a 2-point integration
scheme. [nξ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
B2HT no1 n no2 n
B2HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

External potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 15.1 on page 543.
16.2.6 BC3HT – curved boundary, 3 nodes
qy ξ
2
3
Y 1
X
Figure 16.6: BC3HT
The BC3HT element [Fig. 16.6] is a three-node isoparametric boundary element

for general potential flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and
Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (16.8)

quadratically along this boundary. By default Diana applies a 3-point integra-
[nξ = 3] tion scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BC3HT no1 n no2 n no3 n
BC3HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data


See § 15.4 on page 549 for general aspects of axisymmetric models in flow anal-
ysis.
16.3.1 T3AHT – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
♥
Y
1
2
X
Z
Figure 16.7: T3AHT
The T3AHT element [Fig. 16.7] is a three-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a triangular cross-section for general potential flow analysis.
It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The polynomial for the
potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (16.9)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3AHT no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3AHT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

16.3.2 Q4AHT – quadrilateral, 4 nodes

The Q4AHT element [Fig. 16.8] is a four-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid
ring element with a quadrilateral cross-section for general potential flow analysis.
It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for
the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (16.10)
3
4
η
♥
ξ
Y
1
2
X
Z
Figure 16.8: Q4AHT
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4AHT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4AHT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

16.3.3 CT6AHT – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
♥ 4
6
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 16.9: CT6AHT
The CT6AHT element [Fig. 16.9] is a six-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a triangular cross-section for general potential flow analysis.
It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The polynomial for
[nlc = 3] By default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme.

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6AHT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6AHT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

16.3.4 CQ8AHT – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
♥
8 4
ξ
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 16.10: CQ8AHT
The CQ8AHT element [Fig. 16.10] is an eight-node isoparametric axisymmetric

solid ring element with a quadrilateral cross-section for general potential flow
analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The
polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8AHT no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8AHT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

16.3.5 B2AHT – straight boundary, 2 nodes
♥
1 qy
ξ
Y 2
x
X
Z
Figure 16.11: B2AHT
The B2AHT element [Fig. 16.11] is a two-node isoparametric axisymmetric bound-

ary element for general potential flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (16.13)
This polynomial yields an out-of-plane flux qy which varies linearly along the
[nξ = 2] boundary. By default Diana applies a 2-point integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
B2AHT no1 n no2 n
B2AHT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 16.11].
Other input data

16.3.6 BC3AHT – curved boundary, 3 nodes

The BC3AHT element [Fig. 16.12] is a three-node isoparametric axisymmetric
boundary element for general potential flow analysis. It is based on quadratic
interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be
expressed as
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (16.14)
♥ qy ξ
2
Y 3
1
X
Z
Figure 16.12: BC3AHT

quadratically along this boundary. By default Diana applies a 3-point integra-
tion scheme. [nlc = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BC3AHT no1 n no2 n no3 n
BC3AHT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 16.12].
Other input data


See § 15.3 on page 547 for general aspects of three-dimensional models in flow
analysis.
16.4.1 TE4HT – pyramid, 3 sides, 4 nodes

The TE4HT element [Fig. 16.13] is a four-node, three-side isoparametric pyramid
element for general three-dimensional potential flow analysis. It is based on
linear interpolation. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ (16.15)
By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme over the volume. [nlc = 1]
ξ ζ
η
3
1
Figure 16.13: TE4HT
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TE4HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
TE4HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

Local axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 15.5.1 on page 552.
16.4.2 CTE10H – pyramid, 3 sides, 10 nodes
10
ξ
ζ
7 η
9
6 8
5
1
2 4
3
Figure 16.14: CTE10H
The CTE10H element [Fig. 16.14] is a ten-node, three-side isoparametric pyramid

element. It is based on quadratic interpolation. The polynomial for the potential
φ(ξ, η, ζ) =a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξη + a5 ηζ+
(16.16)
a6 ξη + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2
[nlc = 4] By default Diana applies a 4-point integration scheme over the volume.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTE10H no1 n no2 n . . . no10 n
CTE10H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the ten nodes no1
Other input data

16.4.3 TP6HT – wedge, 6 nodes
ζ
6
4
5
1 ξ
3
η
2
Figure 16.15: TP6HT
The TP6HT element [Fig. 16.15] is a six-node isoparametric wedge element for
general three-dimensional potential flow analysis. It is based on linear area
interpolation in the triangular domain and a linear isoparametric interpolation
in the ζ direction. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξζ + a5 ηζ (16.17)
By default Diana applies 3-point integration in the triangular domain and [nlc = 3]
2-point Gauss in the ζ direction. [nζ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TP6HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
TP6HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

16.4.4 HX8HT – brick, 8 nodes
ζ
8
7
5 6
η
ξ
1 4
3
Figure 16.16: HX8HT
The HX8HT element [Fig. 16.16] is an eight-node isoparametric brick element

for general three-dimensional potential flow analysis. It is based on linear in-
terpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be
expressed as
φ(ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξη + a5 ηζ + a6 ζξ + a7 ξηζ (16.18)
[nξ = 2, By default Diana applies a 2×2×2 integration scheme.

nη = 2, nζ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
HX8HT no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
HX8HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

ζ
15
14
10 12
11 13
7 9
6
ξ
1 8
5
2
η
4
3
Figure 16.17: CTP15H
16.4.5 CTP15H – wedge, 15 nodes

The CTP15H element [Fig. 16.17] is a fifteen-node isoparametric wedge element
for general three-dimensional potential flow analysis. It is based on quadratic
interpolation and numerical integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can
be expressed as

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξηζ+ (16.19)
2 2 2 2
a11 ξ ζ + a12 η ζ + a13 ξζ + a14 ηζ
By default Diana applies 3-point integration in the triangular domain and 2-

point in the ζ direction. [nlc = 3,
nζ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTP15H no1 n no2 n . . . no15 n
CTP15H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the fifteen nodes
Other input data

16.4.6 CHX20H – brick, 20 nodes

The CHX20H element [Fig. 16.18] is a twenty-node isoparametric brick element
for general three-dimensional potential flow analysis. It is based on quadratic
ζ 19
20 18
16 17
13 14
15
12
η
9 11
8 7
10 6
ξ
1
5
2
3 4
Figure 16.18: CHX20H
expressed as
a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξηζ+
(16.20)
nη = 2, nζ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CHX20H no1 n no2 n . . . no20 n
CHX20H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twenty nodes
Other input data

16.4.7 BT3HT – triangular boundary, 3 nodes

The BT3HT element [Fig. 16.19] is a three-node isoparametric triangular element
to describe boundaries in three-dimensional general potential flow analysis. It
is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The polynomial for the
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (16.21)
3
ξ η
Y
1
qz
2
X
Z
Figure 16.19: BT3HT
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BT3HT no1 n no2 n no3 n
BT3HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

16.4.8 BQ4HT – quadrilateral boundary, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y
1
qz
2
X
Z
Figure 16.20: BQ4HT
The BQ4HT element [Fig. 16.20] is a four-node isoparametric quadrilateral ele-

ment to describe boundaries in three-dimensional general potential flow analysis.
It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (16.22)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BQ4HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
BQ4HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

16.4.9 BCT6HT – triangular boundary, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1 qz
2 3
X
Z
Figure 16.21: BCT6HT
The BCT6HT element [Fig. 16.21] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element

to describe boundaries in three-dimensional general potential flow analysis. It
is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The polynomial for

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BCT6HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
BCT6HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
16.5 Cooling Pipes 573
Other input data

16.4.10 BCQ8HT – quadrilateral boundary, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1 qz
2 3
X
Z
Figure 16.22: BCQ8HT
The BCQ8HT element [Fig. 16.22] is an eight-node isoparametric quadrilateral

element to describe boundaries in three-dimensional general potential flow anal-
ysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The polyno-
mial for the potential φ can be expressed as
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BCQ8HT no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
BCQ8HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

16.5 Cooling Pipes

Cooling pipe elements are line shaped elements used to describe the influence of
cooling fluid flowing through pipes in solid media. Cooling pipes are typically
used to reduce the temperatures due to hydration in young concrete. Figure
dz
Tc
Tw
ṁ
Figure 16.23: Cooling pipe characteristics
16.23 oulines the flow situation within a cooling pipe. If Tc represents the mean
bulk temperature at any point in the flow chanel and Tw the temperature of the
surrounding material, then the rate of change of Tc with respect to distance z
along the pipe is given by applying an energy balance
dTc
ṁ cp = h P (Tc − Tw ) (16.25)
dz
With ṁ being the fixed mass flow rate of the coolant, cp the specific heat of the
coolant, h the heat transfer coefficient between the coolant and the surrounding
material, and P the perimeter of the cooling pipe.
16.5.1 Pipe Perimeter

syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
PERIME pm r
PERIME pm is the pipe perimeter P .
16.5.2 L2HT – straight pipe, 2 nodes

The L2HT element [Fig. 16.24] is a two-node isoparametric cooling pipe element
to be used in heat transfer analysis of three-dimensional models. It is based on
linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ
can be expressed as
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (16.26)
[nξ = 2] By default Diana applies a 2-point integration scheme.
1
ξ
Y 2
x
X
Z
Figure 16.24: L2HT
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L2HT no1 n no2 n
L2HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 16.24].
Fluid flow syntax

’COOLPI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
pipenr n STRTNO inno n

[ ELEMEN / elems ng... / ]
TEMPER / temps r... /
A complete cooling pipe comprises several L2HT elements, connected sequen-

tially. Diana calculates the internal fluid temperature in each node at the end
of each time step, starting from the pipe’s end-node where the fluid flows into
the pipe. The in-flow node and the initial temperature of the pipe must be
specified in the table ’COOLPI’.
pipenr is the pipe number.

STRTNO inno is the number of the node where the fluid enters the pipe.
ELEMEN elems are the elements of the cooling pipe, specified by numbers and/or
groups. If you do not specify these elements, Diana determines them
automatically from the specified end-node inno .
TEMPER temps are initial fluid temperatures in the subsequent nodes of the
cooling pipe in fluid flow direction, counted from the specified node inno .
A single value denotes uniform temperature.
Other input data

Perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 16.5.1 on page 574.
Conduction and fluid properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
Cooling time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNECT
5 L2HT 5 8
6 L2HT 8 7
7 L2HT 7 6
8 L2HT 6 9
10 L2HT 1 3
11 L2HT 3 2
12 L2HT 2 4
’COOLPI’
1 STRTNO 5
TEMPER 10.
2 STRTNO 1
ELEMEN / 10-12 /
TEMPER / 10. 10.1 10.2 10.3 /
This example input is for the model as shown in Figure 16.25. Pipe 1 starts
at node 5 and Diana will find the elements belonging to this cooling pipe
automatically. The initial fluid temperature of all the nodes of pipe 1 is 10°.
10.3° 12 10.2° 11 10.1° 10 10.0°

out in
4 2 3 1
10° 5 10° 6 10° 7 10° 8 10°

in out
5 8 7 6 9
Figure 16.25: Cooling pipes example for L2HT elements
Pipe 2 starts at node 1 and consists of cooling pipe elements 10, 11 and 12. The
initial fluid temperature of all the subsequent nodes of pipe 2 varies from 10° in
node 1 to 10.3° in node 4.
16.5.3 L4HT – straight pipe, nonsymmetric, 4 nodes

The L4HT element [Fig. 16.26] is a four-node isoparametric cooling pipe element
to be used in heat transfer analysis of three-dimensional models. It is based on
linear interpolation and upwind biased Gauss integration. The polynomial for
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (16.27)
3
x 4
Y 1 ξ
2
X
Z
Figure 16.26: L4HT
By default Diana applies a 2-point integration scheme. [nξ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
L4HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
L4HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 [Fig. 16.26].
Fluid flow syntax

’COOLPI’
1 5 6 12 13 80
pipenr n STRTNO inno n
A complete cooling pipe comprises several L4HT elements, connected sequen-

tially. The fluid temperature is defined in element nodes 3 and 4. The fluid is
assumed to flow from node 3 to node 4. Diana checks whether the L4HT ele-
ments are connected in a sequence to a starting node.
pipenr is the pipe number.
STRTNO inno is the number of the node where the fluid enters the pipe.
Diana orders the elements automatically. If the fluid-flow is not from node
3 to 4, Diana changes the connectivity of the elements and gives a warning.
Initial and boundary conditions for the fluid temperature are specified as nodal
temperatures in the usual way, in table ’FIXPOT’ and in table ’BOUNDA’ [Vol.
Analysis Procedures].
Other input data

Perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 16.5.1 on page 574.
Conduction and fluid properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
Cooling time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
file .dat
’ELEMEN’
CONNECT
5 L4HT 5 8 6 3
6 L4HT 8 7 3 2
7 L4HT 7 4 2 1
’FIXPOT’
···
’BOUNDA’
···
’COOLPI’
1 STRTNO 6
This example input is for the model as shown in Figure 16.27. Node 6 is the
inflow node.
5 6 7
6 3 2 1
in out
5 ξ 8 ξ 7 ξ 4
Figure 16.27: Cooling pipes example for L4HT elements
Chapter 17
Groundwater Flow
Elements
The library of groundwater flow elements offers two families. The first family can
be applied for detailed groundwater flow analysis [Fig. 17.1a] and comprises el-
ements for two-dimensional, axisymmetric, and three-dimensional models. The
second family is particularly suited to analyze regional groundwater flow in
aquifers [Fig. 17.1b], possibly coupled by aquicludes. For all groundwater flow
elements you must specify material properties as described under ‘Groundwater
Flow’ in Volume Material Library.
d
ate
satur
un
seepage ed
urat
face sat
horizontal flow
(a) detailed (b) regional
Figure 17.1: Groundwater flow
17.1 Variables
The basic variables for the groundwater flow elements are the potentials φ in
the nodes.
φe = {φ} (17.1)
580 Groundwater Flow Elements
From these potentials, Diana derives the fluxes q in the integration points.
 
 qx 
q = qy (17.2)
 
qz
where qz applies for three-dimensional flow analysis only.

analysis.
17.2.1 T3GW – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
Y 1
2
X
Figure 17.2: T3GW
The T3GW element [Fig. 17.2] is a three-node triangular isoparametric element

for detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and
area integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (17.3)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3GW no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

17.2.2 Q4GW – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y 1
2
X
Figure 17.3: Q4GW
The Q4GW element [Fig. 17.3] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric element

for detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (17.4)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4GW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 17.4: CT6GW
17.2.3 CT6GW – triangle, 6 nodes

The CT6GW element [Fig. 17.2] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element
for detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation
and area integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6GW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

17.2.4 CQ8GW – quadrilateral, 8 nodes

The CQ8GW element [Fig. 17.5] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric ele-
ment for detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpola-
tion and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed
as
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 17.5: CQ8GW
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8GW no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

17.2.5 B2GW – straight boundary, 2 nodes
1 qy
ξ
2
Y x
Figure 17.6: B2GW
The B2GW element [Fig. 17.6] is a two-node isoparametric boundary element

to describe seepage faces in detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on
linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ
can be expressed as
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (17.7)
This polynomial yields an out-of-plane flux qy which varies linearly along the
boundary. By default Diana applies a 2-point integration scheme. [nξ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
B2GW no1 n no2 n
B2GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Penalty conduction coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
17.2.6 BC3GW – curved boundary, 3 nodes
qy ξ
2
3
Y 1
X
Figure 17.7: BC3GW
The BC3GW element [Fig. 17.7] is a three-node isoparametric boundary element

to describe seepage faces in detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on
quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (17.8)
This polynomial yields an out-of-plane flux qy which varies quadratically along
[nξ = 3] the boundary. By default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BC3GW no1 n no2 n no3 n
BC3GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data


See § 15.4 on page 549 for general aspects of axisymmetric models in flow anal-
ysis.
17.3.1 T3AGW – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
♥
Y
1
2
X
Z
Figure 17.8: T3AGW
The T3AGW element [Fig. 17.8] is a three-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a triangular cross-section for detailed groundwater flow anal-
ysis. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The polynomial
for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (17.9)
area. By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme. [nlc = 1]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3AGW no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3AGW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

17.3.2 Q4AGW – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
♥
ξ
Y
1
2
X
Z
Figure 17.9: Q4AGW
The Q4AGW element [Fig. 17.9] is a four-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid

ring element with a quadrilateral cross-section for detailed groundwater flow
analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The poly-
nomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (17.10)

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4AGW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4AGW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

17.3.3 CT6AG – triangle, 6 nodes

The CT6AG element [Fig. 17.10] is a six-node isoparametric axisymmetric solid
ring element with a triangular cross-section for detailed groundwater flow analy-
sis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The polynomial
5
η
ξ
♥ 4
6
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 17.10: CT6AG
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6AG no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6AG is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

17.3.4 CQ8AG – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
♥
8 4
ξ
Y
1
2 3
X
Z
Figure 17.11: CQ8AG
The CQ8AG element [Fig. 17.11] is an eight-node isoparametric axisymmetric

solid ring element with a quadrilateral cross-section for detailed groundwater
flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The


Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8AG no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8AG is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

17.3.5 B2AGW – straight boundary, 2 nodes
♥
1 qy
ξ
Y 2
x
X
Z
Figure 17.12: B2AGW
The B2AGW element [Fig. 17.12] is a two-node isoparametric axisymmetric bound-

ary element to describe seepage faces in detailed groundwater flow analysis. It
is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (17.13)

linearly along this boundary. By default Diana applies a 2-point integration
[nξ = 2] scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
B2AGW no1 n no2 n
B2AGW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
and no2 [Fig. 17.12].
Other input data

17.3.6 BC3AG – curved boundary, 3 nodes
♥ qy ξ
2
Y 3
1
X
Z
Figure 17.13: BC3AG
The BC3AG element [Fig. 17.13] is a three-node isoparametric axisymmetric

boundary element to describe seepage faces in detailed groundwater flow anal-
ysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The polyno-
mial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (17.14)
quadratically along the boundary. By default Diana applies a 3-point integra-
tion scheme. [nξ = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BC3AG no1 n no2 n no3 n
BC3AG is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
no1 , no2 and no3 [Fig. 17.13].
Other input data


See § 15.5 on page 552 for general aspects of three-dimensional models in flow
analysis.
17.4.1 TE4GW – pyramid, 3 sides, 4 nodes
ξ ζ
η
3
1
Figure 17.14: TE4GW
The TE4GW element [Fig. 17.14] is a four-node, three-side isoparametric pyramid

element for general three-dimensional potential flow analysis. It is based on
linear interpolation. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ (17.15)
[nlc = 1] By default Diana applies a 1-point integration scheme over the volume.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TE4GW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
TE4GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

17.4.2 CTE10G – pyramid, 3 sides, 10 nodes
10
ξ
ζ
7 η
9
6 8
5
1
2 4
3
Figure 17.15: CTE10G
The CTE10G element [Fig. 17.15] is a ten-node, three-side isoparametric pyramid

element. It is based on quadratic interpolation. The polynomial for the potential

(17.16)
a6 ξη + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2
By default Diana applies a 4-point integration scheme over the volume. [nlc = 4]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTE10G no1 n no2 n . . . no10 n
CTE10G is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the ten nodes no1
Other input data

17.4.3 TP6GW – wedge, 6 nodes

The TP6GW element [Fig. 17.16] is a six-node isoparametric wedge element for
three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on linear area
interpolation in the triangular domain and a linear isoparametric interpolation
in the ζ direction. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξζ + a5 ηζ (17.17)
ζ
6
4
5
1 ξ
3
η
2
Figure 17.16: TP6GW
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
TP6GW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
TP6GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

17.4.4 HX8GW – brick, 8 nodes
ζ
8
7
5 6
η
ξ
1 4
3
Figure 17.17: HX8GW
The HX8GW element [Fig. 17.17] is an eight-node isoparametric brick element

for three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on linear
expressed as
φ(ξ, η, ζ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ζ + a4 ξη + a5 ηζ + a6 ζξ + a7 ξηζ (17.18)
By default Diana applies a 2×2×2 integration scheme. [nξ = 2,

nη = 2, nζ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
HX8GW no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
HX8GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

17.4.5 CTP15G – wedge, 15 nodes
ζ
15
14
10 12
11 13
7 9
6
ξ
1 8
5
2
η
4
3
Figure 17.18: CTP15G
The CTP15G element [Fig. 17.18] is a fifteen-node isoparametric wedge element

for three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on quad-
ratic interpolation and numerical integration. The polynomial for the potential

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξηζ+ (17.19)
2 2 2 2
a11 ξ ζ + a12 η ζ + a13 ξζ + a14 ηζ
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CTP15G no1 n no2 n . . . no15 n
CTP15G is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the fifteen nodes
Other input data

17.4.6 CHX20G – brick, 20 nodes
ζ 19
20 18
16 17
13 14
15
12
η
9 11
8 7
10 6
ξ
1
5
2
3 4
Figure 17.19: CHX20G
The CHX20G element [Fig. 17.19] is a twenty-node isoparametric brick element

for three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow analysis. It is based on quad-
ratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The polynomial for the potential φ
can be expressed as

a6 ξζ + a7 ξ 2 + a8 η 2 + a9 ζ 2 + a10 ξηζ+
(17.20)

nη = 2, nζ = 2]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CHX20G no1 n no2 n . . . no20 n
CHX20G is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twenty nodes
Other input data

17.4.7 BT3GW – triangular boundary, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
Y
1
qz
2
X
Z
Figure 17.20: BT3GW
The BT3GW element [Fig. 17.20] is a three-node isoparametric triangular element

to describe seepage faces in three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow analy-
sis. It is based on linear interpolation and area integration. The polynomial for
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (17.21)
Typically, this polynomial yields fluxes which vary linearly over the element
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BT3GW no1 n no2 n no3 n
BT3GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

17.4.8 BQ4GW – quadrilateral boundary, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y
1
qz
2
X
Z
Figure 17.21: BQ4GW
The BQ4GW element [Fig. 17.21] is a four-node isoparametric quadrilateral ele-

ment to describe seepage faces in three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow
analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and Gauss integration. The poly-
nomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (17.22)
This polynomial yields a flux perpendicular to the plane which varies linearly
[nξ = 2, nη = 2] over this plane. By default Diana applies a 2×2 integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BQ4GW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
BQ4GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1 qz
2 3
X
Z
Figure 17.22: BCT6GW
17.4.9 BCT6GW – triangular boundary, 6 nodes

The BCT6GW element [Fig. 17.22] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element
to describe seepage faces in three-dimensional detailed groundwater flow analy-
sis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and area integration. The polynomial
This polynomial yields a flux perpendicular to the plane which varies quadrat-
ically over this plane. By default Diana applies a 4-point integration scheme. [nlc = 4]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BCT6GW no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
BCT6GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

17.4.10 BCQ8GW – quadrilateral boundary, 8 nodes

The BCQ8GW element [Fig. 17.23] is an eight-node isoparametric quadrilateral
element to describe seepage faces in three-dimensional detailed groundwater
flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and Gauss integration. The
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1 qz
2 3
X
Z
Figure 17.23: BCQ8GW
This polynomial yields a flux perpendicular to the plane which varies quadrat-
ically over this plane. By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme. [nξ = 3, nη = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
BCQ8GW no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
BCQ8GW is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

17.5 Aquifer Models

The family of elements to model aquifers are two-dimensional layer elements
which can describe regional steady-state and/or transient horizontal groundwa-
ter flow. As long as the potential height does not exceed the top of the layer,
the conductivity of these elements depends linearly on the potential and there
is a phreatic capacity. If the potential exceeds the top of the layer, the con-
ductivity remains constant and there is an elastic capacity. Interface elements
[Ch. 19] may be used to model interjacent resistance layers in a soil package.
In the interface elements only vertical water transport is possible. For input of
material properties for aquifer elements see Volume Material Library. See also
example aquifs in Volume Geotechnical Applications for aquifer analysis.
17.5 Aquifer Models 599
17.5.1 Bottom and Top Layer

For the aquifer elements, you must not specify the thickness as for the detailed
groundwater flow elements. For the aquifer elements you may specify the posi-
tion for the bottom and top face of the element.
syntax
’GEOMET’
1 5 6 12 13 80
[ BOTTOM zb1 r [zb2 r . . . zbn r ] ]

[ TOP zt1 r [zt2 r . . . ztn r ] ]
BOTTOM specifies the position of the bottom face: zb1 to zbn are the Z coor-
dinates of the bottom face for the respective element nodes. If you only
specify zb1 then the Z position is the same for each node. By default,
the bottom face is in the XY plane. [Zbot = 0]
TOP specifies the position of the top face: zt1 to ztn are the Z coordinates
of the top face for the respective element nodes. If you only specify zt1
then the Z position is the same for each node. By default, the top face is
at infinity. [Ztop = ∞]
17.5.2 T3KD – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
Y 1
2
X
Figure 17.24: T3KD
The T3KD element [Fig. 17.24] is a three-node triangular isoparametric element

for regional groundwater flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (17.25)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3KD no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3KD is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Top and bottom face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 17.5.1 on the preceding page.
17.5.3 Q4KD – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y 1
2
X
Figure 17.25: Q4GW
The Q4KD element [Fig. 17.25] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric element

for regional groundwater flow analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (17.26)

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4KD no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4KD is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
17.5 Aquifer Models 601
Other input data

Top and bottom face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 17.5.1 on page 599.
17.5.4 CT6KD – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 17.26: CT6KD
The CT6KD element [Fig. 17.24] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element

for regional groundwater flow analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6KD no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6KD is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

17.5.5 CQ8KD – quadrilateral, 8 nodes
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 17.27: CQ8KD
The CQ8KD element [Fig. 17.27] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric

element for regional groundwater flow analysis. It is based on quadratic in-
expressed as

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8KD no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8KD is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Chapter 18
Lubrication Elements
The lubrication elements can be used to model incompressible lubrication ac-

cording to the Reynolds equation. The calculated pressure field results from a
linear steady-state analysis [Vol. Analysis Procedures]. Diana offers a set of
elements for two-dimensional lubrication analysis.
18.1 Variables
The basic variables for the lubrication elements are the pressures (potentials) φ
in the nodes.
φe = {φ} (18.1)
From these pressures, Diana derives the fluxes q in the integration points.
½ ¾
qx
q= (18.2)
qy
18.2 Velocity
Lubrication elements can have velocity differences between their top and bottom
face. You must specify such velocity difference in subtable ELEMEN of table
’BOUNDA’ [§ 15.1 p. 543].
syntax
’BOUNDA’
ELEMEN
1 5 6 12 13 80
VELOCI x r [ y r [z r ] ]
VELOCI indicates the velocity vector of the moving surface: x , y and z are
the vector components in the model XY Z directions respectively. The x
604 Lubrication Elements
component is obligatory, the default for the y and z components is zero. [y = 0]

[z = 0]
file .dat
’BOUNDA’
CASE 1
ELEMEN
2 VELOCI 0.05 0.01

analysis.
18.3.1 T3RE – triangle, 3 nodes
3
ξ η
Y 1
2
X
Figure 18.1: T3RE
The T3RE element [Fig. 18.1] is a three-node triangular isoparametric element

for two-dimensional lubrication analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (18.3)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3RE no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3RE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 18.2 on page 603.
Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
18.3.2 Q4RE – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y 1
2
X
Figure 18.2: Q4RE
The Q4RE element [Fig. 18.2] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric element

for two-dimensional lubrication analysis. It is based on linear interpolation and
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (18.4)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4RE no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4RE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 18.2 on page 603.
18.3.3 CT6RE – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 18.3: CT6RE
The CT6RE element [Fig. 18.3] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element for
two-dimensional lubrication analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation and

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6RE no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6RE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 18.2 on page 603.
18.3.4 CQ8RE – quadrilateral, 8 nodes

The CQ8RE element [Fig. 18.4] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric el-
ement for two-dimensional lubrication analysis. It is based on quadratic in-
expressed as

5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 18.4: CQ8RE
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8RE no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8RE is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 18.2 on page 603.
Chapter 19
Interface Elements
This chapter describes a a special family of interface elements for potential flow
analysis.
19.1 Flow Interfaces

Flow interface elements describe a relation between flux and a discrete potential
difference ∆φ between two boundaries. Diana offers point shaped, line shaped
and plane shaped elements. The relation can be written as
qF = −K · ∆φi (19.1)
where qF is the flux per unit area and K the conduction coefficient which you
must specify as a material property [Vol. Material Library]. The area of a point
shaped element is equal to 1.
Application. One of the applications of flow interface elements is to couple

groundwater flow aquifers. An interface element models interjacent resistance
layers, and only allows for transport in the (vertical) local z direction. If the
potential at one of the boundaries is prescribed, the interface element acts as a
boundary element. In general, application of interface elements is more conve-
nient than application of boundary elements if the external potential is variable.
19.1.1 IPT2H – point, 1+1 nodes

The IPT2H element [Fig. 19.1] is a potential flow interface element between two
nodes. The element describes a relation between the potential difference ∆φ
and the total flux qx [Eq. (19.1) p. 609].
Connectivity syntax
qx
Figure 19.1: IPT2H
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
IPT2H no1 n no2 n
IPT2H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the two nodes no1
Other input data

Conduction coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume Material Library.
19.1.2 IL4HT – line, 2+2 nodes

qy
3 4
x
1 2
Figure 19.2: IL4HT
The IL4HT element [Fig. 19.2] is a potential flow interface element between two
lines. The element describes a relation between the potential difference ∆φ and
the flux qy [Eq. (19.1) p. 609]. The element is based on linear interpolation. The
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ (19.2)
This polynomial yields a flux qy perpendicular to the interface and varying

linearly along this interface. By default Diana applies a 2-point integration
[nξ = 2] scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
IL4HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
19.1 Flow Interfaces 611
IL4HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
to no4 in sequence from Figure 19.2 (not cyclic!). Nodes 1 and 3 may
Other input data

19.1.3 ICL6H – line, 3+3 nodes

qy
5 6
4 x
2 3
1
Figure 19.3: ICL6H
The ICL6H element [Fig. 19.3] is a potential flow interface element between two
lines. The element describes a relation between the potential difference ∆φ and
the flux qy [Eq. (19.1) p. 609]. The element is based on quadratic interpolation.
The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
φ(ξ) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 ξ 2 (19.3)
This polynomial yields a flux qy perpendicular to the interface and varying

quadratically along this interface. By default Diana applies a 3-point integra-
tion scheme. [nξ = 3]
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
ICL6H no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
ICL6H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
to no6 in sequence from Figure 19.3 (not cyclic!). The opposite nodes
Other input data

qz 6
4 3
5
1 x
2
Figure 19.4: IT6HT
19.1.4 IT6HT – triangle, 3+3 nodes

The IT6HT element [Fig. 19.4] is a flow interface element between two triangular
planes. The element describes a relation between the potential difference ∆φ
and the flux qz [Eq. (19.1) p. 609]. The element is based on linear interpolation
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (19.4)
Typically, this polynomial yields fluxes which are constant over the interface.
[nξ = 3] By default Diana applies a 3-point integration scheme.
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
IT6HT no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
IT6HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
to no6 in sequence from Figure 19.4. The opposite nodes may overlap: 1
and 4, 2 and 5, 3 and 6.
Other input data

19.1.5 IQ8HT – quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes

8
4 7
5 qz
6 3
1 x
2
Figure 19.5: IQ8HT
The IQ8HT element [Fig. 19.5] is a flow interface element between two quadrilat-
eral planes. The element describes a relation between the potential difference
∆φ and the flux qz [Eq. (19.1) p. 609]. The element is based on linear interpola-
tion and area integration. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed
as
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (19.5)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
IQ8HT no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
IQ8HT is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes no1
to no8 in sequence from Figure 19.5. The opposite nodes may overlap: 1
and 5, 2 and 6, 3 and 7, 4 and 8.
Other input data

19.1.6 ICT12H – triangle, 6+6 nodes

12
11
6 10
7 8 5
qz
9 4
1 x 2
3
Figure 19.6: ICT12H
The ICT12H element [Fig. 19.6] is a flow interface element between two triangular
planes. The element describes a relation between the potential difference ∆φ and
the flux qz [Eq. (19.1) p. 609]. The element is based on quadratic interpolation
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
ICT12H no1 n no2 n . . . no12 n
ICT12H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the twelve nodes
no1 to no12 in sequence from Figure 19.6. The opposite nodes may
Other input data

19.1.7 ICQ16H – quadrilateral, 8+8 nodes

15
14
16
7
6 13
9 8 qz 12
10
5
11 4
1 x 2
3
Figure 19.7: ICQ16H
The ICQ16H element [Fig. 19.7] is a flow interface element between two quadri-
lateral planes. The element describes a relation between the potential difference
∆φ and the flux qz [Eq. (19.1) p. 609]. The element is based on quadratic inter-
polation. The polynomial for the potential φ can be expressed as
[nξ = 3, nξ = 3] By default Diana applies a 3×3 integration scheme.

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
ICQ16H no1 n no2 n . . . no16 n
ICQ16H is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the sixteen nodes
no1 to no16 in sequence from Figure 19.7. The opposite nodes may
Other input data

Chapter 20
Cross-section Elements
The cross-section elements can be used to analyze beam cross-sections. Diana

offers a set of elements for two-dimensional beam cross-section analysis. For
cross-section elements you must specify material properties, for example Young’s
modulus, as described in Volume Material Library. See also examples crosrec
and crosels in Volume Analysis Examples
20.1 Variables
The basic variables for the cross-section elements are the potentials φ in the
nodes.
φe = {φ} (20.1)
From these potentials, Diana derives the shear stresses in the integration points.
½ ¾
σxy
σ= (20.2)
σxz

Elements for two-dimensional cross-section analysis must be positioned in the
model XY plane, i.e., the Z coordinates of the element nodes must be zero.
20.2.1 T3TO – triangle, 3 nodes

The T3TO element [Fig. 20.1] is a three-node triangular isoparametric element
for two-dimensional cross-section analysis. It is based on linear interpolation
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η (20.3)
618 Cross-section Elements
3
ξ η
Y 1
2
X
Figure 20.1: T3TO
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
T3TO no1 n no2 n no3 n
T3TO is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the three nodes
Other input data

20.2.2 Q4TO – quadrilateral, 4 nodes
3
4
η
ξ
Y 1
2
X
Figure 20.2: Q4TO
The Q4TO element [Fig. 20.2] is a four-node quadrilateral isoparametric element

for two-dimensional cross-section analysis. It is based on linear interpolation
φ(ξ, η) = a0 + a1 ξ + a2 η + a3 ξη (20.4)
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
Q4TO no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n
Q4TO is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the four nodes no1
Other input data

20.2.3 CT6TO – triangle, 6 nodes
5
η
ξ
6 4
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 20.3: CT6TO
The CT6TO element [Fig. 20.1] is a six-node triangular isoparametric element for
two-dimensional cross-section analysis. It is based on quadratic interpolation
Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CT6TO no1 n no2 n no3 n no4 n no5 n no6 n
CT6TO is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the six nodes no1
Other input data

620 Cross-section Elements
5
7 6
η
8 4
ξ
Y 1
2 3
X
Figure 20.4: CQ8TO
20.2.4 CQ8TO – quadrilateral, 8 nodes

The CQ8TO element [Fig. 20.4] is an eight-node quadrilateral isoparametric el-
ement for two-dimensional cross-section analysis. It is based on quadratic in-
expressed as

Connectivity syntax
’ELEMEN’
CONNEC
1 5 6 12 13 80
CQ8TO no1 n no2 n . . . no8 n
CQ8TO is the element type name, followed by the numbers of the eight nodes
Other input data

Part III
Background Theory
Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (III) November 8, 2010 – First ed.
Chapter 21
Element Polynomials
As described in Volume Analysis Procedures an interpolation polynomial is used

to express the displacement of an arbitrarily chosen point within an element in
the nodal variables (degrees of freedom) of the element, written in as ũ = Nue .
In case of numerical integration, N is a function of the position of this chosen
point expressed in the element parametric coordinates ξ, η and ζ, with the nodal
variables ue as constant terms. This can be written as
ũ(ξ, η, ζ) = N(ξ, η, ζ)ue (21.1)
21.1 Parametric Coordinate System

In order to define an element in its most general form, a description of a gener-
alized element is given in combination with a mapping function. This mapping
function or shape function creates an instance of the generalized element, where
form and dimensions are taken into account. The generalized element often is
defined by means of a parametric coordinate system (ξ, η, ζ) where ξ is defined
by for instance the vector from node i to j, η from node i to l, and ζ from node
i to m. Therefore this coordinate system in not necessarily orthogonal.
Further, the following consideration determines the choice of the interval
of the parameters. The Gauss integration rule requires a standard integration
interval of [−1, 1]:
Z b Z 1
f (x) dx = f˜(ξ) dξ (21.2)
a −1
Triangular elements. In order to describe the triangular elements, the area

coordinates L1 , L2 and L3 are taken, i.e., Area integration. This is done be-
cause triangular elements are integrated with an integration rule different from
the Gauss rule, which is a two dimensional integration rule specifically for tri-
angles. The area coordinates correspond in a natural way to this integration
624 Element Polynomials
scheme. Here are L1 and L2 the independent coordinates and is L3 the depen-
dent coordinate with the condition that
L3 = 1 − L1 − L2 (21.3)
Every coordinate has the value zero along one side of the triangle, it is assigned
the value one in the node opposite that side, and varies linear in between. For
a three-node linear triangle, the Cartesian coordinates can be expressed as
x = L1 x1 + L2 x2 + L3 x3
y = L1 y1 + L2 y2 + L3 y3 (21.4)
1 = L1 + L2 + L3
where the subscript of x and y denotes the element node number. A general
formulation is
nn
X
xi = Nk xki (21.5)
k=1
Thus for n = 3
N = {N1 = L1 N2 = L2 N3 = 1 − L1 − L2 } (21.6)
For the three-dimensional tetrahedron the same method is applied, and will
therefore not be described further. The element integrals can now be determined
in the same way as has been done for the Gauss rule.
21.2 Shape Functions

T
The shape functions can be defined by expressing the coordinates x = hx, y, zi
of an arbitrary point within an element as functions of the parameters (ξ, η, ζ)
and of the global Cartesian coordinates of the element nodes xe as
x(ξ, η, ζ) ≈ x̃(ξ, η, ζ) = N0 (ξ, η, ζ) xe (21.7)
where x̃ is the approximation of x and N0 denotes the shape functions. Def-

inition of the shape functions can be done in more than one way, so careful
consideration is necessary. Some considerations are described below in further
detail. Above definition of the shape function is almost identical to the defini-
tion of the interpolation polynomial N for the displacements. Therefore it is
very natural to choose the same functions for the description of the geometry
as for the displacements. Thus for N0 we write N. In this case we speak about
isoparametric elements.
Furthermore the condition must be satisfied that for instance for ξ = η =
ζ = −1 the global coordinates of node i must be reproduced. This should of
course be the case for all other corner nodes. For the mid-side nodes, usually
the location of ξ, η or ζ = 0 is chosen. Thus if a mid-side node is not positioned
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (III)
21.3 Element Stiffness Matrix 625
exactly halfway between its neighbor nodes, ξ = 0 does not lie halfway between
ξ = −1 and ξ = 1, and consequently the integration points are not distributed
symmetrically.
An example of the shape functions, or actually the interpolation polynomial
N , has been given below for a linear quadrilateral element in two-dimensional
space
µ
1
u = ui (1 − ξ)(1 − η) + uj (1 + ξ)(1 − η)
4
¶ (21.8)
+ uk (1 + ξ)(1 + η) + ul (1 − ξ)(1 + η)
and
µ
1
v = vi (1 − ξ)(1 − η) + vj (1 + ξ)(1 − η)
4
¶ (21.9)
+ vk (1 + ξ)(1 + η) + vl (1 − ξ)(1 + η)
Where i, j, k and l denote the four element nodes and u and v represent e.g. the
displacements in global X and Y direction respectively. Therefore ui,j,k,l and
vi,j,k,l are elements of the vector ue . Substitution of u by x gives the expressions
for the coordinates instead of the displacements.
21.3 Element Stiffness Matrix

Now the derivative of N with respect to the global coordinates, can be expressed
in terms of the parametric coordinates as
µ ¶ µ ¶
∂N −1 ∂N
B=f =J f (21.10)
∂x ∂ξ
Where the matrix J−1 denotes the inverse Jacobian matrix of the transformation
from the parametric to the Cartesian coordinates
 
 ∂x ∂y ∂z 
 ∂ξ ∂ξ ∂ξ 
 
 
 ∂x ∂y ∂z 
J=  (21.11)
 ∂η ∂η ∂η 
 
 
 ∂x ∂y ∂z 
∂ζ ∂ζ ∂ζ
Further we may write

dV = |J| dξ dη dζ (21.12)
Therefore the element stiffness matrix can be written as

Z Z+1
ZZ
Ke = B DB dV =
T
BT DB |J| dξ dη dζ (21.13)
Ve
−1
With the above definition of the shape function, the B matrix can actually
be determined and the element stiffness matrix can be numerically solved, as
holds for all other element integrals. Therefore the import conclusion is that the
element integrals can be expressed in the nodal coordinates and the parametric
coordinates on the standard integration interval [−1, 1].
21.4 Numerical Solution of Element Integrals

The element integrals as described in the previous chapter can be solved analyt-
ically or numerically, also called direct respectively numerical integration. Often
it is not feasible to solve the integrals analytically for an element in its most
general appearance. Therefore for the majority of the elements a numerical
solution is preferred.
For both integration methods the interpolation polynomial N, which is com-
posed by a set of shape functions, has to be assumed firstly. These shape func-
tions express the approximated displacement field within the element in terms
of its nodal variables.
Principle of numerical integration. Numerical integration is based upon

the evaluation of the function to be integrated in a number of specific points,
the so called integration points. These function values in the integration points
are then weighted and summed to obtain the value of the integral. The weight
function depends on the method of integration. For finite element integration
usually the Gauss integration scheme is applied, as this method requires the
least number of integration points. Now the integration of a function f (x) from
(21.2) can be rewritten numerically as
Z b nξ
X
f (x) dx = w̃ξi f (ξi ) (21.14)
a i=1
where w̃ξi describes the weight function of the applied method for the specific
integration interval, nξ the number of integration points and xi the coordinate
of the integration point. In the case of the element stiffness matrix we rewrite
equation
nξ nη nζ
X XX
K̃e = wξi wηj wζk × BT (ξi , ηj , ζk ) D B(ξi , ηj , ζk ) |J(ξi , ηj , ζk )|
i=1 j=1 k=1
(21.15)
in which wξ , wη and wζ are the weight functions for each integration direction
and based on the standard interval and K̃e is expressed in the element local
Cartesian coordinate system. Above, the solution of the integral provides a
simple algorithm to determine the stiffness matrix.

As mentioned, the numerical integration is based upon the addition of weighted
function values as determined in the integration points. A minimum number of
integration points is required by the numerical integration method and depends
on the order of the interpolation polynomial. In order to integrate all of the
terms in the integrand a full integration scheme is necessary.
Often however, especially in linear elastic problems, some higher order cross
terms of the polynomial can be ignored safely, which reduces the required num-
ber of integration points and therefore is called the reduced integration scheme.
It showed that the position of the Gauss integration points of the reduced
scheme, coincide with the optimal stress points, the so called Barlow stress
points. It can be shown that the error in the approximated strain and stress
fields do not have the same magnitude in the total integration area and that the
approximation is at its best in the Barlow points. In general it can be stated
that the accuracy of the displacements is not affected with a reduced integration
scheme, whereas the stress and strain solution is better in comparison with a
full integration scheme.
In some cases (especially for coarse meshes) it is possible that zero-energy
modes are developed due to the reduced integration scheme, which cause a bad
condition of the total stiffness matrix and therefore a less accurate solution.
Many of Diana’s elements are based on numerical integration. Diana applies
a default scheme appropriate for most types of meshes and analyses. In special
cases, for instance in R&D, it may be useful to choose another scheme by means
of input data. The default and optional integration schemes are given sepa-
rately for each element type. This section describes the input and enumeration
sequence of integration schemes for various element types and shapes.
Diana accepts all schemes described in this section. However, only

the default and a few other schemes will give accurate results. Inte-
gration schemes other than default must be chosen with great care.
21.5.1 Lines
For integration along the axis of line elements, i.e., in the isoparameteric ξ
direction, Diana offers integration rules according to Gauss, Simpson, Newton–
Cotes, and Lobatto. Figure 21.1 on the following page shows the enumeration
and location of the integration points for the various schemes, related to the first
node of the element. Note that Simpson, Newton–Cotes, and Lobatto always
have integration points at the element end-nodes.
nξ = 1 ξ axis
1 1
2 1 2
3 1 2 3 1 2 3
4 1 2 3 4
5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
6 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(a) Gauss (b) Simpson

nξ =
2 1 2 1 2
3 1 2 3 1 2 3
4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 910
(c) Newton–Cotes (d) Lobatto

Figure 21.1: Integration schemes along axis of line elements
21.5.1.1 Line Interfaces

In addition to the regular schemes of §21.5.1, Diana offers nodal lumping
schemes for line interface elements [Fig. 21.2]. For these schemes, the number
of integration points is equal to the number of node pairs.
1 2 2
n
1 2 3 3
ξ t
1 2 3 4 4 1
(b) axes
1 2 3 4 5 5
(a) Nodal lumping nr. of node pairs
Figure 21.2: Nodal lumping schemes for line interface
21.5.1.2 Thickness Integration

Line interfaces to shell elements (L16IF, L20IF, CL24I, CL32I) are also integrated in
‘thickness’ direction, i.e., the isoparametric ζ direction. Figure 21.3 on the next
page shows the enumeration of the integration points in thickness direction for
various nζ . Note that 2-point integration is according to a Gauss rule, for more
than 2 points in thickness direction the Simpson rule is applied which always has
integration points at the upper and lower side of the element. Diana accepts
all combinations of Figure 21.1c and Figure 21.3a.
3 5 7 9 11
8 10
ζ 2 6 9 ζ
4 7 8
5 6 3 6
7
2 3 4 5 6 2 ξ 5
4 5 1 4
3 4
1 2 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1
nζ = 2 3 5 7 9 11
(a) thickness (b) example for nξ = 2 and nζ = 3
Figure 21.3: Thickness integration schemes for line interfaces
The principle of enumeration is: starting at point 1 of Figure 21.1c and

−ζ, then to +ζ, then to point 2 etc. The example in Figure 21.3b shows the
enumeration for a 2-point scheme along the line and 3-point in the thickness
direction.
21.5.2 Triangles
Depending on the element type, triangular elements may be integrated in-plane
only (i.e., two-dimensional, like plane stress and plate bending) [§ 21.5.2.1], or
in-plane and Gauss or Simpson in thickness direction (i.e., three-dimensional,
like curved shells) [§ 21.5.2.2]. For interface elements nodal lumping schemes are
available in addition to the regular in-plane schemes [§ 21.5.2.3].
21.5.2.1 In-plane Integration
3 4
3
4
5 6
4 5
1 1 1
1 2
2 3 1 2
6 7
2 3
1 1 1 1 1
nlc = 1 nlc = 3 nlc = 4 nlc = 6 nlc = 7
3 7 7 13
8 9 18 14
15
9 11 10 12 4 11 10
6 9 3
2 4 6
1 10 11 8 52
2 1 3 12 1 15 1
7 4 5 8 9 2 8
1 5 14 9 17
4 3 6 7 8 5 10 3 11 19 7
12 13 16 4
1 5 1 2 1 6 1 13 6 1 16 12
nlc = 9 nlc = 12 nlc = 13 nlc = 16 nlc = 19
7
24 20
18 12 8
14
15 3 2
1 17
9
21 13
4 11
5 25 10 23
19 16 22
1 6
nlc = 25
Figure 21.4: Integration schemes for triangles
Figure 21.4 shows the enumeration and location of the Area integration points
for the various nlc schemes, related to the first node of the element and the node
numbering direction, indicated with arrows.

Figure 21.5 shows the enumeration of the integration points in thickness direc-
tion for various nζ . Note that 2-point integration is according to a Gauss rule,
3 5 7 9 11
8 10 6
ζ 2 4
6
7 9 ·5
5 8
6 7
2 3 4 5 6 ζ
4 5
3 4
1 2 3 3 2
2 2 2 ·1 4
1 1 1 1 1 ·3
nζ = 2 3 5 7 9 11 1
(a) thickness (b) example for nlc = 3 and nζ = 2
Figure 21.5: Thickness integration schemes for triangles
for more than 2 points in thickness direction the Simpson rule is applied which
always has integration points at the upper and lower surface of the element.
Diana accepts all combinations of Figure 21.4 and Figure 21.5a.
The principle of enumeration is: starting at point 1 of Figure 21.4 on the
preceding page and −ζ, then to +ζ, then to point 2 etc. The example in Figure
21.5b shows the enumeration for a 3-point scheme in the area and 2-point in
the thickness direction.
21.5.2.3 Triangular Interfaces

In addition to the regular schemes of §21.5.2.1, Diana offers nodal lumping
schemes for triangular interface elements. For these schemes, the number of
integration points is equal to the number of node pairs [Fig. 21.6].
3 5
6
4
1 1
2
1 2
1 3
Figure 21.6: Nodal lumping schemes for triangular interface
Depending on the element type, quadrilateral elements may be integrated in-
plane only (i.e., two-dimensional, like plane stress and plate bending) with a
Gauss scheme [§ 21.5.3.1], or Gauss in-plane and Gauss or Simpson in thickness
direction (i.e., three-dimensional, like curved shells) [§ 21.5.3.2]. For interface
elements Lobatto, Newton–Cotes and nodal lumping schemes are available in

addition to the regular in-plane Gauss schemes [§ 21.5.3.3].
21.5.3.1 In-plane Gauss Integration
3 6
η 2 4 2 4 6
2 5
ξ 1
1
1 3 5
3 1
4
1 1 1
1 1
2×2 2×3 3×2
axes 1×1
12 16 5 10 15 20
8 12 9 12 4 8
6 9 4 3 6 4 9 14 19
3
3 7 11 15
3 7 11 3
2 8 13 18
2 5 8 11
5 8 2 6
2 6 10 14 2 7
10 12 17
1 4 1 1 6
1 1 7 5 11
4 5 10 9 1
7 1 9 1 1 13 16
1
4×3 4×4 4×5
3×3 3×4
20 25
4 8 12 16 20 5 10 15
4 9 14 19 24
3 7 11 15 19
3 8 13 18 23
2 6 10 2
14 18 7 12
1 17 22
1 5 6
9 11
1 13 17 1 16 21
5×4 5×5
Figure 21.7: Gauss integration schemes nξ ×nη for quadrilaterals
Figure 21.7 shows the enumeration of the integration points for the various
schemes, related to the first node of the element and the node numbering direc-
tion, indicated with arrows. The principle of enumeration is starting at (−ξ, −η)
then to (−ξ, +η) etc.
Stabilization for 1-point integration. For a 1-point integration scheme

Diana applies a stabilization procedure to avoid zero-energy modes in some
linear quadrilateral elements. The procedure relies on the addition of a small
least squares contribution to the element energy norm, see Roddeman [13]. The
default value for εs in this procedure is 10−8 . You may overrule this value via [εs = 10−8 ]
special input data, see the appropriate element input descriptions.

Figure 21.8 on the following page shows the enumeration of the integration
points in thickness direction for the various schemes. Note that 2-point integra-
tion is according to a Gauss rule, for more than 2 points in thickness direction
the Simpson rule is applied which always has integration points at the upper
8
3 5 7 9
8
11
10
4
·3 η ·7
ζ 2 4
6
7 9
5 6
8 ζ
7
2 3 4 5 6 ξ
4 5
3 4
2 3 2
1 2 2
3 ·1 6
1 1 1 1
2
1
·5
nζ = 2 3 5 7 9 11 1
(a) thickness (b) example for nξ ×nη ×nζ = 2×2×2
Figure 21.8: Thickness integration schemes for quadrilaterals
and lower surface of the element. Diana accepts all combinations of Figure 21.7
and Figure 21.8a.
The principle of enumeration is: starting at point 1 of Figure 21.7 and −ζ,
then to +ζ, then to point 2 etc. The example in Figure 21.8b shows the enumer-
ation for a 2×2 point scheme in the area and 2-point in the thickness direction.
21.5.3.3 Quadrilateral Interfaces

In addition to the Gauss schemes of §21.5.3.1, Diana offers Lobatto, Newton–
Cotes and nodal lumping schemes for quadrilateral interface elements [Fig. 21.9].
For the nodal lumping schemes, the number of integration points is equal to the
number of node pairs.
9 12 16 15 20 25
6 4 8 5 10
3 19 24
η 15
4 9 14
3 7 11
3 8 13 18 23
2
ξ 5 8
2 6 10 2 7
14 12
1 1 6 17 22
1 5
1 4 1 9 1 11
16 21
1 7 13
(a) Lobatto: 3×3 4×4 5×5

axes
25
6 9 8 12 16
5 10 15 20
3 4
4 9 14 19 24
3 7 11 15
3 8 13 18 23
2 5 8 2 6 2
10 14 7 12 17 22
1 1 6
1 5
1 4 1 9 1 11 16 21
7 13
(b) Newton–Cotes: 3×3 4×4 5×5
4 5 8
2 3
2 7
1 1
4
1 3 1 6
(c) Nodal lumping
Figure 21.9: Integration schemes for quadrilateral interface
21.5.4 Pyramids
top top top
4
5
1 1 4
1 3 2
3
2
1 1 1
nlc = 1 nlc = 4 nlc = 5
top top top
4
3
3 8
20
2 7
2 6
19 24 12
12 5 2 11
6 23
4 9 18 22 36 1028 16
1 11 4 15 27 15
3 1
14 78 1 5 35 40 269
32
14
13
17 21 39 25 31
30
29
18
17 44
1 6 1 10 13
21
16 1 34 38 43
42
33 37 5241 45 48
47
46
5 78 20
1922
24
2327
26 56
51
55
25 50
49
5360
59
54
58
63
64
61
62
57
nlc = 8 nlc = 27 nlc = 64
Figure 21.10: Integration schemes for three-side pyramids
Figure 21.10 shows the enumeration of the integration points for the various nlc
schemes, related to the first node of the element, the node numbering direction
(indicated with arrows) and the top node. Note that the higher-order schemes
(8-point or more) have clusters of integration points near the corner nodes.
Schemes of eight points and higher are only available for sixteen-node pyra-
mids (cubic interpolation) whereas schemes upto five points are only available
for four- and eight-node pyramids (respectively linear and quadratic interpola-
tion).
21.5.5 Wedges
3 4
2
3
1 2
2
1
1 1
1 1 1 1
nζ = 1 nζ = 2 nζ = 3 nζ = 4
Figure 21.11: Integration schemes in ζ direction for wedges
Figure 21.11 shows the enumeration of the ζ planes for various nζ . Diana
accepts all combinations of Figure 21.4 and Figure 21.11. The principle of
enumeration of the integration points is illustrated in Figure 21.12: starting at
point 1 of Figure 21.4 and −ζ, then to +ζ, then to point 2 etc.
12
6 3
2 6
9
4
5 11
2
8
1 5
4
10
1 3 1 1
7
3×2 4×3
Figure 21.12: Example integration schemes r nlc ×nζ for wedge
21.5.6 Bricks
3 4
η 2
3
1 2
ξ 1
2
1 1
1 1 1 1
nζ = 1 nζ = 2 nζ = 3 nζ = 4
Figure 21.13: Integration schemes in ζ direction for bricks
Figure 21.13 shows the enumeration of the ζ planes for various nζ . Diana
accepts all combinations of Figure 21.7 and Figure 21.13. The principle of
enumeration of the integration points is illustrated in Figure 21.14 on the next
page: starting at point 1 of Figure 21.7 on page 631 and −ζ, then to +ζ, then
to point 2 etc.
9
4 6 18
8 3 15
2
12 8
6
5
2 17
14
3
11 7
1 4
7
1 16
5
1 1 13
10
2×2×2 2×3×3
Figure 21.14: Example integration schemes nξ ×nη ×nζ for brick
Chapter 22
Assumed Strain Concepts
Low order elements such as the four-node quadrilaterals and the eight-node
brick are widely used because of the small bandwidths and wavefronts of the
resulting global system of equations. Unfortunately, if the strain interpolation
is derived directly from the geometrical interpolation, these elements perform
poorly in bending dominated problems and in nearly incompressible situations.
For this reason a number of assumed strain concepts, described and evaluated
by Groen [4], are available in Diana.
22.1 Selective Reduced Integration

In selective reduced integration the shear strains and/or volumetric strains are
evaluated in the element midpoint only. This leads to a modified strain operator
B̄ with no additional degrees of freedom involved, see Nagtegaal et al. [9] and
Hughes [5].
For a standard displacement finite element, the definition of the strain in
geometrically linear Finite Element Analysis is now written as
ε = Bu (22.1)
Matrix B relates the strains to the (nodal) displacements. The key idea of the
B̄ approach is to replace the compatible strain operator B by an assumed strain
operator B̄. The element properties are now defined as
Z
K= B̄T DB̄ dV element stiffness (22.2)
V
Z
fint = B̄T σ dV element internal force (22.3)
V
638 Assumed Strain Concepts
22.1.1 General (3-D)

In general three-dimensional analysis the standard B operator (the strain–
displacement relation) is written as
 
B 0 0
 1 
 
 0 B2 0 
 
 
 0 0 B3 
B= 

 (22.4)
B2 B1 0 
 
 
 0 B3 B2 
 
B3 0 B1
in which B1 = ∂N/∂x, B2 = ∂N/∂y, B3 = ∂N/∂z and N contains the shape

functions. This standard operator B is now replaced by the assumed strain
operator B̄.
22.1.1.1 Constant Shear

 
B1 0 0
 
 
 0 B2 0 
 
 
 0 0 B3 

B̄ =   (22.5)

B02 B01 0 
 
 
 0 B03 B02 
 
B03 0 B01
with B0i being the values evaluated in the element midpoint in case of an eight-
node brick. The resulting element has constant shear strains and is superior to
the standard element in bending dominated problems.
For rectangular geometries, this element, denoted by CSHEAR, does not suf-
fer from parasitic shear strains and gives the exact solution for pure bending.
However, for solid bricks constant shear causes torsional spurious modes.
22.1 Selective Reduced Integration 639
22.1.1.2 Constant Dilatation

 
2 1 0 1 0
 3 B1 + 3 B1 3 B2 − 31 B2 1 0
3 B3 − 31 B3 
 
 1 B0 − 1 B1 2
+ 31 B02 1 0 1 
 3 1 3 3 B2 3 B3 − 3 B3 
 
 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 
 3 B1 − 3 B1 3 B2 − 31 B2 2
B
3 3 + B
3 3 
B̄ = 


 (22.6)
 B2 B1 0 
 
 
 0 B3 B2 
 
 
B3 0 B1
This element, denoted by CDILAT, has a constant dilatational strain and does
not suffer from volumetric locking like the standard irreducible element. If
again for the eight-node brick B0i is evaluated at the element midpoint, reduced
integration on the dilatational strain is performed. If B0i is evaluated as an
average of the Bi ’s over the element, the mean-dilatational element is recovered
(Nagtegaal et al. [9]).
22.1.2 Plane Stress

The plane stress case is obtained by deleting the last column and the third, fifth
and sixth row from matrices (22.4), (22.5) and (22.6). Constant dilatation of
the B operator is not relevant for plane stress configurations, since volumetric
locking then does not occur.
22.1.3 Plane Strain

The plane strain case is obtained by deleting the last column and the fifth and
sixth row from the same matrices.
22.1.4 Axisymmetry
For the axisymmetric case, the matrices give respectively
   
B1 0 B1 0
 0 B2   0 B2 
   
 N  ,  N  ,
 0   0 
r r0
B2 B1 B2 B01
 2 1 0 1 0 1  (22.7)
3 B1 + 3 B1 3 B2 − 3 B2
 1 0 1 2 1 0 
 3 B1 − 3 B1 3 B2 + 3 B2 
 2 N 1 N0 N 0
N 
 3 + 3 0 + 13 B01 − 31 B1 13 0 − 13 + 13 B02 − 13 B2 
r r r r
B2 B1
with r the radius of the particular integration point where B is evaluated.
In axisymmetric configurations, evaluation of N 0 and r0 at the element

midpoint differs from evaluation as average over the element even in rectangular
or parallelogram geometries.
The current implementation uses values for B0i , N0 and r0 as evaluated in

the element midpoint. Midpoint and average values yield the same results in
rectangular and parallelogram geometries (Nagtegaal et al. [9]). For arbitrary
element shapes, slight differences will be calculated.
22.2 Incompatible Modes Elements

Another assumed strain approach is to approximate the strain field using not
only the compatible displacements but also an additional incompatible strain
field which is defined by interpolations for strain or displacement variables.
An example of an element which has additional displacement variables is the
incompatible modes element, introduced by Wilson et al. [21]. More recently
Simo & Rifai [15] proposed to use strain variables. The derivation of elements
with displacement variables is analogous.
Consider the Hu–Washizu functional
Z
¡1 T ¢
F = 2 ε Dε − σ Bu − u N f dV
T T T
(22.8)
V
in which ε is the strain vector, D is the stress–strain relation, σ is the stress

vector, u is the displacement vector, B is the standard discrete strain opera-
tor matrix and N are the interpolation functions of an element conveniently
collected in a matrix. The strain is now interpolated as
ε = Bu + Mα (22.9)
with M containing the interpolation function of the additional strains and α

collecting the additional strain variables. Substitution of (22.9) in (22.8) yields
Z
¡1 T
¢
F = 2 (Bu + Mα) D (Bu + Mα) − σ Mα − u N f dV
T T T
(22.10)
V
We wish to eliminate the statically admissible stress field from the functional,
therefore the operator Mα has to be constructed such that
Z
σ T Mα dV = 0 (22.11)
V
Taking the variation of the functional with respect to u and α yields the fol-
lowing system of equations.
    
K LT  u   p 
  = (22.12)
L Q α 0
22.2 Incompatible Modes Elements 641
in which
Z Z Z
K= BT DB dV , L= M DB dV ,
T
Q= MT MB dV ,
V V V
Z (22.13)
p= NT f dV
V
Since the degrees of freedom α are not continuous across inter-element bound-
aries, they can be eliminated from system (22.12) on element level.
22.2.1 Shape Functions

The additional strain fields will be applied to four-node quadrilaterals and eight-
node bricks. The shape functions for Mξ must satisfy the weak orthogonality
requirement (22.11). The subscript ξ here refers to the fact that M is set up
using isoparametric coordinates. The shape functions used here are taken from
Simo & Rifai [15] and from Andelfinger & Ramm [1]. Enhancements will be
considered for the various stress/strain states.
22.2.1.1 Plane Stress

 
ξ 0
Mξ =  0 η (EAS 2) (22.14)
0 0
This element has enhancements to the normal strains only. This element is able
to fulfill the volume constraint that ²ξ + ²η = constant, for displacements fields
unequal to zero. This can be argued straightforwardly. For the EAS 2 element,
the volume constraint takes the form
²ξ + ²η = c0 + c2 + (c1 + α2 )η + (c3 + α1 )ξ = constant (22.15)
with c0...3 functions of the nodal displacements and α1,2 the additional strain
variables. This is satisfied for the displacement fields
c0 + c2 = constant , c1 + α2 = 0 , c3 + α1 = 0 (22.16)
Since these displacement fields are non-zero, the element can accommodate near-
incompressibility and isochoric and dilatant plastic flow without exhibiting lock-
ing behavior. It should be noted that since the shear strains are not enhanced,
the poor bending behavior remains.
 
ξ 0 0 0
 
Mξ =  0 η 0 0
 (EAS 4, BUBBLE) (22.17)
0 0 ξ η
According to Andelfinger & Ramm [1], this EAS 4 element is identical to the
modified incompatible modes element with bubble functions for displacements,
denoted by bubble (Taylor et al. [16]).
 
ξ 0 0 0 ξη
 
Mξ =  0 η 0 0 −ξη 
 (EAS 5) (22.18)
0 0 ξ η ξ 2 − η2
This EAS 5 element can give a superior bending behavior compared to EAS 4.
It should be noted that due to the quadratic interpolations for the enhanced
strain, a 2 × 2 integration rule is not sufficient for exact integration.
 
ξ 0 0 0 ξη 0 0
 
Mξ =   0 η 0 0 0 ξη 0 
 (EAS 7) (22.19)
0 0 ξ η 0 0 ξη
According to Andelfinger & Ramm [1], the EAS 7 is identical to the element of
Pian & Sumihara [10], which is based on a Hellinger–Reissner functional. This
equivalence only holds true for linear elastic analysis.
22.2.1.2 Plane Strain

The definitions (22.14) and (22.17) to (22.19) for Mξ are for plane stress con-
ditions. The plane strain case is obtained from the plane stress case by adding
a row of zeroes between the second and the third row.
22.2.1.3 Axisymmetric
In axisymmetric analysis, enhanced interpolations for the hoop strain ²φ are
added. The chosen EAS 5 interpolation Mξ is based on the recommendations
by Simo & Rifai [15]:
 
ξ − ξ¯ 0 0 0 0
 
 0 η − η̄ 0 0 0 
 
 
Mξ =  0 0 ζ − ζ̄ η − η̄ 0  (EAS 5) (22.20)

 0 0 0 0 0 
 
 J(ξ) 
0 0 0 0 ξη
r(ξ)J0
¯ η̄ and ξη are defined by
In (22.20) ξ,
rT a1 rT a2 rT h
ξ¯ = 1
3 , η̄ = 1
3 , ξη = 1
9
rT a0 rT a0 rT a0
22.2 Incompatible Modes Elements 643
in which
1 1
rT a0 = 4 (r1 + r2 + r3 + r4 ) , rT a1 = 4 (−r1 + r2 + r3 − r4 ) ,
1 1
rT a2 = 4 (−r1 − r2 + r3 + r4 ) , rT h = 4 (r1 − r2 + r3 − r4 )
and r1...4 are the radial nodal coordinates of a typical element.

If the third and the fourth column are deleted from (22.20), an element
with only enhancements to the normal strains emerges. This element will be
denoted as EAS 3. Similar to the argument for the EAS 2 element, this element
is particularly suitable for near-incompressibility since only the normal strain
components are enhanced.
For the three-dimensional case, different EAS elements can be constructed by
taking subsets of

ξ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ξη ξζ 0 0
0 η 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 ζ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ξη ηζ

Mξ = 0 0 0 ξ η 0 0 0 0 ξζ ηζ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 ξ ζ 0 0 0 0 ξη ηζ 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 η ζ 0 0 0 0 ξη ξζ 0 0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

0 0 0 0 0 ξηζ 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 ξηζ 0 0 0 0 
ξζ ηζ 0 0 0 0 0 ξηζ 0 0 0 
0 0 ξη 0 0 0 0 0 ξηζ 0 0 
0 0 0 ξζ 0 0 0 0 0 ξηζ 0 
0 0 0 0 ηζ 0 0 0 0 0 ξηζ 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
(22.21)
In Diana the following three-dimensional elements have been implemented by

using various subsets of (22.21).
bubble using modes 1 to 9. The resulting element is equivalent to the three-
dimensional version of the modified incompatible modes element with bub-
ble functions for displacements (Taylor et al. [16]). This element still ex-
hibits volumetric locking for certain distorted geometries (Andelfinger &
Ramm [1]). Like the EAS 4 element, it has an improved bending behavior.
EAS 9 using modes 1 to 3 and 16 to 21. Only the normal strains are enhanced.
Similar to the EAS 2 element in plane strain, this element is free from
volumetric locking.
EAS 15 using modes 1 to 9 and 16 to 21. The element is cleared of volumetric

locking and gives an improved bending behavior.
EAS 21 using modes 1 to 21. The bending behavior of this element possibly
improves with respect to the EAS 15 element.
EAS 30 using all the thirty modes. In this case the strain fields are extended
up to complete tri-linear fields. For linear elastic analysis, this element is
equivalent to the Hellinger–Reissner element of Pian & Tong [11].
22.2.2 Mapping from Isoparametric onto Physical Space

To map Bu from the isoparametric into the physical space, the standard iso-
parametric transformation is used (see for instance Zienkiewicz & Taylor [22]).
The operator Mα is mapped onto the physical space using the Jacobian of the
isoparametric transformation at the element midpoint.
As the strain vector ε is a rank-two tensor, transformation from the isopa-
rametric into the physical space is obtained from
det J
²ij,iso = Jki0 ²kl,phys Jjl0 (22.22)
det J0
in which ²ij,iso are the tensorial strain components in isoparametric space and
²kl,phys the strain components in physical space. Term Jjl0 is the Jacobian
of the isoparametric transformation with the subscript 0 indicating that the
transformation takes place in the origin of the isoparametric space which is the
element midpoint. Terms det J and det J0 are the determinants of the Jacobian
in the current integration point and the element midpoint, respectively.
22.3 Plasticity
It is easy to adapt the general concepts of assumed strain elements to elastoplas-
tic analysis (Groen [4]). Selective reduced integration can be applied without
any additional modification. In the EAS concept, the strains at the i-th iteration
are defined as
εi = Bui + Mαi (22.23)
These strains are input for a standard return mapping algorithm which de-
termines the stresses. The internal force vector at the i-th iteration are now
calculated via ( ) Z " #
fu,i BT
= σ i dV (22.24)
fα,i V MT
The iterative system of equations now attains the following format
" #( ) ( ) ( )
Ki Γi δu p fu,i
= − (22.25)
Li Qi δα 0 fα,i
22.3 Plasticity 645
in which
Z Z Z
Ki = B Dep B dV ,
T
Γi = B Dep M dV ,
T
Li = MT Dep B dV ,
ZV ZV V
Qi = M Dep M dV ,
T
p= N f dV
T
V V
(22.26)
and in which Dep is the elastoplastic constitutive relation. Because the δα’s are
internal element variables they are condensed out at element level, yielding
K∗i δu = pi − fint,i (22.27)
in which
K∗i = Ki − Γi Q−1
i Li , fint,i = fu,i − Γi Q−1
i fα,i
Terms K∗i and fint,i are used to assemble the total internal force vector and
the total tangential stiffness matrix. After assembly and solving the system
of equations, δu is returned. After δu is calculated, δα are recovered (at an
element level) from
δα = Q−1
i (Li δu + fα,i ) (22.28)
αi+1 = αi + δα (22.29)
In case of ideal plasticity the matrix Dep in (22.26) will be singular at fully
developed plastic flow. The submatrix Q can become singular as well. During
condensation, the condensed tangential stiffness matrix K∗ = K − ΓQ−1 L will
then be undefined. As K∗ is used to assemble the total tangential stiffness
matrix, the elements with a singular Dep will have a disastrous effect on the total
tangential stiffness matrix and thus on the convergence of the global iteration
process.
For associated plasticity without hardening, the stiffness matrix Dep reads
DnnT D
Dep = D − (22.30)
nT Dn
in which D is the elastic stiffness matrix and n is the normal to the yield
surface. Now consider the submatrix Q which contains the stiffness terms of
the incompatible strains (or displacements)
Z
Q= MT Dep M dV (22.31)
V
For pure shear, the normal to the yield surface (Tresca flow rule) is given by
 

 0
  
0
n= (22.32)

 0
 
1
Consequently, the elastoplastic stiffness matrix is given by

 
1−ν ν ν 0
 0
E  ν 1−ν ν 
Dep =   (22.33)
(1 + ν)(1 − ν)  ν ν 1−ν 0
0 0 0 0
which has a zero shear stiffness. Obviously, any interpolation matrix Q which
contains incompatible shear strain interpolations will be singular if stiffness ma-
trix Dep is valid in each integration point. This holds true for EAS 4, EAS 5 and
EAS 7 elements in plane stress/strain configurations, for the EAS 5 element in ax-
isymmetry and for the EAS 15, EAS 21 and EAS 30 elements in three-dimensional
analysis. It also holds true for elements with incompatible bubble displace-
ments and for constant shear elements. The same elements also posses spurious
mechanisms (hourglass modes) in ideal plasticity. Therefore:
Only the plane stress/strain EAS 2, the axisymmetric EAS 3, the

brick EAS 9 and the constant dilatation elements are totally robust
in elastoplastic analysis.
Chapter 23
Orthotropic Geometry
This chapter describes how Diana incorporates geometric orthotropy in the

stress–strain relation for plane stress, plate bending, and flat shell elements.
23.1 Plane Stress

For plane stress elements with an orthotropic thickness, the relation between
the in-plane forces n and the strains ε is given by
     
 nxx 
  c1 Axx c3 Aν 0  εxx 
 
 
nyy =  c3 Aν c2 Ayy 0 · εyy (23.1)

 
 
 

nxy 0 0 c4 Axy εxy
where the factors c are based on the material parameters and the A’s are the
characteristic areas for cross-section.
23.2 Plate Bending

For plate bending elements with orthotropic geometry, the relation between the
bending moments m and the curvatures κ is given by
   c I c3 Iν 0
  

 m xx 
 
1 xx

 κxx  
c3 Iν c2 Iyy 0 
myy =
·
  κ yy (23.2)

 
 Ixy + Iyx  

mw 0 0 c4 κxy
2
where the factors c are based on the material parameters and the I’s are the
moments of inertia for bending forces. The torsional moment mw is based on
mxy + myx
mw = (23.3)
2
648 Orthotropic Geometry
with
mxy = c4 Ixy κxy
myx = c4 Iyx κyx (23.4)
κyx = κxy
The relation between the shear forces q and the deformations Ψ is given by
( ) " # ( )
qxz c5 Axz 0 Ψxz
= · (23.5)
qyz 0 c6 Ayz Ψyz
where the factors c are based on the material parameters and are optionally
corrected by a user-specified shear reduction factor S.1 The A’s are the areas
for shear forces. See Timoshenko [18, Ch. 11] for more background theory.
23.3 Flat Shell

The formulations for geometrically orthotropic flat shell elements are a combi-
nation of those for plane stress elements [§ 23.1] and for plate bending elements
[§ 23.2].
1 The shear reduction factor S must be specified as a material parameter [§ 8.5 p. 224].
Chapter 24
Geometric Nonlinearities
24.1 Wrinkling
Wrinkling is taken into account by using a modified deformation matrix F0
F0 = (I + β n n) F (24.1)
where I is the unity matrix, β a measure for the size of the wrinkles, n is
the unit vector in the direction of wrinkling and F0 is the deformation matrix
following from the displacement field. The a priori unknown parameters β and
n are determined from the conditions that the normal stress in n direction is
zero and that the shear stress perpendicular to the n direction is zero. See
Roddeman [12].
24.2 Contact
The contact algorithm prevents penetration of one material body into another
material body. The no-penetration conditions gives rise to an extra set of con-
ditions on top of the equilibrium equations. These extra contact conditions are
satisfied by using a Constrained Minimization technique, see Van Gijzen [20].
The contact leads to a contact force Fn , in the direction normal to the plane
of contact [Fig. 24.1]. This normal force in turn leads to a tangential friction
force Ft , by assuming the Coulomb friction law to be valid
Ft = µFn (24.2)
where µ is the Coulomb friction coefficient. If the internal body stresses are less
than this force µFn , then the two bodies stick at the contacting point. If the
internal body stresses reach the force µFn , then slipping starts with a frictional
force Ft = µFn .
650 Geometric Nonlinearities
Fn
Ft
Figure 24.1: Coulomb friction
Chapter 25
Post-tensioned
Reinforcement
Generally speaking, the stress distribution in post-tensioned tendons is not mea-

sured. Only the force, imposed in the tendon by the anchoring device, is mea-
sured. By an assumption of the loss of stress over the length of the tendon, the
stress distribution for an embedded reinforcement bar (tendon) can be deter-
mined from the measured force, see for instance the European ceb-fip Model
Code 1990 [2, § 4.3.3]. This section presents the background theory for the de-
termination of prestress in post-tensioned reinforcement tendons in Diana, see
§ 14.4.2 on page 528 for input syntax of loading data.
You must apply prestress due to post-tensioning as an external load

on reinforcement that is not bonded to the surrounding material,
see the NOBOND input option [Vol. Material Library]. This type of
reinforcement does not contribute to the structural stiffness.
25.1 Loss of Prestress

Generally, the force in the tendon decreases for increasing distance from the an-
chorage device. This is called loss of prestress and may be caused by subsequent
prestressing of various tendons (elastoplastic shortening of steel and concrete),
creep of the concrete (viscoelastic shortening), shrinkage of the concrete (short-
ening due to initial strain), and relaxation of the steel (viscoelastic extension).
These phenomena can be incorporated in the numerical analysis in the usual
way.
During the prestressing action, some prestress can be lost due to friction
and penetration of the anchorage in the concrete. Prediction of these losses
by numerical analysis are only possible by discrete modeling of the tendons
(prestressing cables) and the steel–concrete interface layer. In finite element
652 Post-tensioned Reinforcement
models with embedded reinforcement, Diana determines the loss of prestress

during the prestressing action analytically as outlined in the following.
25.2 Friction
Loss of prestress occurs during the prestressing process due to friction between
the tendon and the surrounding material (concrete). This friction consists of a
part due to the curvature of the tendon and another part due to local irregu-
larities (wobble).
Curvature. Assume a curved shape of the tendon x(r), defined as a function

of the coordinate r along the axis of the tendon. A force P [Fig. 25.1] acts in
1
κ
P P
p
Figure 25.1: Pressure by curved tendon
the tendon at a certain point and causes a pressure p due to curvature
p = κP (25.1)
where κ is the local curvature in the appropriate point defined by

¯ 2 ¯
¯∂ x¯
κ = ¯¯ 2 ¯¯ (25.2)
∂r
The reduction of the prestress per unit length due to the pressure p can now be
determined from the Coulomb model with µ as the coefficient of friction between
tendons and sheeting
∂P
= −µp (25.3)
∂r
Wobble. Reduction of prestress due to local irregularities is called the wobble

effect. To analyze this effect, a fictive curvature φ1 is introduced, usually called
the wobble parameter. The reduction of prestress is
∂P
= −µφ1 P (25.4)
∂r
25.3 Penetration of the Anchorage 653
In a certain point, the force in the tendon must follow from integration of the
loss of prestress, starting from the anchorage
Z
∂P
∆P = dr (25.5)
∂r
If we assume a constant curvature κ for a reinforcement particle with length
∆r and a force P0 at the beginning of that particle, then the distribution of the
prestress in the particle can be expressed analytically as
P (∆r) = P0 e−µ(κ+φ1 ) ∆r (25.6)
which we can also write as
P (∆φ) = P0 e−µ ∆φ (25.7)
with ∆φ the angular rotation relative to the beginning of the particle with length
∆r, including a fictitious angular rotation due to wobble [Fig. 25.2]
∆r
∂x ∂x
(r) (r + ∆r)
∂r ∂r
Figure 25.2: Angular rotations of tendon particle
¯ ¯
¯ ∂x ¯
∆φ = ∆r(φ1 + κ) = ∆rφ1 + ¯¯∆ ¯¯ (25.8)
∂r
Assuming a known P0 at the beginning of a reinforcement particle, Diana

calculates the prestresses in relevant points from (25.8). The calculated prestress
at the end of the reinforcement particle in an element is assumed to be the
starting P0 at the beginning of the particle in the next element.
25.3 Penetration of the Anchorage

If the principle of anchoring is (partially or totally) based on the occurrence
of friction forces between stressing elements and anchorage, then the stress is
transmitted over a certain length of influence ∆x starting at the anchoring point
[Fig. 25.3]. This stress causes a penetration ∆l. If we assume that the prestress
reduction ∆P (r) is symmetrically distributed with respect to the distribution
before the penetration, then the penetration length yields the influence length
by consideration of force equilibrium
Z
∆P (r) dr = ∆l E A (25.9)
∆x
············· before penetration

························
······································
···························································
∆P ································································
············································
······················
·················· ∆l × EA
······· after penetration
x
∆x
anchor tendon
Figure 25.3: Loss of prestress in anchored tendon
Starting from the anchorage, Diana searches for the first integration point
where Z
∆P (x) dr ≥ ∆l E A (25.10)
L
This integral is calculated numerically via a composed trapezoidal rule where
the integration points are the boundaries of the intervals. Diana detects the
influence length as soon as it encounters an integration point which satisfies con-
dition (25.10). A linear interpolation of the prestress between the encountered
integration point and the previous one is substituted in (25.9) to determine the
influence length ∆x. If ∆x becomes equal to the length of the tendon, Di-
ana reduces the prestress uniformly along the tendon until condition (25.10) is
finally satisfied.
Due to the assumption of linear distribution over the integration and

interpolation intervals, determination of prestress may be inaccurate
for coarse meshes and a strong nonlinear distribution.
25.4 European CEB-FIP 1990 Post-tensioning

Scheme
For tendons which are tensioned at both ends, Diana calculates the distribution
of tendon stress in a number of steps. Basic idea is that penetration leads
to symmetric reduction of prestress in areas with initially reversed direction
of friction, and to additional uniform reduction if the required slip length is
not available in those areas. Furthermore it is assumed that first tensioning
takes place at both sides, followed by subsequent penetration at the first and
25.5 Korean Post-tensioning Scheme 655
the second anchorage. This leads to the following procedure, illustrated in

Figure 25.4.
1. tensioning 2. penetration at 1 3. penetration at 2
P P P P P P
limited
penetration
2 tendon 1 2 tendon 1 2 tendon 1
P P P P P P
large
penetration
P P P P P P
excessive
penetration
Figure 25.4: Tendon prestressed at both ends
1. The distributions for one-sided tensioning of each end are calculated sep-
arately. The maximum of two calculated values for one-sided prestressing
in a point is assumed to be the initial prestress value before anchorage
penetration.
2. The initial distribution is adapted by penetration of the first anchorage. If

the available slip length is too small, a warning is issued and an additional
uniform stress reduction is applied untill condition (25.10) is satisfied.
3. The effect of penetration of the second anchorage is applied afterwards. If
the available slip length is too small, a warning is issued and an additional
uniform stress reduction is applied untill condition (25.10) is satisfied.
25.5 Korean Post-tensioning Scheme

Based on characteristic points of the friction loss curves before and after penetra-
tion of the anchors, a Japanese scheme to decide on the final stress distribution
after post-tensioning is described here. This scheme is also adapted in Korea
and China. The first characteristic point is the existence of an intersection point
(Li, P i) of the two friction loss curves. The other characteristic points are the
influence lengths if the anchor penetrations. (Lpb, P pb) denotes the end of the
penetration influence length if the begin anchor. (Lpe, P pe) denotes the begin
of penetration influence length of the end anchor. A further characteristation
of the influence zone of anchor penetration is:
Limited penetration: for the begin anchor 0 < Lpb < Li and for the end
anchor Li < Lpe < L.
Large penetration: for the begin anchor Li < Lpb < L and for the end anchor
0 < Lpe < Li.
Excessive penetration: for the begin anchor L < Lpb and for the end anchor
Lpe < 0, in other words the influence zones extend beyond the length of
the tendon.
Based on the locations of the characteristic points 7 cases can be distinguished.
The following conventions for Figure 25.5 to Figure 25.10 will be used: a dotted
line represents the friction loss curve after tensioning; a dashed line represents
the modified part of the friction loss curve due to anchor penetration; a solid
line represents the resulting curve according to the Japanese, Chinese, Korean
code.
1. Intersecting friction curves and limited penetration of both anchors 0 <

Lpb < Li < Lpe < L. For every point along the tendon, the final curve
follows the highest after penetration friction loss curve, see Figure 25.5.
Pb(0) Pe(L)
Ppb
Ppe
Pi
Pb(L)
Pe(0)
x
0 Lpb Li Lpe L
begin anchor tendon end anchor

Figure 25.5: Intersecting curves and limited penetration of both anchors
2. Intersecting friction curves, limited penetration from one anchor, large pen-
etration from the other anchor, the influence zones of penetration are not
overlapping (0 < Li < Lpb < Lpe < L or 0 < Lpb < Lpe < Li < L). For
Li < x < Lpb (large penetration of begin anchor) or Lpe < x < Li (large
Pb(0) Pe(L)
Ppe
Pi
Ppb
Pe(0) Pb(L)
x
0 Li Lpb Lpe L

Figure 25.6: Intersecting curves and limited penetration from one anchor
penetration of end anchor) linear interpolation is applied, see Figure 25.6.
3. Intersecting friction curves, limited penetration from one anchor, large pen-
etration from the other anchor, the influence zones of penetration are
overlapping (0 < Li < Lpe < Lpb < L or 0 < Lpe < Lpb < Li < L). A
uniform shift is applied to the after penetration friction loss curve of the
anchor with large penetration, see Figure 25.7.
Pb(0) Pe(L)
Ppe
Pi
Pe(0) Ppb Pb(L)
x
0 Li Lpe Lpb L

Figure 25.7: Intersecting curves and overlapping influence zones
4. Intersecting friction curves, large penetration of both anchors and thus over-
lapping influence zones (0 < Lpe < Li < Lpb < L). Both after penetration
friction loss curves are reduced with a uniform stress shift, see Figure 25.8.
Pb(0) Pe(L)
Pi
Ppe Ppb
Pe(0) Pb(L)
x
0 Lpe Li Lpb L

Figure 25.8: Intersecting curves and large penetration of both anchors
5. No intersection of the friction curves (P b(0) > P b(L) > P e(L) > P e(0)
or P e(L) > P e(0) > P b(0) > P b(L)) and no overlap of the penetration
influence zones (0 < Lpb < Lpe < L). Starting at the anchor that gives
the highest stress, the friction loss curve after penetration is followed until
the penetration influence zone of the anchor that gives the lowest stresses.
From there on the symmetric stress reduction of the anchor giving the
lowest stresses is subtracted from the friction loss curve of the anchor
giving the highest stresses, see Figure 25.9.
6. No intersection of the friction curves (P b(0) > P b(L) > P e(L) > P e(0)
or P e(L) > P e(0) > P b(0) > P b(L)) and overlap of the penetration
influence zones (0 < Lpe < Lpb < L). Starting at the anchor that gives
the highest stress, the friction loss curve after penetration is followed until
the penetration influence zone of the anchor that gives the lowest stresses.
From there on the symmetric stress reduction of the anchor giving the
lowest stresses is subtracted from the friction loss curve of the anchor
giving the highest stresses. On the resulting curve another reduction,
similar to the procedure given at 4 is applied.
7. Excessive penetration, see [§ 25.4 p. 654].
Pb(0)
Ppb
Pb(L)
Ppe Pe(L)
Pe(0)
x
0 Lpb Lpe L

Figure 25.9: No intersecting curves and no overlapping influence zones
Pb(0)
Ppb
Pb(L)
Ppe Pe(L)
Pe(0)
x
0 Lpe Lpb L

Figure 25.10: No intersecting curves and overlapping influence zones
Part IV
Appendix
Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (IV) November 8, 2010 – First ed.
Appendix A
Available Element Types
This appendix is an alphabetically ordered list of all elements available in Di-

ana. See Volume Element Library for a comprehensive description of these
elements, including input data and background theory.
B2AGW Axisymmetric groundwater flow, nodes, linear.

boundary line, 2 nodes, linear. BQ12S4 Fluid–structure quadrilateral
B2AHT Axisymmetric potential flow, interface, 8 nodes, linear.
boundary line, 2 nodes, linear. BQ24S4 Fluid–structure quadrilateral
B2GW Groundwater flow, boundary line, 2 interface, 12 nodes,
nodes, linear. quadratic-linear.
B2HT Potential flow, boundary line, 2 BQ24S8 Fluid–structure quadrilateral
nodes, linear. interface, 16 nodes, quadratic.
BC3AG Axisymmetric groundwater flow, BQ4GW Groundwater flow, boundary
boundary line, 3 nodes, quadratic. quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear.
BC3AHT Axisymmetric potential flow, BQ4HT Potential flow, boundary
boundary line, 3 nodes, quadratic. quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear.
BC3GW Groundwater flow, boundary line, BT18S3 Fluid–structure triangular
3 nodes, quadratic. interface, 9 nodes, quadratic-linear.
BC3HT Potential flow, boundary line, 3 BT18S6 Fluid–structure triangular
nodes, quadratic. interface, 12 nodes, quadratic.
BCL6S2 Fluid–structure line interface, 5 BT3GW Groundwater flow, boundary
nodes, quadratic-linear. triangle, 3 nodes, linear.
BCL6S3 Fluid–structure line interface, 6 BT3HT Potential flow, boundary triangle, 3
nodes, quadratic. nodes, linear.
BCQ8GW Groundwater flow, boundary BT9S3 Fluid–structure triangular
quadrilateral, 8 nodes, quadratic. interface, 6 nodes, linear.
BCQ8HT Potential flow, boundary CHX20G Groundwater flow, 3-D, brick, 20
quadrilateral, 8 nodes, quadratic. nodes, quadratic.
BCT6GW Groundwater flow, boundary CHX20H Potential flow, 3-D, brick, 20
triangle, 6 nodes, quadratic. nodes, quadratic.
BCT6HT Potential flow, boundary triangle, CHX60 Solid brick, 20 nodes, quadratic.
6 nodes, quadratic. CHX63I Point-solid interface, 3-D, 21 nodes,
BL4S2 Fluid–structure line interface, 4 quadratic.
664 Available Element Types
CHX64 Solid brick, 20 nodes, quadratic, CQ12C Quadrilateral base for composed
hyperelastic. solid, 12 nodes.
CHX69I Line-solid interface, 3-D, 23 nodes, CQ16A Quadrilateral axisymmetric, 8
quadratic. nodes, quadratic.
CHX96 Solid brick, 32 nodes, cubic. CQ16E Quadrilateral plane strain, 8 nodes,
CL10T Curved truss bar, 2-D, 5 nodes, quadratic.
quartic. CQ16M Quadrilateral plane stress, 8 nodes,
CL12B Curved beam, 2-D, 4 nodes, quadratic.
degenerated cubic. CQ16O Quadrilateral plane stress, 8 nodes,
CL12I Line interface, 2-D, 6 nodes, quadratic, orthotropic.
quadratic. CQ18M Quadrilateral plane stress, 9 nodes,
CL12T Curved truss bar, 3-D, 4 nodes, quadratic, Lagrange.
cubic. CQ20A Quadrilateral axisymmetric, 8
CL15B Curved beam, 2-D, 5 nodes, nodes, quadratic, hyperelastic.
degenerated quartic. CQ20E Quadrilateral plane strain, 8 nodes,
CL15T Curved truss bar, 3-D, 5 nodes, quadratic, hyperelastic.
quartic. CQ22A Quadrilateral axisymmetric, 9
CL18B Curved beam, 3 nodes, 3-D, nodes, quadratic, hyperelastic.
quadratic. CQ22E Quadrilateral plane strain, 9 nodes,
CL18I Curved line interface, 6 nodes, quadratic, hyperelastic.
quadratic, line–solid connection. CQ24C Quadrilateral contact interface,
CL20I Curved line interface, 10 nodes, 3-D, 8 nodes.
quartic. CQ24GE Quadrilateral complete plane
CL24B Curved beam, 4 nodes, 3-D, cubic. strain, 8 nodes, quadratic.
CL24I Line interface, to shell, 6 nodes, CQ24GM Quadrilateral plane stress, 3-D, 8
CL30B Curved beam, 5 nodes, 3-D, CQ24P Quadrilateral plate bending, 8
quartic. nodes, quadratic, Mindlin.
CL32I Line interface, to shell, 8 nodes, CQ24T Quadrilateral bounding, 8 nodes,
cubic. quadratic, 3-D.
CL3CR Crack tip, 3-D, 3 nodes. CQ24TM Quadrilateral curved plane mass,
3-D, 8 nodes, quadratic.
CL6CT Line contact interface, 2-D, 3
nodes. CQ36GE Quadrilateral complete plane
strain, 12 nodes, cubic.
CL6TB Line bounding, 3 nodes, quadratic,
2-D. CQ36T Quadrilateral bounding, 12 nodes,
cubic, 3-D.
CL6TM Curved line mass, 2-D, 3 nodes,
quadratic. CQ40F Quadrilateral flat shell, 8 nodes,
quadratic, Mindlin.
CL6TR Curved truss bar, 2-D, 3 nodes,
quadratic. CQ40L Quadrilateral curved shell, 8 nodes,
quadratic, layered.
CL8TR Curved truss bar, 2-D, 4 nodes,
cubic. CQ40S Quadrilateral curved shell, 8 nodes,
quadratic.
CL9AX Axisymmetric shell, 3 nodes,
quadratic. CQ48F Quadrilateral flat shell, 8 nodes,
quadratic, Mindlin + φz d.o.f.
CL9BE Curved beam, 3 nodes, 2-D,
quadratic. CQ48I Quadrilateral interface, 3-D, 16
nodes, quadratic.
CL9PE Infinite plane strain shell, 3 nodes,
quadratic. CQ48L Quadrilateral curved shell, 8 nodes,
quadratic, layered, Mindlin + φz
CL9TR Curved truss bar, 3-D, 3 nodes, d.o.f.
quadratic.
CQ48S Quadrilateral curved shell, 8 nodes,
November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library (IV)
665
quadratic, Mindlin + φz d.o.f. CT30L Triangular curved shell, 6 nodes,

CQ60S Quadrilateral curved shell, 12 quadratic, layered.
nodes, cubic. CT30S Triangular curved shell, 6 nodes,
CQ8AG Axisymmetric groundwater flow, quadratic.
quadrilateral, 8 nodes, quadratic. CT36F Triangular flat shell, 6 nodes,
CQ8AHT Axisymmetric potential flow, quadratic, Mindlin + φz d.o.f.
quadrilateral, 8 nodes, quadratic. CT36I Triangular interface, 3-D, 12 nodes,
CQ8CM Quadrilateral base for composed quadratic.
solid, 8 nodes. CT36L Triangular curved shell, 6 nodes,
CQ8GW Groundwater flow, quadrilateral, 8 quadratic, layered, Mindlin + φz
nodes, quadratic. d.o.f.
CQ8HT Potential flow, quadrilateral, 8 CT36S Triangular curved shell, 6 nodes,
nodes, quadratic. quadratic, Mindlin + φz d.o.f.
CQ8KD Layered groundwater flow, CT45S Triangular curved shell, 9 nodes,
quadrilateral, 8 nodes, quadratic. cubic.
CQ8RE Reynolds flow, quadrilateral, 8 CT6AG Axisymmetric groundwater flow,
nodes, quadratic. triangle, 6 nodes, quadratic.
CQ8TO Cross-section torsion, quadrilateral, CT6AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,
8 nodes, quadratic. triangle, 6 nodes, quadratic.
CT12A Triangular axisymmetric, 6 nodes, CT6CM Triangular base for composed solid,
quadratic. 6 nodes.
CT12E Triangular plane strain, 6 nodes, CT6GW Groundwater flow, triangle, 6
CT12M Triangular plane stress, 6 nodes, CT6HT Potential flow, triangle, 6 nodes,
quadratic. quadratic.
CT12O Triangular plane stress, 6 nodes, CT6KD Layered groundwater flow, triangle,
quadratic, orthotropic. 6 nodes, quadratic.
CT18C Triangular contact interface, 3-D, 6 CT6RE Reynolds flow, triangle, 6 nodes,
nodes. quadratic.
CT18GE Triangular complete plane strain, CT6TO Cross-section torsion, triangle, 6
6 nodes, quadratic. nodes, quadratic.
CT18GM Triangular plane stress, 3-D, 6 CT9CM Triangular base for composed solid,
nodes, quadratic. 9 nodes.
CT18P Triangular plate bending, 6 nodes, CTE10G Groundwater flow, 3-D, pyramid,
quadratic, Mindlin. 10 nodes, quadratic.
CT18T Triangular bounding, 6 nodes, CTE10H Potential flow, 3-D, pyramid, 10
quadratic, 3-D. nodes, quadratic.
CT18TM Triangular curved plane mass, CTE30 Solid pyramid, 10 nodes, quadratic.
3-D, 6 nodes, quadratic. CTE33I Point-solid interface, 3-D, 11 nodes,
CT27GE Triangular complete plane strain, quadratic.
9 nodes, cubic. CTE39I Line-solid interface, 3-D, 13 nodes,
CT27T Triangular bounding, 9 nodes, quadratic.
cubic, 3-D. CTE48 Solid pyramid, 16 nodes, cubic.
CT30A Triangular axisymmetric, 15 nodes, CTP15G Groundwater flow, 3-D, wedge, 15
quartic, Lagrange. nodes, quadratic.
CT30E Triangular plane strain, 15 nodes, CTP15H Potential flow, 3-D, triangular
quartic, Lagrange, hyperelastic. prism (wedge), 15 nodes, quadratic.
CT30F Triangular flat shell, 6 nodes, CTP45 Solid wedge, 15 nodes, quadratic.
quadratic, Mindlin. CTP48I Point-solid interface, 3-D, 16 nodes,
quadratic. geometrically nonlinear.

CTP54I Line-solid interface, 3-D, 18 nodes, L6AXI Axisymmetric shell, 2 nodes, linear.
quadratic. L6BEN Bending beam, 2 nodes, 2-D,
CTP72 Solid wedge, 24 nodes, cubic. Timoshenko or Bernoulli.
HX24L Solid brick, 8 nodes, linear. L6PE Infinite plane strain shell, 2 nodes,
HX25L Solid brick, 8 nodes, linear, linear.
hyperelastic. L6TRU Truss bar, 2 nodes, 3-D
HX27IF Point-solid interface, 3-D, 9 nodes, geometrically nonlinear.
linear. L7BEN Bending beam, 2 nodes, 2-D,
HX30IF Line-solid interface, 3-D, 10 nodes, isoparametric.
linear. L8IF Line interface, 2-D, 4 nodes, linear.
HX8GW Groundwater flow, 3-D, brick, 8 N4IF Node interface, 2-D, 2 nodes,
nodes, linear. linear.
HX8HT Potential flow, 3-D, brick, 8 nodes, N6IF Node interface, 3-D, 2 nodes,
linear. linear.
ICL6H Potential flow, line interface, 6 N6SPR Matrix spring, 3-D, 1 node.
nodes, quadratic. PT1CR Crack tip, 2-D, 1 node.
ICQ16H Potential flow, quadrilateral PT3RO Point mass, rotation, 1 node.
interface, 16 nodes, quadratic.
PT3T Point mass, translation, 1 node.
ICT12H Potential flow, triangular interface,
12 nodes, quadratic. Q12CT Quadrilateral contact interface,
3-D, 4 nodes.
IL4HT Potential flow, line interface, 4
nodes, linear. Q12GME Quadrilateral plane stress, 3-D, 4
nodes, linear.
IPT2H Potential flow, point interface, 2
nodes. Q12ME Quadrilateral plane stress, 4 nodes,
linear, drilling d.o.f.
IQ8HT Potential flow, quadrilateral
interface, 8 nodes, linear. Q12PL Quadrilateral plate bending, 4
nodes, linear, Mindlin.
IT6HT Potential flow, triangular interface,
6 nodes, malinear. Q12TB Quadrilateral bounding, 4 nodes,
linear, 3-D.
L12BE Bending beam, 2 nodes, 3-D,
Timoshenko or Bernoulli. Q12TM Quadrilateral plane mass, 3-D, 4
nodes, linear.
L12IF Line interface, 4 nodes, linear,
line–solid connection. Q20SF Quadrilateral flat shell, 4 nodes,
linear, Mindlin.
L13BE Bending beam, 2 nodes, 3-D,
isoparametric. Q20SH Quadrilateral curved shell, 4 nodes,
linear.
L16IF Line interface, to shell, 4 nodes,
linear. Q24IF Quadrilateral interface, 3-D, 8
nodes, linear.
L20IF Line interface, to shell, 3+2 nodes,
quadratic/linear. Q24SF Quadrilateral flat shell, 4 nodes,
linear, Mindlin + φz d.o.f.
L2HT Cooling pipe, 2 nodes, linear.
Q24SH Quadrilateral curved shell, 4 nodes,
L2TRU Truss bar, 1-D, 2 nodes. linear, Mindlin + φz d.o.f.
L4CT Line contact interface, 2-D, 2 Q48SPL Rectangular spline (strip), 8 nodes,
nodes. 3 sections.
L4HT Cooling pipe, 4 nodes, linear, Q4AGW Axisymmetric groundwater flow,
nonsymmetric. quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear.
L4TB Line bounding, 2 nodes, linear, Q4AHT Axisymmetric potential flow,
2-D. quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear.
L4TM Line mass, 2-D, 2 nodes, linear. Q4CMP Quadrilateral base for composed
L4TRU Truss bar, 2 nodes, 2-D solid, 4 nodes.
667
Q4GW Groundwater flow, quadrilateral, 4 linear.

nodes, linear. T3KD Layered groundwater flow, triangle,
Q4HT Potential flow, quadrilateral, 4 3 nodes, linear.
nodes, linear. T3RE Reynolds flow, triangle, 3 nodes,
Q4KD Layered groundwater flow, linear.
quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear. T3TO Cross-section torsion, triangle, 3
Q4RE Reynolds flow, quadrilateral, 4 nodes, linear.
nodes, linear. T6AXI Triangular axisymmetric, 3 nodes,
Q4TO Cross-section torsion, quadrilateral, linear.
4 nodes, linear. T6EPS Triangular plane strain, 3 nodes,
Q56SPL Rectangular spline (strip), 10 linear.
nodes, 4 sections. T6MEM Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,
Q8AXI Quadrilateral axisymmetric, 4 linear.
nodes, linear. T6OME Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,
Q8EPS Quadrilateral plane strain, 4 nodes, linear, orthotropic geometry.
linear. T9CT Triangular contact interface, 3-D, 3
Q8MEM Quadrilateral plane stress, 4 nodes, nodes.
linear. T9GME Triangular plane stress, 3-D, 3
Q8OME Quadrilateral plane stress, 4 nodes, nodes, linear.
linear, orthotropic geometry. T9MEM Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,
SP12BA Base spring, 2 nodes, 3-D. linear, drilling d.o.f.
SP1RO Rotation spring/dashpot, 1 node. T9PLA Triangular plate bending, 3 nodes,
SP1TR Translation spring/dashpot, 1 linear, Kirchhoff.
node. T9TB Triangular bounding, 3 nodes,
SP2RO Rotation spring/dashpot, 2 nodes. linear, 3-D.
SP2TR Translation spring/dashpot, 2 T9TM Triangular plane mass, 3-D, 3
nodes. nodes, linear.
SP6BA Base spring, 2 nodes, 2-D. T9WME Triangular plane stress, 3 nodes,
nonlinear wrinkling.
T15SF Triangular flat shell, 3 nodes,
linear, Mindlin. TE12L Solid pyramid, 4 nodes, linear.
T15SH Triangular curved shell, 3 nodes, TE15IF Point-solid interface, 3-D, 5 nodes,
linear. linear.
T18IF Triangular interface, 3-D, 6 nodes, TE18IF Line-solid interface, 3-D, 6 nodes,
linear. linear.
T18SF Triangular flat shell, 3 nodes, TE4GW Groundwater flow, 3-D, pyramid, 4
linear, Mindlin + φz d.o.f. nodes, linear.
T18SH Triangular curved shell, 3 nodes, TE4HT Potential flow, 3-D, pyramid, 4
linear, Mindlin + φz d.o.f. nodes, linear.
T3AGW Axisymmetric groundwater flow, TP18L Solid wedge, 6 nodes, linear.
triangle, 3 nodes, linear. TP21IF Point-solid interface, 3-D, 7 nodes,
T3AHT Axisymmetric potential flow, linear.
triangle, 3 nodes, linear. TP24IF Line-solid interface, 3-D, 8 nodes,
T3CMP Triangular base for composed solid, linear.
3 nodes. TP6GW Groundwater flow, 3-D, wedge, 6
T3GW Groundwater flow, triangle, 3 nodes, linear.
nodes, linear. TP6HT Potential flow, 3-D, wedge, 6
T3HT Potential flow, triangle, 3 nodes, nodes, linear.
Appendix B
Physical Properties Forms
This appendix describes the interactive input of physical properties for elements
in the Design working environment of iDiana.1 There are two way’s of proper-
ties specification: via commands on the iDiana command line or via so-called
‘forms’. In both cases, the basic choice is for the ‘aspect’ of the properties.
This appendix only describes the input via forms with cross references to the
appropriate section in this volume. See also Volume Pre- and Postprocessing
for a general description of physical properties input via forms.
Depending on the model type that you specified with the FEMGEN command,
Diana offers you a selection out of the following aspects. You may activate an
aspect by clicking on its tab.
Geometry to specify geometrical properties for various elements families [§ B.1].
Mobile to specify physical properties required for mobile loads [Vol. Analysis
Procedures].
Wind and Water to specify physical properties required for wind and water loads
in beam elements [§ B.2].
External to read data from an external file [§ B.3].
B.1 Geometry
The Geometry aspect enables the specification of geometrical properties for var-
ious element families.
1 See Volume Pre- and Postprocessing for a description of the iDiana interface.
670 Physical Properties Forms
B.1.1 Truss/Cable
The Truss/Cable concept enables the specification of the area of cross-section for
regular truss elements [§ 3.5 p. 29], enhanced truss elements [§ 3.6 p. 31], and for
cable elements [§ 3.7 p. 33].
Cross-section Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A CROSSE area [§ 3.3 p. 25]
B.1.2 Beam
The Beam concept enables the specification of cross-section properties for beam
elements [Ch. 4 p. 43]. You must choose Class-I, Class-II, or Class-III to indicate
the class of beams for which the physical properties will be applied [Ch. 4 p. 43].
B.1.2.1 Predefined Shapes

Choosing Predefined Shapes gives a menu with predefined shapes for a beam
cross-section [§ 4.4.1 p. 58].
Rectangle RECTAN [Fig. 4.19a p. 59]
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h RECTAN h
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b RECTAN b
Box BOX [Fig. 4.19b p. 59]

Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h BOX h
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b BOX b
Thickness top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t1 BOX t1
Thickness bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t2 BOX t2
Thickness left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t3 BOX t3
Thickness right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t4 BOX t4
Circle CIRCLE [Fig. 4.19c p. 59]

Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d CIRCLE d
Pipe PIPE [Fig. 4.19d p. 59]

Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d PIPE h
Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t PIPE t
I-shape ISHAPE [Fig. 4.19e p. 59]

Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h ISHAPE h
Width upper flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b1 ISHAPE b1
Width lower flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b2 ISHAPE b2
Thickness upper flange . . . . . . . . . . t1 ISHAPE t1
Thickness lower flange . . . . . . . . . . . t2 ISHAPE t2
Thickness web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t3 ISHAPE t3
B.1 Geometry 671
T-shape TSHAPE [Fig. 4.19f p. 59]

Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h ISHAPE h
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b ISHAPE b
Thickness flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t1 ISHAPE t1
Thickness web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t2 ISHAPE t2
L-shape LSHAPE [Fig. 4.19g p. 59]

Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h LSHAPE h
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b LSHAPE b
Thickness lower flange . . . . . . . . . . . t1 LSHAPE t1
Thickness standing flange . . . . . . . . t2 LSHAPE t2
U-shape USHAPE [Fig. 4.19h p. 59]

Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h USHAPE h
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b USHAPE b
Thickness web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t1 USHAPE t1
Thickness left flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . t2 USHAPE t2
Thickness right flange . . . . . . . . . . . t3 USHAPE t3
B.1.2.2 Profile Library

By choosing Profile Library you may indicate a particular profile as a beam cross-
section. This requires a class name and an index number.
Class PROFIL class [§ 4.4.2 p. 60]
Index number in profile class . . . . . PROFIL index [§ 4.4.2 p. 60]
B.1.2.3 Arbitrary Shape

By choosing Arbitrary Shape you can specify the geometrical parameters for an
arbitrary beam cross-section.
Class-I
Cross-section Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A CROSSE area [§ 4.4.3 p. 61]
Moment of Inertia Iy . . . . . . . . . . . . Iy INERTI iy [§ 4.4.3 p. 62]
Moment of Inertia Iz . . . . . . . . . . . . Iz INERTI iz [§ 4.4.3 p. 62]
Moment of Inertia Iyz . . . . . . . . . . . Iyz INERTI iyz [§ 4.4.3 p. 62]
Moment of Inertia It . . . . . . . . . . . . . It INERTI it [§ 4.4.3 p. 62]
Torsional Rigidity Wt . . . . . . . . . . . . Wt TORSIO wt [§ 4.4.3 p. 62]
Class-II & III NZONES 1 [§ 4.4.3 p. 62]

Zone 1 coordinate Y1 ........... y1 ZONE2D y1 [§ 4.4.3 p. 63]
Zone 1 coordinate Z1 ............ z1 ZONE2D z1 [§ 4.4.3 p. 63]
Zone 1 coordinate Y2 ........... y2 ZONE2D y2 [§ 4.4.3 p. 63]
Zone 1 coordinate Z2 ............ z2 ZONE2D z2 [§ 4.4.3 p. 63]
Zone 1 coordinate Y1 ........... y1 ZONES y1 [§ 4.4.3 p. 63]
Zone 1 coordinate Z1 ............ z1 ZONES z1 [§ 4.4.3 p. 63]
B.1.3 Plane Stress

The Plane Stress concept enables the specification of geometrical properties for
plane stress elements [Ch. 5 p. 101].
Regular
Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t THICK t1 [§ 5.3 p. 105]
The Regular concept applies for regular plane stress elements [§ 5.7 p. 114] and
for elements with drilling rotation [§ 5.9 p. 130].
Orthotropic [§ 5.10 p. 132]
Area cross-section Axx . . . . . . . . . . . Axx MEMP axx [§ 5.10 p. 132]
Area cross-section Ayy . . . . . . . . . . . Ayy MEMP ayy [§ 5.10 p. 132]
Area cross-section Anu . . . . . . . . . . Aν MEMP anu [§ 5.10 p. 132]
Area cross-section Axy . . . . . . . . . . . Axy MEMP axy [§ 5.10 p. 132]
B.1.4 Infinite Shells

The Infinite Shells concept enables the specification of the thickness for infinite
shell elements in a plane strain configuration [§ 6.7 p. 161].
Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t THICK t1 [§ 6.7.3 p. 163]
B.1.5 Shells of Revolution

The Shells of Revolution concept enables the specification of the thickness for
shells of revolution elements in an axisymmetric configuration [§ 7.7 p. 206].
B.1 Geometry 673
B.1.6 Plate Bending

The Plate Bending concept enables the specification of geometric properties for
plate bending elements [Ch. 8 p. 219].
Isotropic
Shape factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kz KFAC kz [§ 8.6 p. 225]
Orthotropic
Moment of inertia Ixx . . . . . . . . . . . Ixx BENP ixx [§ 8.6 p. 225]
Moment of inertia Iyy . . . . . . . . . . . Iyy BENP iyy [§ 8.6 p. 225]
Moment of inertia Inu . . . . . . . . . . . Iν BENP inu [§ 8.6 p. 225]
Moment of inertia Ixy . . . . . . . . . . . Ixy BENP ixy [§ 8.6 p. 225]
Moment of inertia Iyx . . . . . . . . . . . Iyx BENP iyx [§ 8.6 p. 225]
Shear area Axz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axz SHRP axz [§ 8.6 p. 226]
Shear area Ayz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ayz SHRP ayz [§ 8.6 p. 226]
B.1.7 Flat Shell

The Flat Shell concept enables the specification of geometric properties for flat
shell elements [Ch. 9 p. 245].
B.1.7.1 Regular
By choosing Regular you can specify geometrical properties for regular flat shell
elements [§ 9.8 p. 262] and for flat shell elements with drilling rotation [§ 9.9
p. 271].
Isotropic
Shape factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kz KFAC kz [§ 9.6 p. 252]
Orthotropic
Moment of inertia Ixx . . . . . . . . . . . Ixx BENP ixx [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Moment of inertia Iyy . . . . . . . . . . . Iyy BENP iyy [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Moment of inertia Inu . . . . . . . . . . . Iν BENP inu [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Moment of inertia Ixy . . . . . . . . . . . Ixy BENP ixy [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Moment of inertia Iyx . . . . . . . . . . . Iyx BENP iyx [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Area cross-section Axx . . . . . . . . . . . Axx MEMP axx [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Area cross-section Ayy . . . . . . . . . . . Ayy MEMP ayy [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Area cross-section Anu . . . . . . . . . . Aν MEMP anu [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Area cross-section Axy . . . . . . . . . . . Axy MEMP axy [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Shear area Axz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axz SHRP axz [§ 9.6 p. 253]
Shear area Ayz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ayz SHRP ayz [§ 9.6 p. 253]
B.1.7.2 Spline
By choosing Spline you can specify the thickness for spline elements [§ 9.10
p. 276].
B.1.8 Curved Shell

The Curved Shell concept enables the specification of geometric properties for
curved shell elements [Ch. 10 p. 285].
B.1.8.1 Layered
By choosing Layered you can specify the thickness for layered curved shell ele-
ments [§ 10.10 p. 321].
k layers
Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t THICK t1 [§ 10.10.1.1 p. 322]
Relative thickness - layer i . . . . . . . di LAYER di [§ 10.10.1.1 p. 322]
B.1.8.2 Regular
By choosing Regular you can specify the thickness for regular curved shell ele-
ments [§ 10.8 p. 303].
B.1.9 Wrinkling
The Wrinkling concept enables the specification of thickness for wrinkling ele-
ments [§ 5.11 p. 136].
Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t THICK t [§ 5.11.1 p. 137]
B.1.10 Interface
The Interface concept enables the specification of geometric properties for inter-
face elements [§ 12.2.1 p. 378].
B.1.10.1 Node
The Node concept enables the specification of geometrical properties for node
interfaces [§ 12.2.1.1 p. 378].
B.1 Geometry 675
Interface surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s SURFAC s1 [§ 12.2.1.1 p. 379]

Interface surface (optional) . . . . . . s SURFAC s2 [§ 12.2.1.1 p. 379]
B.1.10.2 Line
The Line concept enables the specification of geometrical properties for line
interfaces [§ 12.2.1.3 p. 380].
Plane stress CONFIG MEMBRA [§ 12.2.1.3 p. 381]
Axisymmetric CONFIG AXISYM [§ 12.2.1.3 p. 381]

no parameters
Plane strain CONFIG PSTRAI [§ 12.2.1.3 p. 381]

no parameters
Bond-slip CONFIG BONDSL [§ 12.2.1.3 p. 381]

To shell [§ 12.2.1.4 p. 381]

Note that the line interface to shell elements, in a three-dimensional model, does
not require the specification of the configuration.
B.1.11 Spring/Dashpot
The Spring/Dashpot concept enables the specification of geometric properties for
spring/dashpot elements [§ 13.1 p. 439].
X component axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X AXIS x [§ 13.1.1 p. 440]

Y component axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y AXIS y [§ 13.1.1 p. 440]
Z component axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z AXIS z [§ 13.1.1 p. 440]
B.1.12 Reinforcements
The Reinforcements concept enables the specification of the geometrical properties
for embedded reinforcements [§ 14 p. 471],
Bar [§ 14.2 p. 475]
Cross-section Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A CROSSE area [§ 14.2.1.2 p. 477]
Grid [§ 14.3 p. 499]

Equivalent thickness x ........... teq.x THICK thx [§ 14.3.1.3 p. 502]
Equivalent thickness y ........... teq.y THICK thy [§ 14.3.1.3 p. 502]
X component X axis ............. X XAXIS x [§ 14.3.1.2 p. 501]
Y component X axis ............. Y XAXIS y [§ 14.3.1.2 p. 501]
Z component X axis ............. Z XAXIS z [§ 14.3.1.2 p. 501]
For reinforcement grid design checking the following physical properties can be
specified, see Volume Application Modules.
General Design DESIGN
Diameter of bars in local x . . . . . . . φx PHI phix
Spacing of bars in local x . . . . . . . . sx SPACIN spacix
Diameter of bars in local y . . . . . . . φy PHI phiy
Spacing of bars in local y . . . . . . . . sy SPACIN spaciy
Relative internal arm zr . . . . . . . . . . zr ZR zr
X component X axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . X XAXIS x [§ 14.3.1.2 p. 501]
Y component X axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y XAXIS y [§ 14.3.1.2 p. 501]
Z component X axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z XAXIS z [§ 14.3.1.2 p. 501]
B.1.13 General Flow

The General Flow concept enables the specification of the thickness for general
flow elements in a two-dimensional configuration [§ 16.2 p. 555].
B.1.14 Cooling Pipes

The Cooling Pipes concept enables the specification of the geometrical properties
for cooling pipe elements [§ 16.5 p. 573].
Pipe perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P PERIME pm [§ 16.5.1 p. 574]
B.1.15 Groundwater Flow

The Groundwater Flow concept enables the specification of the thickness for (gen-
eral) groundwater flow elements in a two-dimensional configuration and of the
required geometrical properties for elements in aquifer models.
General [§ 17.2 p. 580]
Aquifer [§ 17.5 p. 598]

Z coordinate of bottom face . . . . . Z BOTTOM zb1 [§ 17.5.1 p. 599]
Z coordinate of top face . . . . . . . . . Z TOP zt1 [§ 17.5.1 p. 599]
B.2 Wind and Water 677
B.1.16 Lubrication
The Lubrication concept enables the specification of the thickness for lubrication
elements [Ch. 18 p. 603].
B.2 Wind and Water

The Wind and Water aspect enables the specification of physical properties re-
quired for wind and water load in beam elements [§ 4.7.5 p. 82].
Wind
Area subjected to wind/water . . . . A AFLOW area [§ 4.7.5 p. 82]
Drag coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD CDRAG cd [§ 4.7.5 p. 82]
Water
Area subjected to wind/water . . . . A AFLOW area [§ 4.7.5 p. 82]
Drag coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD CDRAG cd [§ 4.7.5 p. 82]
B.3 External
The External concept enables the specification of an external file with input
data in Diana batch format, containing table ’GEOMET’ with element geometry
properties [§ 1.2 p. 4].
External
External file name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . file file .dat [Vol. Getting Started]
Bibliography
[1] Andelfinger, U., and Ramm, E. EAS-elements for 2d, 3d, plate and
shell structures and their equivalence to HR elements. Int. J. Num. Meth.
Eng. 36 (1991), 1311–1337.
[2] CEB-FIP. CEB-FIP Model Code 1990. Comité Euro-International du
Béton, 1993.
[3] Flanagan, D. P., and Belytschko, T. A uniform strain hexahedron

and quadrilateral with orthogonal hourglass control. Int. J. Num. Meth.
Eng. 17 (1981), 679–706.
[4] Groen, A. E. Improvement of Low Order Elements Using Assumed Strain
Concepts. Tech. Rep. 25.2.94.203, Delft University of Technology, 1994.
[5] Hughes, T. J. R. The Finite Element Method – Linear Static and Dy-
namic Finite Element Analysis. Prentice-Hall, 1987.
[6] Lysmer, J., and Kuhlemeyer, R. L. Finite dynamic model for infinite
media. J. Eng. Mech., ASCE 95, 4 (1969), 859–877.
[7] NAFEMS. Guidelines to Finite Element Practice. National Agency for
Finite Element Methods & Standards (NAFEMS), Glasgow, 1984.
[8] NAFEMS. A Finite Element Primer. National Agency for Finite Element
Methods & Standards (NAFEMS), Glasgow, 1992.
[9] Nagtegaal, J. C., Parks, D. M., and Rice, J. R. On numerically
accurate finite element solutions in the fully plastic range. J. Comp. Meth.
Appl. Mech. Eng. 4 (1974), 153–177.
[10] Pian, T. H. H., and Sumihara, K. Rational approach for assumed stress
finite elements. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 20 (1984), 1685–1695.
[11] Pian, T. H. H., and Tong, P. Relations between incompatible displace-
ment model and hybrid stress model. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 22 (1986),
173–181.

680 BIBLIOGRAPHY
[12] Roddeman, D. G. Force Transmission in Wrinkled Membranes – A Nu-

merical Tool to Study Connective Tissue Structures. PhD thesis, Eindhoven
University of Technology, 1988.
[13] Roddeman, D. G. Least Squares stabilization for one-point integration.
Computers & Structures 51 (1994), 763–764.
[14] Schreppers, G. M. A., and Menken, C. M. Mode-reduction applied to
initial post-buckling behavior. In DIANA Computational Mechanics ’94 –
Proc. 1st Int. DIANA Conf. on Computational Mechanics (1994), G. M. A.
Kusters and M. A. N. Hendriks, Eds., Kluwer, pp. 287–296.
[15] Simo, J. C., and Rifai, M. S. A class of mixed assumed strain methods
and the method of incompatible modes. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 29 (1990),
1595–1638.
[16] Taylor, R. L., Beresford, P. J., and Wilson, E. L. A non-
conforming element for stress analysis. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. 10 (1976),
1211–1219.
[17] Timoshenko, S. P., and Goodier, J. N. Theory of Elasticity, 3rd ed.

McGraw-Hill, 1982.
[18] Timoshenko, S. P., and Woinowsky-Krieger, S. Theory of Plates

and Shells, 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill, 1970.
[19] van Erp, E. M. Advanced Buckling Analysis of Beams with Arbitrary
Cross-sections. PhD thesis, Eindhoven University of Technology, 1989.
[20] van Gijzen, M. B. Conjugate Gradient-like Solution Algorithms for the
Mixed Finite Element Approximation of the Biharmonic Equation Applied
to Plate Bending Problems. Tech. Rep. BI-92-154, TNO Building and
Construction Research, Rijswijk, The Netherlands, 1992.
[21] Wilson, E. L., Taylor, R. L., Doherty, W. P., and Ghaboussi, J.

Incompatible displacement models. In Numerical and Computer Models in
Structural Analysis (New York, 1973), S. J. Fenves et al., Eds., Academic
press.
[22] Zienkiewicz, O. C., and Taylor, R. L. The Finite Element Method,

4th ed., vol. 1: Basic Formulations and Linear Problems. McGraw-Hill,
1989.

Index
Page numbers. Bold face numbers in- interface elements, 376

dicate pages with formal information about plate bending elements, 227
the entry, e.g., a syntax description (36). Area integration, 623, 629
Italic numbers point to an instructive ex- interface elements, 376
ample of how the concept in question might Area subjected to wind/water, 677
be used (132 ). Underlined numbers refer Assumed strain, 637
to theoretical backgrounds on the subject HX24L element, 350
(95). plane stress elements, 107
Q8AXI element, 196
Keywords. Sans serif type style refers Q8EPS element, 151
to the interactive interface (EYE). Type- Q8MEM element, 117
writer style refers to the batch interface Q8OME element, 134
(YOUNG). AUTOAX input, 381
AXIS input, 441
AXISYM input, 381
Axisymmetric elements, 183
bar reinforcement, 491
grid reinforcement, 512
property, 670, 672, 674–677
groundwater flow, 585
potential flow, 549, 560
A shell, 206
Axisymmetric property, 675
ABSSEC input, 50
AFLOW input, 82
Aircraft hull, 286 B
ALPHAZ input, 271, 315
B2AGW element, 588
ANCHOR input, 529
B2AGW input, 589
Aquiclude, 579
B2AHT element, 564
Aquifer
B2AHT input, 564
coupling, 609
B2GW element, 583
elements, 598
B2GW input, 584
Aquifer property, 676
B2HT element, 559
Arbitrary Shape property, 671
B2HT input, 559
Area cross-section Anu, 672, 673
BAR input, 478, 484
Area cross-section Axx, 672, 673
Bar property, 675
Area cross-section Axy, 672, 673
Bar reinforcement, 475
Area cross-section Ayy, 672, 673
prestress, 526
AREA input
Barlow stress points, 627
curved shell elements, 295
Base element for composed solid, 364
flat shell elements, 254

682 INDEX
Base spring elements, 446 reinforcements, 471, 532

BC3AG element, 589 Bond-slip property, 675
BC3AG input, 589 BONDSL input, 381
BC3AHT element, 564 BOTTOM input, 599
BC3AHT input, 565 ’BOUNDA’ table, 543
BC3GW element, 584 Boundary conditions
BC3GW input, 584 flow elements, 543
BC3HT element, 560 flux, 549
BC3HT input, 560 Boundary elements
BCL6S2 element, 431 groundwater flow, 583, 584, 588,
BCL6S2 input, 432 589, 595–597
BCL6S3 element, 430 potential flow, 559, 560, 564, 570–
BCL6S3 input, 431 573
BCQ8GW element, 597 Bounding elements, 449
BCQ8GW input, 598 Box girder, 246
BCQ8HT element, 573 BOX input, 59
BCQ8HT input, 573 Box property, 670
BCT6GW element, 597 BQ12S4 element, 432
BCT6GW input, 597 BQ12S4 input, 433
BCT6HT element, 572 BQ24S4 element, 434
BCT6HT input, 572 BQ24S4 input, 435
Beam elements, 43 BQ24S8 element, 433
bar reinforcement, 481 BQ24S8 input, 434
composition, 83 BQ4GW element, 596
hinged, 54 BQ4GW input, 596
initial stress, 79 BQ4HT element, 571
integration, 64 BQ4HT input, 572
output planes, 51 Brick elements
sliding, 56 face names, 8
Beam property, 670 integration, 338, 546, 634
Bedding, 377 loading, 341, 342
BEGINN input, 535 BT18S3 element, 437
Bending moments BT18S3 input, 438
axisymmetric shell elements, 208 BT18S6 element, 436
beam elements, 53 BT18S6 input, 437
composed solids, 368 BT3GW element, 595
curved shell elements, 289 BT3GW input, 595
flat shell elements, 249 BT3HT element, 570
infinite shell elements, 163 BT3HT input, 571
plate bending elements, 222 BT9S3 element, 435
BENP input BT9S3 input, 436
flat shell elements, 253 BUBBLE input
plate bending elements, 226 axisymmetric elements, 197
Bernoulli beams, 44, 84, 88 plane strain elements, 152
BL4S2 element, 429 plane stress elements, 108
BL4S2 input, 430 solid elements, 350
Bond-slip Bubble modes, 351, 642
interface elements, 377, 381, 406, 407, axisymmetric elements, 197
409–412 plane strain elements, 152

INDEX 683
plane stress elements, 108 CL24I input, 405

solid elements, 350 CL30B element, 98
Buckling analysis, 276 CL30B input, 98
CL32I element, 405
CL32I input, 406
C
CL3CR element, 468
Cable elements, 33 CL3CR input, 468
CDILAT input, 639 CL6CT element, 421
axisymmetric elements, 196 CL6CT input, 422
plane strain elements, 152 CL6TB element, 453
solid elements, 350 CL6TB input, 453
CDRAG input, 82 CL6TM element, 462
CHX20G element, 594 CL6TM input, 462
CHX20G input, 595 CL6TR element, 36
CHX20H element, 569 CL6TR input, 37
CHX20H input, 570 CL8TR element, 38
CHX60 element, 356 CL8TR input, 38
CHX60 input, 357 CL9AX element, 217
CHX63I element, 397 CL9AX input, 218
CHX63I input, 398 CL9BE element, 92
CHX64 element, 363 CL9BE input, 93
CHX64 input, 364 CL9PE element, 172
CHX69I element, 412 CL9PE input, 173
CHX69I input, 413 CL9TR element, 40
CHX96 element, 361 CL9TR input, 41
CHX96 input, 362 Class property, 671
CIRCLE input, 59 Class-I beams, 84
Circle property, 670 cross-section, 58, 62
CL10T element, 39 eccentricity, 57
CL10T input, 39 geometry parameters, 82
CL12B element, 94 initial stress, 80
CL12B input, 94 integration, 65
CL12I element, 400 mass correction, 84
CL12I input, 401 profiles, 60
CL12T element, 41 shear deformation, 64
CL12T input, 41 stress points, 49
CL15B element, 94 Class-I property, 671
CL15B input, 95 Class-II & III property, 671
CL15T element, 42 Class-II beams, 88
CL15T input, 42 cross-section, 62
CL18B element, 96 geometry parameters, 82
CL18B input, 96 initial stress, 80
CL18I element, 407 integration, 65
CL18I input, 407 Class-III beams, 91
CL20I element, 401 cross-section, 62
CL20I input, 402 eccentricity, 57
CL24B element, 97 initial stress, 80
CL24B input, 97 integration, 65
CL24I element, 404 shear deformation, 64

684 INDEX
COHESI input, 420 ’COOLPI’ table, 575, 577

Complete plane strain elements, 173 COOR input
COMPOS command beam elements, 74
element evaluation, 82, 367 curved shell elements, 295
output selection, 82, 366 flat shell elements, 254
’COMPOS’ table plate bending elements, 227
beam elements, 83 solid elements, 338
solid elements, 366 COULOM input, 420
Composed beams, 82 Coulomb friction, see Friction
generation, 82 Coupled analysis, 17
Composed solids, 364 CQ12C element, 372
generation, 367 CQ12C input, 373
CONCEN input CQ16A element, 200
axisymmetric elements, 192 CQ16A input, 201
axisymmetric shell elements, 214 CQ16E element, 155
beam elements, 79 CQ16E input, 156
curved shell elements, 302 CQ16M element, 120
flat shell elements, 261 CQ16M input, 121
infinite shell elements, 169 CQ16O element, 135
plane strain elements, 147 CQ16O input, 136
plane stress elements, 113 CQ18M element, 122
plate bending elements, 232, 233 CQ18M input, 123
solid elements, 344 CQ20A element, 204
truss elements, 28 CQ20A input, 205
Concentrated mass, see Mass elements CQ20E element, 159
Concrete hydration, see Hydration CQ20E input, 160
Conduction coefficient, 609 CQ22A element, 205
CONE input, 291, 383 CQ22A input, 206
CONFIG input, 381, 531 CQ22E element, 160
CONNEC subtable of ’ELEMEN’, 2 CQ22E input, 161
Connectivity, 2 CQ24C element, 424
Constant dilatation, 639, 646 CQ24C input, 425
axisymmetric elements, 196 CQ24GE element, 179
plane strain elements, 152 CQ24GE input, 179
solid elements, 350 CQ24GM element, 128
Constant shear, 638 CQ24GM input, 129
axisymmetric elements, 196 CQ24P element, 240
plane strain elements, 151 CQ24P input, 241
plane stress elements, 108 CQ24T element, 456
Constrained Minimization, 649 CQ24T input, 456
CONTAC input, 416, 419 CQ24TM element, 465
Contact analysis, 416, 649 CQ24TM input, 466
Contact elements, 416 CQ36GE element, 181
Contact sets, 420 CQ36GE input, 181
Convection, 555 CQ36T element, 457
boundary elements, 544 CQ36T input, 458
Cooling pipe elements, 573 CQ40F element, 269
Cooling Pipes property, 676 CQ40F input, 269
Cooling tower, 183, 550 CQ40L element, 326

INDEX 685
CQ40L input, 327 CT12E input, 154

CQ40S element, 310 CT12M element, 118
CQ40S input, 310 CT12M input, 119
CQ48F element, 275 CT12O element, 134
CQ48F input, 276 CT12O input, 135
CQ48I element, 415 CT18C element, 423, 424
CQ48I input, 416 CT18C input, 424
CQ48L element, 331 CT18GE element, 178
CQ48L input, 331 CT18GE input, 178
CQ48S element, 320 CT18GM element, 127
CQ48S input, 320 CT18GM input, 128
CQ60S element, 313 CT18P element, 238
CQ60S input, 314 CT18P input, 239
CQ8AG element, 587 CT18T element, 455
CQ8AG input, 588 CT18T input, 455
CQ8AHT element, 563 CT18TM element, 464
CQ8AHT input, 563 CT18TM input, 465
CQ8CM element, 372 CT27GE element, 180
CQ8CM input, 372 CT27GE input, 180
CQ8GW element, 582 CT27T element, 456
CQ8GW input, 583 CT27T input, 457
CQ8HT element, 558 CT30A element, 202
CQ8HT input, 558 CT30A input, 203
CQ8KD element, 602 CT30E element, 157
CQ8KD input, 602 CT30E input, 158
CQ8RE element, 606 CT30F element, 267
CQ8RE input, 607 CT30F input, 267
CQ8TO element, 620 CT30L element, 324
CQ8TO input, 620 CT30L input, 324
Crack tip elements, 466 CT30S element, 307
Cracking, 377 CT30S input, 308
Cross-section CT36F element, 274
bar reinforcement, 477 CT36F input, 275
beam elements, 58 CT36I element, 414
trusses, 25 CT36I input, 415
Cross-section analysis CT36L element, 329
elements, 617 CT36L input, 330
Cross-section Area, 670, 671, 675 CT36S element, 318
CROSSE input CT36S input, 319
beam elements, 62 CT45S element, 312
reinforcements, 477 CT45S input, 313
truss elements, 25 CT6AG element, 586
CSHEAR input, 638 CT6AG input, 587
axisymmetric elements, 196 CT6AHT element, 562
plane strain elements, 151 CT6AHT input, 563
plane stress elements, 108 CT6CM element, 369
CT12A element, 198 CT6CM input, 370
CT12A input, 199 CT6GW element, 582
CT12E element, 153 CT6GW input, 582

686 INDEX
CT6HT element, 557 bounding elements, 452

CT6HT input, 558 continuous, 439, 458
CT6KD element, 601 Dashpot elements, 439
CT6KD input, 601 DATA subtable of ’ELEMEN’, 4
CT6RE element, 606 DATA subtable of ’REINFO’, 475
CT6RE input, 606 ’DATA’ table, 5
CT6TO element, 619 DIAMET input, 384
CT6TO input, 619 Diameter, 670
CT9CM element, 370 Diameter of bars in local x, 676
CT9CM input, 371 Diameter of bars in local y, 676
CTE10G element, 591 Diffusion, 555
CTE10G input, 591 Dike, 139
CTE10H element, 566 DILAT input, 452
CTE10H input, 567 DIRECT input, 17
CTE30 element, 352 axisymmetric elements, 188, 190
CTE30 input, 352 axisymmetric shell elements, 213
CTE33I element, 395 beam elements, 74, 75
CTE33I input, 395 curved shell elements, 295, 297, 299
CTE39I element, 410 flat shell elements, 254, 256, 258
CTE39I input, 411 infinite shell elements, 167
CTE48 element, 358 plane strain elements, 144, 146
CTE48 input, 359 plane stress elements, 109, 111
CTP15G element, 593 plate bending elements, 227, 228,
CTP15G input, 594 230
CTP15H element, 569 reinforcements, 534
CTP15H input, 569 solid elements, 338, 339, 341, 343
CTP45 element, 354 truss elements, 26
CTP45 input, 354 DIRELM input, 17
CTP48I element, 396 axisymmetric elements, 188, 190
CTP48I input, 397 axisymmetric shell elements, 212
CTP54I element, 411 beam elements, 74, 75
CTP54I input, 412 curved shell elements, 295, 297, 299
CTP72 element, 359 flat shell elements, 254, 256, 258
CTP72 input, 360 infinite shell elements, 167
Curved shell elements, 285 plane strain elements, 144, 146
bar reinforcement, 494 plane stress elements, 109, 111, 138
eccentricity, 292 plate bending elements, 227, 228,
grid reinforcement, 517 230
triangular, 286 solid elements, 338, 339, 341, 343
Curved Shell property, 674 truss elements, 26
CYLIN input Discrete cracking, 377
curved shell elements, 291 Discrete Kirchhoff, see Kirchhoff
infinite shell elements, 165 DISTAN input, 419
interface to shell, 383 Distributed mass, 460–465
Distributed translational mass elements,
460
D
Drag coefficient, 82
DAMPIN input, 452 Drag coefficient, 677
Damping Drilling rotation

INDEX 687
curved shell elements, 314, 315, 329 Element stiffness matrix, 625
flat shell elements, 246, 271 Element types, 663
plane stress elements, 103, 130 Embedded reinforcement, see Reinforce-
Dynamic analysis, 31 ment
rotation inertia, 459 ENDNOD input, 535
Enhanced assumed strain, 641
E axisymmetric elements, 197
plane strain elements, 152
EAS, see Enhanced assumed strain plane stress elements, 108
EAS input solid elements, 350
axisymmetric elements, 197 Equivalent thickness x, 676
plane strain elements, 152 Equivalent thickness y, 676
plane stress elements, 108 ETA input
solid elements, 350 axisymmetric elements, 190
ECCENT input, 57, 293 flat shell elements, 258
Eccentricity plane stress elements, 111
beam elements, 57, 63 solid elements, 8, 341
curved shell elements, 292 ETA1 input, 6, 8
EDGE input ETA2 input, 6, 8
axisymmetric elements, 188, 190 EXTEMP input, 544
curved shell elements, 296 External file name, 677
flat shell elements, 255 External property, 677
flow elements, 549, 551, 553 External property, 677
plane strain elements, 143, 145 EXTPOT input, 545
plane stress elements, 109, 110
plate bending elements, 228 F
solid elements, 339
Edge names, 6 Fabric, 136
ELEMEN input FACE input
beam elements, 83 axisymmetric elements, 190
composed solid elements, 367 curved shell elements, 299, 301
cooling pipe elements, 575 flat shell elements, 258, 260
reinforcements, 474, 479, 489, 492, flow elements, 549, 551, 553
505, 509, 514 plane strain elements, 145
ELEMEN subtable of ’BOUNDA’, 543 plane stress elements, 111, 112, 138
ELEMEN subtable of ’LOADS’, 15 plate bending elements, 230, 231
’ELEMEN’ table, 1 solid elements, 340, 342
Element boundaries, 6 Face names, 6
Element connectivity, 2 FLAT input
Element families axisymmetric shell elements, 210
flow analysis, 541 curved shell elements, 291
structural analysis, 13 infinite shell elements, 164
Element input, 1 Flat shell elements, 245
Element integrals, 626 Flat Shell property, 673
Element library, xxi Floor, 219
Element load, 15 Flow analysis
Element numbers elements, 541
input, 2 Flow elements, 541
Element polynomials, 623 general, 555

688 INDEX
groundwater, 579 beam elements, 67, 71

input, 543 interface elements, 376, 377
Flow–stress analysis, 17 truss elements, 36
Fluid density, 425 General Design property, 676
Fluid flow, 575, 577 General Flow property, 676
Fluid–structure interface, 425 General property, 676
FLUX input GEOMET subtable of ’ELEMEN’, 3
axi-symmetric, 551 GEOMET subtable of ’REINFO’, 474
three-dimensional, 553 ’GEOMET’ table, 4
two-dimensional, 549 Geometric nonlinearity, 31, 33
Flux source, 549 Geometry factor
FORCE input flat shell elements, 252
axisymmetric elements, 188, 190 plate bending elements, 225
axisymmetric shell elements, 212 Geometry properties, 4
beam elements, 74, 75 Geometry property, 669
curved shell elements, 295, 296, 299 Geotechnics, 174
flat shell elements, 254, 255, 258 GRID input, 504
infinite shell elements, 167 axisymmetric, 513
plane strain elements, 144, 146 curved shell, 519
plane stress elements, 109, 111, 138 plane strain, 509
plate bending elements, 227, 228, Grid property, 675
230 Grid reinforcement, 499
reinforcements, 529, 534 prestress, 527
solid elements, 338–340, 343 Groundwater flow elements, 579
truss elements, 26 Groundwater Flow property, 676
Forces
axisymmetric shell elements, 208
H
beam elements, 53
composed solids, 368 Heat transfer elements, see Flow elements
curved shell elements, 289 Height, 670, 671
flat shell elements, 249 Hinge, 23, 55
infinite shell elements, 163 HINGE input, 55
plate bending elements, 222 Hourglass modes, see Spurious modes
Foundation, 333 HX24L element, 349
Fracture mechanics, 466 HX24L input, 349
Frame, 43 HX25L element, 362
Friction, 377 HX25L input, 363
Coulomb, 420, 528, 649 HX27IF element, 393
reinforcement, 528, 652 HX27IF input, 394
Friction coefficient, 420 HX30IF element, 409
FRLGTH input, 530 HX30IF input, 410
HX8GW element, 592
G HX8GW input, 593
HX8HT element, 568
GAUSS input HX8HT input, 568
beam elements, 65, 67, 70, 71 Hydration, 573
interface elements, 376, 377 Hydraulic head, 19
truss elements, 36 Hydraulic pore pressure, 19
Gauss integration, 623, 626 HYDRO input, 16

INDEX 689
axisymmetric elements, 190 Initial stress

axisymmetric shell elements, 214 axisymmetric elements, 192
beam elements, 77 axisymmetric shell elements, 214
curved shell elements, 301 beam elements, 79
flat shell elements, 260 infinite shell elements, 170
infinite shell elements, 168 interface elements, 387
plane strain elements, 145 plane strain elements, 147
plane stress elements, 110, 112, 138 plane stress elements, 113
plate bending elements, 231 plate bending elements, 233
solid elements, 342 solid elements, 344
truss elements, 27 truss elements, 28
Hydrostatic load, 16 Integration points, 626
axisymmetric elements, 190 Integration schemes, 627
axisymmetric shell elements, 214 axisymmetric shell elements, 210
beam elements, 77 beam elements, 64
curved shell elements, 301 flow elements, 545
flat shell elements, 260 infinite shell elements, 165
infinite shell elements, 168 interface elements, 375
plane strain elements, 145 INTERF input
plane stress elements, 110, 112, 138 reinforcements, 533
plate bending elements, 231 Interface elements
solid elements, 342 contact, 416
truss elements, 27 flow, 609
Hydrostatic pore pressure, 17 fluid–structure, 425
HYPAR input, 292 reinforcement, 530
Hyperelasticity structural, 377
plane strain elements, 159 Interface property, 674
solid elements, 362 Interface surface, 675
solid rings, 204 Interface surface (optional), 675
IPT2H element, 609
IPT2H input, 610
I
IQ8HT element, 612
I-shape property, 670 IQ8HT input, 613
ICL6H element, 611 ISHAPE input, 59
ICL6H input, 611 ISO input
ICQ16H element, 614 beam elements, 73
ICQ16H input, 614 curved shell elements, 295
ICT12H element, 613 flat shell elements, 254
ICT12H input, 614 plate bending elements, 227
IL4HT element, 610 solid elements, 338
IL4HT input, 611 Isoparametric elements, 624
Incompatible modes, 640 Isotropic property, 673
axisymmetric elements, 197 Isotropic thickness, 105
plane strain elements, 152 IT6HT element, 612
plane stress elements, 108
Index number in profile class, 671
INERTI input, 62
Infinite shell elements, 161
Infinite Shells property, 672

690 INDEX
IT6HT input, 612 L4HT input, 577

L4TB element, 452
L4TB input, 453
J
L4TM element, 461
Jacobi matrix, 625 L4TM input, 461
L4TRU element, 31
L4TRU input, 32
K
L6AXI element, 216
k layers property, 674 L6AXI input, 216
KFAC input L6BEN element, 85
flat shell elements, 252 eccentricity, 58
plate bending elements, 225 L6BEN input, 86
Kirchhoff plate, 219, 234, 282 L6PE element, 170
KOREAN input, 529 L6PE input, 171
KSI input L6TRU element, 32
axisymmetric elements, 190 L6TRU input, 33
flat shell elements, 258 L7BEN element, 88
plane strain elements, 26 L7BEN input, 89
plane stress elements, 111 L8IF element, 399
solid elements, 8, 341 L8IF input, 399
KSI1 input, 6, 8, 280 Laminates, 321
KSI2 input, 6, 8, 280 Layered elements
Kuhlemeyer, see Bounding elements groundwater flow, 598
shell, 321, 329
Layered property, 674
L LEFM, see Fracture mechanics
L-shape property, 671 Line elements
L1 input, 6, 7 face names, 6
L12BE element, 64, 87 integration, 627
eccentricity, 58 LINE input
L12BE input, 87 axisymmetric shell elements, 212, 213
L12IF element, 406 beam elements, 75, 77
L12IF input, 406 infinite shell elements, 167, 168
L13BE element, 90 reinforcements, 478, 480, 509, 510,
L13BE input, 91 514, 515
L16IF element, 402 truss elements, 26, 27
L16IF input, 403 Line property, 675
L2 input, 6, 7 Line–solid connection
L20IF element, 403 interfaces, 384
L20IF input, 404 Loading, 15
L2HT element, 574 axisymmetric models, 183
L2HT input, 575 axisymmetric rings, 188
L2TRU element, 29 axisymmetric shell elements, 212
L2TRU input, 30 beam elements, 73
L3 input, 6, 7 curved shell elements, 294
L4 input, 6 flat shell elements, 253
L4CT element, 420 infinite shell elements, 167
L4CT input, 421 plane strain elements, 143
L4HT element, 576 plane strain models, 143

INDEX 691
plane stress elements, 108 Mid plane

plate bending elements, 226 beam elements, 51
reinforcements, 525 flat shell elements, 249
solid elements, 337 plate bending elements, 222
truss elements, 25 Mindlin beam, 43, 91
’LOADS’ table, 15, 525 Mindlin plate, 219, 236
LOBATT input Mindlin shell, 162, 207, 285
interface elements, 376, 377 MOMENT input
truss elements, 36 beam elements, 74, 75
Lobatto integration, 627 curved shell elements, 295, 296, 299
interface elements, 376, 377 flat shell elements, 254, 255, 258
truss elements, 36 plate bending elements, 227, 228,
LOCALY input, 484 230
LOCALZ input Moment of inertia Inu, 673
bar in beam, 484 Moment of Inertia It, 671
bar in curved shell, 496 Moment of inertia Ixx, 673
grid in curved shell, 519 Moment of inertia Ixy, 673
LOCATI subtable of ’REINFO’, 473, 477, Moment of Inertia Iy, 671
503 Moment of inertia Iyx, 673
Location points of reinforcement Moment of inertia Iyy, 673
bar, 476 Moment of Inertia Iyz, 671
Locking, see Volumetric locking Moment of Inertia Iz, 671
Lower plane Mother elements of reinforcement, 471,
beam elements, 51 474
flat shell elements, 249 bar in axisymmetry, 492
plate bending elements, 222 bar in plane strain, 489
LSHAPE input, 59
Lubrication elements, 603
N
Lubrication property, 677
LUMPED input, 376 N4IF element, 388
interface elements, 376, 377 N4IF input, 389
Lysmer, see Bounding elements N6IF element, 389
N6IF input, 390
M N6SPR element, 445
N6SPR input, 446
Masonry joints, 377 NAME input
Mass correction geometry property, 4
class-I beams, 84 special element data, 5
Mass elements, 458 NEWCOT input
MATERI subtable of ’ELEMEN’, 3 interface elements, 376, 377
MATERI subtable of ’REINFO’, 474 truss elements, 36
Matrix spring element, 445 Newton–Cotes integration, 627
MC1990 input, 529 interface elements, 376, 377
MEMBRA input, 381 truss elements, 36
Membrane, see Plane stress NINTEG input
MEMP input axisymmetric elements, 187
flat shell elements, 253 axisymmetric shell elements, 210
plane stress elements, 132 beam elements, 65, 67, 69, 71
MERGE input, 536 curved shell elements, 293, 294

692 INDEX
flat shell elements, 251 Orthotropic property, 672, 673

flow elements, 545–547 Orthotropic thickness, 647
infinite shell elements, 165 flat shell elements, 253
interface elements, 376, 377 plane stress elements, 132
plane strain elements, 142 plate bending elements, 225
plate bending elements, 224 P
solid elements, 337
truss elements, 36 Panel, 276
NOBOND input, 471, 525 PARAB input
NOCSHE input axisymmetric shell elements, 210
axisymmetric elements, 196 curved shell elements, 292
plane strain elements, 152 infinite shell elements, 165
plane stress elements, 108 PARABO input
solid elements, 350 reinforcement bars, 479
Nodal load reinforcement grids, 509, 514
axisymmetry, 183 Parametric coordinates, 623
plane strain, 143 Particles of reinforcement
Nodal spring elements, 444 bars, 476
NODE input grids, 500
beam elements, 74 PENETR input, 419
curved shell elements, 295 PERIME input, 574
flat shell elements, 254 Phased analysis, 82
plate bending elements, 227 PHIX1 input, 55
solid elements, 338 PHIX2 input, 56
Node property, 674 PHIY1 input, 56
Node sequence, 2 PHIY2 input, 56
NODES input, 527 PHIZ1 input, 55
NORMAL input PHIZ2 input, 55
axisymmetric elements, 188 PHREAT input, 18
flat shell elements, 256, 280 Phreatic surface, 17
plane strain elements, 144 Physical properties
plane stress elements, 109 specification, 669
plate bending elements, 228 Pin-joint, see Hinge
solid elements, 341 PIPE input, 59
NPHREA input, 18 Pipe intersection, 333
NUMINT input Pipe perimeter, 676
beam elements, 65, 67, 70, 71 Pipe property, 670
interface elements, 376, 377 PLANE input, 504, 505
reinforcements, 477, 503 Plane strain elements, 139
truss elements, 36 bar reinforcement, 488
NUMSEC input, 50 grid reinforcement, 507
NZONES input, 63 Plane strain property, 675
Plane stress elements, 101
O bar reinforcement, 486
grid reinforcement, 505
Off-shore structures, 333 Plane Stress property, 672
Orthotropic geometry, 647 Plane stress property, 675
Orthotropic material layers, 323 Planes for output

INDEX 693
beam elements, 51 Profile Library property, 671

flat shell elements, 249 PSTRAI input, 381
plate bending elements, 222 PT1CR element, 467
Plate bending elements, 219 PT1CR input, 467
Plate Bending property, 673 PT3RO element, 459
POINT input PT3RO input, 460
bar reinforcement, 489, 492 PT3T element, 458
beam elements, 73 PT3T input, 459
curved shell elements, 295 Pyramid elements
flat shell elements, 254 face names, 6
plate bending elements, 227 integration, 338, 546, 633
solid elements, 338
Point mass, see Mass elements
Q
POINTS input, 49
Polynomial, 623 Q12CT element, 423
Pore fluid load, 17 Q12CT input, 423
Pore pressure, 19 Q12GME element, 126
Post-tensioning, see Reinforcement Q12GME input, 126
Postbuckling analysis, 276 Q12ME element, 131
POTENT input, 19 Q12ME input, 131
Potential Q12PL element, 236
external, 544, 545 Q12PL input, 237
PR input Q12TB element, 454
fluid–structure interface, 429 Q12TB input, 455
Predefined shapes for beam elements, 58 Q12TM element, 463
Predefined Shapes property, 670 Q12TM input, 464
PRESSU input, 19 Q20SF element, 264
Pressure head, 19 Q20SF input, 265
Pressure supports, 428 Q20SH element, 305
PRESTR input Q20SH input, 306
axisymmetric elements, 193 Q24IF element, 414
axisymmetric shell elements, 215 Q24IF input, 414
beam elements, 80, 81 Q24SF element, 273
curved shell elements, 302 Q24SF input, 273
flat shell elements, 262 Q24SH element, 317
infinite shell elements, 170 Q24SH input, 317
interface elements, 388 Q48SPL element, 282
plane strain elements, 148 Q48SPL input, 282
plane stress elements, 114 Q4AGW element, 586
plate bending elements, 233 Q4AGW input, 586
reinforcements, 526, 527 Q4AHT element, 561
solid elements, 177, 344 Q4AHT input, 562
spline elements, 282 Q4CMP element, 371
spring elements, 441 Q4CMP input, 371
truss elements, 29 Q4GW element, 581
Prestress, see Reinforcement Q4GW input, 581
PROFIL input, 60 Q4HT element, 556
Profile analysis, 276 Q4HT input, 557
Profile library, 60 Q4KD element, 600

694 INDEX
Q4KD input, 600 ROTATI input, 400

Q4RE element, 605 Rotation mass, 459
Q4RE input, 605 RS input, 279
Q4TO element, 618 Rubber, see Hyperelasticity
Q4TO input, 619
Q56SPL element, 282
S
Q56SPL input, 283
Q8AXI element, 195 Sandwich panels, 321
Q8AXI input, 196 Sections
Q8EPS element, 150 beam elements, 50
Q8EPS input, 151 reinforcement, 476, 501
Q8MEM element, 116 spline elements, 276
Q8MEM input, 117 Shape factor
Q8OME element, 133 beam elements, 64
Q8OME input, 134 Shape factor, 673
Quadrilateral elements Shape functions, 624, 641
edge names, 6 Shear area Axz, 673
integration, 107, 142, 187, 224, 251, Shear area Ayz, 673
294, 546, 630 Shear deformation
Quarterpoint position, 467 beam elements, 64
Quiet boundary, see Bounding elements class-I beams, 84
SHEAR input
R axisymmetric elements, 188
axisymmetric shell elements, 212
Radiation beam elements, 64
boundary elements, 544 bounding elements, 452
RATEMP input, 544 curved shell elements, 294
RECTAN input, 59 flat shell elements, 252, 256, 280
Rectangle property, 670 infinite shell elements, 167
Reduced integration, 637 plane strain elements, 144
Reduced mass density, 17 plane stress elements, 109
Regular property, 672–674 plate bending elements, 225, 228
REINFO subtable of ’LOADS’, 525 reinforcements, 529
’REINFO’ table, 472, 477, 503 Shear locking
Reinforcement, 23, 471 axisymmetric shell elements, 216, 217
friction, 528 curved shell elements, 286, 308, 310,
in interface elements, 530 319, 320, 324, 327, 329, 331
post-tensioned, 528, 651 infinite shell elements, 171, 172
Reinforcement prestress, 525 plate bending elements, 236
cables, 33 Shear reduction
Reinforcements property, 675 axisymmetric shell elements, 211
Reissner, see Mindlin plate curved shell elements, 294
Relative internal arm zr, 676 flat shell elements, 252
Relative thickness - layer i, 674 infinite shell elements, 166
RELSEC input, 51 plate bending elements, 224, 648
REMAKE command, 503 Shear stiffness
RETLEN input, 529 beam elements, 64
Reynolds flow, see Lubrication Shear stress correction
Rock mechanics, 377 beam elements, 45, 64

INDEX 695
Sheet piling, 139 interface to shell, 383

Shell elements Spline elements, 276
curved, 285 Spline property, 674
flat, 245 Spring elements, 439
interfaces, 381 Spring/Dashpot property, 675
layered, 321, 329 Spurious modes, 638
Shell of revolution, see Axisymmetric shell plasticity, 646
Shells of Revolution property, 672 Stabilization, 631
Ship hull, 286 axisymmetric elements, 187
SHMAS input, 84 plane strain elements, 143
SHRETA input, 7, 341 plane stress elements, 107
SHRKSI input, 7, 341 STATUS command
SHRP input contact elements, 416
flat shell elements, 253 STBFAC input
plate bending elements, 226 axisymmetric elements, 187
SIMPSO input, 65 plane strain elements, 143
pipe-shape cross-section, 71 plane stress elements, 107
quadrilateral zone, 67 Stiffener, 23, 43
Simpson integration, 627 STIFFN input, 451
axisymmetric shell elements, 211 Storage tank, 183, 286, 550
beam elements, 67, 72 Straight-normals hypothesis
infinite shell elements, 166 axisymmetric shell elements, 207
Slide, 56 curved shell elements, 285
SLIDE input, 56 flat shell elements, 245
Socket, 183, 550 infinite shell elements, 162
Soil, 17, 157, 202, 333 plate bending elements, 219
Solid elements, 333 STRAOP input, 177
bar reinforcement, 497, 532 Stress points
grid reinforcement, 521 beam elements, 49
Solid ring elements, 193 STRTNO input, 575, 577
SP12BA element, 448 Structural analysis
SP12BA input, 449 elements, 13
SP1RO element, 443 Structural interfaces, 377
SP1RO input, 443 reinforcement, 530
SP1TR element, 441 ’SUPPOR’ table
SP1TR input, 442 fluid–structure interface, 429
SP2RO element, 443 spline elements, 279
SP2RO input, 444 Supports
SP2TR element, 442 spline elements, 279
SP2TR input, 442 SURFAC input, 379, 380
SP6BA element, 447 Symbols, glossary of, xxiii
SP6BA input, 448
Space deck, 23
T
Spacing of bars in local x, 676
Spacing of bars in local y, 676 T-shape property, 670
Special element data, 5 T15SF element, 262
SPHER input T15SF input, 263
axisymmetric shell elements, 210 T15SH element, 303
curved shell elements, 291 T15SH input, 303

696 INDEX
T18IF element, 413 flat shell elements, 251

T18IF input, 413 flow elements, 547
T18SF element, 271 infinite shell elements, 164
T18SF input, 272 interface to shell, 382
T18SH element, 315 plane stress elements, 106
T18SH input, 316 plate bending elements, 223
T3AGW element, 585 TARGET input, 419
T3AGW input, 585 TAUFAC input, 50
T3AHT element, 561 TE12L element, 345
T3AHT input, 561 TE12L input, 345
T3CMP element, 369 TE15IF element, 391
T3CMP input, 369 TE15IF input, 391
T3GW element, 580 TE18IF element, 407
T3GW input, 580 TE18IF input, 408
T3HT element, 555 TE4GW element, 590
T3HT input, 556 TE4GW input, 590
T3KD element, 599 TE4HT element, 565
T3KD input, 600 TE4HT input, 566
T3RE element, 604 TEMPER input
T3RE input, 604 axisymmetric elements, 192
T3TO element, 617 axisymmetric shell elements, 214
T3TO input, 618 beam elements, 78
T6AXI element, 193 cooling pipe elements, 575
T6AXI input, 194 curved shell elements, 301
T6EPS element, 149 flat shell elements, 260, 261
T6EPS input, 149 infinite shell elements, 169
T6MEM element, 114 plane strain elements, 147
T6MEM input, 115 plane stress elements, 113
T6OME element, 132 plate bending elements, 232, 233
T6OME input, 133 solid elements, 344
T9CT element, 422 truss elements, 28
T9CT input, 422 TENSIO input, 529, 534
T9GME element, 124 Tent, 136
T9GME input, 125 THICK input
T9MEM element, 130 axisymmetric shell elements, 209
T9MEM input, 130 curved shell elements, 290
T9PLA element, 230, 234 flat shell elements, 250
T9PLA input, 235 flow elements, 547
T9TB element, 453 infinite shell elements, 164
T9TB input, 454 interface elements, 381
T9TM element, 462 interface to shell, 382
T9TM input, 463 plane stress elements, 106, 132, 137
T9WME element, 136 plate bending elements, 223
T9WME input, 137 reinforcement, 502
Tapered cross-section of beam elements, Thickness
59, 60, 62, 63 axisymmetric shell elements, 209, 210
Tapered thickness curved shell elements, 289, 290
axisymmetric shell elements, 209 flat shell elements, 250
curved shell elements, 290 flow elements, 547

INDEX 697
infinite shell elements, 163, 164 edge names, 6

integration, 628, 630 Triangular integration, 623, 629
plane stress elements, 105 axisymmetric elements, 187
plate bending elements, 222 curved shell elements, 293
Thickness, 670, 672–677 flat shell elements, 251
Thickness bottom, 670 flow elements, 545
Thickness flange, 671 plane strain elements, 142
Thickness left, 670 plane stress elements, 106
Thickness left flange, 671 plate bending elements, 224
Thickness lower flange, 670, 671 Truss elements, 23
Thickness right, 670 Truss/Cable property, 670
Thickness right flange, 671 TS input, 279
Thickness standing flange, 671 TSHAPE input, 59
Thickness top, 670 Tube, 183, 550
Thickness upper flange, 670 Tunnel, 246
Thickness web, 670, 671
Three-dimensional
U
Three-dimensional membrane elements, 124 U-shape property, 671
THVEC input Upper plane
curved shell elements, 292 beam elements, 51
interface to shell, 384 flat shell elements, 249
Timoshenko beams, 64, 84 plate bending elements, 222
TIPGEO input, 537 USHAPE input, 59
TIPLOC input, 536 UX1 input, 56
TIPMAT input, 537 UX2 input, 56
To shell property, 675 UY1 input, 56
TOLCOM input, 367 UY2 input, 56
TOP input, 599 UZ1 input, 56
TORSIO input, 62, 63 UZ2 input, 56
Torsional Rigidity Wt, 671
TP18L element, 347
V
TP18L input, 347
TP21IF element, 392 Variables, 428
TP21IF input, 393 VELOCI input, 603
TP24IF element, 408 Velocity
TP24IF input, 409 lubrication, 603
TP6GW element, 591 VOLUME input
TP6GW input, 592 flow elements, 553
TP6HT element, 567 solid elements, 343
TP6HT input, 567 Volumetric locking, 639
TRACTI input, 420
Traction, 377
Translation mass, 458 W
Translation spring, 441 Water property, 677
TRAPEZ input, 70, 72 Water waves
Trapezium rule, 70, 72 on beam elements, 82
Triangular elements Wave load, see Water waves
curved shell, 286 Wedge elements

698 INDEX
face names, 7 solid elements, 334

integration, 338, 546, 633
loading, 341, 342
Y
WEIGHT input, 18, 20
Width, 670, 671 Y component axis, 675
Width lower flange, 670 Y component X axis, 676
Width upper flange, 670 Y input
Wind and Water property, 677 axisymmetric elements, 188, 190
Wind load axisymmetric shell elements, 212
on beam elements, 82 beam elements, 74, 75
Wind property, 677 curved shell elements, 295
Wobble in tendon, 652 flat shell elements, 254, 256, 258
WOBBLE input, 529 infinite shell elements, 167
Wrinkling, 649 plane strain elements, 144
Wrinkling element, 136 plane stress elements, 109, 111
Wrinkling property, 674 plate bending elements, 227, 228,
230
X solid elements, 338, 339, 341, 343
YAXIS input, 379, 380
X component axis, 675 base spring elements, 447
X component X axis, 676 crack tip elements, 467
X input flow elements, 552
axisymmetric elements, 188, 190 interface elements, 426
axisymmetric shell elements, 212 nodal spring elements, 445
beam elements, 74, 75 solid elements, 334
flat shell elements, 254, 256, 258
Z
infinite shell elements, 167
plane strain elements, 144 Z component axis, 675
plane stress elements, 109, 111 Z component X axis, 676
plate bending elements, 227, 228, Z coordinate of bottom face, 676
230 Z coordinate of top face, 676
solid elements, 338, 339, 341, 343 Z input
XAXIS input, 379, 380 beam elements, 74, 75
axisymmetric elements, 185 curved shell elements, 295
base spring elements, 446 flat shell elements, 254, 256, 258
curved shell elements, 287 plate bending elements, 227
flat shell elements, 247 solid elements, 338, 339, 341, 343
flow elements, 548, 551, 552 ZAXIS input
interface elements, 385 beam elements, 46, 47
interface to shell, 382 interface elements, 379, 381, 384,
nodal spring elements, 444 427
plane strain elements, 140 truss elements, 34
plane stress elements, 103 Zero-energy modes, 627, 631
plate bending elements, 220 Zero-normal-stress hypothesis
reinforcement, 502 axisymmetric shell elements, 207
infinite shell elements, 162
ZETA input, 8, 341

INDEX 699
ZETA1 input, 7, 8
ZETA2 input, 7, 8
Zone 1 coordinate Y1, 672
Zone 1 coordinate Z1, 672
Zone in beam element, 62
ZONE2D input, 63
ZONES input, 63

700 INDEX

Elm Lib

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Elm Lib

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

DIANA

Finite Element Analysis

DIANA – Finite Element Analysis

First edition, November 8, 2010.

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

Glossary of Symbols xxiii

5 Plane Stress Elements 101

6 Plane Strain Elements 139

7 Axisymmetric Elements 183

8 Plate Bending Elements 219

9 Flat Shell Elements 245

10 Curved Shell Elements 285

11 Solid Elements 333

12 Interface Elements 375

13 Other Elements for Structural Analysis 439

14 Embedded Reinforcements 471

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

II Flow Elements 539

16 General Flow Elements 555

17 Groundwater Flow Elements 579

18 Lubrication Elements 603

19 Interface Elements 609

20 Cross-section Elements 617

III Background Theory 621

22 Assumed Strain Concepts 637

23 Orthotropic Geometry 647

24 Geometric Nonlinearities 649

25 Post-tensioned Reinforcement 651

B Physical Properties Forms 669

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

Glossary of Symbols xxiii

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

4.7.2 Line Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5 Plane Stress Elements 101

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

5.8.1 T9GME – triangle, 3 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6 Plane Strain Elements 139

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

6.7.7 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

7 Axisymmetric Elements 183

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

8 Plate Bending Elements 219

9 Flat Shell Elements 245

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

9.8.2 Q20SF – quadrilateral, 4 nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

10 Curved Shell Elements 285

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

10.9 Regular Elements with Drilling Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

11 Solid Elements 333

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

11.7 Composed Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

12 Interface Elements 375

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

12.2.28 Q24IF – plane quadrilateral, 4+4 nodes, 3-D . . . . . . 414

13 Other Elements for Structural Analysis 439

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library

13.4.2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

14 Embedded Reinforcements 471

Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library November 8, 2010 – First ed.

14.3.3 GRID in Plane Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

II Flow Elements 539

November 8, 2010 – First ed. Diana-9.4.3 User’s Manual – Element Library